(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Handbook Of Indian Universities"

TEXT FLY WITHIN 
THE BOOK ONLY 



OU_166194 J 






Inter-University Board, India 



HANDBOOK OF 
INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

1928 



PUBLISHED BY 
THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD, INDIA 



Pric* R*. a 



PRINTED AT 

"JHK HANGALORE PRESS, MYSORE ROAD 
BANGALORE CITY 

1928 



INTRODUCTORY NOTE 

This is the second number of the Handbook of Indian 
Universities published by the Inter-University Board, which has 
now been made an annual publication. Information has also now 
been added about other institutions in the country, doing work 
of a University standard. Copies of this as well as other publi- 
cations of the Inter-University Hoard can be had of the leading 
book-sellers or from this office. All communications relating to 
this Handbook must be addressed to the undersigned. 



NAWABGANJ, \ l>. SESHADRI, 

CAWNPOKE. V Secretary, 

1 4th Oct. 2928. ) Inter- University Board, India. 



CONTENTS 



THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD, INDIA 

AGRA UNIVERSITY 

ALIGAKH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 

ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 

ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 

BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 

BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 

CALCUTTA UNIVKRSITV 

DACCA UNIVERSITY 

DELHI UNIVERSITY 

LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 

MADRAS UNIVERSHY 

MYSORE UNIVERSITY 

NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 

OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 

PATNA UNIVERSITY 

THE PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 

UNIVERSITY OF RANGOON 

APPENDIX : 

I. Agricultural Research Institute, PUSH. 

II. Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, 
Poona 

III. Bose Research Institute, Calcutta 

IV. Forest Research Institute & College, 

Dehra Dun 

V. Indian Association for the Cultivation 

of Science, Calcutta 

VI. Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore 
VII. Indian Institute of Philosophy, Amalner . 

VIII. S. N. Di T. Indian Women's University, 
Poona 

IX. Thomason 
Roorkee 

INDEX 



Civil Engineering College, 



PAGES. 

vii ix 

112 

1324 

2538 

3953 

5473 

74-108 

109-166 

167-189 

190-204 

205-230 

231-254 

255-279 

280-297 

298-318 

319-335 

336-364 

365-384 

385-386 

386-388 
388-390 

390-391 

391-392 

393-394 

395 

396-398 

399-400 
401-413 



The Inter-University Board, India. 



The need, for co-ordination in the work of the Universities in 
India was expressed by the Calcutta University Commission in 
their Repdrt, and in 1921, acting on a resolution passed by the 
Congress of the Universities of the Empire, the Indian Delegates 
to the Congress passed a resolution recommending to the Univer- 
sities of India that an Association or a Committee of Represent- 
atives of different Indian Universities be formed with the object of 
dealing with questions affecting their mutual and common interest. 
It was suggested in particular, that such an association, if formed, 
should go into the question of certain difficulties which might 
arise owing to the conditions of admission of students to certain 
courses and examinations of the Universities of the United 
Kingdom not being suited to the qualifications which students 
from Indian Universities could present. The Lytton Committee 
on Indian Students in England also hoped that the Indian 
University authorities would take steps at an early date to estab- 
lish an Inter-University Board for the purpose of co-ordinating the 
courses of study in India and securing uniformity in their recogni- 
tion abroad. The Indian Universities' Conference held at Simla, 
in May 1924, passed a resolution unanimously recommending to 
the Universities that it was desirable that an Inter-University 
organization should be established. The functions assigned to 
it were the following : 

(i) To act as an Inter-University organization and Bureau 
of information ; 

(ii) To facilitate the exchange of professors ; 

(iii) To serve as an authorized channel of communication 
and facilitate co-ordination of University work ; 

(iv) To appoint or recommend, where necessary, a common 
representative or representatives of India at Imperial 
or International Conferences on Higher Education ; 
(v) To assist Indian Universities in obtaining recognition 
for their degrees, diplomas and examinations in other 
countries ; 

(vi) To act as an Appointments' Bureau for Indian Univer- 
sities ; 

(vii) To fulfil such other duties as may be assigned to it 
from time to time by the Indian Universities. 



Vlll 

A Provisional Committee consisting of representatives of the 
Universities was also appointed to discuss ways and means and 
other preliminaries with regard to the formation of this Board. 
It prepared an estimate of probable expenditure amounting to 
Rs. 24,000 per annum, and suggested that each of the fifteen 
Universities then in existence in India should guarantee an 
annual contribution of a maximum amount of Rs. 1,600* for a 
term of three years with effect from 1st April 1925, and that 
an advance payment of not less than Rs. 100 should be made by 
each University on 1st February 1925, to meet certain preliminary 
expenses. Twelve Universities agreed to join the Board and made a 
preliminary contribution. Their representatives, with the exception 
of the delegate from Rangoon, met at Bombay in March 1925 to 
consider the Agenda, which had been prepared in this instance 
by the Education Department of the Government of India. The 
Agenda included questions relating to the future organization and 
work of the Hoard as well as a number of references imxde in 
advance to the Inter-University organization by the Universities' 
Conference held at Simla. The first annual meeting was held at 
Delhi in February 1926, the second annual meeting was held at 
Benares in March 1927, and the third at Madias on 29th 
February, 1st and 2nd March, 1928. The Calcutta University 
joined the Board in 1926 and the Universities of Allahabad and 
Lucknow as well as the newly established Andhra University 
joined in 1927-28. The recently created Agra University has 
just joined the Board, thus completing the affiliation of all 
Universities in India and Burma. 

Representatives. 

(1928-1929) 

A. C. WOOLNKR, ESQ.. M.A., C.I.E., Dean of University 
Instruction, the Punjab University, Lahore (Chairman?) 

SIR AKBAK HYDARI (NAWAB HYDER NAWAZ JUNG 

BAHADUR), U.A., Finance Member, Executive Council and 
Member, University Council, Osmania University, Hydera- 
bad, Deccan. 

A. B. DHRUVA, ESQ., M.A., LL.B., Pro-Vice-Chancellor, 
Benares Hindu University. , 

N. S. SUBBA RAO, ESQ., M.A. (Cantab.), BAR-AT-LAW, Direc- 
tor of Public Instruction in Mysore, Bangalore. (Mysore 
University). 

E. A. Home, ESQ., M.A., Professor of Economics and Principal, 
Patna College, Patna (Patna University). 

* It has been found necessary to'call for a contribution of Rs. 1,000 only 
from each constituent University. 



M. M. SHAKIFF, ESQ., H.A., Offg. Pro-Vice-Chancellor, Aligarh 
Muslim University, Aligarh. 

G. H. LANGLEY, ESQ., M.A., I.E.S., Vice-Chancellor, Dacca 
University, Ramnad, Dacca. 

RAI BAHADUR DR. MOTT SAGAR, H.A., u,.i>., Vice- 
Chancellor, Delhi University, Delhi. 

THK HON'BLE SIR BENJAMIN H. HEAI.O, Kt., M.A., v.u., 
I.C.S., Viccfr-Chancellor, Rangoon University, Rangoon. 

J. B. RAJU, ESQ>, M.A., B.Sc. (Oxon.), I.K.S., Deputy 
Director df Public Instruction, Nagpur. 

S.G. DUNN, ESQ., M.A., I.E.S., Professor of English Litera- 
tureand Dean of the Faculty of Arts, Allahabad University, 
Allahabad. 

\v. s. URQUHART, ESQ., M.A., n.Litt., Vice-Chancellor, 

Calcutta University, Calcutta. 

C. R. REDOV, ESQ., M.A. (Cantab.), BAR-AT-LAW, Vice- 
Chancellor, Anclhru University, Bezwada (Madras Presi- 
dency). 

DR. M. B. CAMERON, M.A., n.l.itt., Vice-Chancellor, Luck- 
now University, Luck now. 

P. A. WADIA, ESQ., M.A., Professor of Philosophy and 
Politics, Wilson College, Bombay. 

DTWAN BAHADUR K. RAMUNNI MENON, M.A. (Cantab.), 
Vice-Chancellor, University of Madras, Madras. 

DIWAN CHAND, ESQ., M.A., Principal, D, A. V. College, 
Cawnpore (Agra University). 

R. LITTLEHAILES, ESQ., M.A., C.I.E., Educational Commis- 
sioner with the Government of India. 

P. SESHADRI, ESQ., M.A., Principal and Senior Professor 
of English Literature, S. D. College, Criwnpore (Secrcf<try). 



Agra University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The Agral{niversity was brought into existence on the 1st of 
July 1927 by an Act of the Legislature of the United Provinces 
of Agra anc? Ouclh, for the purpose of affiliating the colleges 
associated with the University of Allahabad, as reorganized by the 
Allahabad University Act, 1921, so as to set the University of 
Allahabad free to function as a unitary, teaching, and residential 
University by relieving it of the responsibility of controlling the 
quality and the character of teciching given in its name by the 
associated colleges (situated outside the territorial area of 10 
miles' radius from the Convocation Hall of the University), and 
placing such responsibility upon an affiliating University at Agra. 

The jurisdiction of the University extends over the United 
Piovinces of Agra and Oudh, Central India and Rajputana. 

Officers of the University. 

VISITOR. 

His Excellency the Right Hon'ble Edward Frederick Lindley 

Wood, P.C., G. C.S.I., G.C.I.E., Baron Irwin of Kirby Underdale, 

Viceroy and Governor-General of India (fix-o/ficid). 

CHANCELLOR, 

His Excellency the Hon'ble Sir Alexander Phillips Muddiman, 
Kt.. K. C.S.I., C.I.E., Governor of the United Provinces {Ex-officio). 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
The Rev. Canon A. W. Davies, M.A. 

REGISTRAR. 

Pandit Shyam Sundar Sharma, M.A. 
DEANS OF THE FACULTIES. 

Arts .. .. Dr. P. Basu, M.A. , Ph.D., B.L., Principal, 

Holkar College, Indore. 

Science . . . - Mr. S. P. Prasad, U.Sc., U.A., F.C.P.S., 

Professor of Physics, Agra College, 
Agra. 

Law . . . . Rai Bahadur Babu Anand Swarup, Civil 

Lines, Cawnpore. 
Commerce . . . . Mr. S. P. Bhargava, M.A., Principal, 

S. I). College of Commerce, Cawnpore. 



2 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

< 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities of the University are : 

The Senate, the Executive Council, the Academic Board, 
the Hoard of Inspection, and the Faculties of Arts, Science, 
Law and Commerce. The Senate is the supreme Governing 
Body of the University, and .the Executive Council the 
Executive Body ; the Academic Boarcf advises the Executive 
Council on academic matters ; and the Board of Inspection 
is responsible for the periodical inspection of affiliated 
colleges. Each Faculty constitutes its Boards of Studies, whose 
reports regarding the courses of study it considers and forwards 
to the Academic Board with its own recommendations 

Teaching and the Affiliated Colleges. 

There are at present 14 colleges affiliated to the University a 
list of which is given below. The University has no teaching 
staff of its own, but teaching is carried on at present in the 
affiliated colleges, which have their own staff. 

Under the Allahabad University Act, 1921 (Section 7 
(5), the affiliated colleges were not allowed to maintain Inter- 
mediate classes for the purpose of prepaiing students for admission 
to the University, beyond a peiiod of five years from the com- 
mencement of the Allahabad University Act, 1921, save with the 
previous sanction of the Local Government and for such peiiodas 
the Local Government may direct, but under the Agra University 
Act (Section o9) this restriction on the maintenance of the In- 
termediate classes has been removed and it no longer applies to 
the affiliated colleges of the University, which are permitted to 
maintain or compiise classes, it/so in preparation for the Inter- 
mediate or Commercial Diploma Examination of the Board of 
High School and Intermediate Education, United Provinces. The 
University, however, exercises control over the quality and the 
character of teaching given in the degree and post-graduate classes 
onl\\ and not in the Intermediate classes in the affiliated colleges 
which is the special feature of the Agra University Act. 

Name of College with Subject and Examinations fin- wh'nh each 
name of 1'rincipaL College is recognised by L'nircrsity. 

(Note: "Recognition" does not necessarily mean that 
classes are actually being held in all the subjects, for which 
recognition lias been granted.) 

Agra College, Agra. faculty of Arts. M.A. in Philosophy, 
(Principal: Mr. F. J. English, History, Sanskrit, Aiabic and 
Fielden, M.A.) Persian, Economics and Mathematics ; 

B.A. in English, History, Economics, 
Philosophy, Sanskrit, Persian and 
Mathematics. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 



3 



Name of College with 
name of Principal. 



St. John's College, 
Agra. (Princ if>al : The 
Rev. Canon A. W. 
Da vies, M.A.) 



Maharaja's College, 
Jaipur. {Principal : Rai 
Sahib N. K. Ray, B.A., 
F.R.S.L. (London.) 



Meerut College, 
Meerut. (Principal : Lt. 
Col. T. F.O'Donnell, 
M.C., H.A.) 



Christian College, 
Indore. (Principal : The 
Rev. Dr. R. A. King, 
M.A., B.D.,D.D.) 

Holkar College, 
Indore. (Principal: Dr. 
P. Basu, M.A., Ph.D., 
B.L.) 



Subject and Examinations for which each 
College is recognised by University. 

Faculty of Science. M.SC. in Physics, 
Chemistry, Zoology, Botany and Mathe- 
matics ; B.Sc. in Mathematics, Phy- 
sics, Chemistry, Zoology and Botany. 

Fa cully of Law. LL.B. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, Phi- 
losophy, Political Economy, History, 
Mathematics, Sanskrit, Arabic and 
Persian ; B.A. in English, History, 
Economics, Philosophy, Sanskrit, 
Arabic and Persian and Mathematics. 

Faculty of Science. M.Sr. in Physics, 
Chemistry, Zoology, Botany and 
Mathematics, B.Sc. in Mathematics, 
Physics, Chemistry, Zoology and 
Botany. 

Fn cutty t)f Commerce. B.C()M. 

Facultv of Art*. M.A. in English, 
History, Philosophy, Sanskrit, Persian 
and Mathematics; B.A. in English, 
History, Philosophy, Political Economy, 
Sanskrit, Persian and Mathematics. 

Facultv of Science. B.SC. in Mathe- 
matics, Chemistry and Physics. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English, 

History, Philosophy, Persian and 
Sanskrit ; B.A. in English, History, 
Philosophy, Persian, Sanskrit, Econo- 
mics, Mathematics and Arabic. 

Facultv of Science. B.Sc. in Physics, 
Chemistry and Mathematics. 

Faculty of Law. LL.B. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in Philosophy; 
B.A. in English, Philosophy, Sanskrit, 
Persian, History, Economics and 
Mathematics. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English and 
Economics; B.A. in English, Econo- 
mics, History, Sanskrit, Hindi, Mathe- 
matics, Philosophy and Persian. 

Faculty of Science. B.Sc. in Mathe- 
matics, Physics and Chemistry. 

Faculty of Law. LL.B. 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Name of College with 
name of Principal. 

S. D. College of 
Commerce, Cawnpore. 
(Principal : Mr. S. P. 
Bhargava, M.A.) 



Bareilly College, 
Bareilly. (Principal : 
Mr. A. C. Dutt, M.A.) 



Government College, 
AjiiH-T. {Principal: Mr. 
A. Miller, M.A.^ 



D. A. V. College, 
Ca wn pore. ( Princt pal : 
Lala Diwanchand, M.A.) 



Victoria College, 
Gwalior. ^ Principal-. 
Mr. II. M. Bull, M.A.) 



St. Andrew's College, 
Gorakhpur. ( Principal-. 
The Rev. A. C. Felly, 
M.A.) 

Christ Church 
College, Cawnpore. 
(Principal-. Mr. S.C. 
Chatterjee, M.A.^ 

Jaswant College, 
J odh pur . ( Principal : 
Mr. A. P. Cox, M,A,, 
I.E.S.) 



Subject and Examinations for which each 
College is recognised by University. 

faculty of Arts. M.A. in P^conomics, 
Sanskrit and Hindi ; B.A. in English, 
Economics, History, Sanskrit and 
Hindi. 

Faculty of Commerce. B.COM. 
Faculty of Law. LL.B. 1 

Fa cult v of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Philosophy, Economics, History, 
Mathematics, Sanskrit and Persian. 

Facnltv of Science. B.Sr. in Mathe- 
matics, Physics and Chemistry. 

Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Sanskrit, History, Philosophy, Arabic, 
Persian, Economics and Mathematics. 

Faculty of Science. B.Sc. in Mathe- 
matics, Physics and Chemistry. 

Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
History, Sanskrit, Persian, Economics, 
Philosophy and Mathematics. 

Fari/lty of Science. B.SC. in Mathe- 
matics, Physics and Chemistry. 

Faculty of Law. LL.B. 
Faculty of Commerce. B.COM. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in English and 
Economics ; B.A. in English, Philo- 
sophy, History, Economics, Arabic, 
Persian, Mathematics and Sanskrit. 

Faculty of Science. B.SC. in Mathe- 
matics, Physics and Chemistry. 

Facnltv of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Persian, Sanskrit, Philosophy, History 
and Mathematics. 

Faculty of Arts. M.A. in Mathematics; 
B.A. in English, Philosophy, History, 
Economics, Mathematics, Persian and 
Sanskrit. 

Faculty of Arts. B.A. in English, 
Philosophy, Mathematics, Economics, 
Persian and Sanskrit. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 5 

Detailed information regarding the staff, the hostels attached 
to the colleges, libraries, laboratories and museums, fees, 
freeships, prizes and medals, bursaries and scholarships can be 
obtained from the prospectus of each college, or by correspondence 
with the Principal. 

Degrees, Admission to Examinations and Courses of Study. 
Degrees. 

In the Facftlty of Arts, the University grants at present the 
B.A. and the, M.A. degrees ; and in the Faculty of Science the 
B.Sr. and M.SC. degrees. The Professional Degrees are the 
Bachelor of Laws in the Faculty of Law and the Bachelor of 
Commerce in the Faculty of Commerce. The statutes relating to 
the D.LlTT., D.Sc., LL.M. and LL.D. examinations are under 
consideration. 

Admission to Examinations and Period of Study. 

ARTS AND Sl'IKNCK. 

Courses of Study for the Bachelor's degree in Arts or in 
Science extend over a period of two academic years and only 
those candidates are admitted to the examinations, which are 
held at the end of the second academical year, who after passing 
(/) the Intermediate examination of tht 1 Board of High School 
and Intermediate Kduration, United Provinces or of an Indian 
University incorporated by any Law for the time being in force, or 
(/'/) the Higher School Certificate examination conducted by the 
Syndicate of the Cambridge University, have attended a regular 
course of study in an affiliated college. 

The Courses of Study for the Master's degree in Arts as well 
as in Science extend over a period of two years and there are two 
examinations, viz., the Previous Examination and the Final Ex- 
amination. The Previous Examination is held at the end of the 
first year and only those candidates are allowed to appear at the 
examination who, after taking the Bachelor's degree of the 
University tin Arts or in Science as the case may be) or a corres- 
ponding Bachelor's degree of an Indian University incorporated 
by any Law for the time being in force, have completed a regular 
course of study in an affiliated college for one academical year. 
A candidate is not admitted to the Final Examination for the 
Degree of Master of Arts or of Master of Science unless he has 
passed the Previous M.A. or M.Sc. examination of the University 
as the case may be and has completed a regular course of study 
for one academical year in an affiliated college. 

LAW. 

The Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Laws consists 
of two parts: (l) the Previous Examination, and (2) the Final 



6 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

\ 

Examination. A candidate who, after graduating either in Arts, 
Science or Commerce, completes a regular course of study in a Law 
class in an affiliated college, for one academical year, is eligible 
for admission to the Previous Examination in Law. For admission 
to the Final Examination in Law, a candidate is required to put 
in another year in an affiliated college, after passing the Previous 
Examination in Law. 

COMMERCE. 

Admission to the B.COM. examination is grafted to those, 
who, after passing any of the following examinations,, have prose- 
cuted a regular course of study at a college affiliated- to the 
University for the B.COM. degree : 

(/) The Intermediate examination of the Board of High School 
and Intermediate Education, U. P. or of an Indian University 
incorporated by any Law for the time being in force; 

(/'/') the Commercial Diploma examination of the Allahabad 
University or of the Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education, U. P. ; 

(//'/') the Intermediate examination for the Degree of Bachelor 
of Commerce of the University of Bombay ; 

(/>) the examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts or 
Bachelor of Science or Master of Arts of an Indian University 
incorporated by any Law for the time being in force ; 

(?') the Previous M.A. in Economics of an Indian University 
incorporated by any Law for the time being in force. 

The regular course extends over a period of three years and 
the examination for the degree is taken in two parts, viz., Part I 
at the end of the second year's regular course of study, and Part 
II at the end of the third year's regular course of study in an 
affiliated college ; and no candidate is eligible for appearing at 
Part II unless he has passed Part I examination of the University. 

Students who have passed the Commercial Diploma Exami- 
nation of the U. P. Board or the Intermediate examination for the 
degree of Bachelor of Commerce of the University of Bombay are 
exempted from taking the 1st year Bachelor of Commerce course. 

Subjects and Papers for the Examination and Scale of Marks. 

Bachelor of Arts. Candidates are examined in English and 
any two of the following branches : (</) Latin, Gieek, Hebrew, 
Arabic, Persian or Sanskrit, Hindi or Urdu, or French, (jj) Mathe- 
matics, (c) Philosophy, (//) Economics, and (V) History. The 
examination in English consists of two general and two special 
papers. Three papers are set in each of the classical and 
modern languages and in Mathematics and two papers each in 
Philosophy, Economics and History. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 7 

The minimum for a pass Tn all subjects is 33 per cent except 
in Mathematics and Philosophy for which it is 30 per cent only. 
Candidates are required to pass in each of the two sections in 
English as well as in the total of English. There are three divi- 
sions : Candidates are declared to have passed in the First Divi- 
sion if they obtain GO per cent or more of the aggregate, in the 
Second, if they obtain 45 per cent or more, and in the Third, 
if they obtain the minii}iurn pass marks in each subject. 

Master oj* Arts. A candidate may select one of the follow- 
ing subjects: (1) Languages : English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, 
Latin, Urdu or Hindi, (2) Mental and Moral Science, (3) History, 
(4) Mathematics, and (5) Economics. 

At the Previous Examination, theie are four papeis in 
English Literature, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hindi, Urdu, 
Mathematics and Economics and three papers in Latin, History 
and Mental and Moral Science. For the Final Examination four 
papers are set in English Literature, Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit, 
Hindi, Urdu, Economics and History and three papers in Latin 
and Mental and Moral Science ; of the four papers in Sanskrit, 
one is on composition and the other three on texts in one of the 
following groups : (//) Vedic Languages and Literature, (l>) Sans- 
krit Language and Literature, (c) Dhcirma Sastra, (a) Philosophy, 
GO Epigraphy and Palaeography. There is a riva vocc at the 
Final Examination in all the subjects. 

The minimum pass marks in all the subjects are 36 per cent 
of the aggregate marks. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent or 
more of the aggregate are placed in the First Division and those 
who obtain 48 percent or more in the Second Division. 

Backelot of Science. B.Sc. candidates are examined in either 
of the two groups: (a) Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, or 
() Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. There are two papers and a 
practical examination in each subject except Mathematics in which 
three papers are set. A candidate may at his option take General 
English as an extra subject in which there are two papers. 

The minimum for a pass is 30 percent in each subject except 
in English in which it is 33 percent. There are three divisions: 
The First Division consists of those who obtain 60 per cent or 
more of the aggregate, the Second, of those who obtain 45 percent 
or more, and the Third of those who obtain the minimum pass 
marks in each subject. 

Muster of Science. Candidates must offer one of the following 
subjects: (a) Mathematics, (b) Physics, Chemistry, G/) Botany, 
and (e) Zoology. At the Previous Examination there are three 
papers and a practical examination in Physics, Botany, Zoology and 
Chemistry. In Mathematics the examination consists of four 



8 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

papers. At the Final Examination \our papers are set in Mathe- 
matics and Zoology, three papers in Botany and Physics and two 
papers in Chemistry with a practical examination in each 
subject except Mathematics. 

The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent in each subject. 60 
per cent or moie of the aggregate places a candidate in the 
First Class and 48 per cent or more, t in the Second Class. 

Professional Examinations. 

Bachelor of Laws. The subjects of trre Previous Exami- 
nation are : (1) Roman Law, (2) the Law of Contracts, (3) the Law 
of Easements and Torts, (4) The Law of Evidence, (5) Criminal 
Law and Procedure, and (6) Constitutional Law. The following 
are the subjects for the Final Examination : (I 1 Civil Procedure, 

(2) The Law relating to the Land Tenures, Rent and Revenue, 
(8) Hindu Law, (4) Muhammadan Law, (5) the Law relating to 
Transfer of Property, (6) Equity with special reference to Trusts 
and Specific Relief, and (7) Jurisprudence. 

The examination is conducted by papers. The minimum 
for a pass is 80 per cent in each subject. Those who obtain 60 
per cent of the aggregate are placed in the First Class and those 
obtaining 50 per cent in the Second Class. 

Bachelor of Commerce (/>.Com.\ The following subjects are 
to be studied in the first year class: (1) English, (2) Elements 
of Economics, (8) Elements of Currency and Banking, (4) Hook- 
Keeping and Accountancy, (f>) Business Methods, (6) Economic 
and Commercial Geography. The subjects to be studied in the 
second year class are : (1) Knglish (two papers), t2) Accountancy, 

(3) Commercial Law, (4) Business Organization, (5) Principles of 
Economics, (6) Money Banking and International Trade, and 
Currency and Banking, and (7) Economic and Commercial 
Geography. Students of the third year class have to study : 
(1) English two papers and a viva voce, (2) Principles of 
Economics and Elementary Statistics, '3) Modern Economic 
Development of India and the Empire (two papers), (4) Industrial 
Organization, and (5) one of the following containing two papers 
in each : (a) Advanced Banking, (b^ Advanced Accountancy, 
(f) Secretarial Work, (</) Administration, (e) Insurance, (/*) 
Transport, and (?) Trade of any particular region. 

The minimum for a pass is 38 per cent in each paper. 
Candidates who secure 65 per cent or more of the aggregate are 
placed in the First Division, those who get 50 per cent or more 
in the Second Division, and those obtaining 40 per cent or more 
are declared to have passed. Marks of the two examinations, 
Parts I and II, count together for a place on the Pass list of 
the final examination. 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 9 

9 

Conditions of Re-admiuion to University Examinations. 

A candidate who has failed once in a degree examination 
other than in Law and in Final M.A. or M.Sc. is not admitted 
to a subsequent examination, unless he has attended a regular 
course of study during the academical year iu which the subse- 
quent examination is held. 

A candidate who after attending a regular course of study 
for two academical years in an affiliated college fails once in the 
Final M.A. or M.Sc. examination is allowed to appear again at a 
subsequent examination without attending any further regular 
course of study provided the Principal of the affiliated college 
recommends his application. 

A candidate who has attended a regular course of study for the 
Previous or Final LL.B. exami nation, and who either does not 
appear or fails to pass the examination of the year in which he 
attended the course of study, may appear again at a subsequent 
examination without attending any further regular course of study, 
provided that his application is recommended by the Principal 
of the college. 

A candidate who has failed more than once in a University 
Examination from an affiliated college may be admitted to a 
subsequent examination without attending a regular course of 
study provided that he remains an ex-student of the affiliated 
college, in which he completed his course, and pays such annual 
fee to the college to retain his membership thereof as the college 
may require. 

Any candidate for the H.A., B.SC. or B.COM. examination who 
has failed in one subject only obtaining not less than 25 per cent 
of marks in that subject and has obtained 40 per cent of the 
aggregate number of marks allotted to the remaining subjects is 
admitted to the examination of the following year in the subject 
in which he has failed and if he passes in that subject he is 
declared to have passed the examination. 

Admission oi Teachers and Women Students to the Examinations 

of the University. 

A teacher in an approved educational institution is also 
eligible for admission to University examinations if he has served 
continuously as a teacher for 18 months (in the case of B.COM. 
Part I, or B.COM. Part II and M.A. Final, one academic year 
only) and if he fulfils certain other specified conditions. 

Women candidates residing within the territorial limits of the 
University are allowed to appear at the examination of the Univer- 
sity without attending a regular course of study in an affiliated 
college. 



10 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Number of Students in the University. 

The number of students in the degree and post-graduate 
classes in the affiliated colleges of the University during the 
session 1027-28 was as follows: 

Arts and Science classes . . . . 1370 

B. COM. classes *. . . J94 



Law classes . . . . 350 

t 

Total '. . 1,!]14 

Residence and Health. 

The students of the University are required to live either in 
a hostel or with their parents or guardians. The cost of living 
and the conditions of residence are different in different places, 
the details of which will be found in the prospectus of the differ- 
ent colleges issued by the colleges every year. 

The Board of Inspection is responsible for the periodical 
inspection of the hostels and every college is required to satisfy 
the Executive Council that the arrangements for the residence of 
students are satisfactory and that provision is made for the 
health and recreation of students. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Training Corps, the sanctioned strength 
of which is as follows : 

Agra . . Officers 3, other ranks 74 

Meerut . . ,, 2 ,, ,, 37 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There is a large number of scholarships and f rccships and medals 
awarded by each of the 14 affiliated colleges of the University to its 
own students, the details of which can be had from the prospectus 
of the respective colleges. 

The Government of the United Provinces granted two merit 
scholarships of the value of Rs. 30 per mensem each to two of the 
students of the University, who stood first in the B.A. and B.SC. 
examinations respectively, conducted by the external side of the 
University of Allahabad in 1927. Efforts are now being made to 
secure 14 post-graduate scholarships of Rs. 30 per mensem each 
tenable for two years in affiliated colleges, and awarded in order of 
merit on the results of the examinations of the University for 
the Bachelor's degree. 

The University has got two endowed medals at present : 



AGRA UNIVERSITY 11 

1. T. C. Jones medal (capital value Rs. 1,000) endowed by 
the Agra College Staff Clufc fn memory of Mr. T. C. Jones, late 
Principal of the Agra College, to be awarded annually at the time 
of Convocation to the student who stands first in English in the 
B.A. Examination of the University. 

2. Krishna Kumari Debi Medal capital value 3i per cent 
G. P. Notes of the face value of Rs. 1,200) endowed by Dr Ganesh 
Prasad in memory of his daughter Krishna Kumari J)ebi f to be 
awarded to that* candidate in the Faculties of Arts and Science 
who obtains, the 'highest percentage of marks in the Final 
Examination for the degree. 

Examinations held in April 1928. 

The following Examinations of the University were held for 
the first time in April 1928: 

Number of candidates appearing 

B.A. .. .. .. 711 

B.SC. .. .. .. 157 

M.A. (Previous) . . . . 216 

M.A. (Final) .. .. 110 

M.SC. (Previous) .. .. 16 

M.SC. (Final) .. .. 23 

LL.B. (Previous) . . . . 290 

LL.B. (Final) . . . . 142 

B.COM. (Part 1) . . . . 123 

B. COM. (Part ID .. .. 81 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The University is maintained mainly by (//) Government 
Grant, and (b) its own income from fees. The income during the 
last financial year 1927-28 from (a was Rs. 37,480 and from other 
sources Rs. 61,509-8-4 as against an expenditure of Rs. 41,938-7-7 
leaving an unspent balance of Rs. 57,051-0-9 at the end of the 
year ; but the figures cannot be said to be typical, it being the 
first year of the University. 

The University has a Provident Fund, to which every servant 
of the University is compelled to subscribe at the rate of 8 per cent 
of his salary per month, the University contributing at the rate 
of 12 per cent in the case of subscribers drawing a salary of 
Rs. 500 or less, 10 per cent in the case of subscribers drawing a 
salary of more than Rs. 500 but not exceeding Rs. 1,000 and 
8 per cent in the case of subscribers drawing a salary of over 
Rs. 1,000. 



12 HANDHOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Scale of Examination and Enrolment Fees. 

(a) FOR ADMISSION TO EXAMINATIONS. 

Rs. 

1. H.A. .. .. .. .. ..30 

2. M.A. (Previous) . . . . . . . . 20 

3. M.A. (Final) .. .. .. ..30 

4. RSc. .. .. .. v ..30 

5. M.Sr. (Previous) .. .. .". ..20 

6. M.SC. (Final) .. .. . . ..30 

7. 1). LlTT., D.Sr. or LL.I). .. .. ..200 

8. LL.B. (Previous) .. .. .. ..20 

9. LL.B. (FinaO .. .. .. ..40 

10. LL.M. .. .. .. .. ..100 

11. U.COM., Port I .. .. .. .. 20 

12. B.COM., Part II .. .. .. ..20 

13. Compartmental Examination in one subject only. 15 

(b) MISCELLANEOUS. 

14. Enrolment fee for regular students Rs. 2, for teachers 
or women candidates Rs. 10. 

15. Fee for re-examination of answei -books Rs. 10. 

16. Fee for obtaining marks obtained at a University 
Examination Rs. 2. 



Aligarh Muslim University. 



Introductory. 

The Aligfirh Muslim University owes its origin to the Aligarh 
Movement which was started and led by the late Sir Syed 
Ahmad. Khan in the latter part of the last century. As a result 
of his efforts the late Muhammadan Anglo-Oriental College 
was opened at Aligarh in 1875, and it soon developed in repu- 
tation and numbers till in 1895 the number of students in the 
college and school rose to 565 and when, in March, 1898, its 
great founder died, it had attained a prominent position in the 
whole countiy. Soon after, in 1899, attempts were made to 
collect funds for raising the college to the status of a Uni- 
versity. The necessary funds were collected and after some 
delay, the Aligarh Muslim University Act came into force in 
December 1920. 

Character of the University. 

It is a residential and teaching University. The teaching 
in each subject is regulated by the department. Provision is 
also made for tutorial instruction after the manner of the tutorial 
system prevalent in the Oxford University. 

Like the other new Universities in the north, the Aligarh 
Muslim University treats the Intermediate stage as pre-Uni- 
versity, and instruction for the Intermediate examinations is 
given in a separate Intermediate College which is maintained 
by the University. 

Officers and Staff, of the University. 

LOKD RECTOR. 

His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 
CHANCELLOR. 

Her Highness Nawab Sultan Jahan Begum, C.I., G.C.S.I., 
B.G.E., Ruler of Bhopal. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

His Highness Agha Sir Sultan 'Muhammad Shah Agha Khan, 
G. C.S.I., G.C.I.E. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

The Hon'ble Nawab Sir Muhammad Muzzammil-ullah Khan, 
Khan Bahadur, K.C.I. E., O.B.E. 



14 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



PRO-VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad, C.LE., M.A. (Cantab.), Ph.D., D.Sc. 

TREASURER. 
Mr. S. Abdullah, B.A., LL.B., M.L.C. 

REGISTRAR. , 
Mr. Syed Sajjad Hyder, B.A. 

PROCTOR. 
Mr. S. Abdul Jalil, M.Sc. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Mr. M. Habib, B.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law. 



English 



History and Political 
Science 



Economics 
Philosophy 

Physics 
Chemistry 

Mathematics . . 

Geography 

Sunni and Shia 
Theology, Persian 
and Arabic 



TEACHERS. 

Mr. R. Firebrace, B.A. (Hons. Oxon.) 
Professor, one Reader, and three 
Lecturers. 

Mr. A. H. A. Hc\leem, B.A. (Hons.), 
Bar-at-Law, and Mr. Mohamed 
Habib, B.A. (Hons.), Bar-at-Law, 
Professors and two Lecturers. 

Dr. L. K. Hyder, B.A., Ph.D., Pro- 
fessor, one temporary Reader, and 
one Lecturer. 

Dr. Syed Zafarul Hassan, M.A., D.Phil. 
(Oxon.), and Mr. M. M. Sharif, B.A. 
(Hons. Camb.), Professors, and one 
Lecturer. 

Vacant^ Professor, one Reader, one 
Lecturer, and two Demonstrators. 

Dr. Qasim AH Mansuri, M.A., Ph.D., 
and Lt. M. Haidar, M.A., B.Sc. 
(Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, Professors, one 
Reader, two Lecturers, and two 
Demonstrators. 

Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad, C.I.E., M.A. 
(Cantab.), Ph.D., D.Sc., Professor, 
two Readers, and three Lecturers. 

Major E. W. Dann, M.A. (Oxon.), 
F.R.G.S., Professor, and one Lecturer. 

Maulana AbuBakr Md. Shis Saheb and 
one Lecturer (Sunni Theology). 



ALIGAKII MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 15 

Maulana Md. Yusuf Husain Sahib Najfi, 
Mujtahid (Shia Theology). 

Dr. A. S. Tritton, M.A., D.Litt., Pro- 
fessor (Arabic), and one Reader. 

Mr. Syed Hadi Hassan, H.A., Pro- 
fessor in Persian, and one Reader. 

Mr. Syed Sajjad Hyder, H.A., Reader 
in Urdu, and one Lecturer. 

Law . . .. Moulvi Abdul Khaliq, T..A., LL.H., 

and Mr. Syed AH Naqi, K.A., 
LL.H., Readers, and one Lecturer 

Sanskrit . . . . Pandit Ram Swarup Shastri, Reader. 

Botany .. .. Mr. Syed Hadi Hassan, B.A,, JJ.Sc., 

Reader, one Lecturer, and three De- 
monstrators. 

Zoology .. .. Dr. Ataullah Butt, M.I)., Reader, one 

Lecturer and three Demonstrators. 

Education .. .. Mr. K. G. Saiyedain, H.A., M.Kd., 

(Leeds) and Mr. Hnbibur Rahman, 
M.A., L.T., Readers, and two Lecturers. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal authorities of the University are the Court, 
the Executive Council, the Academic Council and Departments 
of Study. 

The Vice-Chancellor is the principal executive officer and 
the Pro-Vice-Chancellor is the principal academic officer of the 
University. 

All appointments on the teaching staff are made by the 
Executive Council from a list of persons recommended by the 
committee of appointments consisting of the Vice-Chancellor, 
Pro-Vice-Chancellor and the Chairman of the Department for 
Study concerned and three other persons appointed by the 
Academic Council. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

Post-Graduate M.A., M.Sc. and LL.B. 

(Final and Previous) . . . . 494 

B.A. and B.Sc. . . . . . . 590 

B.T. and C.T. . . . . 60 

TOTAL .. 1,144 



16 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations, 
held in the year 1927. 

High School Examination . . . . 447 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 455 

B.A. and B.SC. (Pass) . . . . 216 

B.A. and B.SC. (Hons.) . . . . 16 

M.A. and M.Sc. .. . . ..94 

Law Previous . . . . . . 104 

Law Final . . . . . . . . 128 

Part III Medical Group . . . . 8 

B.T. (Theory) . . . . 36 

B.T. (Practice) . . . . 48 

C.T. (Theory) .. .. .. 10 

C.T. (Practice) .. .. .. 9 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There is a large number of scholarships available for stu- 
dents. All scholarships are awarded under the University 
regulations and are liable to be forfeited for idleness or mis- 
conduct. Scholarships are given only for the months for which 
tuition fee is charged. They are not awarded to students 
who are attending lectures in the Department of Law. 

(a) General Merit Scholarships. 
For M.A. and M.Sc. Classes. 

(/) Rs. 15 per month for such students as pass the B.A. 
or the B.SC. (ordinary) Examination in the 1 Division and Rs. 20 
per month for such students as pass the B.A. or the B.SC. (HonsJ 
Examination in the I Division. 

(//) Rs. 10 per month for such students as pass the B.A. 
or the B.SC. (ordinary) Examination in the II Division and 
Rs. 15 per month for those who pass the B.A. or the B.SC. 
(Hons.) Examination in the II Division. 

(iii) Rs. 8 per month for such students as pass the B.A. 
or the B.SC. (ordinary) Examination in the III Division and 
Rs. 10 per month for those who pass the B.A. or the B.SC. 
(Hons.) Examination in the III Division. * 

For B.A. and B.Sc. (Ordinary) Classes. 

0>) Rs. 10 per month for such students as pass the Inter- 
mediate Examination in the I Division. 
(f) Arabic Scholarships. 

For Research Students. One scholarship of Rs. 75 per month 
to an M.A. carrying on Research. 



ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 17 

N.B. This scholarship will be awarded for one year at the 
first instance, but may be continued for another year on the 
recommendation of the Chairman of the Department. 

For M.A. Classes. Four scholarships each of Rs. 2-~> per 
month to students taking up Arabic, and two scholarships of Rs. 
25 per month to students taking up Islamic studies. 

For B.A. Cla sses. Eight scholarships each of Rs. 10 per 
month (four for Junior B.A. class and four for Senior 13. A. class) 
to students taking up Arabic ; and four scholarships of Rs. 10 per 
month (two for Junior B.A. and two for Senior B.A. classes) to 
students taking up Islamic studies. 

(*) Science Scholarships . 

For M.Sc. Classes. Two scholarships each of Rs. 10 per 
month. 

For R.Sc. Classes, Ten scholarships each of Rs. 6 per 
month (five for Junior B.Sr. class and five for Senior B.Sc. class). 

(d) Engineering Scholarships. 

There are a few scholarships tenable at Roorkee College for 
the study of Engineering. 

(t) Scholarships sanctioned under Resolution N>. 1028 of the 
Academic Council, dated the 13M September 1923. 

1. Two scholarships each of Rs. 25 per month tenable for 
two years, for students standing first in the B.A. and B.Sc. 
Examinations respectively, and obtaining 1st Division. 

2. Two scholarships each of Rs. 20 per month tenable for 
two years, for students standing first in the Intermediate Exami- 
nation in Arts and Science, respectively, and obtaining 1st 
Division. 

3. One scholarship of Rs. 15 per month tenable for two 
years, for the student standing first in the High School Exami- 
nation and obtaining 1st Division. 

(/") Scholarships sanctioned under Resolution No. 15 of the 
Academic Council, dated the 9/fi March 1925. 

1. Six scholarships each of the value of Rs. 10 per month 
awarded to students who stand highest in the High School Exami- 
nation. 

2. Four scholarships each of the value of Rs. 15 per month 
to be awarded to students who stand highest in the Intermediate 
Examination. 

3. Two scholarships each of the value of Rs. 20 per month 
to be awarded to students who stand highest in the B.A. Exami- 
nation. 

2 JT 



18 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

* 

4. One scholarship of the value of Rs. 20 per month 
to be awarded to a student who stands first in the B.SC. 
Examination. 

5. Two scholarships each of the value of Rs. 20 per month 
to be awarded to students who stand highest in the Law Previous 
Examination. 

Note: These scholarships wilT be awarded only to those 
students who continue their studies for higher examinations in the 
Muslim University or in the Intermediate College attached to this 
University. 

(?) Satis kr if Sch)lar ships sanctioned under Resolution No. 14 of 
the Academic Council, dated the 10/// November i!>24. 

1. One scholarship of Rs. 8 per month for an Intermediate 
student. 

2. One scholarship of Rs. 10 per month for a B. A. student. 

3. One scholarship of Rs. 15 per month for an M.A. 
student. 

Note. Only Moharneden students shall be eligible for these 
scholarships. 

(//) Special Scholarships lo female candidates sanctioned under 
Resolution No. 8 of the Academic Council \ dated the 8/// February 
1926. 

Two scholarships each of Rs. 10 per month to those who 
and first and second among the female candidates in the High 
School Examination and prosecute their further studies at the 
Muslim Girls' Intermediate College, Aligarh. 

(/) Fellowships and Studentships. 

(1) Two Fellowships, one in Arts and one in Science subject, 
each of Rs. 75 per month for the purpose of carrying on research 
may be awarded by the Academic Council by competition to any 
Muslim M.A. or M.Sc. of any University incorporated by law. 
These shall be tenable for two years. 

(2) Two Studentships, one in Arts and one in Science subject, 
each of Rs. 50 per month may be awarded to a student who has 
passed the M.A. or M.Sc. Examination in (he 1st or 2nd Divi- 
sion and is reading for the degree of Doctor of Literature or 
Science. These shall be awarded after competition. 

(/) The Duty Society Loans. The Muslim University Duty 
Society grants loans without interest to poor and deserving 
students of the University who are in need of pecuniary help. 
The Duty Society has so far advanced a sum of about Rs. 44 
lakhs in Wazifas and loans. 



ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY 19 

The students desiring to take loans from the Duty Society 
should fill up special forms which may be obtained either from 
the Registrar or direct from the Keeper, Duty Society, Aligarh 
Muslim University. 

The All-India Muslim Educational Conference awards 
scholarships in the shape of loans to the students of the Training 
College, reading for B.T. . degree and Teaching Certificate 
Examination. 

Remission *ot the whole of the Tuition fee shall not be 
granted to more than ten per cent of the number of legistered 
students and the remission of half of the Tuition fee shall 
not be granted to more than another ten per cent of the 
number of such registered students. The application for ex- 
emption of full or half tuition lee should be addressed to 
the Registrar. 

Further Gold and Silver Medals are also awarded to stu- 
dents for distinguished proficiency in the Examinations. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The total number of English printed books in the Library 
is 25,000. Most of the departments possess special libraries. 

Provision for Research. 

One or more fellowships of Rs. 75 per month for puipose 
of carrying on research may be awarded by the Academic Council 
by competition to any Muslim M.A. or M.Sc. of any University 
incorporated by law for the time being in force. These fellow- 
ships shall be tenable for two years. Fellows shall be required 
to deliver not less than six public lectures in a year on the 
subject of their research. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

A highly successful system of University Extension Lectures 
is in operation and lectures are given among others on the 
following subjects : Sufism, Modern Turkey, and Muslim 
Architecture. The University has its own press with the work 
of publishing the Aligarh Magazine conducted by the students 
themselves and the Muslim University Gazette, the official organ 
of the University. Arrangements are being made to provide 
vacation lectures to teachers in Secondary Schools. 

Military Training. 

Two platoons (74 men and N. C. (Vs) are allowed in the 
University Training Corps Detachment of the Muslim Uni- 
versity. The movement is very popular and there is always a 



20 HANDBOOK or INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

t 

large number of recruits on the waiting list. A full company 
is urgently needed for this institution which draws Muslim 
youths from all parts of India. The Academic Council has 
made Physical Training and Drill compulsory for all students. 

Associations in the University. 

The most important University Association is the Muslim 
University Union run on the lines of the Cambridge and Oxford 
Unions. It is the centre of the social and inteTlectual life of 
the students. Other Associations are : 

The Historical Society. The Persian Society. 

The Economic Society. Curzon Geographical Society. 

Philosophical Society. Mathematical Society. 

Arabic Society. Scientific Society. 

Physical Society. 

Anjuman Urdu-i-muallah. (This Society publishes a high 
class Urdu quarterly called 4 * Suhail".) 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The University maintains several Hostels under the general 
supervision of the provost. More than 75 per cent are in 
residence. The fees vary from Ks. 28 to Rs. 3-5 per month 
including tuition fees, lodging, food, medical attendance and 
games. 

Budget. 

The figures of Revenue Income and Expenditure for 1926-27 
were Rs. 6,62,428-3-9 and Rs. 6,20,305-8-3 respectively. 

Women's Education. 

This is under the guidance of a Board of Women's Kdu- 
cation. The University maintains a Muslim Girls' Intermediate 
College at Aligarh with Hostel accommodation. There are 107 
girl students. The number of female candidates who appeared 
at the examination of 1927 was as follows: M.A., 1; B. A. (Pass), 
1 ; Intermediate, 1 ; and High School, 10. 

Students 9 Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

There is an Advisory Committee instituted for the purpose 
of advising students that desire to go abroad for studies. This 
is under the supervision of a Secretary. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

There is a Medical Officer in charge of the health of the 
University. The University has begun Medical Inspection of 



ALIGARH MUSLIM UNivEksrrt 21 

\ 

School students, but work has not been extended to Inter- 
mediate College and University Students for want of adequate 
staff. 

Course* of Study, Degrees and Examinations. 

The University offers the degrees of B.A. (pass and honours), 
M.A., and D.LlTT. in Arts^R.Sc. (pass and honours), M.S<:., 
and D.SC. in Science; LL.B.' LL.M. and LL.I). in Law; B.T. 
in Teaching ti\d the degrees of Bachelor, Master and Doctor 
in Theology. A certificate in Teaching is also awarded. 

ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over a 
period of two academic years after the High School Exami- 
nation of the Aligarh Muslim Univeisity or any other recognized 
equivalent examination and is open to University students as 
well as private candidates and teachers. 

The examination consists of two parts, the following being 
the subjects of study and examination in each part : 

Part /. (Compulsory) English (3 papers), Theology or in 
the case of non-Muslim candidates, Muslim History (one paper), 
and Urdu (one paper). 

Part II. This part comprises three ol the following: 

<1) Classical or a Modern European Language other than 
the English Language (3 papers), (2) Mathematics (3 papers), 
(3) Logic : inductive and deductive (2 papers), (4) Islamic 
History (2 papers), (5) A course of History, Indian and European 
other than the Islamic History (2 papers), (6) Political Economy 
(2 papers), (7) Cieography (2 papers), (8) Education (2 papers), 
(9) Physics (2 papers and a practical examination), (10) 
Chemistry (2 papers and a practical examination), (11) Biology 
(2 papers and a practical examination). 

The examination will be conducted partly by means of 
question papers and partly riva voce^ and in subjects which 
admit of it, candidates will also be required to undergo practical 
examination. 

Part III. (MLDICAL GROUP). 

This examination will be open to those who have already 
passed the Intermediate Examination in Science and Biology 
of this University. 

Parts 1 and //. Same as for the ordinary Intermediate 
Examination. 

Part III. Comprises the following subject of study and 
Examination : 

Chemistry (Organic). 



22 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKRSITIKS 

yy.J, or B.S;. (Ptiss). The course extends over a period 
of two academic years and a candidate is required to study and 
be examined in the following parts : 

Part I. (1) Knglish, General (2 papers and a viva voce\ 
Urdu and Theology (one paper each). 

Part II. Any three of the following subjects: 

(1) Knglish Literature (2 papers), (2) Philosophy and Psy- 
chology (2 papers), (3) Kcononucs (2 papers), '(4) History (2 
papers), (ft) Geography (2 papers), (6) Islamic Studies (3 papers), 
(7) Kducation (2 papers), (8) Arabic, Persian or Sanskrit (3 
papers), (9) Mathematics (3 papers), (10) Physics (2 papers and 
a practical examination), (11) Chemistry (2 papers and a practi- 
cal examination), and /oology and Botany (2 papers and a 
practical examination in each). 

K.A. or B.Sc. {Honours). --The examination will be in two 
parts : 

Part 7. Same as for the ordinary Degree. 

H.A. Part //. One of the following Honours' Schools: 
Islamic Studies (5 papers), Arabic (5 papers), Persian (ft papers), 
Knglish Language and Literature (ft papers), Philosophy (5 
papers and a viva voce), History (6 papers), Mathematics 
(b* papers). No Honours Examination is held in Urdu, Econo- 
mics and Geography. 

ft.Sc. Part If. Physics (ft papers and a practical exami- 
nation), Chemistry 03 papers and a practical examination), 
Mathematics (6 papers), Botany, Zoology or Geography (no 
examination is held). 

Kach honours school includes one or more allied subjects 
as subsidiaiy subjects. 

M .A. or AJ.Si. The course extends over (\ terms in the 
rase of those who have passed the K.A. or B.Sc. Pass Exami- 
nation and 3 terms in the case of those who have passed B.A. 
or B.Sc. (Hons ) A candidate may present himself for the 
examination in any one of the following subjects: 

English Language and Literature (7 papers), Philosophy 
(6 papers, an Essay and a vira voce\ Political Economy (8 
papers), History (7 papers), Islamic Studies (no examination), 
Arabic Language and Literature (7 papers), Persian Language 
and Literature (7 papers), Mathematics (8 papers), Physics 
(7 papers), Chemistry (7 papers), Zoology, Botany (no exami- 
nation), Sanskrit (7 papers and a viva rocc). 

In Science subjects, the students have to undergo a practical 
examination and in Arts subjects, a viva voce. 



AUGAKH MUSLLIM UNIVKfcSIfcY 23 

LAW. 

LL.B. There will be two examinations for the degree 
of LL.B., the Previous Examination held at the end of 
the first year and the Final Examination held at the end of the 
second year, and the course is open to graduates of Aligarh 
Muslim University or of any other recognized University. 

A candidate is required to study and be examined in : 

Prtvious J Examination (G papers) : (1) Roman Law, (2) 
Law of Contracts, (3) Law of Easements and Torts, (4) Criminal 
Law and Procedure, (5) Constitutional Law, and (ti) Law of 
Evidence. 

Final Examination. This examination is open to those 
who have passed the Previous Examination in Law of this 
University and have kept t3 terms in the University. A candi- 
date is required to study and be examined in (1) Civil Procedure, 
(2) Principles of Pleading and Limitation, (3) The Law relating 
to Land Tenure, Rent and Revenues in the United Provinces 
of Agra and Oudh and Central Provinces, (4) Hindu Law as ad- 
ministered by the Court in British India, (5) Muhammadan Law 
as administeied by the Court in British India, (6) Equity with 
special reference to the Law of Trusts and Specific Relief, (7) 
The Law relating to Transfer of Property including the Princi- 
ples of Equity in so far as they relate to the subject, and (8) 
Jurisprudence. 

Candidates can also appear in the Punjab Land and Custo- 
mary Laws to enable them to practise in the Punjab. 

Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate number 
of marks or more shall be placed in the First Class and those 
who obtain less than 50 per cent in the Second Class. 

LL.M. The course extends over a period of two years 
and is open to candidates who have passed the LL.B. Exami- 
nation of the Muslim University. This examination has not 
yet been started. 

THEOLOGY. 

Theie are two courses of study under this faculty, the 
ordinary course and the advanced course. These examination? 
have not been started. 

Bachelor of Teaching. Graduates are admitted to this 
examination. 

The course extends to one academic year, candidates being 
required to study and be examined in the following subjects: 

(1) Psychology, (2) Methods of Teaching, (3) History of 
Education, and (4) School Organization and Hygiene. 



24 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A department of Medicine (Unani) has been started from 
October 1927. The course will extend to 5 years. 

Scale of Marks. 



Intermediate 

H.A. or IJ.Sc. 

1J.A. or K.Sr. (Hons.) 

M.A. or M.Sr. 

LL.H. (Pie., Final; . 

B.T. 



Miniinuin 


I Div. 


11 Div 


pass murks. 






. 30% ' 


. 60% 


45% 


. :% 

.SB ,, 


60 o 
60". 


. . 45% 
45% 


. 86% 

. 80% 


60" 
60% 


' 45% 
50% 


. 30% 


60% 


45% 



Allahabad University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

Founded in 1887, 'the University concerned itself mainly 
wi*h examinations, having no teaching staff (except that of its 
School of Law) until 1914. Subsequently, it established Chairs 
and Readerships, etc., for research work in Kconomics and 
Modern History for graduate students. In January 19*22 was 
passed an Act (which came into operation in July 1922) for the 
re-organization of the University as a Unitary, Teaching and 
Residential institution with control over the quality and character 
of the teaching in associated colleges. The Muir Central College 
became the nucleus of a teaching University, the juiisdiction of 
which was limited to a territorial area ot 10 miles' radius from 
the Convocation Hall of the University. Within this area there 
are two institutions which supplement instruction given in the 
University and these are the Ewing Christian College and the 
Kayastha Pathshala College. Anothei institution, the Crosthwaite 
(Jills' College, undertakes, however, full instruction for the 
Degree course in the several subjects. By Act VIII of 192ft a 
Univeisity has been established at Agra to which the control of 
the 14 Associated Colleges has been transferred. The new Act 
which came into force with effect from the 1st July 1927 has set 
the Allahabad University free to function as a Unitary, Teaching 
and Residential University by relieving it of the responsibility of 
controlling the quality and character of the teaching given in its 
name by the Associated Colleges and placing such responsibility 
upon the new University. Tutorial instruction is regularly im- 
p-irted in the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 

His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 
CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency the Hon'ble Sir Alexander Phillips Muddiman, 
Kt., K.C.S.I., C.I.E. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Mahamahopadhyaya Dr. Ganganath Jha, M.A., D.Litt., LL.I>. 

TREASURER. 
Rai Bahadur Ft. Kanhaiya Lai, M.A., LL.B. 



26 



English 



Philosophy 
History 



Political Science. 
Arabic & Persian. 
Sanskrit 

Urdu 

Hindi 

Physics 

Chemistry 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

* 

REGISTRAR. 
J. M. David, Esq., U.A. 

ASST. KKGISTKAK. 
Pandit Ram Chandra Dikshit. 

PROCTOR. 
S. K. Ruclra, Esq., M!A. (Cantab.) 

LIBRARIAN. 
Dr. Beni Prasad, M.A., D.Sc. 

TEACHING STAFF. 

.. Professor: S. G. Dunn, Esq., M.A., F.R.G.S., 
I.E.S. 

Headers: Pt. Amaranatha Jha, M.A. ; Pt. 
Shiva Adhar Pande, M.A., LL.H., M.R.A.S. ; 
S. C. Deb, Esq., M.A. ; six Lecturers, two 
part-time teachers and one Lady Lecturer. 

Professor : R. D. Ranade, Esq., M.A. 

Reader \ A. C. Mukerji, Esq.; M.A., two 
Lecturers and one Lady Lecturer. 

Professor*. Dr. SJiafaat Ahmad Khan, M.A., 
Litt.l)., M.L.C. 

Headers-. Dr. Ram Prasad Tripathi, M.A., D.Sc.; 
Dr. Lshwari Prasad, M.A., D.Litt. ; four 
Lecturers, one Lady Lecturer and one part- 
time teacher. 

Reader : Dr. Beni Prasad, M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc. ; 
one Lecturer and one part-time teacher. 

Header : Syed Muhammad Ali Nami, Esq., 
M.A., and four Lecturers. 

Professor: Dr. P. K. Acharya, M.A., Ph.D., 
D.Litt., I.E.s., four Lecturers and one Lady 
Lecturer. 

Lecturers: Syed Md. Zamin Ali, Esq., M.A.; 
Muhammad Hafiz Syed, Esq., U. A., L.T. 
Lecturers: Dhirendra Varma, Esq., M.A., 
and Pt. Devi Prasad Shukla, U.A. 
Professor : Dr. Megh Nad Saha, D.Sc., F.R.S. 



Reader: Saligram Bhargava, Esq., M.Sc., 
two Lecturers and four Demonstrators. 

Professor: Dr. N. R. Dhar, D.Sc., I.E.S., 
F.l.C. (London). 



ALLAHA&At) UNIVERSITY* 



27 



Renders : Kai Sahib S. C. Del> M.A. ; Dr. S. H. 
Dull, D.Sc. (Loud.); K. P. Chatterji, Esq., 
M.Sc., F.r.s., A. I.e.; one lecturer and five 
Demonstrators. 

Mathematics .. Headers : A. C. Jtanerji, Esq., M.A., M.Sc., 
I.K.S., F.K.A.S., F.L.M.S. (Lond.) ; Dr. Gorakh 
1'rasad, J>.Sc., and four Lecturers. 

Botany .. haulers'. Dr. J. H. Mitter, M.A., K.Sc., Pli.I). ; 

S. Kanjan, Esq., M.Sc.; two Lecturers, two 
Demonstrators and one pait-time teacher. 

Zoology .. Readers: Dr. D. R. Hhattacharyn, M.Sc., 

Ph.D., D.Sc. and Dr. Haru Ram Mehia, Ph.D.: 
three Lecturers and two Demonstrators. 

Law .. .. Professor: Dr. J. C. Weir, K.r., I?. A., LI.. I)., 

liar-at-Law. 
Readers\ S. C. Chaudhri, Ksq., M.A, LL.B. ; 

Dr. ]\L U. S. Jung, M.A., LL.D. (Cantab.), 

Har-at-Law, and one part-time teacher. 
Commerce .. Reader: M. K. Ghosh, Esq., M.A., U.rom. 

(Lond.); two Lecturers and one honorary 

teacher. 

Economics .. Render s\ C. D. Thompson, Esq., M.A., and 

S. K. Rudra, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.); five 
Lecturers and one Lady Lecturer. 

PART-TIME TEACUKRS IN FRENCH AND GKKMAN. 

Mr. D. Kerrin in French. 

Rev. Dr. J. C. Manry in German. 

The following are the Names of the Colleges of the University 
with their Principals. 



Ewing Christian College, 
Allahabad (University 
College) 

Ivayastha Pathshala, 
Allahabad (University 
College) 

Crosthwaite Girls' College, 
Allahabad 



Rev. Dr. C. A. R. Janvier. M.A., 
D.I). 

Principal: Dr. Tara Chand, M.A., 
D.Phil. 

I.ady Principal: Miss Sudhalata 
Duara, M.A., 1J.T. 



Constitution of the University. 

'i'he authorities of the University are : The Couit, the Exe- 
cutive Council, the Academic Council, the Committee of Reference 
and the Faculties. The Committee of Reference is empowered to 



28 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

deal with items of new expenditure of three thousand lupees or 
over in the case of recurring expenditure and of ten thousand 
rupees or over in the case of non-recurring expenditure. A special 
feature of this University is that it has a Muslim Advisory Board, 
which h.is the right to advise the University in matters affecting 
the religious convictions or the special interests of Muslim stu- 
dents and of addressing any of the University Hodies in any matter 
affecting Muslim interests. ' 

t 
Number oi Students in the University under Different Faculties. 

The number of students during the year 1926-27 was : 

Faculty ot Arts . . 603 

,, Science . . 306 

Commerce . . 29 

,, Lau .. 321 ( Kxclusive of those 

students who read 
Law with M.A. or 
M.SC.) 
Research Scholars . . 20 

TOTAL .. 1,279 



Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations. 

The number of students who have passed the University 
Examinations of 1927 is shown below : 

B.A. .. .. .. .. 44") 

H.SC. Pass Couise .. .. .. 179 

B.Sc. Hons. .. .. .. 6 

M.A. (Previous) .. .. .. 170 

M.A. (Final) .. .. .. .. 140 

M.Sc. (Previous) . . . . . . 46 

M.Sc. (Final).. .. .. .. 53 

L.T. .. .. .. .. 56 

LL.B. (Pievious) .. .. .. 324 

LL.B. (Final) .. .. .. 170 

B.COM. : Pait I .. .. .. 85 

B.COM. : Part II .. .. .. 75 



TOTAL .. 1,749 



Scholarships and Medals. 

The University awards a certain number of research scholar- 
ships to M.A.'s and M.SC.'s annually. They are of the value of 
Ks. 100 per month each and are tenable for a period of one year. 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 29 

The. University also awards annually four scholarships of Rs. 25 
per month each tenable for one year to post-graduate women 
students and medals to the students who do best at the B.A., B.SC. 
and B. COM. Examinations. It also awards one D.LlTT. scholar- 
ship and one D.Sc. scholarship, each of the value of Rs. 100 
per month, six M.A. scholarships of the value of Rs. 30 per month 
each, four M.Sc. scholarships of the value of Rs. 25 per month 
each and five M.SC. scholarships of the value of Rs. 32 per month 
each. The pvrod of tenuie of each of these scholarships is two 
years, except in the case of the M.Sc. scholarships of the value 
of Rs. 32 per month each, which are awarded on the results of the 
B.Sc. Honours Examination and are tenable for a period of one 
year. 

The following are the endowed scholarships and medals in 
the University : t 

Queen Empress Vutoni Jubilee Medal. (Capital value Rs. 
1,000): Two silver medals arc awarded to the two most success- 
ful students in the M.A. and H.A. Examinations in one year and 
to two most successful students in the M.Sc. and B.Sc. Examina- 
tions in the next year. 

fkbal Medal. (Capital value Rs. 1,000): A gold medal is 
awarded to the first Muhammadan student at the B.A. Exami- 
nation. 

Sir Chailt* Klliotl Schola r</u *. (Capital value Rs. 6,000) : 
One scholarship of the value of Rs. 17-8-0 per month tenable for 
one year is awarded annually for precedence in the B.Sc. Exami- 
nation. 

Griffith Memorial Fund Scholarships. (Value Rs. 6,329-4-11): 
Two scholarships and certain prizes are awarded to students who 
actually study in the Sanskrit College, Benares. 

Lumsden Memorial Scholarships and Gold Medal. (Value Rs. 
7,000): One scholarship of the value of Rs. 8 per month tenable 
for one year is awarded in one year to the student who has stood 
first in Sanskrit at the Intermediate Examination and in the next 
year to the student who has stood first in Arabic at the same 
examination. A gold medal of the value of about Rs. 50 is also 
awarded every year to the LL.B. candidate who stands first. 

Swarnamayi lima Chant n Prize. (Value Rs. 1,000) : A prize 
of the value of Rs. 3o is awarded to the B.SC. who stands first. 

Lala Sanwal Das Stipends. (Capital value Rs. 20,000): 
Four stipends of the aggregate vajue of Rs. 50 per mensem are 
awarded only to Khattri or Saraswat Brahman students in the 
Intermediate and B.A. classes. 

HiHiangini-Bhuwancthwan Hook I'me. (Capital value 
Rs. 1,000): Annual Book Prize to the candidate who stands 
first in Sanskrit in the Intermediate Examination. 



30 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Empress Victoria Readership. (Capital value Rs. 76,000): 
The value is Rs. 100 per mensem. It is tenable for three years 
for researches in Science. 

Kaiila Pnisud Research Scholarships. (Capital value Rs. 
50,000) : Two scholarships of the value of Rs. 100 per mensem 
each for 2 years for Hindus. 

Besides these, there are also the following prizes and 
scholarships: , 

Sir Henry Richaids Gold Medal; Homersham Cox Medal 
Dr. Kally Dass Nundy Thakoinony Medal ; Hariprava .Medal 
The R.im Mohan DC Medal ; Mahendra Nath Dutt Medal 
General Ali Asghar Khan Scholarships; Tirthanath.i Jht 
Prizes; The Viztanagram Scholarships; Nawab AM Asghar 
Khan's Arabic Scholarships; Rampur Scholarships; Purti- 
shottaniji Scholarships ; Peary Moan Banerji Gold Medal : 
Nilkamal Mitra Gold Medal ; Moulvi Haider Hu^sain and 
Choudhri Dhian Singh Prize; Dr. K. G. Hill Memorial Prize 
and S. A. Hill Memorial Prize. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

There is a general Library. At the end of the year 1926-27 
there were 54,498 volumes in it and they weie distributed as 
follows : 

Books, Pamphlets and Bound volumes of 

journals .. .. .. .. 49,99") 

Government publications, Indian, British 

and Foreign . . .. . . 11,273 

There arc also departmental libraries for the use of teachers 
and a Laboratory is attached to each of the Departments of 
Physics, Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. There is also a 
Museum attached to the Economics Department. 

Provision for Research. 

The University Act of 1921 makes it one of the duties of 
the University to arrange for the carrying on of independent 
research and this duty is discharged by provision of research 
scholarships in the different departments of study. The Pro- 
fessors also carry on research and contribute papers to the lead- 
ing scientific journals. The University itself publishes the 
14 UNIVERSITY STUDIES " which is a record of research work 
parried on in the University. 

The number of University research scholarships sanctioned 
for 1927-28 is as follows: 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 31 

History Department . . . . 3 

Economics Department . . . . 2 

Sanskrit Department . . . . 1 
Persian Department . . . . * . . 1 

Arabic Department . . . . 1 

Philosophy Department . . . . 1 

English Department . . . . 1 

Department of Science . . . . . . 5 

TOTAL .. 15 



Besides the above, the Empress Vicloiia Keadeiship and 
the Kanta Prasad Scholarships are also available for research 
work. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The University provides due facilities for publication and 
extension work. The University publishes two journals, 773., 

"THK UNIVKKSITY STUDIES" and "THE UNIVERSITY MAGA- 
ZINE". There is also the " INDIAN JOURNAL OF ECONOMICS " 
connected with the Economics Department. 

A large number of popular lectures it. given on various 
subjects of interest. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Training Corps, the sanctioned 
strength of which in so far as the Allahabad University is con- 
cerned, is Allahabad Officers 5 and other ranks 148. 

The progress of the Corps during the year 1926-27 is reported 
to be very satisfactory. 

Associations in the University. 

There are various Associations in the University, ?'/>., 
The University Union, The Students' Representative Council, 
The Athletic Association, The Law Society, The Oriental 
Society, The Hindi Association, The Urdu Association, The 
Music Association, The Bengali Union, The Historical Society, 
The Chemical Society, The Biological Union, The Mathematical 
Association and The Physics Seminary. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

There is provision made for the residence of students at 
Allahabad at two colleges of the University, two Hostels main- 
tained by the University and three Hostels recognized by the 
University. Another Hostel which when ready will accommodate 
140 students is under construction and will be ready by the 



82 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

beginning of the next session. There exist separate arrangements 
for the residence of lady students at the Lady Sunder Lai Hostel 
attached to the Crosthwaite Girls' College, Allahabad. 

Every student of the University is required to reside in a 
College or Hostel, or under such conditions as may be prescribed 
by the Statutes and Ordinances. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The University Grant is a block grant not liable to be cut 
down for at least five years. The Revenue and Expenditure 
during 1926-27 were as follows : 

Receipts .. .. .. Rs. 1 1,86,339 -15 6. 

Expenditure .. .. ,, 11,90,78821). 

The University has a Provident Fund to which every officer 
or servant of the University holding a substantive appointment of 
Rs. 30 per mensem or upwards, is required to contribute 8 per 
cent of his salary, the University contributing at the rate of 12 per 
cent in the case of subscribers drawing a salary of Rs. 500 or less, 
10 per cent in the case of subscribers drawing a salary of more 
than Rs. 500 but not exceeding Rs. 1,000, and 8 per cent in the 
case of subscribers drawing a salary of over Rs. 1,000. 

Women's Education. 

Arrangements have been made for giving both formal and 
tutorial teaching to women students of the B.A. classes separate 
from boys at the Crosthwaite Girls' College, Allahabad. The 
number of lady lecturers sanctioned for the purpose is 5. At 
present, the University has not made similar arrangements for 
post-graduate or science students. 

Students' Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

There is at present no Students' Information Bureau attached 
to the University. There is, however, the Provincial Students' 
Advisory Committee which has been appointed by Government. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

The Board of Residence, Health and Discipline of the 
University is vested with the power of dealing with all matters 
concerning the residence, health and discipline of University 
students. The constitution and powers of the Board are defined 
in Chapter VII of the University Statutes. The Medical Officer of 
the University is in charge of the Colleges of the University and 
the Hostels and is required to undertake the medical examin- 
ation of all University students. The University has recently 
constructed a Dispensary for the benefit of its students. 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 33 


Admission to the University Courses of Study, Degrees and 

Examinations. 

The University grants in Arts the B.A. degtee and the 
Master's degree; in Science, the B.Sr. degiee (Pass and Honours) 
arid the Master's degree. The professional Degrees and Diplo- 
mas are Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Laws, Master of 
Laws. D. LlTT., D.SC. and JLL.D. are the Doctor's degiees. 

ADMISSION TOTHK COI'USKS OK STUDY. 

. Admission to a coiuse of study for the Bachelor's Degree 
is granted only to those who have passed the Intermediate 
Examination of the Board of High School and Intermediate 
Education of the United Provinces or of any University in 
"British India incorporated by any Law foi the time being in force. 
The Higher School Certificate Examination of the Cambridge 
University and the Intermediate Examination of the Mysore 
University are recognized as equivalent to tin; Intermediate 
Examination of the Board of High School and Intermediate Educa- 
tion, U. P. Admission to post-graduate classes is allowed to 
graduates of this University or of any other University in 
British territory recognized by the law of the place in which it is 
situated. Admission to B.CoM. classes is granted to those who 
have passed the Intermediate Examination of the U. P. Hoard 
or any University in India established by Law ; the Commercial 
Diploma Examination of the Allahabad University or of the Board 
of High School and Intermediate Education or the Intermediate 
Examination for the degree of Bachelor of Commerce of the 
University of Bombay, or have passed certain higher examinations. 

COUKSKS OK STUDY IN ARTS. 

liachclor of Arts (/*as<f). The course of study extends over 
two years and candidates are required to study and be examined 
in English and any two of the following branches : 

(a) Arabic, Persian or Sanskiit, Hindi or Urdu, () Mathe- 
matics, (c) Philosophy, (V) Economics, (c) History, and(/") Political 
Science. The examination in English consists of two general papeis 
and a nva TOCC and three special papers. Three papers are set in 
each of the classical Languages and in Mathematics, two papers 
each in Philosophy, Economics and History, and three papers each 
in Urdu and Hindi. 

The minimum for a pass in all subjects is 33 per cent of the 
aggregate and 30 per cent in Mathematics and Philosophy. 
Candidates are required to pass in each of the two sections in 
English as well as in the total of English. 

tfuchelor of Arts {Honours). The duration of the course of 
study is three years. Every candidate shall lake tin; course for 
the Pass degree during his first year of study. At the end of the 
3 F 



34 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

* 

second year of his study he shall appear in the examination for 
B.A. (Pass) degree and also in a special examination in the subject 
which he has studied for the Honours degree. Jf he passes in 
both these examinations he may continue to read in the Honours 
Course during his third year. If at the end of the second year he 
passes the 1*. A. (Pass) examination, he shall be entitled to the 
B. A. (Pass) degree. If he fails in eithei of the examinations taken 
at the end of his second year, he shall not be admitted to read 
further for the Honours Course but may be re-admitted to the 
Course for the B.A. (Pass) degree, if he has failed to pass the 
examination for it. 

A candidate studying for the Honours examination may not 
study for any post-graduate class or any other degree. 

The subjects of examination for the degree of Bachelor of 
Arts (Honours) shall be : (1) Languages, (2) Mental and Moral 
Science, (3) History, (4) Mathematics, (5) Economics, and (6) 
Politics. 

Master of Arts. The course of study extends over two 
years. The examination consists of two parts the Previous 
Examination held at the end of the first year and the Final 
Examination held at the end of the second year. A candidate 
may select one of the following subjects: (1.) Languages: 
English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Urdu or Hindi, (2) Mental 
and Moral Science, (3) History, (4) ^Mathematics, (5) Economics, 
and (6) Political Science. 

At the Previous Examination, there are four papers in 
English Literature, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hindi, Urdu and 
Economics, three papeis in History and two papers in Mental and 
Moral Science. For the Final Examination five papers arc set in 
English Literature and four papers in Arabic, Persian and Sanskrit, 
Hindi, Urdu, Economics and History and three papers in Mental 
and Moral Science ; of the four papers in Sanskrit, one is on 
composition and the other three on texts in one of the following 
groups: (</) Vedic Language and Literature, (ti) Sanskrit 
Language and Literature, (c] Dharma Sastra, (//) Philosophy, 
(<?) Epigraphy and History, (/") Pali and Prakrit. There is a 
viva Toce at the Final Examination in all the subjects. 

The minimum pass marks in all the subjects are 36 per cent. 
Candidates who obtain 60 per cent or more of the aggregate 
are placed in the First Division and those who obtain 48 per cent 
or more in the Second Division. 

Science Faculty : /J..SV. (/ J <m). The course of study ex- 
tends over two academic years, and candidates must study 
and be examined in either of the two groups: (/) Physics, 
Chemistry and Mathematics, (/>) Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. 
There are two papers and a practical examination in each 



ALLAHABAD UNIVERSITY 35 

subject except Mathematics in which three papers are set. A 
candidate may, at his option, take General English as an Extra 
subject in which there are two papers and a nrti we. 

The minimum for a pass is 80 per cent in each subject 
except in English in which it is 33 per cent. There aie three 
divisions: The First Division consisting of those who obtain 
60 per cent or moie of the aggregate, the Second, o| those who 
obtain 48 per cent or more, and the Third, of those who obtain 

33 per cent or more of the aggregate marks in each subject. 



Students for the Pass Course may be transferred to the 
Honours Course within three mouths of the first year of study 
on the recommendation of the Head of the Department. 

Bachelor of Science (//(t/is.\ The duration of the comsc of 
study is three years. Every candidate must offer one of the 
following as his Honours subject : (I) Physics, (2) Chemistry, (3) 
Botany, (4) /oology, and (5) Mathematics. He must also take two 
of the subjects other than his Honours subject, as his subsidiaiy 
subjects. The examination in the subsidiary subjects is identical 
with that of the Pass degree. 

Candidates obtaining 60 per cent of the aggregate in the 
Honours subject are placed in the First Division ; those obtaining 
48 per cent or more in the Second Division and those obtaining 
36 to 47 per cent are awarded the Pass degree. Candidates who 
fail to attain the Honours standard can re-appear only once for 
the examination in that subject. Candidates who have failed to 
obtain Honours may, if they attain the prescribed standard, be 
recommended for a Pass degree. 

Master of 'Science. The course of study extends over two 
years after graduation and the examination consists of t\\o 
parts the Previous and the Final, held at the end of the fust 
and the second year respectively. Candidates must offer one 
of the following subjects : (<i) Mathematics, (4) Physics, (<) 
Chemistry, (tf) /oology, and (e) Botany. At the Pievious 
Examination, there are three papers and a practical examination 
in Botany and Chemistry, and four papers and a practical 
examination in Physics and /oology. In Mathematics the 
examination consists of the B.SC. Honours examination papers 
in the branch of Mathematics in which the candidate is not 
proceeding for the M.Sr. degree. At the Final Examination, 
four papers are set in Mathematics and /oology, three papers in 
Botany and two papers in Physics and Chemistry with a practical 
examination in each subject except Mathematics. 

The minimum for a pass is 36 per rent in each subject. 60 
per cent or more of the aggregate places a candidate in the 
First Class and 48 per cent or more, in thti Second Class. 



86 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

iV 

PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATIONS. 

Bachelor of Commerce (/{.Com.}. The course of study extends 
over three years and is open to students who have passed one of 
the following examinations: Intermediate, Commercial Diploma, 
13. COM., 13. A. or H.SC. and M.A. Exemption from taking the first 
year course is allowed under certain conditions. The examina- 
tion is divided into two parts Part I >eing taken at the end 
of the second year and Part II, at the end of the third year. 
There is a departmental examination at the end tot the first year. 

The following subjects are to be studied in the first year 
class: (1) English, (2) Elements of Economics, (3) Elements of 
Currency and Hanking, (4) Hook-keeping and Accountancy, 
(5) Husincss Methods, ((5) Economic and Commercial Geography. 
The subjects to be studied in the second year class ate : (1,) 
English and Essay, (2) Principles of Economics, (3) Currency 
and Hanking, (o) Hook-keeping and Accountancy, (6) Husiness 
Organization, (7) Commercial Law, (8) Economic and Commercial 
Geography. One paper is set in each of the subjects except in 
English in which there are two papers. Students of the 3rd year 
class have to study : (1) English including one paper on Essay 
on a subject of commercial or economic interest, (2) Industrial 
Organization and Organization of Transport, (3) Statistical 
Methods of Husiness with special emphasis on graphical represent- 
ation, (4) Economic Development of India and England, (5) 
One of the following groups (two papers): (//) Advanced Hank- 
ing; (/O Accountancy and Auditing; (<) Railway Transport; (if) 
Modern Development of Trade (including the Geographical basis) ; 
(e) Secretarial Work and Practice ; (/") Insurance ; (,;') Administra- 
tion and Public Finance with special work in tax administration. 
One paper is set in each of the subjects Nos. 1-4 and two papers 
in subject No. 5. There is also a viva vocc in English. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent in each subject or 
group of subjects. Candidates who secure 65 per cent or more of 
the aggregate are placed in the First Division, those who get 50 
per cent or more in the Second Division, and those obtaining 40 
per cent or more are declared to have passed. For a position 
marks of the two examinations, Parts I and IJ, count together 
for place on the Pass list of the final year. 

Kachelor of /.ttws {LL.lf). The course of study extends 
over two years and is open to graduates in Arts, Science or 
Commerce. The examination consists of two parts the Previous 
and the Final, held at the end of the first and second years 
respectively. The subjects of the Pievious Examination are: (1) 
Roman Liw, (2) The Law of Contracts, (3) ThoLiw of Easements 
and Torts, (4) The Law of Evidence, (5) Criminal L.uv and Proce- 
dure, and (6) Constitutional Law. The following are the subjects 
of the Final Examination : (1) Civil Procedure, (2) The Law 



Ai,LAHABAb ITMVERSITV 37 

relating to the Land Tenures, Rent and Revenues, (8) Hindu 
Law with statutory modifications, (4) Muhammadan Law with 
statutoiy modifications. (5) The Law relating to Transfer of 
Property, (H) Equity with special reference to Trusts and Specific 
Relief, and (7) Jurisprudence. 

The examination is conducted by papers. The minimum for 
a Pass is 30 per cent in^each* subject. Those who obtain 00 per 
cent of the aggregate are placed in the First Class and those 
obtaining 50 pef cent in the Second Class. 

Masfci of f.tiw's (/,/,.!/.). The LL.M. Kxamination is open 
to Bachelors of Laws of the Allahabad Univeisity of at least two 
years' standing. Candidates are required to offer tout compulsory 
and two optional subjects. The compulsory subjects are: 
(1) Jurisprudence and Principles of Legislation, (2) Constitutional 
Laws: British and Indian, (3) Kquity, and (4) either Hindu Law 
or Muhammadan Law. The following are the optional subjects: 
(1) Muhammadan Law or Hindu Law, whichever is not chosen 
as a compulsory subject, (2) Law of Contracts, (3) Transfer ot 
Immovable Property and Kasemcnts. (4) Roman Law, (5) Interna- 
tional Law: Public and Private, (6*) Wills and Administration. 

The examination is conducted rim mrand by written papers. 
For a Pass, candidates must obtain (JO per cent of the aggregate 
and 50 per cent in each subject. There are no classes. 

DorTOKATKS. 

Doctor of Letters(D.Litt.). A Master of Aits of a University 
established in India by an Act of the Legislature of at least three 
years' standing is admitted to the examination of this degree. 
Every application for admission must be supported by two 
members of the Faculty or two Doctors of the University. The 
examination is entirely 7vzw voce based on an original thesis offered 
by the candidate upon any subject within the Faculty. The virtt 
Toce examination is arranged only after the Board of Examiners 
pronounce that the thesis evinces sufficient merit. 

Doctor of Letters in Economics (/). Lift. /IMHS.). The condi- 
tions of admission are the same as those for the Doctorate in Arts. 

Doctitr of Science (D.Sc.), A Master of Arts or Science of 
at least three years' standing can apply for the D.Sc. Degree ; 
but those who belong to Indian Universities other than the 
Allahabad University must have resided for three years within the 
territorial limits of this University. Every application must be 
supported by two D.Sc.'sor two members of the Science Faculty. 
The fitness of a candidate for the Degree is judged on an original 
thesis submitted by him on some branch of the following sciences : 
Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry. Zoology, Botany. 

Doctor of Laws (/,/,./>.). A Master of Laws of the Uni- 
versity of Allahabad or any person who has passed the Honours 



88 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKKSITIKS 

in Law Examination of that University on or before 1st of 
November, 1W)(J, is admitted to tin; I, L.I). Degree if he has 
written an essay approved hy the Faculty of Law and has pro- 
duced a certificate, from two members of the Faculty of Law or 
two Doctois of Law to the effect that he has practised his pro- 
fession with tepute for at least rive years or has contributed, 
either by scholastic work or by literacy production, to the advance- 
ment of Law and that in habits and character, he is a fit person 
to receive the Degree. * 

Conditions of Re-Admission to the University Examinations. 

A candidate who has failed once in a Degree Examination 
other than in Law (Pievious or Final) and Final M.A. or M.Sc. 
Kxami nation, is allowed to appear at a subsequent examination, 
only if he attends a regular course of study during the year of 
such examination. Jf he fails more than once, he is allowed to 
re-appear without putting in the required terms but under certain 
prescribed conditions. Any candidate who has failed in one 
subject of the H.A., B.Sc. or H.C()M. Examination, but has attained 
the prescribed standard, is allowed to appear at a subsequent 
examination in that subject alone. Kx-studenls are required to 
pay an annual fee of Ks. 5 to appear at subsequent examinations. 

Teaching of French and German. 

('lasses for teaching French and German have been started 
in the University. The classes are held out of University hours. 
They are open to students and members of the teaching staff of 
the University. The monthly fee for attending lectures in French 
and (lerma n or either of those languages is Rs. 4. 

Table of Examination Fees. 

Names of Degrees and Diploma Fees 

H.A. 01 H.Sc. (Pass) .. .. .. Rs. 30 

H.A. (Honours) . . . . . . Not yet fixed. 

H.Sc. (Honours) . . . . . . Ks. 20 

Kach Subsidiary Subject , . . . . . ,, 10 

M.A. (Previous) or M.Sc. (Previous) . . . . 20 

M.A. (Final) or M.Sc. (Final) . . . . . . 30 

H.CoM. (Part J; .. .. . . 20 

B.COM. (Part 10 .. .. .. .. ,, 20 

LL.H. (Previous) .. .. .. . . 20 

LL.H. (Final) .. .. .. .. 40 

LL.M. .. .. .. .. ,,100 

D.LlTT. in Arts .. .. .. .. ,,200 

I). LlTT. in Economics . . . . . . ,, 200 

D.Sc. .. .. .. .. ,,200 

LL.D. .. .. ., ., ,,200 



Andhra University. 



Introduction. 

The University was constituted to provide the Andhra 
Districts of the Madras Presidency with a University of their 
own. The affiliated and recognized colleges provide courses 
of study qualifying students for admission to University exami- 
nations including those in Oiiental Languages. At piesent 
there, are no University Colleges. 

Officers and Authorities of the University. 

THK VISITOR. 

His Excellency the Rt. Hon'ble Kdward Kiederick Lindley 

Wood, P.r., (i.r.S.L, (J.C.I. K., Baron Invin of Kirhy 

Underdale in the (bounty of York. 

THK CHANCKLl OK. 

His Kxcellency the Rt. Hon'ble the Viscount (Joschen of 
Hawkhurst, G.C.I.K., (M5.K. 

I'KO-ClIANCKI.LOK. 
Maharaja Sri Ramachandra Deo, M.L.r., Raja of Jeypore. 

VlCK-ClIANCKLLOR. 
M. R. Ry. Cattamanchi Ramalinga Reddy Gam, M.A. (Cantab.) 

kKGISTKAK. 

M. R. Ry. C. I). S. Chetti Garu, M.A. 

The Vice-Chancellor is a whole-time officer of the University. 
The authorities of the University are : 

(I) The Senate, (2) The Syndicate, (?>) The Academic 
Council, (4) The Faculties, and (o) The Hoards of Studies. 

The Senate consists of 87 members and is the supreme 
governing body. 

The Syndicate consists of 12 members and is the executive 
body of the University. 

The Academic Council consists of 38 members and it 
prescribes all courses of study, determines the cunicula, has 
general control of teaching within the University and is respon- 
sible for the maintenance of the standards thereof. 



40 HAN'DHOOK OF lNDL\N UNIVKkSITItS 

Affiliated and Recognized Colleges of the University with the Names 
of the Respective Principals. 

COLLKGKS. 



Kal 1 1 kola C 'ollegt , /'/ hatupoi c 1 . 

Mr. A, Kaiiiachandra Kao Panlulu. H.A.. L.T. 

Hindu College, Ma*uhpa1ani. 

Mr. V. Sreenivasa Rao, M.A., L.T. 

I'eiikalagin Raja's College, Hello re* 
Mr. R. Vcnkatasivadu, M.A., L.T. 



Mr. I 1 . Jagannadhaswiimi Pantulu, M.A., L.T. 
Mrs. A. V. A'. College, I'lzagafritiiM. 
Mr. S. Krishnaswamy Iyer, H.A., L.T. 

FIRST (1KADK C()LLK(ihS. 

Cedtd 7>/ v// / r/s ( *olle& t , A na tit a pit / . 
Mr. N. R. Krislinanim.i, r..A. t I.K.S. 

J'lltupnr RnjJs Collef* Cocamufa. 

Dr. V. Kamakrishna Rao, M.A.,L.T., I'h.D. 

The Andhra Christum College, </;/;/////. 

The Rev. Dr. J. Roy Strock, M.A., D.h. 
The ow pineal College, Matlanapalle. 

Mr. C. S. Trilokiker, M.A. 

A'oble College, Masulipiifam. 
Thu Rev. A.M. Johnston, M.A. 

(lorenimcnt Arts College. Raialunundrv. 
Mr. \\ r . B. Miierley, i;.A., I.K.S. 

J/,f//<//vr/V College, rrJtiHifgiiiiiM. 

Mr. K. Jan.iki Rao Pantulu, H.A., L.T. 

MKDTCAL COLLKC;K. 

A/ ft/i i'<ri College, I '/ zagapatam . 
Major, F. J. Anderson, M.r., M.H.li.S., F.K.C.S., l.M.S. 

TKAININC COI.LKGK. 
(lorernment Train! tig College, Rajah nmntlry. 

Mr. M. S. H. Thompson, B.A., I.K.S., M.K.A.S., A.C.P. 
(London). 

COLLKCIKS FOK ORIENTAL LlCAKNING. 

Narastniha SaH\krit College, Cfnttigndur. 
Mr. S.T. G. Varadachari, M.A. 



ANDIIRA UxivKksm 41 



And h HI (t'uvana /'/ 

Mr. Ch. (iopinadh.im, H,A. 

Raja's Sanskrit College* l\ 

Mr. Madhusuclhana Mah.ipatro, U.A., Kavyathil tha. 

Sanskrit College, Tcnali. 

Mr. P. Varadarama Krishniah, P..A. 

Sri renkatetwara &in*krit College* Thirupjfi. 
Mr. S.4>uhha Rao, M.A. 

Maharaja's Sansknt C/>J/fgt\ t'tsiauagaraM. 
!NIr. P. V. knnmnujaswami, M.A. 

lilanriah Arabic Colic ^f^ Kuuiool. 

Manlana Maulvi Mel. Umar Saluib Hahadur. 

Number of Students in the University 

There aie about >,500 students including a few women. 181 
students including women are undngoing courses of study in the 
Medical College. 

List of Successful Students in the University Examinations of 
1926-27. 

No. of Candidates No. of Candidates 
S. No. Name of Examination Examined Passed 

1 Intermediate Kxami nation 

March April 1927 1,271 370 

September 1927 S44 250 

2 H.A. Apiil 490 175 

September 298 88 

3 ?>. El). April 79 58 

4 Fust M.H. & U.S. April 19 14 

5 Second M.H. eS: B.S., Part I 

October, 1927 7 6 

Third M.H. & H.S. April 8 (5 

October 3 3 

7 Final M.H. & H.S., Part 1 April 7 7 

8 Third L.M. & S. April 20 13 

October 10 3 

9 Final L.M. & S., Part I April 5 5 

10 Entrance Test to Ubhaya Bhnsha 

Piaveena Course (Telugu main) 

March 2 2 

September 23 19 

11 Oriental Title- 

Preliminary, March April 102 59 

Final do. 23 15 



42 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKRSITIKS 



Endowments. 

MAHARAJAH ov HOIIIULI ENDOWMENT. 

The late Maharajah of Bobbli endowed the University \\ith a 
sum of rupees one lakh for the encomagement of Telugu and Sans- 
krit Learning. According to the decision of the Senate two-thirds 
of the income from the endowment is, to be utili/ed for the 
encouragement of Telugu learning and one-third for f Sanskrit. The 
amount ear-marked for Teliigu is to be utilized in the first 
instance for the compilation of a History of the Telugu language 
and literature. From the amount allotted to Sanskrit two 
scholarships of the monthly value of Ks. 50 each tenable for two 
years, to be awarded once in two yenis, to scholars who after 
passing the Vidya Praveena Examination of this University 
intend taking up further studies in Sanskrit in an institution 
approved by the Syndicate. 

RAIAH OK PA\AC;AL RKADKKSHII' IN EXPERIMENTAL 
PSYCHOLOGY. 

Sir P. Ramarayaningar, M.A., M.L.r., the Rajah of Panagal, 
has agreed to endow the University with property which would 
yield an annual income of Rs. 5,000 towards the founding of a 
Readership in Experimental Psychology with special reference to 
Hindu Yoga and pending that endowment has agreed to donate 
annually a sum of Rs. 5,000 to the University for the same pur- 
pose. The Senate has decided to institute the Readership with 
effect from the current year. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND MKDALS. 

The following are the medals awarded by the University for 
proficiency in the various examinations from the lespective endow- 
ments : 

1. /). KnJinamachat In Medal. A gold medal of the 
value of Rs. BO is awarded annually to the candidate who, on 
passing Intermediate Examination held in the month of March each 
year, obtains the highest number of marks in Telugu Composition 
under Part I-B. of the examination. 

2. Komarrajii Venkata Laktlunana Rao Medal. A gold 
medal of the value of Rs. 60 is awarded to the candidate who, 
on passing the B.A. Degree Examination held in the month of 
April each year with History and Economics as his optional 
subjects, obtains the highest number of marks in Indian History. 

3. -Sir A'. }\nkatii Rut mi m Medal*. Three gold medals 
are awarded under this endowment : 

(1) The first medal called "The Sir R. Yenkata Ratnam Post- 
Graduate Research Medal" is awarded in alternate years to the 



AXDIIRA, UNIVERSITY 43 

best research thesis among the B. \. (lions.) and M.A. Degree 
holders of any year in the University, on a literary, philosophical 
or cognate subject to he determined and announced by the 
Syndicate. 

(2) The second medal is awarded to the candidate who, on 
passing the whole examination for the H.A. Pass 1)egree at the 
April Examination, obtains the highest number of marks in any 
of the optional ^branches. 

' (8) The third medal is awarded to the candidate who, on 
passing, the whole of the Intermediate Examination at the Match 
April Examination, obtains the highest number of marks in his 
optional group in the aggregate and is placed in the first class 
and proceeds directly to study for the Degree Examination of any 
of the Universities. 

4. Chtntnt Sanyasa tain Medal. A gold medal is awarded 
annually to the candidate who, among the candidates qualifying 
in the March April Examination during the year for the Degree 
of Bachelor of Arts (lions.) in Branch I, Mathematics, secures 
the highest marks in Applied Mathematics. 

Until the B.A. (Hons.) Examination in Branch I (Mathematics) 
is held by the University, the medal will be awarded to the can- 
didate, who qualities himself for the degree of B.A. (Pass) of the 
University by passing the whole examination held in the month of 
April each year, and who secures a first class -in (Jroup (I) Mathe- 
matics, and obtains the highest marks in \pplied Mathematics. 

f>. Anderson Medal. A gold medal is awarded annually to 
the student who, in successfully passing the First M.B. & B.S. 
Examination at the first opportunity, obtains the highest marks 
in Anatomy and Embryology and not less than (5(> per cent of 
the marks in those subjects, theory and practice put together. 

b*. /'//./ Fio-Chiincelhn** Met/it 1. A gold medal is awarded 
annually to the candidate who passes at the first appearance 
the B.A. Degree Examination held in April and secures the highest 
percentage of marks, all the parts of the Examination being taken 
together. 

7. General Macdonald Medal. A gold medal is awarded 
annually to the candidate who, having matriculated irom a 
recognized high school in the Northern Circars, appears for the 
Final Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor 
of Arts (Honours) from an affiliated college in the Northern Circars, 
and shows distinguished merit in English* 

8. KaMeswari Vitwcinath Medal. A gold medal is awarded 
to a candidate who, among the candidates qualifying during 
the year for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts (Pass) with Sanskrit 



44 HANDDOOK OK INDIAN I/XIVKRSITIKS 



as his optional subject in Part II, Group VI Sanskrit and Early 
Indian History, has shown in the opinion of the Syndicate distin- 
guished merit in Sanskiit, If in any year there are no candidates 
qualified for the medal, it will be awaided to the best student in 
the Honours Kxamination in Sanskrit. 

Fellowship.*. 

1. JtfWiithi /'iV/MM//// 1 . This shall be of the Annual value of 
Rs. tt,0(X) and tenable outside India. The Fellowship amount 
shall be met from the annual contribution of Rs. tt,000 by the 
Be/wada Municipality. The Fellowship shall be for research in 
a department of Science. 

2. A '/v 'tin District Hoard fellowship. This Fellowship 
shall be of the value of Rs. 150 per month and shall be tenable 
in India. The amount shall be met fiom the interest derived 
f i om the donation of Rs. 50,000 by the Kistna District Hoard. 
The Fellowship shall be awarded for reseated in a department of 
Science. 

.'{. (titiiti/r District Hoard /'c/Jows/itf*. This Fellowship 
shall be of the value of Rs. 150 per month and shall be tenable 
in India. The amount shall be met from the interest derived 
fiom the donation of Rs. 4,000 by the Guntur District Board. 
The Fellowship shall be awarded for reseaich in Humanities. 

Library, Museums, etc. 

The University Library consists of about 7,000 volumes of 
very important woiks, including some manuscript copies, and is 
located in He/wada. More than 5,000 books are the gift of Rao 
Hahadur D. I/ikshminarayan, Kamptee, Central Provinces, to the 
University. 

Publication and Extension Work, etc. 

The University is authori/ed to institute and provide funds 
tor the maintenance of a Publication Hureau and University Ex- 
tension Hoards and an Employment Hureau and it is expected that 
these will be working from 1929-30. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The University depends on Government grants to meet 
the routine expenditure. Provision has been made in the 
Budget Estimate for 1928-29 under the head "General Account" 
for a sum of Rs. 1,24,200. 

A Provident Fund scheme has been instituted for the benefit 
of the University staff drawing a salary of Rs. 20 and above per 
mensem. The menials are eligible for gratuity at the time of 
their retirement. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 45 

Degrees. 

The University at present has made provision for courses of 
study leading to the Degrees of K.A., B.Kl)., M.Kl). M.B. & H.S., 
M.O.L., and titles and certificates of proficiency in Oriental 
Learning. 

The following other Degrees also have been instituted : 
H.A. (Hons.); M.A. ; M!A. 'lions.) : D.LlTl'. ; H.Sr.; H.Sr. 
(Huns.); M.SU; M.SC. (lions.); D.Sr. 

The Degrees of D.LlTl 1 . and D.Sc. in the Faculty of Aits and 
of Science respectively may also he contorted as Honorary 
Degrees. In the Faculty of Oriental Learning provision is made 
for the Honorary Doctorate Degree of Kalfi 1'rapiirna (K.P.). 

The Regulations, etc., for the H.A. (Hons.), M.A., M.A., 
(Hons.), D.LITT., H.Si\, H.SC. (Hons.), M.Sr., M.Sr. (Huns.), 
D.Sc. are under preparation. 

Schemes for the institution of a University Institute of 
Science and a University College of Commerce are under consider- 
ation. 

Courses of Study for the Several Examinations. 

Admission to courses of study in the University is granted to 
those who have passed the Matriculation Kxami nation of this 
University or any other University recognized as equivalent 
thereto. 

The external examinations mentioned below are recognized as 
equivalent to the examinations noted against them for the purposes 
specified : 

A. Kquivalent to the normal test of admission to the Junior 
Intermediate class of the Andhra Uunivcrsity for the purposes of 
admission to this class : 

(1) The Secondary School Leaving Certificate Kxamination 
conducted under the authority of a local Government or 
Administration; Mysore S.S.L.C., Hyderabad U.S. L.C., 
and Royal Indian Military College Diploma. 

(2) The Matriculation Kxamination of any University in 
British India incorporated by a law for the time being 
in force. 

(3) The Cambridge School Certificate Kxamination (formerly 
called the Senior Local Kxamination). 

(4) The Kuropean High Schools Kxamination conducted 
under the authority of a local Government or \drninistra- 
tion. 

(5) 'Hie Matriculation Kxamination of the London Uni\vrsit\ . 

(6) The Oxford School Certificate Kxamination. 



46 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

B. Equivalent to the Intermediate Examination of the Andhra 
Univeisity for the purposes of admission to the B.A. and Medical 
courses of the University : 

The Intermediate Examination in Arts of a University in 
British Jndia incorporated by any law for the time being in 
force. 

(.'. Equivalent to the Bachelor'* De&iee Examination of the 
Andhra University tor the purposes of admission to the Bachelor 
of Education course of the University : 

The B.A. or B.Sc. Degree Examination of any University in 
Biitish India incorporated by a law fqr the time being in* force, 
and of the Mysore University. 

The Matriculation Elimination. This comprises of examin- 
ation in the following subjects : (1) English (two papcis), (2) 
A second language (one paper), (.3) Mathematics (two papers), 
(4) Elementary Science (one papei), (5) History and Geography 
(two papers). 

Intcnncdiatc Inanimation in Art* and Siicn*c. Matiiculatos 
proceeding to Intermediate Examination are required to undergo 
a course of study for two years and be examined in the following 
subjects: 

/'/// /-.*/ : English Language and Literature (1 papers,). 

/'//-//-/>: Composition m a vernacular or tianslation into 
the English language from a classical 01 foreign language (one 
paper). 

l\irl II : Either (a) Physics; Chemistry and Mathematics or 
Natural Science . 

or 

(t>) Three of the following: 

(1) Ancient History, ('2) Modern History, (tf) Indian History, 
(4) Logic, (5) A Classical Language, (6) A Second Classical 
Language or any recognized modern Indian language. 

Two papers will be set in each of the subjects in Part II. 

A candidate will be declared to have passed the examination 
if he obtains not less than 35 per cent in Part 1-A and each 
of the divisions in Part II and 40 per cent in Part I-B. 
Those who obtain not less than 50 per cent will be placed 
in the First Class. 

As fiom the Intermediate Examinations of 1980, Matricu- 
lates proceeding to a University course of study shall, for two 
yeais each consisting of three terms ordinarily consecutive, 
undeigo in an affiliated college courses of study in the following 
three parts : 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 47 

Part I English. 
Part II Second language. 

One of the following languages at the option of the candi- 
date 

(<i) Classical Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Pali. 

(/O Modern European French, (lei man. 

() Modern Indian Telugu. Kannad.i, Tamil, Oriya, 
Hindi, Urdu. 

Part III Three subjects out of the following gioups A, 15 
. and C at the option of the candidate : 

A 

(1) Mathematics 

(2) Physics 

(3) Chemistry 

(4) Botany 

(5) /oology including Human Physiology 
Ctt) Geography 

B 

CO Logic 

(2) Indian Histoiy 

C3) Ancient History 

(4) Modern History 

(5) A third language an advanced course if th'j language 

taken be one taken under Part I or Part II, or a less 
advanced course in really third language, piovided that 
a student selecting any History subject under Group H 
shall select Indian History. 

C 

(1) Commercial Geography 

(2) Banking 

(3) Accountancy 

(4) Agriculture 

(5) Electrical Engineering 
(B) Mechanical Engineering 

(7) Surveying 

(8) Drawing 

(9) Music 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed the Interme- 
diate Examination if he obtains (I) not less than 35 per cent 



48 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

of the marks in English under Part I, (2) not less than 35 per 
cent of the marks in a second language under Part II and (3) 
not less than 3o per cent of the marks in each of the three 
special MibjeUs selected under Part III. 

All othei candidates shall he deemed to have failed in the 
examination. 

Out of candidates who pass in ;fll thv: three Parts at one and 
the same examination, those who obtain fifty per c;ent and more 
ot tiie total number of marks shall be placed in'the First Class 
and those who obtain less than fifty pei cent of the total number 
of marks shall be placed in the Second Class. 

Candidates who pass in all the Parts at the same examina- 
tion and obtain not less than seventy pci cent in Pait I or 
Patt II or in any subject of an optional group under P.iit III 
shall be declared as having gained distinction in th.it subject. 

Candidates who obtain the prescribed mini mum number of 
marks in each part in separate examinations and are declared to 
have passed the whole examination shall be placed in a separate 
list in the Second Class. 

A candidate who wishes to proceed to a Degree in Arts or 
Science shall be required to choose two at least of his special 
subjects under Part III from either Group (A) or Group (H), pro- 
vided that a student who wishes to proceed to the K.A. Degree 
Examination in any of the first three groups of that examination 
shall, wherever possible, have taken in the Intermediate that 
subject which forms the main subject in the group selected foi 
the B.A. 

Ruchchr <>/ Arts. The course of study extends over two 
academic yeais after the Intermediate Kxamination. A candidate 
is requiied to undergo a course of study and be examined in the 
following subjects: 

Patt /. English language and Literature (5 papers), and one 
of the following groups : 

(1) Mathematics (six papers), (2) GO Physical Science with 
Physics as the main subject (4 papers and two practical examin- 
ations), (^) Physical Science with Chemistry as the main subject 
(4 papers and two practical examinations), (3) Natural Science and 
any two of the following subjects, one of the two being a subsidiary 
subject, Botany, Zoology and Geology (two papers and two 
practical examinations in the main and 2 papers and one practical 
examination in the subsidiary subject), (4) Philosophy (6 papers), 
(5) Histoiy and Economics (5 papers) Histoiy main, (H) History 
and Economics Economics main, (1) Languages other than 
the English language, one of the following to be taken in con- 
junction with the related language or subject. 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 49 

Selected Language. Related subject. 

Sanskrit. Early Indian History. 

Persian or Arabic. Early Muslim History. 

Urdu. Indian History : Muslim 

Period. 

Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam or Early South Indian History, 

Kanarese. 

Oiiya. ^ Early History of Oriss.i. 

Sanskrit, Arabic. None. 

Persian, Dravidian. Sanskrit. 
Languages orOriya. 

Urdu. Arabic or Persian. 
English. 

Successful candidates obtaining not less than 60 per cent of 
the total marks in English or in an optional group shall be placed 
in the First Class, those obtaining less than 60 per cent and not 
less than 50 per cent being placed in the Second Class, and the 
rest in the Third Class. 

Courses of Study and Degrees leading to Professions. 

Bachelor of Education. The course of study for this extends 
over one year and is open only to graduates of this or other 
recognized Universities. 

Candidates are required to undergo the course and be exam- 
ined in the Theory and Practice of Education consisting of (A) 
The Elements of Human Physiology with special reference to the 
nervous system and the organs of sense and to Physiological 
stages of development during childhood and youth, (B) The 
Elements of Psychology with special attention to stages of mental 
development, (C) The Nature of Knowledge, (I)) Methods 
appropriate to the teaching of (1) English and (2) one of the 
following groups of subjects : (a) all subjects to young children, 
(/>) Mathematics, (c) Physical Science, (</) Natural Sciences, (e) 
History, (/") Geography, and G) one language other than English. 

Candidates are also required to undergo a course of practical 
training including instruction in School Management and practice 
in teaching. 

The examination consists of 5 papers the first two dealing 
with the portions covered by subjects A, B, C, the third dealing 
with methods appropriate to the Teaching of English, the fourth 
to methods appropriate to the teaching of one of the groups of 
subjects other than Knglish in A and the fifth dealing with special 
English. 

The passing minima are #5 per cent in either of the two 
papers taken together, 35 per cent in each of the last two papers 
and 40 per cent in the later papers taken together. Successful 
4 if 



50 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

candidates obtaining not less than 60 per cent will be placed in 
the First (Mass, those obtaining not less than 50 per cent in the 
Second Class and the rest in the Third Class. 

Master of Education. The degree is open to candidates who 
have passed B.Kf). Degree Kxainination of this or any other 
recognized University and of not less than two years' standing. 
A thesis is to be submitted lo the scrutiny of the Syndicate 
showing results of individual reseaich or observations and contri- 
buting distinctly to the advancement of learning. 

tiachelor of Medici nt and Surge* y. The course is open to 
candidates who have passed the Intermediate Kxainination in 
Arts and Science of this University taking Mathematics, or 
Natural Science, Physics and Chemistry or any other exami- 
nation accepted by the Syndicate as equivalent thereto and 
extends over 5 4 academic years. 

Prt-Rcgi*tralion K\a mi tuition. The course extends over six 
months. A candidate for this examination is required to study 
and be examined in the following: (a) Inorganic Chemistry 
(according to a syllabus), (/>) Physics (according to a syllabus) and 
(c) Biology (according to a syllabus). The examination shall be 
written, practical and oral. A candidate will be declared to 
have passed the examination if he obtains not less than one-half 
of the matks in the written and not less than one-half of the 
marks in the piactical and oral taken together in each of the 
three subjects, 77':., Inorganic Chemistry, Physics and Biology. 

First I/./y. <( //.A. The course extends over two academic 
years after passing the pre-registration examination and a 
candidate is required lo study and be examined in (a) Organic 
Chemistry (according lo a syllabus), (t>) Anatomy, including 
Elements of Human Embryology, <f) Physiology, including Bio- 
Chemistry (according to a syllabus), and <d) Pharmacology (accord- 
ing to a syllabus). The examination in each subject shall be 
written, practical and oral. 

A candidate for the whole examination shall be declared to 
have passed the examination if he obtains not less than one-half 
of the marks in the written, and not less lhan one-half 
of the marks in the practical and oral examinations taken 
together in each of the following subjects: (1) Organic Chemistry, 
(2) Anatomy including Elements of Human Embryology, (3) 
Physiology including Bio-Chemistry, and (4) Pharmacology 
respectively. 

Second M.R. <f* H.S. The comse of study extends over two 
academic years after the fiist examination for the degree of 
M.B. & B.S. and a candidate is required to study and be 



ANDHRA UNIVERSITY 51 

examined in (a) General Pathology and Bacteriology, and () 
Hygiene. The examination in each subject shall be written, 
practical and oral. 

A candidate will be declaied to have passed the examination 
if he obtains not less than one-half of the marks in the written 
part of each of the subjects, General Pathology and Bacteriology 
and Hygiene, and not less than one-half of the marks in 
the practical ^nd oial examinations taken together in each 
subject. 

/7//</7 J/./>'. <(* //.*V. Candidates may present themselves for 
the whole examination at onetime or may take the examination in 
two parts. 

A candidate for Part I of the Final M.B. & B.S. Degree 
Examination shall undeigo a course of study extending over one 
academic year and shall be examined in (<i) Ophthalmology, and 
(/O Forensic Medicine. 

A candidate for Part II of the Final M.B. iSc B.S. Degree 
examination shall undergo a course of study extending over three 
academic years, and shall be examined in (</) Medicine, (/>) Surgery, 
and (i m ) Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 

A candidate for Pail I of the Final M.B. & B.S. Degiee 
Examination shall be declared to have passed the examination, 
if he obtains not less than one-half of the marks in the written, 
and not less than one-half of the marks in the oral in each 
subject. All other candidates shall be deemed to have failed in 
the examination. 

Candidates who fail in Part I but obtain passing marks in 
one of the subjects shall be exempted from re-examination in 
that subject. 

A candidate for Pait II of the Final M.B. & B.S. Degree 
Examination shall be declared to have passed the examination if 
he obtains not less than one-half of the marks in the written part 
of each of the three subjects, ?/.;., Medicine, Surgery and Mid- 
wifery, not less than one-half of the marks in Clinical and Oral 
Medicine taken together, not less than one-half of the marks in 
(1) Clinical Surgery, (2) Operative and Oral Surgery taken 
together, and not less than one-half of the marks in Clinical, 
Practical and Oral Obstetrics and Gynaecology taken together. 
All other candidates shall be deemed to have failed in the 
examination. 

Candidates who fail in Part II of the Final M.B. &: B.S. 
Degree Examination, and who obtain passing marks in all the 
parts of any particular subject, shall be exempted from re- 
examination in that subject. 



52 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed Final M.B. & 
B.S. Degree Examination if he passes in both Parts of the 
examination. 

ORIENTAL TITLES EXAMINATIONS. 

The following are Titles, Certificates of Proficiency and 
Degiee in Oriental Learning : t 

Titles. Vidytt Pnwctna. Examinations ar/* held in the 
following branches of study in Sanskrit : Mimamsa, Vedanta, 
Nyaya, Vyakarana and Sahitya. 

Ubhavabhashii Praveena in the case of a candidate who has 
offered for his- examination any one of the iollowing : (</) Sanskrit, 
and any one of the Dravidian Languages, Telugu and Kanarese; 
(/) Sanskrit and Oriya ; (V) Telugu, Kanarese or Oiiya as the 
main language with Sanskrit as a subsidiary language ; (//) Telugu 
and any other Dravidian Language ; (*) Telugu. 

Alnn-i'Fttzil in the case of a candidate who has offered for 
his examination Arabic alone. 

Munshi-i-Kamil in the case of a candidate who has offered for 
his examination Persian as the principal language, and Urdu as 
the subsidiary language, and also possesses an elementary know- 
ledge of Arabic Grammar. 

The course of study for these examinations extends over four 
years and shall be taken in an institution or institutions approved 
by the Syndicate. 

Certificate of Proficiency. Candidates who have passed the 
preliminary examination leading up to a Title Examination may 
take their examination after undergoing a course of study extend- 
ing over two years in a recognized college or after being specially 
exempted by the Syndicate. 

Degree of Master of Oriental Learning. Every candidate for 
the Degree of Master of Oriental Learning shall have passed the 
Examination for Certificate of Proficiency in Oriental Learning 
and shall have thereafter pursued for two years an advanced 
course of study bearing upon the subject selected by him for the 
examination for that certificate. A thesis in English showing 
evidence of original work connected with the special subject should 
be submitted. 

Table oi Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

Matriculation Examination . . . . 15 

Intermediate Examination 

Whole Examination . . . . 25 

Either Part .. .. .. ..18 



UNIVERSITY 58 

B.A. Degree Examination Rs. 

Whole Examination . . . . 40 

Kilher Part . . . . . . . . 25 

B.Kl). Degree Examination .. .. ..20 

M.ED. Degree Examination . . . . 100 

M.B. & B.S. Degree; Ex :mii nation 

Pre- Frustration Examination . . . . 80 

One subject only . . . . . . 15 

First Examination . . . . 80 

Part I only . . . . . . . . 15 

Part II only . . .. . . ..25 

Separate subject each . . . . 15 

Second Examination . . . . 40 

One subject only . . . . . . 15 

Final Examination . . . . 60 

Part L only . . . . . . . . 25 

Part II only .. .. .. ..35 

Separate subjects after previous failure 

Obstetrics and Gynaecology . . 15 

Medicine or Surgery . . . . 20 

Oriental Titles Examinations 

Entrance Test to Ubhayabhasha Praveena 

course . . . . . . 8 

Preliminary . . . . . . 12 

Final .. .. .. .. ..12 

Certificate of Proficiency in Oriental Learning .. 10 



Benares Hindu University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The. objects of the Benares Hindu University, which'is a 
teaching and iesidiMiti.il University, are: 

(0 to promote the study of the Hindu Shastras and of San- 
ski it literature generally as ,i means of preserving and* 
popularizing for the benefit of the Hindus in particular 
and of the woild at large in general, the best thought 
and culture of the Hindus, and all that was good and 
great in the ancient civilixation of India ; 

(ii) to piomote leaining and reseaich generally in arts and 
science in all branches; 

(iii)to advance and diffuse such scientific, technical and 
professional knowledge, combined with the necessary 
practical tiaining, as is best calculated to help in pro- 
moting indigenous industries and in developing the 
material resources of the countiy ; and 

(i\) to piomote the buildingup of character in youth by making 
leligion and ethics an integral part of education. 

This University is an All-India institution and is open to 
persons of all castes and cieeds, and so are its free studentships, 
stipends, general scholarships of merit and fellowships^ It is 
denominational only to the extent of making special provision 
for impaiting instruction in Hindu Theology and Religion 
and in making instiuction in Hindu Religion compulsory in 
the case of Hindu students. The University was incorporated 
in 11)15 and as there was abeady a fully equipped College in 
existence, the Central Hindu College, Benares, the work of the 
University began in 1916. The University has since been re- 
moved to a magnificent site of 1,300 acres in which have been 
laid out the various buildings. 

The Univeisity consists of seven constituent Colleges: The 
College of Arts and Science, College of Theology, College of 
Oriental Learning, The Ayurvedic College, The Engineering 
College, The Teachers' Training College and The Law College. 
The staff of the University may be said to be synonymous with 
the staff of these Colleges except that some of the Professors 
are given the status of University Professors. 



AKNARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 55 

Constitution of the University. 

In addition to the Officers, the authorities of University 
are: (1) The Court which is the supreme governing body, (2) 
The Council which is the Kxecutive body of the Court, (if) The 
Senate which is the Academic body of the University, and 
(4) The Syndicate which is the Kxeculive body of the Senate. 
The Faculties of the University are: Oriental Learning, Theo- 
logy, Arts, Science (pure and applied) and Law. It is contem- 
plated to establish at an early date a Faculty of Ayuiveda. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

LOUD KKCTOK : 

His Kxcellency the Viceroy and (lovei nor-Oeneral of India. 

VISITOR : 

1 1 is Kxcellency the (love? nor of the United Provinces of 
Agra and Oudh. 

ClIANCKLLOK : 

His Highness The Maharaja Sir Sayaji Rao (iaekwar Bahadur, 
C.c.S.L, (i.c.I.K., I, L.P., Mahaiaja of Baroda. 

PKO-ClfANCKU.OK : 

His Highness Kajrajeswar Narendra Slnromani Shii Maha- 
rajadhiraj Sir (ianga Singh Baliadm, G.r.S.I., (i.c.I.K., 
d.c.V.o., Cr.n.K., K.C.H., LL.D., Maharaja ot Bikaner. 

VK'K-CHANrKU.OR : 
Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, H.A., LL.H. 

PKO-VirK-CHANCKI LUR : 
Principal A. 15. Dhruva, M.A., LL li. 

KKdISTRAR : 
Professor Syama Charan I )e, M.\. 

TKKXSl'KKK : 
The Hon'ble Raja Moti Chano 1 , c.I.K. 

DKANST 

Arts .. ..A. B. Dhruva, Ksq., M.A., LL.B. 

Science . . . . Charles A. King, Ksq., H.Sc., A.R.C.Sc. 

Oriental Learning . . Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit Pramatha 

Nath Tarkabhushan. 

Theology . . . . Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit Prabhu 

Datta Sastri. 

Law . . . . Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru, Kt., M.A., l.L.U. 



56 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN 



Principal 
Sanskrit 



English 



Philosophy 
History 



Ancient Indian History 
and Culture 



Economics 



Politics 



Hindi 



Bengali 
Gujrati 
Urdu 

Mathematics 



CENTRAL HINDU COLLKGK. 

.. Mr. A. B. I>hruva, M.A., LL.B. 

.. Mr. A. B. Dhruva, M.A., LL.K. ; Pandit 
Nil Kamal Bhattacharya, M.A. ; Pandit 
Batuk Nath Sharma, M.A. ; Pandit 
Baldeo Upadhyaya, M.A. 

. . Mr. P. Seshadri/M.A. ; Mr^R. H. Nixon, 
M.A. ; Mr. Jivan Shanka*r Yajnik, M.A., 
LL.H. ; Mr. Shiam Narain Lai, M.X., 
LL.B. ; Mr. M. M. Desai, M.A,; Mr. 
Brijmohan Lai Sahni, M.A. ; and Mr. 
Ganesh Datt Shastri, M.A. 

.. Mr. P. B. Adhikari, M.A.; Dr. S. K. 
Maitra, Ph.D. ; Mr. Indra Deva Tiwary, 
M.A. ; and Mr. B. L. Atreya, M.A. 

.. Mr. S. V. Puntambekar, M.A., Bar-at- 
Law ; Mr. S. N. Bhattacharya, M.A. ; 
Mr. G. P. Mehta, M.A.; Mr. Yadunath 
Prasad, Ph.D.; and Mr. K. Bhatta- 
charya, M.A., \.\..\\. 

Mr. A. B. Dhruva, M.A., LL.B. ; Mr. 
R. D. Banerjee, M.A. ; Mr. A. S. 
Altekar, M.A. ; and Mr. B. C. Bhatta- 
rharya, M.A. 

Mr. Gurmukh N. Singh, M.Sc., Bar-at- 
Law ; Mr. H. C. Seth, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. 
B. K. Mazumdar, M.A. ; and Mr. S. V. 
Sipalmahani, M.A. 

Mr. Gurmukh N. Singh, M.Sc., Bar-at 
Law, and Mr. S. V. Puntambekar, 
M.A., Bar-at-Law. 

Rai Saheb Mr. Shy am Sundar Das, 
RA. ; Mr. Ayodhya Singh Upadhyaya ; 
Mr. Ram Chandra Shukla ; and Mr. 
Bhagwandin. 

Pandit Harihar Shastri. 

Mr. A. B. Dhruva, M.A., LL.H. 

Munsht Mahesh Prasad, and Mr. Mirza 
Mohammad Hussain. 

Mr. D. C. Pavate, B.A. (Cantab.) ; Mr. 
Pashupati Prasad, M.A., B.Sc.; Mr. S.D. 
Pande, M.Sc. ; Mr. Jugal Kishore, M.Sc. 



BENAUES HINDU UmvfcfcstTV 



Physics 



Chemistry 



Mr. P. K. Dutt, M.A. ; Dr. Nihal Karan 
Sethi, M.Sc., D.Sc. ; Mr. U. A, Asrani, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. C. M. Sogani, M.Sc. ; Mr, 
Protul Chandra Ghose, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Nand Kishore Pande, B.Sc. ; Mr. 
Kanhaiya Lai Tiwari, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Baidyanalh Mazmndar, M.Sc.; Mr. 
Narayan Chandra Chatterjee, M.Sc. 

Mr. M. B. Rane, M.A.; Dr. S. K. Basil, 
M.Sc., Ph.D.; Mr. P. S. \ anna, M.Sc.; 
Mr. Dhirendra Nath Banerji, M.Sc. ; 
Mr. Phanindra Nath Roy, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
A. T. Mazundar, M.Sc. ; Mr. Krishna 
Chandra Banerjee, M.Sc. 

Dr. N. N. Godbole, M.A., Hi. I). ; Mr. 
Dogor Singh, F.r.S. ; Mr, Mulkraja ; Mr. 
A. N. Ghosh, H.A. ; and Mr. Krishna 
Chandra Trigunayak, M.Sc. 

Mr. R. S. Inamdar, H.A., H.Ag. ; Mr. 
Nand Kumar Tiwnry, M.Sc. ; Mr. Y. 
Bharadwaja, M.Sc. ; Mr. Khushi Rain 
Mehta, M.Sc. ; Dr. Bholanath Singh, 
M.Sc., D.Sc. ; and Mr. Krishna Kumar, 
M.Sc. 

Dr. A. B. Misra, D.Sc. ; Mr. Chandrabal, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. Kedar Nath Gupta, M.Sc. ; 
Mr. Ram Chandra Saxena, M.Sc., and 
Mr. S. Chatterjee, M.Sc. 

Mr. K. K. Mathur, B.Sc., A.K.S.M. ; and 
Mr. Niranjan Lai Sharma, M.Sc. 

Mr. Mirza Mohammad Hussain, and 
Mr, Mahesh I'rasad. 

COLLEGES OF ORIENTAL LEARNING AND THEOLOGY AND 



Industrial Chemistry 



Botany 



Zoology 

(Geology 
Persian & Arabic 



Principal 

Nyaya 

Vyakarana 

Sahitya 



AVURVEDA. 

Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit Pramatha 
Nath TarkablHishan. 

Pandit Sri Shankar Bhattacharya and 
Pandit Girish Shukla. 

Pandit Kali Prasad Misra : J*andit 
Ambica Prasad Upadhyaya and Pandit 
Raj Narain Sharma. 

Pandit Chandradhar Sharma and Pandit 
Vamadeva Misra. 



58 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKKSITIKS 

Jyotlsha .. ., Pandit Ram Yatna Ojha and Pandit 

Haldeva Pat link. 

Mim.uiisii . . . Pandit A. Chinnaswami Sastri. 

Yed.inta . . . . Pandit Balkrishna Misra and Pt. 

Lakshnn Kant Jha. 

Jain Nyaya . . . . Pundit ( Irish Sluikla. 

S.mkhya . . . . Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit Ananda 

Charan Tarkachudamal*. 

Ayurveda .. .. Kaviiaja YadavajiTrimhakaji, Princi^al\ 

Kaviraj ]>h<mn<i Das and five* others. 

Tlu'olocjry .. .. Mahainahopadhy.iya Pandit Prahhu 

I ) a 1 1 a Sastri, / V///< '/ptt /. 

\ -d,i . . . . Pandit Vidyaclhar Clouda and tv\ F o 

others. 

'IV.u-hcrs of Knglish Pandit Visvanatha Sastri Bharadwaju, 

and Hindi M.A. and P.uulit F^haskar Uutt Misra, 

M.A. 

'J'lIK TK \CUKKS' Tl< \ININC ('OI.LKr.K. 

I'linnpal .. .. P.indit L.ijja Shankcr Rao, M.A., I.K.S. ; 

Mauli Sukul, Ksq., M.A., 1..T. 

Pioffssois .. .. Chandra II. I). Malkani, Ksq., M.A. ; 

Hhuhan Mohan (Ihoshal, Esq., M.Sc , 
I. .'I 1 .; and P. Suhramaniam, Ksq., M.A. 
I..T. 

KN(;iNKKKIN(; C'OI.I.KCK. 

Ptincipal .. .. (!liarlts A. King, Ksq., IJ.Sc. (lions., 

Kng., London), A.K.f'.Sc., M.I.M.K., 
\Vh.KX., M.I.S.K., M.I.M., M.l.E. 
(India). 

Mechanical Kn^inecrin^. To be appointed. 

Klectrical Kn^ineering. . H. C. Ch.itterjee, Ksq., U.A., n.I,., IJ.Sc.: 

M.I.K.K., M.I.K. (India) ; R. S.Jain, 
Ksq., H.Sc., A.M.A.I.K.K., and P. C. 
Dutt, H.Sc. (Knj>.) 

Kngincering Physics (lopal (lhandra Mukerji. Ksq., M.Sc.; 

(Klectrical) and N.irayan (Miandra Mukerji, Esq., 

M.Sc. 

Engineering Surveying. . H. K. Sen, Ksq. M.I.Min.K. 

Engineering Physics Mohanch.indra Paiule, Ksq., IJ.Sc.; 

(Mechanical) Beni Madho Singh, Ksq., H Sc. ; B. D, 

Kelkar, Ksq. 



s HINDI: UNIVKKSITV 



59 



Knginecring Mathe- 
matics 

Mining and Metallurgy. 



Dean 



Honorary Professors 



Readers 



H. V, Bhagwat, Ksq., M.Sr. 

Mr. N. P. (Jandhi, M. \., H.Sc., A.K.S.M., 
A. I. M.M. ,1).I.(\, F.CJ.s ; Mr. V.CJ. Iyer; 
Mr. H. I). Mookerjee; Mr. S. Bhatta- 
charya ; Mr. K. 1*. Rode and Mi. Rum 
ttwarup. 

TllK LAW CoLLKdK. 

.. Dr. Sir 'IVj Bahadur Sapru, K.r.S.l., 
M.A., l.L.n. 

Dr. Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru, K.C.S.I., 
M.A., I.L.D.; Dr. M. I,. Agaiwala, 
Ji.Sc., LL.n. ; Dr. S. N. Sen, M.A., 
LL.l). : Dr. K. N. Katju, M.A., LL.l). ; 
Dr. M. Wali IMlah, M.A., IJ.c.L., LL.l).; 
Munshi Maliadeva Piasad, M.A., 
LL.. ; Syt-d Aglui Haidar, Ksq., 
I?. A., r.ai at-La\v; Mr. A. P. Duhc, 
M.A., H.r\L., i>ar-at-1,a\v ; Mr. 
1. L. liancrjcf. M.A., LL.Ii. ; Mr. 
A. N. Sanyal, M.A., LL.l}.; Mr. l. S. 
Jiajpai, M.A., LL.H. ; Mr. P. N. 
Sapru, LL.l;., Har-at-I.aw : Mr. 
Shankar Saran, I!. A. (Oxon.). Har-at- 
F,a\v; Dr. Kashi Narain Malaviya, 
M.A., LL.l). 

Mr. Shiva Subramaniam, M.L. ; Pandit 
Hraj Nath Vyas, M.A., I L.H. 



HONOKAKV 



PkOFKSSOKS. 



1. Sir 1*. C. Ray, Kt., D.Sc., r.I.i:., Honorary University 

Professor of Chemistry. 



2. Dr. C. V. Raman, M.A.. D.Sc. (Cal.), F.R.S., Honorary 
University Professor of Physios. 

ft. Professor N. C. Nag, M.A., F.I.c 1 ., Honoiary University 
Professor of Chemistry. 

4. Professor V. (i. Kale. M.A. (Horn.), Honorary University 
Professor of Kconomics. 

5. Dr. Nil Ratan I) liar, M.A., l^.Sc., Honorary University 
Professor of Physical Chemistry. 

6. Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar, M.Sc. (Punjab;, D.Sc. (London), 
Honorary University Professor of Chemistry. 



60 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN* UNIVERSITIES 

7. Professor Bertram Keightley, M.A M Bar-at-Law, Hono- 
rary University Professor of Philosophy. 

8. Professor S. Radhakrishnan, M.A., Honorary University 
Professor of Philosophy. 

Number of Students in the University. 

The number of Students in the University is 2264. 

Number of Successf ul Students intbe Different Examinations, 1927. 

% 

No. of No. of 

Candidates Candidates 

who appeared who passed 

Admission Examination .. 838 215 

Intermediate Examination . . 400 269 

B.A. Examination . . . . 175 109 

B.Sc. Examination .. ..96 51 

M.A. Examination . . . . 25 20 

M.SC. Examination . . 17 13 

Shastri Examination . . 24 17 

Dharmashastri Examination 1 1 

Shastracharya Examination 14 13 

LL.B. (Final) Examination . . 76 57 

B.Sc. (Engineering) Examination 54 51 

L.T. Examination 31 29 

D.Sc. Examination 1 1 

Scholarships and Medals. 

In addition to a number of endowed scholarships under the 
management of the University and Central Hindu College, the 
University awards the following merit scholarships: 

1. Three scholarships of the annual value of Rs. 900 for 
the Intermediate Classes. 

2. Six scholarships of the annual value of Rs. 1,080 for 
the B.A. and B.Sc. Classes. 

3. Twelve of the annual value of Rs. 2,400 for the M.A.- 
and M.Sc. Classes. 

4. Twenty stipends of the annual value of Rs. 6,000 for the 
L.T. Classes. 

5. Ten scholarships of the annual value of Rs. 1,500 for 
the B.Sc. Engineering Classes. 

6. Scholarships of the annual value of Rs. 6,000 tenable in 
the Colleges of Oriental Learning and Theology. 

Several medals and prizes are also awarded for distinction in 
different examinations. 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 61 

Library, Laboratories, Botanical Gardens, etc. 

The total number of books in the Library which, to a large 
extent, has been created by bequests, special donations and 
Government and University grants is 50,000. The books have 
been catalogued on the Dewey system and a complete catalogue 
in three volumes has been published. Important journals are 
subscribed to the extent of Rs. 6,000 per annum. 

Laboratories in the following subjects are fully equipped : 
Chemistry, Physics, Geology, Botany, Zoology, Mining and 
Metallurgy, Industrial Chemistry, Mechanical and Electrical 
Engineering. 

Provision for Research. 

Facilities for research exist in the following subjects: 
Arts .. .. English, Philosophy, Sanskrit, Hindi, 

Economics, History. 

Science . . . . Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, 

Geology, Botany and Zoology. 

Till recently 6 Research Scholarships of the monthly 
value of Rs. 180 were granted by the University, but owing to 
financial stringency they have been temporarily suspended. Mr. 
Bhola Nath Singh, M.SO., Research Scholar in Botany, presented his 
thesis in February 1927 for the degree of Doctorate of Science. 
It was approved by the examiners, Dr. 1). T. MacDougall of 
the Carnegie Institute, Washington, U.S.A., Dr. V. H. Black- 
man, D.Sc., F.R.S., of the Imperial College of Science, London 
and Prof. P. Parija, M.A., I.E.S., of the Kavenshaw College, 
Cuttack. Mr. Bhola Nath Singh carried on research in plant- 
physiology at the Botanical laboratory at the University under the 
guidance of Prof. R.S. Inamdar, the University Professor of 
Botany. His investigations, which were concerned with the respira- 
tory substratum in the vegetable cell and the relation of respira- 
tion to plant growth, have been spoken of as notable contributions 
to our knowledge of the subject. Mr. Bhola Nath Singh is the 
second candidate who obtains this distinction from this Univer- 
sity, the first D.SC. degree being conferred a few years ago on 
Dr. Mata Prasad, who did research in Physical Chemistry. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

Provision has been made for the publication uf lectures on 
Ancient Indian History and Culture out of the funds endowed for 
the Manindra Chandra Chair of Ancient Indian History and Cul- 
ture. The University Magazine is published quarterly. 

The University received last year a donation of fifty 
thousand rupees for the publication of books in Hindi. Text- 
books for the Intermediate stage are being prepared. 



62 HANDBOOK or INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Military Training. 

The Military Training Corps has been organized and 74 
students and UNO professors have em oiled themselves and formed 
two platoons of the 8th Uennres Company. Regular instruction 
in drill is given by the Staff Sergeant Instiuctor who lives on the 
University premises. A miniature range has been constructed 
and nuiskttty training has begun. 

Associations in the University. 

1. The University Parliament. 

2. The Hoarders' Union. 

'J. The Athenaeum for study and research in English 

Literature. 

4. The Scientific Association. 

T>. The Economic Society. 

6. The Historical Society. 

7. The Sanskrit Association. 

8. The Philosophical Association. 

9. The Hindi Sahitya Sabha. 

10. The Bengali Association. 

11. The Chhatra Samiti. 

1'2. The Athletic Association. 

11$. The Rover Scouts' Association. 

14. The Music Association, 

lo. The Dramatic Association. 

It). The Seva Samiti. 

Residence and Cost oi Living. 

The University Regulations leqtiire every student of the 
University to reside in a University Hostel or if he is a student 
of a constituent college in a college Hostel unless allowed by the 
Pro-Vice-Chancellor to reside with his parents or guardians under 
prescribed conditions. The majority of the students live in the 
hostels which are under the supervision of the Students' Residence 
Committee which deals with all questions relating to residence 
and social life in the hostels. There aie at present six hostels on 
the University grounds accommodating nearly fifteen hundred 
students. All the hostels are under the care and management of 
wardens and assistant wardens. Special care is taken of the 
health of boarders and competent Medical Officers have been 
appointed for the purpose. 

The cost of living including tuition fees varies from Rs. Ho to 
Rs. ' r >0 according as students join Arts, Science or Engineering. 
Students of the Colleges of Oriental Learning and Theology and 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 63 

of the Ayurvedic College are charged no fees for lodging and light 
and for servants. 

Budget. 

The estimated income for the year 1927 28 is Rs. 19,57,912 
and the estimated expenditure for the same year is Rs. 19, 57,9 12. 

Provident Fund. 

Every em^hjycu of the Univeisity receiving a salary of Rs. 15 
or more per mensem is required to subscribe to the 1'iovident 
Fund at the rate of 6t per cont and the University contributes at 
the rate ot 3A per cent. 

Women's Education. 

Women are admitted to the same lectures as men but scpaiatc 
Hostel arrangements hive been provided for one hundred lady 
students who will both live and receive instruction there undoi 
competent lady teachers. The number of lady students .it present, 
however, is small. 

A proposal to start a Women's College is under consideration. 
Students' Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

None exists at present. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

There are Medical Officers in the University who reside in the 
premises in the quarters assigned to them. They are not only 
required to attend to the medical needs of the residents in the 
University area but are also required to undertake the medical 
examination of the boarders of the University once a year. 

The University maintains extensive grounds covering 300 
acres of land furnishing ample facilities for foot-ball, hockey, 
cricket and other games. The open-air gymnasiums are equipped 
with all necessary apparatus and a big stadium offers facilities 
for general Tract Athletics and other sports. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Degrees 
and Examinations. 

The Univeisity is, subject to Regulations, open to persons 
of all classes, creeds and castes, but provision is made for 
religious instruction (which is compulsory for Hindu students) 
and examination in the Hindu Religion only. Women (as private 
candidates) are eligible for admission to University examinations 
and degrees. 



84 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The University offers in Arts, the Degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A., D.LlTT., and in Science, the Degrees of B.SC., 
M.SC. and D.Sc. The Professional Examinations are B.SC., 
(Engineering), Examinations for diplomas in Mechnical, Electrical 
and Civil Engineering, LL.H., LL.M., LL.D., and L.T. In the 
Faculty of Oriental Learning, the Shastry and Shastracharya 
degrees are conferred by the University while in the Faculty of 
Theology, the degrees conferred are'Smrfti Ratna, Smriti Sagar, 
Dliarmashastii and Dharmacharya. 

Candidates who have passed the Admission Examination or 
an equivalent examination are admitted to the Intermediate 
course ot study in Arts and Science. Those who have passed the 
Praveshika or an equivalent examination are admitted to the. 
Intermediate (Madhyama) courses in the Faculties of Oriental 
Learning and Theology. The Admission Examination in the 
case of candidates for admission to the courses of study in Arts 
and Science consists of p.ipets on (I) English, (2) Mathematics, 
(3) Histoiy and Geography, and any two of the following sub- 
jects : Sanskrit, another Classical Language, a Modern Indian 
Language, a Modern European Language, Elementary Physics and 
Chemistry, IJotany, Drawing, Manual Training, Agriculture and 
Surveying, and Commerce. Women candidates can offer (1) 
English, (2) History and Geography, (3) A Modern Indian 
Language and any two of the following subjects : Sanskrit, 
Mathematics, any other Classical Language, a Modern European 
Language, Elementary Physics and Chemistry, Botany, Drawing, 
Music Manual Tiaining, Agriculture and Surveying, Commerce, 
and Domestic Science. 

In the case of candidates tor admission to the courses and 
degrees in the Faculties of Oriental Learning and Theology, the 
examination consists of (1) Sanskrit, (2) Modern Indian Language, 
(3) A further course in Sanskrit Grammar and Literature, (4) 
Mathematics, 0>) Flistory and Geography, (6) Elementary Logic 
and if chosen, one of the following: English, Drawing, Manual 
Training, Agriculture or Surveying. 

Intermediate E>\a mi nation in Arts and Science. The course of 
study extends over two academic years and a candidate for the 
examination is required to offer for his examination (l) English, 
4 papers, (2) Composition in a Modern Indian Language, one paper, 
,ind three subjects confined to one of the following groups : 
Group A. (1) Sanskrit, 8 papers, and any two of the following 
subjects : another Classical Language, 3 papers, a Modern 
European Language, 3 papers. Mathematics, 3 papers, History. 
2 papers, Logic, 2 papers, Drawing, Manual Training, Ele- 
mentaiy Economics, two papers, a Modern Indian Language and 
Literature, Civics, two papers, Music, Painting and Domestic 
Science (the last three subjects for women candidates only) or 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 65 

Group B. Either Physics (2 papers), Chemistry (2 papers) and 
Mathematics (3 papers) or Physics (2 papers), Chemistry (2 papers) 
and Biology (2 papers). There is in addition a practical exami- 
nation in Physics, Chemistry and Biology and women candidates 
can take Domestic Science in place of Physics or Chemistry. 

H.A. (/\is\-). A candidate fur this examination must 
study for a period of two ye^irs after passing the Intermediate 
Examination in Arts or Science. The subjects of the examination 
shall be the following: 

I. Compulsory subjects : 

(/) English. 
(//') Sanskrit. 
(//'/) Composition in a Modern Indian Language. 

II. Optional subjects : 

(iv) Any one of the following subjects: 
(rf) Any other Classical Language (Persian, Arabic 

or Pali). 

(b) A Modern European Language. 
(V) Philosophy. 
(//) Mathematics. 
(e) Histoiy. 
(/") Economics. 
C?) Politics. 

(//) A Modern Indian Language. 
(/) Music. | 

(/) Painting. ; For women candidates 

(fc) Domestic Science. | only. 

Provided that a candidate who has passed tin: Previous 
Examination in Sanskrit or has passed the Admission Examination 
or any examination accepted as equivalent thereto or has passed 
the Intermediate Examination with Sanskrit as one of his subjects 
may take up any one of the optional subjects in lieu of Sanskrit. 

B.A. {Honours). A candidate may obtain honours in any 
subject if he passes in the First Class in that subject as well as 
in a more advanced course in that subject prescribed for the 
purpose provided he obtains at least 45 per cent marks in the 
aggregate of the remaining subjects. 

Composition in a Modern Indian Language shall not count 
as an independent subject for this purpose. 

M.A. The course of study extends over two years and is 
open to graduates of this or any other University recognized for 
the purpose. 

A candidate may be examined in any one of the following 
subjects : 
5 



66 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(1) Sanskrit. 

(2) English. 

(3) Pali. 

(4) Any other Classical Language. 

(5) Philosophy. 

(6) History. 

(7) Ancient Indian History and Culture. 

(8) Economics. 

(9) Politics. 

(10) Mathematics. 

(11) A Modern Indian Language and Literature. 

Doctor of Letters. This degree is conferred after the approval 
of the candidate's thesis and, if necessary, after a written and oral 
examination. It must be taken two years after his graduation as 
a Master of Aits or as a Master of Science in a subject prescribed 
for the M.A. Examination of the Benares Hindu University. 
Masters of Arts or Science of other Universities have to be 
resident members of the University for two years. 

Courses of Study and Degrees in the Faculty of Oriental Learning. 

Madhvama Pariktha. The course of study extends over a 
period of three years. Candidates are examined in Sanskrit 
Language, a Modern Indian Language and any one of the follow- 
ing subjects: Advanced Sanskrit Grammar and Literature, a 
School of Indian Philosophy, Hindu Law and Jurisprudence, 
Hindu Astronomy and Mathematics and Ayurvedic System of 
Medicine including Elementary Knowledge of Chemistry, Botany, 
Physics and Anatomy, etc. 

Degree of S/iasfti. This is a three years' course after passing 
the Madhyama Pariksha. Candidates are examined in Sanskrit 
Language and Literature, a Modern Indian Language and 
Literature and one of the following subjects : Advanced Sanskrit 
Grammar, Advanced Sanskrit Literature, Advanced course in the 
Vedas and Vaidic Sanskrit, a School of Indian Philosophy, etc., 
Hindu Law and Jurisprudence, Ayurvedic System of Medicine, etc., 
History, Palaeography and Epigraphy, Prakrit and Pali and 
English. 

Degree of Mias/rac/iaryti. This is a thesis examination which 
may be taken by the candidate two years after passing the Shastri 
Examination. As in all Advanced Examinations, there might also 
be an examination, written, oral or both. 

Courses of Study and Degrees in the Faculty of Theology. 

Admission is restricted to Hindus. 

The Madhyama Pariksha. It is a course of study extending 
over three years including Sanskrit (Sruti, Smriti, Purana and 



BENARES HINDU UNIVERSITY 87 

Itihasa), Grihya Sutra, Elementary Jotishya, Dasakarma Paddhati 
(Rituals and Ceremonies). 

Degree of Smrifi Ratna. The course which extends over a 
period of three years consists of a study of the Vedas, Smritis, 
Puranas and Itihasas, six Systems of Indian Philosophy, Nyaya, 
Purva Mimamsa, Sayana's Introduction to Rig Veda Hhashya, 
Bhagavadgita with commentaries, Mitakshara. 

Degree of Smriti &rgtrr. This is open to candidates who 
have passed Hie Smriti Ratna Kxamination and pursued an 
extensive and advanced course of study in the subjects prescribed 
for the above examination for not less than two years. 

Degree of Dhttrnm S/ni\'fn\ This is more like an exami- 
nation in Rituals of Hindu Religion and is a course spreading 
over three years and is open only to those who can study tin* 
same according to the accepted usage of the community. He- 
sides the subjects prescribed for the Smriti Ratn.i Examination, 
a candidate must study the Hrahmanas, ShrauU Sutras, Satapatha. 
Brahmana and Shulva Sutra. 

Degree of Dharmacharya. This is a thesis examination 
(supplemented by an examination, if necessary, oral, written or 
both), conducted two years after the candidate has passed the 
Dharma Sastri Kxamination. 

Courses of Study and Degrees in the Faculty of Science. 

(The Intermediate Examination in Arts and Science vide 
under the Faculty of Arts.) 

B.Sc. It is a two years' course after passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Arts and Science. 

The subjects of examination are the following: 
Any one of the following groups : 
(a) Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics. 

(6) Physics, Chemistry, Geology, 

(r) Botany, Chemistry, Zoology. 

(d) Botany, Chemistry, Geology. 

(e) Zoology, Chemistry, Geology, 

(/") Chemistry, Industrial Chemistry and General and 
Chemical Engineering. 

Provided that no candidate is permitted to take group (a), 
() or (/") unless he has passed his Intermediate Examination 
with Mathematics and group (r), (d) or (e) unless he has passed 
his Intermediate Examination with Biology. Women candidates 
are allowed to offer Domestic Science in place of any one of the 
subjects in any one of the groups. A candidate may also offer 
English (Modern and Practical) as an extra subject, 



68 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

/?..Sr. (Honours). A candidate may obtain Honours in any 
subject if he passes in the First Class in that subject as well as in 
a more advanced course in that subject prescribed for the purpose 
provided he obtains at least 4o per cent marks in the aggregate 
of the remaining subjects. 

J/..SV. The course of study extends over two years. 

A candidate may be examined i'n any one of the following 
subjects : 

(1) Mathematics. 

(2) Chemistry. 

(3) Physics. 

(4) Zoology. 
(i)) Mineralogy. 

(6) Geology. 

(7) Botany. 

(<H) Industrial Chemistry. 

Z}.&. This degree is conferred after the approval of the 
candidate's thesis and if necessary, after a written and oral 
examination. It must be taken two years after his graduation 
as a Master of Science. Masters of Science of other Universities 
have to be resident members of the University for two years. 

Courses of Study and Degrees leading to Professions. 

#..SV. (Engineering: Mechanical and Electrical}. Only 
students who have passed the Intermediate Examination with 
Physics. Mathematics, and Chemistry as their optionals are 
admitted to this course of study extending over five years. There 
is an examination at the end of the first, second, third and 
fourth year of study called the Intermediate, Parts I and II and 
Degree Examinations Parts I and II. The fifth year of the 
course is to be devoted to practical training. 

Intermediate, Part /. The subjects of study and examina- 
tion comprise Mathematics (2 papers), Engineering Physics 
(one paper), Engineering Chemistry (one paper), Building (one 
paper), Surveying (one paper) and one paper in each of the 
following subjects: Metallurgy, Engineering and Mechanical 
Drawing. 

Intermediate^ 1'att //. The subjects of study and exami- 
nation are Mathematics (two papers), and one paper in each of 
the following subjects : Heat Engines, Applied Mechanics, 
Practical Geometry, Electrical Engineering and Mechanical 
Drawing. 

Ti.Sc. (Engineenng), Part /. A candidate for the exami- 
nation is tested in Strength of Materials, Theory of Structures, 



UENAkES HINDU UXlVKkStTY 69 

Theory of Machines, Hydraulics, Heat Engines, Electrical 
Engineering and Mechanical Drawing. 

ff.Sr. (Engineering), f\tr/ //. This consists of an exami- 
nation in Group 1 : Properties of Materials (written), Theory ot 
Structures (written), Structural Design (sessional) ; Group II : 
Hydraulics (written), Hydro- Electric Technology (wiitten), 
Machine and Engine. Design (sessional); Group III: Heat 
Engines (written), Electrical Engineering A (written), Electrical 
Engineering B (written), Design of Electrical Installation 
(sessional); Group IV: Business Method (written), Workshop 
Management (written), Craftsmanship (01 approved extra mural 
practice) (sessional). 

Engineering Diploma. The Diploma Course for the Licenti- 
ates!) ip in Engineering extends over four years. Students who 
have passed the Admission or an equivalent examination are 
eligible for admission. Candidates have to pass two University 
examinations: The Preliminary Examination and the Final 
Examination for the Diploma of Licentiate. The subjects for the 
Preliminary Examination are as follows : 

Mathematics, Heat Engines, Applied Mechanics, Mechanical 
Drawing, Building and Civil Engineering Drawing, Surveying, 
Chemistry and Physics for Engineers and Electrical Engineering. 

The subjects for the Final Examination for the Diploma of 
Licentiate in (1) Mechanical Engineering, (2) Electrical Engi- 
neering, and (ft) Civil Engineering are of a practical nature, e.g.* 

(1) Advanced Workshop Practice, Machine or Engine Design, 
Prime Movers, Applied Mechanics, (2) Electrical Workshop 
Practice and Electrical Engineering Testing, Electrical Engi- 
neering Design, Direct Current Engineering and Alternate 
Current Engineering, (13) Practical Surveying, Hydraulics for 
Civil Engineers, Roads, Railways and Structures. 

No candidate is allowed to present himself for more than 
one of the above tranches of Engineering in one year and no 
candidate can present himself for a Second Branch until he has 
obtained his Associateship in the First Branch. 

The Diploma of Associate in (1 ) Mechanical Engineering or 

(2) Electrical Engineering or (8) Civil Engineering is awarded to 
the Licentiate who has had two years in the successful practice 
of his profession after obtaining the Licentiateship. 

/y.*SV. (Mining and Metallurgy). The course for the Bachelor 
of Science in Mining and Metallurgy extends over four years. 
Students who have passed the Intermediate Examination with 
Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics are eligible for admission. 
Candidates for the degree have to pass four University Examina- 
tions : 



70 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(1) Intermediate Examination in Mining and Metallurgy, 

Part I, 

(2) Intermediate Examination in Mining and Metallurgy, 

Pait II, 

(3) Bachelor of Science Examination in Mining and Metal- 

lurgy, Part I, 

(4) Bachelor of Science in Mining, Part II, or 

Bachelor of Science in Metallurgy, Par* II. 

The subjects for the Intermediate Examination in Minfog 
and Metallurgy, Part I, are: Mathematics, Applied Mechanics, 
Heat Engines, Practical Solid Geometry, Engineering Drawing, 
Applied Electricity and Metallurgy. 

The subjects for the Intermediate Examination in Mining 
and Metallurgy, Part II, are the following: 

U) Geology and Mineralogy. 

(2) Physical Chemistry. 

(3) Assaying. 

The subjects for the Bachelor of Science Examination *in 
Mining and Metallurgy, Part I, are the following : 

(1) Mining. 

(2) Surveying. 

(3) Electrical Technology. 

(4) Power Generation and Transmission by non-electrical 

methods. 

The candidates who have not passed the Intermediate 
Examination in Mining and Metallurgy, Part II, also take 
Assaying in addition to the subjects mentioned above. 

The subjects for the Bachelor of Science Examination in 
Mining, Part II, are the following : 

(1) Advanced Mining. 

(2) Mining Plant and Machinery. 

(3) Mining Geology. 

(4) Mine-sampling and Valuation. 

(5) Economics of Mining. 

The subjects for the Bachelor of Science Examination in 
Metallurgy, Part II, are the following : 

(1) Advanced Metallurgy. 

(2) Advanced Assaying. 

(3) Fuels and Refractory Materials. 

(4) Metallography and Pyrometry. 

(5) Mechanical Testing and Heat Treatment of Metals 

and Alloys. 



SENATES HINDU UNIVERSITY 71 

LAW, 

LL.K. The course of study extends over two yeais and is 
open to graduates of this or any other University recognized by 
the Syndicate. There are two examinations, one at the end of 
the first year's course of study called the Previous Examination 
and the other the Final Examination held at the end of the second 
3 ear of study. For the^ Previous Examination a candidate ij> 
expected to have studied Constitutional Law of England and 
India, Jurisprudence with Elements of Roman Law, the Law of 
Contracts and Torts, the Law relating to Companies and Corpora- 
tions, the Law of Crimes and Criminal Procedure and the Law of 
Evidence. The subjects for examination for the Final Examination 
-ire: Principles of Equity including the Law relating to Trusts 
and Specific Relief, the Law relating to Transfer of Property and 
the Law of Easements, Hindu Law, Muhammadan Law, the Law 
of Civil Procedure and Limitation, the Law relating to Land 
Tenures, Rent and Revenue, the Law relating to Companies and 
Corporations. 

LL.M. The Master's Examination in Law is a two years' 
course. The subjects for the examination are as follows: 

(1) Hindu Law Ancient and Modern. 

(2) Roman Law with its history. 

(3) Comparative Jurisprudence. 

(4) Constitutional Law. 

(J\ | Any two of the following subjects : 

(a) Principles of Equity including Law relating to 

Trusts and Specific Relief. 
(/>) The Law of Contracts. 
(<) Private International Law. 

(d) Public International Law. 

(e) The Law relating to Transfer of Property including 

Wills, 
(/*) Muhammadan Law. 

Note. In regard to an optional subject while a candidate is 
required to have a competent knowledge of the subject, he will be 
required to possess a detailed knowledge of one of its branches 
to be selected by him. The examination in Hindu Law and in 
Muhammadan Law is to comprise questions having special refer- 
ence to the original authorities or translations thereof. 

LL.D. Tins is an examination chiefly by a thesis to be 
supplemented, if necessary, by an examination, oral, written or 
both. A candidate for this examination must have passed his 
LL.B. Examination at least one year before appearing for it. 



72 HAXDHOOK OF INDIAN 

Teaching : /..'/'. The course of study is open to graduates* 
of this or any other University and extends ovsr a period of one 
year. The courses of study and the scheme of examination are 
as follows : Principles of 'reaching, History of Education, Methods 
of Teaching, School Management and Hygiene, in each of which 
there will be one paper, provision also being made for Practical 
Teaching, Criticism Lessons and Demonstration Lessons. 

Recognition of Degrees and Diplomas of other Universities. 

Ordinarily the Entrance Examinations, Intermediate, 'and 
Degree Examinations in Arts and Science of any Indian Univer- 
sity established by an Act of the Legislature for the time being 
in foice are recognized. 

Scale of Fees. 

Examinations. Fees. 

Ks. 
Admission . . . . . . . . 12 

Do. (private candidates) .. ..15 

Intermediate in Arts and Science . . 24 

B.A. .. .. .. .. ..86 

H.A. (Extra for each Honours subject) .. .. 5 

M.A. .. .. .. .. ..50 

D.LlTT. .. .. .. .. ..100 

U.Sr. .. .. .. .. ..36 

B.SC. (Extra for each Honours subject) . . 5 

M.SC. .. .. .. .. ..50 

D.Sc\ .. .. .. .. ..100 

L.T. .. .. .. .. ..3(5 

Intermediate Examination in Engineering, Part I 20 

Do. do. do. Part II 20 

B.S(\ Examination in Engineering, Part I 30 

Do. do. do. Part II .. 30 



Preliminary Examin ition in Engineering Diploma 20 

Final Examination in Engineering Diploma . . 30 

Intermediate Examination (Mining and Metal- 
lurgy), Part I . . . . . . . . 20 

Intermediate Examination (Mining and Metal- 
lurgy), Part II . . .. .. ..20 

li.Sr. Examination (Mining and Metallurgy), 

Part I . . . . . . . . 30 

B.SC. Examination (Mining and Metallurgy), 

Part II .. .. .. .. ..30 

Previous Examination in Sanskrit . . . . 2 



UKNARKS HINDU llNivKkslrv 

Examinations, b'ees. 

Rs. 
Praveshika Examination . . . . . . 2 

Do. do. (private candidates) .. 3 

Madhyama Examination . . . . . . 4 

Shastri Kxami nation . . . . . . o 

Acharya Kxami nation . . . . . 10 

LL.B. devious) .. .. .. ..20 

LL.H. (Final) .. .. .. .. (> 

LL.M. .. .. .. .- 100 

LL.I) 100 



Bombay University. 



Introductory : Character of- the University. 

This University was created in 1857; but until the passing 
of the Indian Universities Act of 1904, the Bombay University, 
like the others, was limited to the function of examining 
candidates and arranging for the courses of study which led up to 
their degrees. Under the Act of 1904, it obtained the right of 
organizing teaching, arranging for University extensions, and to 
publish such works as were necessary for the direct educational 
woik it should carry on. 

Largely owing to lack of funds, the University was not 
able to undertake any of these new duties until 1912 when a 
liberal offer from the Government of India made it possible to 
immediately launch out in new directions. The Government of 
India offered to the University a non-recurring grant of five 
lakhs of rupees, and a recurring grant of Rs. 45,000 for the 
purpose of developing its activities as a teaching body. As a 
result, in 1913-14, Sir Alfred Hopkinsbn of the Manchester 
University was brought to India to advise as to possible and 
suitable lines of development, and in 1914, post-graduate 
lectures on the basis of the needs of the M.A. students were 
held for the first time. Since 1918-19, the scheme has been 
somewhat modified on Inter-Collegiate lines. The various 
colleges in Bombay have arranged a considerable amount of 
post-graduate teaching which is thrown open to qualified 
students of all other colleges who are interested in the subjects 
or are working for the M.A. Degree of the University. The 
University has supplemented these by arranging for a limited 
number of courses on its own account, to deal with matters in 
which it seemed essential for training to be provided, but which 
were not adequately covered by the courses provided by the 
colleges. 

In 1922, a Committee was appointed to revise the scheme of 
post-graduate studies in the light of the experience gained of its 
working since its inauguration. The Committee submitted a re- 
port in March 1923 recommending that all the work should be 
undertaken under a centralized scheme by the University in co- 
operation with its colleges and that the work, so far as Bombay 
is concerned, be done in the University buildings as far as possi- 
ble. As a result of the Committee's deliberation a revised set of 
regulations relating to post-graduate studies was adopted by the 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 75 

Senate in August 1924. The revised scheme was tried for a 
couple of years and found unsatisfactory, Therefore, in December 

1926, the Syndicate appointed a committee to consider the ques- 
tion in all its aspects and to draw up a comprehensive scheme of 
post-graduate teaching which was laid before the Senate in July 

1927. As there was a divergence of opinion among the members 
of the Senate in essentials, tlje Senate has appointed a committee 
of its own to thresh out t*he scheme and the report of the committee 
is awaited. 

"In essentials, the University remains a University affiliating 
colleges carrying on teaching work, but University Departments 
of Economics and Sociology have been opened with provision for 
'both teaching as well as guidance for research. Part-time Lec- 
turers in Sanskrit and Mathematics are also appointed by the Uni- 
versity for post-graduate work in these subjects. 

The number of affiliated colleges is 29. Of these, 19 prepare 
for degrees in Arts and Science, three for degrees in Commerce, 
Education and Agriculture and there are two Medical, two Engi- 
neering and three Law colleges affiliated to the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

THK CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency Lieut. -Colonel the Right Hon'ble Sir Leslie 
Orme Wilson, P.c., G.C.I.K., c.M.G., D.S.o. 

THK VlCIvCHANCKLLOK. 
Sir Chimanlal Harilal Setalvad, K.C.I. K., H.A., LL.l). 

KKCHSTKAK. 
Khan Bahadur Eardunji M. Dastur, M.A., I.S.o. 

DKANS. 

IN ARTS .. Mr. P. A. Wadia, M.A. 

IN SciKNCK .. Mr. N. A. E. Moos, D.Sc., L.r.K., F.R.S.K. 
IN LAW . . Abdeali M. Kajiji, H.A., LL ., BAR-AT-LAW. 

IN MKIMCINE .. DR. Mangaldas V. Mehta, H.A., L.M.S., 

F.R.C.IM., L.M., F.C.I'. S. 
LIBRARIAN. 
Mr. R. V. Sabnis. 
THK SYNDICATE. 

Sir Chimanlal H. Setalvad, . K.C.I. K., K.A., LL.l). (Tice- 
Chancellor ) ( Chat rman} . 

Mr. E. B. P. Lory, M.A., I.E.S., Director of Public Instruction 
(Ex-o/ficio). 



^6 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKKSITIKS 

Mr. P. A, Wadia, M.A. 

,, N. A. K. Moos, D.Sc., I..C.K., F.k.S.K. 

Ahdeali M. Kajiji, B.A., I.I..H., Hat-at-Law. 

Bhulabhai J. Desai, M.A., IJ..K. 

,, R. N. Ranina, L.M.& S., K.c.r.S. 

K. R. Kanitkar, M.A., H.Sr. 
Dr. A. N. Mddrum, D.Sc., A.K.c.sc*., l.l'.S. 

Y. (;. Nadgir, M.S., F.C.I'.s. 

Mr. M. L. Tannan, M.Com. (Hir.), Har-at-Law, I.L.S. 
J)r. T. T. Pate), M.I)., M.K.C.P., D.T.M. tV II. 
Mr. N. M. Shah, M.A., K.c.l'h.S., F.k.A.S. 

,, If. Hamill, U.A., I.K.S. 

,, K. (J. Naik, M.A., D.Sc., K.l.r. 
The Rev. J. Duhr, S.J., rh.n., D.I). 
Mr. Kanaialal M. Munshi, U.A., LL.l',., M.I..C. 
Khan H.ihadiu Knidunji M. Dastur, M.A., l.S.o. (ftegittrar), 
(.Vrvv efar r). 

UNIVKKSITV SCHOOL OK SOIMOLOCIV AND ECONOMICS. 

Professor of Kcononuc*. Mr. Khushal T. Shah, H.A. (Bom.), 

15. Sr., Kcon. (Loud.), Har-at-La\v. 
Proff*st*r of Kcononric*. Mr. Chandulal N. Vakil, M.A. (Bom.), 

M.sc., Kcon. (Loud.), F.s.s. 
Ke*idfrs in Sociology. Dr. G. S. (ihurye, M.A. (Bom.), Ph.D. 

(Cantab.); Dr. N! A. Thoothi, I!. A. (Bom.), D.Phil. (Oxon.). 
Sectetaty tifn/ I.it>niri*m. Afr. S. B. Raikar, H.A. 

Affiliated Colleges and their Staff (1926-27). 

Kl.PIIlNSTONK C()LLIX;K. 

English .. .. Mr. H. Hamill, H. A. (Belfast), Princi- 

pal and Professor of English ; Dr. 
E. A. Parker, M.A., Ph. I), Dip. in 
Ed., Special Temporary Professor of 
English, and one Lecturer. 

History and Economics.. Mr. R. P. PaUvardhan, H.A., Professor 

of History ; Mr. S. G. Panandikar, 
M.A. (Bom.), Ph.D. (Lond.). 

Mathematics .. .. Mr. P. S. Katti, M.A. (Bom.), B.A. 

(Cantab.), Wrangler Professor and two 
Asst. Professors; Mr. D. P. Patravali, 
M.A. (Cantab.), Piofessor 

Philosophy and Logic . . Mr. S. G. Sathe, M.A. (Bom.), Professor, 

and one Asst. Professor. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



77 



Sanskrit 

Persian 
French 
Gujarati 



Mr. A. B. Gajendragadkar, M.A., 
Professor, one Asst. Professor, and one 
Shastri. 

Mr. K. H. Irani, 15. A., Professor, and one 
Assistant. 

Mr. V.G. Rao, H.A., i.L.li. (Cantab.), 

Bar-at-Law. 
Mr. N.B. Divatia, B.A., Lecturer. 



ROYAL INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE. 

Chemistry .. .. Dr. A. N. Meldrum, D.Sc. (Abcr ). 

Principal and Professor of Chemistry, 
and one other Professor, and three Asst. 
Lecturers. 

Mathematics . . . . Mr. K. R. Gunjikar, M.A. (Cantab.), Pio- 

fessor. 

Physics . . . . Mr. G. R. Panmjpye, M.Sc. (Horn.), Pro- 

fessor, and one Lecturer, and three Asst. 
Lecturers. 

Botany .. .. Mr. S. L. Ajrekar, B.A. (Cantab.), and 

two Asst. Lectuiers. 

/oology .. .. Mr. P. R. A wall, B.A. (Cantab.), I). I.e., 

F.K.I)., and two Assistants. 

DEO 'AN COLLEGE. 
Principal .. .. Mr. II. G. Rawlinson, M.A. (Cantab.). 

English .. .. Mr. H.G. Rawlinson, M.A. (Cantab.), 

Mr. K. A. XYodehousc, M.A. (Oxon.), 
Professors of English, and one Assistant. 

History and Economics. . Mr. A. C Karran, M.A., Professor, 

and one Actg. Professor. 

Mr. G.B.Jathar, M.A. (Edin.). 



History and Political 
Economy. 

Logic 
Sanskrit 



Mathematics 

Physics 
Persian 



Mr. K.H. Kelkar, M.A. (Horn.), Asst. 
Lecturer. 

Mr. S. K. Belvalkar, M.A. (Bom.), Ph.D. 
(Harvard), Professor, and one Assistant 
Professor. 

Mr. D. 1). Kapadia, M.A., IJ.Sc. and Uo 
Lecturers. 

Mr.G. S. Dixit, M.A., Lecturer in Science. 

Mr. Shaikh Abdulkadir Surfraz, M.A., 
Professor and one Assistant Professor. 



78 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Marathi 
Science 



Principal 

English 

History and Economics. 



Philosophy and Logic 
Mathematics . . 



Sanskrit 

Persian 
French 

Marathi 
Chemistty 

Physics 
Biology 



. . One Lecturer. 

. . One Lecturer and one Demonstrator. 

WILSON COLLEGE. 

.. The Rev. John McKenzie, M. A., Pro- 
fessor of Philosophy. 

. . The Rev. J. Mackintosh, M.A., Piofessoi. 
and one Assistant Professor. 

The Rev. R. Strachan. M.A., 1U>., "pro- 
fessor of History and Latin ; The Rev. 
James Kellock, M.A., P.. I)., Professor of 
Economic** and Philosophy ; Mr. G. N.' 
Joshi, M.A.,.LL.H., Professor of History 
and Economics. 

Mr. Pestonji Ardesir \Vadia, M.A., Pio- 
fessor of Philosophy and Politics. 

Mr. J. Maclean, M.A., M.Sc., Professor ; 
Mr. P. K. Kashikar, M.A. and two 
Assistant Professors. 

Mr. Hari Damodar Velankar, M.A., 
Professor ; one Asst. Professor and two 
College Fellows and one Sastri. 

Mr. M. Ahmed, M.A., Professor. 

Miss H. M. Lambert (on leave), Miss 
P. S. Harley, H.A. (Oxon.) 

One Lecturer. 

Mr. A. R. Normand, M.A., B.Sc., l'h.1)., 
Professor ; one Lecturer and three 
Demonstrators. 

Mr. D. B. Naik, M.A., B.Sc., Professor; 
one Asst. Professor and nine Demon- 
strators. 

Mr. Vinayak Nanabhai Hate, H.Sc., 
Air. Moses Ezekiel, B.A. (Hons.) M.Sc., 
Professors ; one Lecturer and Demon- 
strators. 



ST. XAVIKK'S COLLEGE. 



Principal 



Asst. Principal and 
Professor of Logic. 



The Rev. J. Duhr, S.J., Ph.D.. D.D., 
Professor of French Literature. 

The Rev. M. Sola, S.J., l*h.l>, 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



79 



English 

History and Economics. , 

Philosophy and Logic . . 

Philosophy and Experi- 
mental Psychology. 

Mathematics .*. 



Sanskrit 

Persian 
French 
Chemistry 



Physics 



Geology 
Biology 



Botany 
Latin 
Hebrew 
Portuguese 

Principal 
English 

History and Economics 
Logic 



The Rev. J. Fell, S.J., Mr. Cosmas 
Damian Pinto, M.A., Professors. 

The Rev. H. Heras, S.J,, Professor ; The 
Rev. E. Kaufmann, S.J., Professor. 

The Rev. M. Sola, s.j., Ph.D., Professor. 
The Rev. I*. Molitor, S.J. 



.. The Rev. II. Rafael, S.J., Professor and 

two Ai>st. Piofcssors. 
. . The Rev. R. Zimmcrmami, S.J., rh.l) , 

Professor and two Assistant Protessors. 

. . One Asst. Professor. 

.. The Principal and one Asst. Professor. 

.. The Rev. J. Sacasa, S.J., Professor and 
Director of Chemical Laboratory; The 
Rev. J. F. Caius, S.J., Professors ; 
Mr. Sliapurji Sorabji Dastur, M.A.; Mr. 
Ramachandra Narayan Bhagvat, M.A., 
H.Sc., Professors, and two Asst. 
Professors. 

.. The Rev. A. Steichen, S.J, L'h.l)., and 
Director of Physical Laboratory; two 
Asst. Professors and two Demon- 
strators. 

. . One Asst. Professor. 

.. Mr. Jal Phiro/shah Mullan, M.A., 
Professor and Director of Zoological 
Laboratory, and three Assistant Pro- 
fessors. 

. . One Asst. Professor. 
. . Two Asst. Professors. 
. . One Asst. Professor. 
. . One Lecturer. 
GUJARAT COU.KGE. 
.. Mr. G. Findlay Shirras, M.A , F.S.S. 

.. Mr. Correia Afonso, M.A., LL.I).; Mr. R. 
N. Welingkar, H.A. (Oxon.), Profes- 
sors and three Assistants. 

Mr. M. S. Commissariat, M.A. (Bom.), 
Professor ; Mr. S. G. Deshpande, 
M A. (Bom.), Lecturer. 

One Professor. 



80 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Mathematics .. .. Mr. V. M. (Jaitonde, M.A. (Bom.), 

F.K.A.S., Professor (on leave) and 
two Assistants ; Mr. S. M. Shah 
(Acting). 

Sanskrit .. .. Mr. K. V. Abhyankar, M.A. (Bom.), 

Professor ; and two Assistant Lecturers. 

Persian .. .. Mr. M. K. -Naiuazi, H.A. (Bom.), Pro- 

ressor and one Assistant. 

+ 

Gujarati . . . . One Lecturer. 

Chemistry .. .. Mr. 1). I). Kanga, M.A., A. I.e., Pro- 

fessor ; one Lecturer and one De- 
monstrator. 

Physics .. .. Mr. V. B. J)ivatia, M.A. (Bom.), H.A. 

(Cantab.), Professor ; one Lecturer 
and three Demonstrators. 

Zoology . . . . One Lecturer. 

Botany .. Mr. Y. D. Thanewala, M.A. (Bom.), 

Professor and one Demonstrator. 

French .. .. Mr. P. L. Charlier, Bes. L. Brevet 

Superieur (Paris), Professor. 

RAJAKAM COLLK<;K. 

Principal and Professor Dr. Balkrishna, M.\. (Punjab), 1'h.l). 
of History and Economics. (Loud.), F.K.K.S. 

History . . . Dr. K. N. Sit-aram, M.A. (Madras), Ph.D. 

(London). 

Chemistry . . . . Dr.S. V. Shah, H.Sc., rh.n. (Goettingen), 

M.D., C'.c;., F.c'.s., etc. 

English . . . . Mr. A. C. Bose, M.A. (Cal.) ; Mr. N. S. 

Adhikari, M.A. (Washington, U.S.A.), 
Professors. 

Philosophy and Logic .. Mr. N. S. Phadke, M.A. (.Bom.), Pro- 
fessor, and one Lecturer. 

Mathematics.. .. Mr. D. K. Sen, M.Sc. (All.), U..B., 

M.K.A.S. ; Mr. D. M. Roy, M.A. (Cal.), 
Professors, and one Lecturer. 

Sanskrit .. .. Mr. S. S. Sukhtankar, M.A. (Bom.), 

M.O.I,., Professor, and one Asst. Pro- 
fessor. 

Marathi .. .. Mr. D. S. Pangu, M.A. CBom.), Pro- 

fessor. 

Persian .. .. Mr. B. D. Verma, M.A. (All.), M.F. 

(Punjab), Professor. 



Physics 
Biology 
Canarese 

Principal 
English 

History and Economics. 

Philosophy and 
Mathematics . . 

Sanskrit 

Persian 
French 

Marathi 
Chemistry 

Physics 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 

.. Mr. R. K. Shirodkar, 
Lecturer. 



81 
n.Sc. (Bom.), 



.. Mr. S. S. Phaterphekar, B.A., B,sc, 
(Bom.) 

.. Mr. S. C. Nandimath, M.A. (Bom.), Mr, 
K. G. Kundangar, M.A. (Bom.). 

BAKODA COLLKGK. 



Mr. S. G. Burrow, B.Sc. (Loud.), 
A.R.C.Sc., Professor of Physics. 

Mr. A. X. Soares, M.A., I.L.H., Mi. 
S. M. \Vadia, M.A., Professors, and one 
Assistant. 

Mr. J. M. Mehta, B.A, (Bom. & Ox- 
ford;, Bar-at-Law, Piofessor (on 
leave), Mr. K. H. Kamdar, M.A., Pro- 
fessor, and Mr. B. K. Thakore, M.A., 
I.K.S. 

Mr. A. K. Trivedi, M.A., LL.B., Pro- 
fessor; Mr. M. A. Much, M.A., Pro- 
fessor. 

Mr. G. G. Pendse, M.A., Piofessor; 
Mr. B. L. Sengupta, M.A. (Cal.), 
B.L., Professor; Mr. A. C. Mukherji, 
M.A., Professor. 

Mr. B. K. Arte, M.A., Professor; Mr. 
B. C. Lele, M.A., Professor (on leave) ; 
Mr. C. H. Bhatt, M.A. 

Mr. S. Nawabali, M.A., Professor; Mr. 
M. A. Kazi, M.A., Professor. 

Mr. C. C. Patel, H.A., Lecturer (services 
lent) ; Mr. C. M. Jadhav, It. A. (Lond.) 

Mr. C. V. Joshi, M.A., Professor. 

Mr. K. G. Naik, M.A., n.Sc., F.I.C. 
(Lond.); Mr. M. D. Avasare, H.A., 
M.Sc. (on leave) ; Mr. R. I). Desai, 
M.Sc., A.I.I.Sc., Professors; three De- 
monstrators and one Laboratory Asstt. 

Mr. S. G. Burrow, B.Sc. (Lond.), 
A.R.C.Sc., Professor : Mr. N. K. 
Apte, M.A., B.Sc., Professor ; one 
Lecturer, one Demonstrator and two 
Laboratory Assistants. 



82 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Biology .. . . Mr. S. V. Shevade, B.Sc., F.I.S., 

F.R.A.S., Professor ; one Demonstra- 
tor and one Laboratory Assistant. 

FKRGUSSON COLLEGE. 

Principal . . . . Mr. Keshav Ramchandra Kanitkar, 

M.A., B.Sc., -Professor of Physics. 

Vice-Principal .. Mr. Gopal Balkrishm Kolhatkar, 

M.A., A.I.I.Sc., and Professor of Che- 
mistry. 

English .. .. Mr. Ganesh Hari Kelkar, M.A. (Bom. 

and Cantab.) ; Mr. Vasudeo Gopal 
Paranjpe, M.A., LL.13., Ph.D. ; Mr. 
Krishnaji Mahadeo Khadye, M.A., 
15. A. (Cantab.), Professors, and two 
Lecturers. 

Mr. Vaman Govind Kale, M.A.; Mr. 
Shankar Ramchandra Kanitkar, M.A.; 
Mr. I). G. Karve, M.A., Professors. 

Mr. Vishwanath Keshav Joag, M.A. ; 
Mr. Narhar Ganesh Dmitle, M.A., 
Professors. 

Mr. Ganesh Sakharam Mahajani, B.A., 
Professor ; Vishwanath Atmaram 
Apte, M.A., L.T., Professor ; two 
Lecturers. 

Mr. V. G. Paranjpe, M.A., LL.B., 
D.Litt., Professor, and one Shastri. 

Mr. K. H. Notani, M.A., Lecturer. 
Mr. N. G. Suru, M.A., Professor. 

Mr. Mahadeo Krishnaji Joshi, M.A., Pro 
fessor ; one Lecturer and six De- 
monstrators. 

Mr. Ramchandra Narayan Joshi, B.Sc., 
Professor, and nine Demonstrators. 

Mr. Dhundiraj Laxman Dixit, B.A. ; 
Mr. Trimbak Govind Yeolekar, M.A., 
B.Sc., Professors, and one Demon- 
strator. 

Two Lecturers and two Demonstrators. 

Mr. Krishnaji Keshav Joshi, M.A. 
(Bom.), Ph.D. (Wurzburg), Professor. 

Mr. G. V. Tulpule, M.A., Professor. 



History and Economics. , 
Philosophy and Logic . , 
Mathematics 

Sanskrit 

Persian 

Pali 

Chemistry 

Physics 

Zoology and Botany 



Biology 
German 

Marathi 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



83 



Principal 
English 

History and Economics 



Philosophy and Logic 

'Sanskrit 

Persian 

Mathematics . . 

Physics 

English and Gujarati 

Principal 
English 

History and Economics. 
Philosophy and Logic . 



Sanskrit and Mathe- 
matics 

Mathematics . . 



Persian 

French 
Latin 



SAMALDAS COLLKGK. 

.. Mr. Tejumal Karamchand Shahani, 
M.A., Piofessor of English, Econo- 
mics and History. 

.. Mr. Ramanlal Kanailal Yajnik, M.A., 
Professor, and one Lecturer ; Mr. 
Nariman B. Ichhaporia, M.A., IX. B. 

Mr. Hanumant Balaji Bhide, M. \., 
IX. B. 

Mr. Narbheshankar Pranjivan Dave, 
M.A., Professor. 

.. Mr. Pratparai M. Modi, M.A., Pro- 
fessor and one Lecturer. 

.. Mr. Jehangirji Sorabji Gambhir, B.A., 
Professor. 

. . Mr. K. C. Shah, M.A. ; Mr. J. N. Darap, 
M.A., Professors. 

. . Mr. Manishankar Jayanand Bhatt, 
B.A., Professor. 

. . Mr. R. M. Joshi, M.A. 
I). J. SIND COLLKGK. 

. . Mr. Sahibsing Chandasing Shahani, 
M.A., Professor of English. 

. . Mr. Tillumal Mengharaj Advani, M.A., 
LL.B., Professor ; one Assistant Pro- 
fessor and one Lecturer. 

Mr. Dharmadas Tekchand Marivvalla, 
M.A., Professor, and one Assistant 
Professor. 

Mr. Gianchand Gurdassing Kewal- 
ramani, M.A., LL.B., Professor, and one 
Lecturer. 

Mr. Hari Laxman Lagu, B.A., Pro- 
fessor. 

Mr. Tribhovandas Pitambardas Tri- 
vedi, M.A., LL.B., Professor, and two 
Assistant Professors. 

Mr. Hotchand Mulchand Gurbaxani, 
M.A., Professor and one Assistant 
Professor. 

Two Lecturers. 
One Lecturer. 



84 



HANDBOOK or INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Chemistry 
Physics 

Biology 

Arabic 
Sindhi 

Principal 

Actg. Principal 

English 

Philosophy and Logic 

Mathematics . . 
French 

Science 
Persian 

Principal 
English 



History and Economics 



.. Mr. J.V.Lakhani, M.Sc., A.I.I.Sc., Pro- 
fessor, and two Assistant Professors 
and one Demonstrator. 

, . Mr. Suratram Balchand Butani, M.A., 
B.sc., Professor and also Vice-Princi- 
pal ; one Assistant Professor and three 
Demonstrators. 

. . Dr. Metharam Gidumat Punwani, B.A., 
M.B., B.Sc., Professor and one , De- 
monstrator. 

, One Lecturer. 
. . One Lecturer. 

BAHAUDDIN COLLEGE. 

. . Mr. Shnputsha Horumsji Hodivala, 
M.A., and also Professor of English, 
History and Political Economy (on 
leave). 

.. Mr. Mahadev Malhar Joshi, M.A., Pro- 
fessor of Sanskrit. 

. . Mr. Keshavla! Labhsankar Oza, M.A. 

Mr. Harilal Madliavji Hhatt, M.A., 
Professor. 

. . Mr. Hari Shankar, M.A., Professor. 

.. Mr. Charles F. Saldhana, M.A., Pro- 
fessor. 

. . Mr. Vasudev Sadashiv Ghurye, M.A., 
Professor. 

.. Mr. M. H. Tirmizy (Matric). 
NEW POONA COLLEGE. 

.. Mr. N. M. Shah, B.A. (Bom.), M.A. 
(Cantab.). 

.. Mr. Hari Vithal Tulpule, B.A., LL.B.; 
Mr. Raghunath Damodar Karmarkar, 
M.A. ; Mr. Ramchandra Krishna 
Lagu, M.A. ; Mr. Narayan Ganesh 
Naralkar, M.A., L.T. ; Mr. Vasudeo 
Purushottam Patvardhan, M.A., Pro- 
fessors. 

Mr. Rajaram Parashuram Sabnis, B.A. 
(Bom.), M.A. (Cantab.), Professor; 
Mr. Pralhad Govind Padhye, M.A., 
Professor. 



BOMBAY UNIVKRSITV 



85 



Philosophy and Logic 
Mathematics . . 

Sanskiit A 

Marathi 
Physics 



Mr. Narayan G. Nanilkar, M.A., L.T. ; 
Mr. Shankar Vaman Dandekar, M.A., 
Professors ; Mr. Vasudeo P. Patvar- 
dhan, NT .A., Professor. 

Mr. Nagindas Maneklal Shah, B.A. 
(Bom.); Mr. Triambak Bhikaji Hardi- 
kar, M.A. ; Mr. Maheshwar Shankar 
G'odbole, M.A., Professors. 

Mr. Raghunath Damodar Karmarkar, 
M.A. ; Mr. Dinkar Balvant Deodhar, 
M.A., and one Shastri. 

Mr. Datto Waman Potdar, B.A. ; Mr. 
Laxman Ganesh Lele, Professors. 

Mr. Mahadeo Ramchandra Paranjpye, 
M.A., B.Sc., Professor, and two De- 
monstrators. 

KARNATAK COLLKGK. 

Principal . . . . Mr. H. V. Hampton, M.A., (Dublin), 

I.K.S., and also Professor of English 
and Philosophy. 

English ., .. Mr. N. S. Takakhav, M.A. (Bom.), 

I.K.S., Professor; Mr. B. N. Seal, 
B.A. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law, I.E.S., 
Professor (on leave), Mr. J. C. Darn- 
vala, M.A. (Bom.) (acting), and one 
Assistant Professor. 

History and Economics.. Mr. S. G. Beri, M.A. (Bom.), Professor; 

Mr. A. I). Dhopeshwarkar, M.A., 
LL.B., Joint Professor of History and 
Logic ; and one Lecturer. 

The Principal ; Mr. A. D. Dhopeshwarkar, 
M.A., LL.B. 

, Mr. D. P. Patravali, M.A. (Cantab.), 

Piofessor, and two Assistants. 
Mr. V. G. Bhat, B.A. (Cantab.), Pro- 
fessor and one Assistant. 

One Lecturer. 

One Lecturer and two Demonstrators. 

Mr. A. M. Moulvi, M.A. (Bombay), Pro- 
fessor (on leave), Mr. N. D. 
Minocherhomji (acting). 

Chemistry .. .. One Lecturer ancT one Demonstrator. 

Biology . . . . One Lecturer and one Demonstrator. 



History and Logic 
Mathematics . . 
Sanskrit 

Canarese 

Physics 

Persian 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



History and Economics 
Philosophy and Logic , 
Mathematics . . 
Sanskiit 



SURAT M.T.B. ARTS COLLEGE. 

Principal .. ..Mr. I). R. Jiadgil, M.A., M.Litt. 

(Cantab.), Principal and Professoi of 
History and Economics. 

Vice-Principal .. K. S. Trivedi, B.4., Professor of Sans- 

krit. 

English . . . . Mr.Jayendrarai'Bhagwanlal l>urkal,M.A., 

Professor also of Gujarati ; Mr. Vish- 
nuprasad Ranchhodlal Trivedi, M.A., 
Professor also of Sanskrit ; Mr. Kalidas 
Lallubhai Desai, M.A., LL.B., Professor, 
Mr. Gajendrarai G. Huch, M.A. 
. Mr. Manohar Ramchandra Palande," 
M.A., Professor. 

. Mr. Yeshwant Dattatraya Joshi, M.A., 
B. T.C.I)., Professor. 

. Mr. Abaji Govind Chandrachood, M.A., 
Professor. 

. Mr. Kamlashankar Sunderlal Trivedi, 
M.A. (Hons.) ; Mr. Mohanlal Parvati- 
shankar Dave, M.A., LL.B., Professors. 

Persian .. .. Mr. Mulchand Jhangaldas Thakur, M.A., 

Professor. 

Physics . . . . Mr. Viswanalh Krishna Nimkar, B.Sc. 

(Horn.), M.Sc. Tech. (Manch.), Pro- 
fessor. 

Chemistry .. .. Mr. J. A. Kaji, B.A., B.Sc., LL.B. 

Biology .. .. Mr. B. P. Shrivastava, M.Sc. (Luck.) 

Arabic . . One Hony. Professor. 

\VILLI NGDON COLLEGE. 

Piincipal . . . . Mr. Govind Chimnaji Bhate, M.A., also 

Professor of Logic and Moral Philoso- 
phy. 

English . . . . Mr. Krishnaji Nilkanth Dravid, M.A., 

Vice-Principal and also Professor of 
Sanskrit : Mr. Bhalchandra Ganga- 
dhar Sapre, M.A., also takes History; 
Mr. R. Sadashiva Aiyer, M.A. (Mad- 
ras), Professor ; two Lecturers. 
Mr. Parshuram Madhao Limaye, M.A., 
Professor. 



History and Economics. 
Philosophy and Logic . 



Mr. Parshuram B. Sathaye, M.A., Pro- 
fessor. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



87 



Sanskrit and Ardha- 
magadhi 

Mathematics 



Physics 
Marat hi 
Canarese 



Mr. Parashuram Laxman Vaidya, B.A. 
(Rons.), M.A. (Cal.), D.LITT. (Bris.). 
Professor. 

Mr. Shridhar Bhikaji Bundale, M.A. ; 

Mr. Ramchandra Purshottam Shintre, 

M . A . , Professors, 

. . One Lecturer and one Demonstrator, 
.'. One Lecturer. 
. . One Lecturer. 

BIND NATIONAL COLLEGE, HYDERABAD. 



Principal and Pro- 
fessor of English. 

English and Logic 
English & History 

Sanskrit 
Mathematics . . 

Persian 



Physics 



Mr. N. V. Thadani, M.A. 

Mr. N. D. Gurbaxani, M.A. 

J. K. Kanchandani, M.A. (Bom.) (also 

takes History). 
Mr. V. V. Dixit, M.A. (Bom.) 
Mr. K.C.Shah, M.A. (Bom.), Mr. K.S.B. 

Sastri, M.A. (Mad.) 

Mr. L.I). Keswani, M.A. (Bom.), Pro- 
fessor. 

Mr. P. K. Pillni, M.A. (Mad.), A.R.C.S., 
D.Sc. (Lond.), Professor. 



THE SYDENHAM COLLEGE OF COMMERCE 
ECONOMICS. 



AND 



Principal and Senior 
Professor 

Professors . . 



Mr.Mohan Lai Tannan, M. rom. (Birm ), 
Bar-at-Law, I.E.S., J.P. 

Mr. M.J. Antia, M.A.,(Bom.), M.A., LL.B. 
(Cantab.), Bar-at-Law., I.E.S., Professor 
of English and Cotton Trade ; Mr. R. M. 
Joshi, M.A., LL.B. (Bom.), B.Sc. (Econ.) 
(Lond.), I.E.S., Prof, of Economics ; 
Mr. H. L. Kaji, M.A., B.Sc. (Bom.), 
F.S.S., I.K.S., Professor of Geography ; 
Mr. N. B. Metha, M.A. (Bom.). A.M. 
(Harward), Professor of Administration 
and Economic History; Mr. S. S. 
Engineer, B.A. (Bom.), F.S.A.A. (Londs), 

. Part-time Professor of Accounting; 
Mr. S. K. Bramhandkar, M.A., LL.B., 
Part-time Professor of Mercantile Law ; 

1 Mr. L. S. Vaidyanathan, M.A. (Mad.), 
A. I. A., Part-time Professor of Actuarial 
Science and Statistics. 



88 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



SHKTH HANSKAJ PRAGJI THACKKKSKV COLLEGE, NAStk, 



Principal 

English 

Knglish and Ma rat hi 

Sanskrit 

Mathematics . . 

Physics 

Persian 

History 



Sanskrit and Marathi 
Knglish and History 



. . Mr. T. A. Kulkarni, U.A., S.T.C. !>., also 
Professor of English and Indian Ad- 
ministration. 

. . Mr, B. L. Patankar, M.A., S.T.C. 

, . Mr. P. J. Sabnis, M..A., S.T.C. 

. . Mr. N. H. Purandare, M.A. 

. . Mr. U. M. Saha, M.Sc. (Cal.) 

, . Mr. V. B. Athavak', M.Sc. 

. . Mr. R. S. Nagarwalla, Lecturer. 

. . Mr. R. V. Oturkar, M.A., S.T.C. 

, . Mr. K. V. Gajendragadkar, M.A. 

, . Mr. P. S. Joag, M.A. 

, . Mr. R. B. I). G. Padhye, M.A. 



SECONDARY TRAINING COLLEGE. 

Principal .. .. Mr. H. R. Hamley, M. \., M Sc., Dip. Ed. 

Vice-Principal .. Mr. V. H. Anklesaria, U.A., S.T.C. I). 

Professors .. .. Mr. R. P. Kar. 1?. Sc. L.T., Teachers' 

Diploma (London\ Professor of Science 
and Geography ; Miss V. Baptista, 
M.A., H.T., Offg. Lecturer in English ; 
Mr. V. P. Bokil, M.A., S.T.C. D., Offg. 
Prof, of History and Method ; Mr. A. M. 
Modi, M.A., S.T.C.D., Actg. Asst. Lee. 
in English. 



POONA 



J'rincipal 



Professor of Agricul- 
tural Economics 

Professor of Agricul- 
ture 

Professor of Chemistry 

Professor of Horti- 
culture 

Professor of Ag. Engi- 
neering, Physics and 
Mathematics 



KiciTi.Ti'KAL COLLEGE. 

Mr. VV. Burns, D.Sc., and also Professor 
of Botany. 

Rao Bahadur P. C. Patil, L.Ag., M.Sc. 
Mr. B. S. Patil, H.Ag., N.D.A. 

Mr. 1). L. Sahasrabudhe, M.Sc. 
Mr. G. S. Cheema, D.Sc. 

Mr. J. P. Trivedi, L.C., A.M. I.E. 
(Lond.) ; six Asst. Professors; *six 
Lecturers and nine Demonstrators. 



BOMBAY UNIVKUSITV 89 



NADIRSHAW EDAIJI DINSHAW CIVIL 
COLLEGK, KARACHI. 

Principal . . . . Mr. (tangadhar Nilkanth (iokhale, 

B.Sc., L.C.K., M.I.K. (indj, and Pro- 
fessor of Civil Engineering (on leave). 

Ag. Principal .. Mr. Shripatrao Balvantrao Junnarkar, 

H. 4 \. (Bom.), H.sc. (Loud.), and Piof. of 
Structural Engineering & Hydraulics. 

Professors . . . . Mr. Motiram Hassamal Advani, L.C.K., 

Piofessor of Engineering: Mr. Metha- 
tani Khanchand Kcwalramani, M.\., 
Professor of Mathematics; Mr. N. 
Bhattacharya, H.Sc., Prof, of Mech. 
Engineering ; eight Asst. I'r6fs.; Lectu- 
rers, Demonstrators and othei teachers. 

COLLKGK OF ENGINKKKTNC;, POONA. 

Piincipal .. .. Mr. W. L. C. Trench, H.A.I. (T.C.I).), 

M.Inst.C.K., and Professor of Civil 
Engineering. 

Professors .. .. Mr. C. Graham Smith, O.H.K., A.C. O.I. , 

A.M.I.C.K., Professor of Engineering; 
Mr. H. P. Jordan, M.Sc., Professor, 
Structural Design; Mr. G.G.Narke, M.A. 
I'Cal.), H.sc. (Mining), M.Sc. (ManchJ, 
Professor of Chemistry and CJeology ; 
Mr. A. David, R.Sc., M.K., A.M J.K., 
Prof, of Mechanical Engineeiing; Mr. 
Shiv Narayan, M.A., U.Sc., U.K., A.M. 
I.K.K., Professor of Physics and Elec- 
trical Engineering ; twenty Lecturers 
and Demonstrators and other teachers. 

GOVKRNMKNT LA\V CoLLKGK, BOMIJAV. 

Principal .. .. Dr. J. S. Khergaimvala, LL.D. (Loud.), 

W.A., l.L.M. (Bom.), Banister-at-Law 
(and J J erry Professor of Jurisprudence). 

Professors of Law . . Mr. Shivrao V. Palekar, U.A., l.L.li. ; 

Mr. Bam/unali B. Vellani, Bar-at-Law; 
Mr. V. (;. Dalvi, B.A., LL.B. (Cantab.), 
Bar-at-Law; Mr. J. (1. Bhagat, M.A., 
IJ..B., Advocate; Mr. P. P. Doctor, 
M.A., LL.H., Bar-at-Law ; Mr. M. S. 
Pandit, M.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at-Law; Mr. 
M. C. Chagla, u.A.(Oxon.), Bar-at-Law; 
Mr. B. O. Rao, H.A., IJ..B. ; Mr. J. G. 
Rele, W.A., LI..U. 



90 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



INDIAN LAW SOCIETY'S LAW COLLEGE, POONA. 



Principal 



Professors of Law 



,. Mr. Jagann.ith Raghunalh Gharpure, 
B.A., LL.B. (Hon.) (Bom.), a"d Pro- 
fessor of Law. 

. . Mr. Padmanabh Bhaskar Shingne, 
B.A., LL.B. (Horn.) ; Mr. Anant Ganesh 
Sathaye,. M.A., LL.B. (Bom.); Mr. 
Ganesh Ragl'iinath Abhyankar, H.A., 
LL.B. ; Mr. Shripud Yesliwant Abhyan- 
kar, B.A., LL.B.; Mr. Laxman Balrant 
Hhopatkar, M.A., LL.B., M,L.(\; Mr. 
Balvant Khanderao Mehendale, B.A., 
LL.B., Barrister-at-Law ; Mr. Vinayak. 
Balkrishna Chandrachud, M.A., LL.M. 
(Bom.) ; Mr. Raghunath Pandurang 
Karandikar, Vakil, Bombay High 
Court. 

SIND CoLLKGlATK BOAUD LAW COLLKC1K, KARACHI. 



Principal 
Professors of Law 



.. Mr. C. M. Lobo, B.A., LL.B. 

. . Mr.Kalumal Pahlumal, B. A., LL.B. (Vice 
Principal); Mr. Pahlajsing B. Advani 
M.A., LL.B.; Mr. K. V. Castellino, M.A. 
LL.B.; Mr. F. A. Jhangiani, B.A., LL.K 
Mr. M. N. Kotwal, B.A., LL.B.; Mr 
Shrikishendas H. Lulla, M.A., LL.B. 
Mr. Motiram l.Mansukhani, B. A., LL.B. 
Mr. 'i'ahilram M. Mirchandani, B.A. 
LL.li. ;Mr. P. S. Shahani, Bar-at-Law 
Mr. T. V. Thadani, B.A.. Bar-at-Law. 

Constitution of the University. 

'J'he principal authorities of the University are the Senate 
which consists of 100 members (exclusive of 9 e \-oflicio members), 
the Syndicate which consists of 17 members, and the several Facul- 
ties and Boards of Studies. 

Number of Students in the University, 1926-27. 

Royal Institute of Science . . . . . . . . 161 

University School of Economics and Sociology .. 73 

Elphinstone College . . . . . . . . 415 

Deccan College .. .. .. .. 236 

Wilson College . . . . . . . . 805 



Carried over 



1,690 



BOMBAY UNTVKRSITV &1 

Brought forwaid .. 1,690 

St. Xavier's College .. .. .. .. 957 

Gujarat College . . . . . . . . 668 

Rajaram College . . . . . . . . 379 

Baroda College . . . . . . . . 812 

Fergusson College . . . . . . . . 1,261 

Samaldas College : . . . . . .204 

D. J. Sincl College . . . . . . . . 578 

Bahauddin College .. .. .. .. 209 

New Poona College . . . . . . . . 446 

Karnatak College . .. .. ..491 

M. T. B. Arts College . . . . . . . . 262 

Willingdon College . . . . . . . . 256 

Sind National College . . . . . . . . 106 

H. P. T. College, Nasik . . . . . . . . 116 

Sydenham College . . . . . . . . 269 

The Secondary Training College . . . . . . 48 

I'oona Agricultural College . . . . . . . . 226 

College of Engineering, Poona . . . . . . 184 

N.E.D. Civil FIngineering College, Karachi .. .. 133 

Government Law College, Bombay . . . . . . 498 

Law College, Poona . . . . . . 467 

Law College, Karachi . . . . . . . . 61 

Grant Medical College, Bombay .. .. .. 1,027 

Seth G. 8. Medical College . . . . . . 100 



TOTAL .. 11,448 



Number of Successful Candidates in the University Examinations, 

1926-27. 

Intermediate Examination in Arts . . . . . . 872 

Intermediate Examination in Commerce . . . . 43 

Intermediate Examination in Science . . . . 493 

Intermediate Examination in Agriculture . . . . 48 

Intermediate M.B., B.S. Examination .. .. 172 

First Examination in Engineering . . . . . . 82 

Second Examination in Engineering (Civil) .. .. 71 

Second Examination in Engineering (Mech.) .. .. 5 

First LL.B. Examination .. .. .. 461 

B.A. (Pass and Honours) . . . . . . .. 1,112 



92 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

M.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54 

B.COM. .. . . .. .. .. .. 56 

B.T. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 

B.S< . .. .. .. .. .. ..214 

M.Sr. .. .. . . .. .. .. 19 

B.Ar,. .. .. . . .. .. .. 27 

B.K. (Civil) .. .. ' .. .. .. 54 

B.K. (Mechanical) .. .. .. ... .. 11 

LL.B. (Final) .. .. .. .. . . 291 

LL.M. .. .. .. .. .. .. 3 

M.B., U.S. (Final) .. .. .. .. ..206 

Master's Degree in Surgery . . . . . . . . 3 

Bachelor's Degree in Hygiene .. .. .. 1 

M.I). .. .. .. .. 4. .. 4 

M.COM. .. .. .. .. .. .. 1 

M.Ac;. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There are a large number of Kndowecl Scholarships and 
Medals in the University awarded for distinguished proficiency 
in the several examinations and each of the affiliated colleges 
also awards its own scholarships and medals. The University 
Endowment Fund for Scholarships, Prizes and Medals amounts 
to Ks. 3H,04,4(X) in (iovernment Securities and Port Trust and 
Municipal Bonds. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

There is a University Library under the control of the 
Library Committee, and it is open to Fellows of the University, 
Principals and Professors of Colleges affiliated to the University 
of Bombay, the University Staff, Graduates of the University, 
students of affiliated colleges and such other persons as are 
admitted by a special order. The Library has 25,1 HO volumes 
and 1,338 volumes were added during 1924 25. 

There are a number of Hospitals and Laboratories recog- 
nized by the University for purposes of practical work in Medicine 
and Science. 

Provision (or Research. 

There are six post-graduate research scholarships in the 
Department of Economics and Sociology and the University 
also undertakes the publication of the results of researches. 
In addition, there are four endowed scholarships for research 
work of which three are tenable in India and one is tenable in a 
foreign country. The Bombay University Economics Series 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 93 

.s been published as well as Lectures on Gujarati Language 
r Professor N. B. Divatia, Dr. Mackichan's translations of the 
troduction to two German Books, Dr. Garbe's Bhagvadgita 
id Roth's Nirukta. 

The University also makes grants of varying amounts in aid 
the cost of publication of books by various authors. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

, The University has spent a large sum of money during the 
st few years on the publication of books and by way of grants 

authors to meet the expenses of publication. Distinguished 
holars from Kurope and elsewhere have been invited to deliver 
ctures on subjects not directly connected with University 
udies. During the year 1026 27, Professor S. Kadhdkrishnan, 
.A., of the Calcutta University, delivered a lecture on *' Civili- 
ition and Science " ; Swami Sharvanand of the Shri Ramkrishna 
shram, Bombay, delivered a couise of seven lectures on the 

Philosophy of the Upanishads " ; Professor Arthur Compton of 
ie Chicago University delivered a course of four lectures on 
Atomic Aichitecture as revealed by X-rays ", " The P.uts of 
hich Atoms are made", " Light Waves and Light Projectiles" 
id " X-rays as a Branch of Optics" ; and Professor Ernest P. 
orrwit/ of Hunter College, New York City, delivered a course of 
5 lectures on "Comparative Philology". 

Military Training. 

Military training is not compulsoiy in the University. 
Indents are encouraged to eniol to the University Training 
orps and the number enrolled during the year 15)2f>-27 was 592. 

Associations in the University. 

The Colleges in the University are scattered over the whole 
" the Bombay Presidency and it is not therefore practicable to 
ive a Central Association or Associations for the benefit of all 
niversity students. Most of the Colleges maintain societies 
: their own. e.g., Debating Union, Literary Society, Historical 
odiety, Sanskrit Society, Dramatic Society and similar associ- 
lions or societies. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Most of the colleges affiliated to the University provide 
:sidential accommodation for a fair proportion of their students, 
he approximate cost of living is Rs. 50 per month. 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The total budget expenditure for the year 1927-28 has been 
itimated to be Rs. 4,34,575-15-0. 



94 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

A Provident Fund has just been started and subscription 
to the Fund at the rate of 6i per cent on the monthly salary 
is obligatory on every whole-time officer, teacher or servant 
appointed after the 31st March 1925 to a substantive appoint- 
ment carrying a monthly salary of Rs. 30 or upwards. The 
University makes a contribution at the rate of b'i per cent on 
the salary of subscriber at the end of each month and compound 
interest at the rate of 5i per cent per annum is allowed on the 
amount standing to the credit of each depositor* On quitting 
the service of the University, a depositor is entitled to draw out 
the whole amount standing to his credit in the Fund, provided 
he has been in the service of the University for at least three 
years and has been permitted to resign his appointment. 

Women's Education. 

Women are admitted to all the affiliated colleges on equal 
terms with men-students. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

Government have constituted an Advisory Committee to 
give information and advice to students who desire to proceed 
abroad for higher study. The Committee has been dissolved on 
the 1st of November 1926 and its functions taken over from that 
ilate by an Information Bureau under the direct control of the 
UnivtMsity. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

Physical training is not at present compulsory in the Univer- 
sity. Hut the Syndicate have, as an experiment, sanctioned a 
tentative scheme for the introduction of compulsory physical 
training in three Arts Colleges in Foona and for the purpose have 
allotted Rs. 7,070. The scheme is working satisfactorily. 
There is provision for outdoor games like cricket, football, 
tennis, hockey, etc., in most of the affiliated Colleges and a 
large number of students take advantage of the facilities offered 
in this respect. 

Inter-Collegiate Sports and Athletic Competitions. 

With a view to popularize all sorts of outdoor games among 
students it was deemed necessary to control and manage Inter- 
Collegiate Sports and Athletic competitions. Having resolved on 
this, the Syndicate have appointed a Sports Board composed of 
members selected from the teaching staffs of different colleges 
and others interested in this activity of the University whose duty 
shall be to organize and manage, on behalf of the University all 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 95 

Inter-Collegiate Sports and Athletic Competition in the City 
of Bombay. The Syndicate have also sanctioned Rs. 2,000 per 
year for two years towards the total estimated expenditure of 
Rs. 3,000 per year. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Examinations 
and Degrees. 

The University offers in Arts, B.A. (Pass and Honours) and 
M.A. degrees, in Science, B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees, in Commerce, 
B.COM. and M,CX)M. degrees, in Teaching, B.T. degree, in Agri- 
culture, Bachelor's and Master's degrees, in Engineering, B.K. and 
M.E. (Civil, Mechanical and Electrical) degrees, in Law, LL.B. 
and LL.M. degrees, and in Medicine the degrees of M.B., B.S., 
M.I)., M.S., Bachelor of Hygiene, Doctor of Hygiene and the 
Diploma in Ophthalmology. 

ADMISSION TO THK UNIVERSITY. 

Admission to a course of study in the University for a 
Bachelor's Degree in Engineering and Medicine is granted only 
to those who have passed the Intermediate Science Examination 
of this University or any other equivalent examination of recog- 
nized Universities in a specified group of subjects. Admission 
to courses of study for other Bachelors' degrees is granted to 
those who have passed the First Year Arts Ceitificate Examina- 
tion in a College affiliated to the University or the Intermediate 
Arts or Science Examination of a recognized University or the 
First Year Certificate Examination of the Mysore University. 
Admission to the courses of study for higher degrees is granted, 
under certain conditions, to graduates of this or of any other re- 
cognized University. 

COURSES OK STUDY AND EXANTINATIONS. 
I. ARTS. 

(/) Intermediate Examination. The course of study for 
this examination extends over two academic years during the 
first of which candidates are examined by Affiliated Colleges in 
English, a Second Language, Mathematics and Elementary 
Physical Science and can only proceed to the Intermediate 
class if they are certified by their Principals to have carried out 
satisfactorily the work appointed by the University for the 
first two terms in Arts. At the Intermediate Examination held 
by the University at the end of the second year, candidates are 
examined in English (three papers of two hours each), a Second 
Language (one paper), Indian History and Administration 
(one paper) and Mathematics or Logic (two papers of three 
hours each). The minimum for a pass is 30 per cent in English 
Composition paper, 30 per cent in the three papers in English 



96 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

taken together, and 30 per cent in each of the other subjects. 
Candidates who obtain 60 per cent in the aggregate are placed 
in the First Class and those who obtain 45 percent, in the Second 
Class. 

(it) H.A. (Pass and Honours). The course of study for 
B.A. (Pass) Examination extends over two academic years 
subsequent to passing the Intermediate Arts Examination and 
that for B.A. (Honours), over the same period. Candidates will 
be examined in (1) English Language and Literature, with 
Composition and (2) one of the following six groups : (a) 
Languages, (it) Mathematics, (<) History and Economics, (//) 
Mental and Moral Philosophy, (e) Physics and Chemistry, and (/) 
Botany and Zoology. 

For the: Pass Examination, \\ papers in Compulsory English 
and two papers in Optional English will be set, two papers in 
each of the Languages, four papers in each of the subjects (/>)i G") 
and (</) and there will be two papers and two practical exami- 
nations in each of the two subjects of groups (e) and (/). The 
minimum for a pass is 80 per cent of the full marks in (V) Com- 
pulsory English and (ii) the Optional group, and 80 per cent in 
each of the other subjects ; in groups (e) and (/'), candidates are 
also required to obtain a minimum of 30 per cent in all the 
practical examinations of the group taken together. 

For the Honours Examination, there will be eight papers in 
English and in Mathematics, seven papers in History and 
Economics and Philosophy, and seven papers in each of the 
Languages. The Honours Examination in groups (e) and(/)is 
identical with the Subsidiary B.SC. Examination in each 
subject of the group. The minimum for a pass is 30 per cent in 
all the papers in Compulsory English taken together and in the 
four optional papers taken together and 40 per cent in all the 
papers of each subject taken together ; in groups 00 and (/"), 
candidates are required to obtain also 30 per cent in the papers 
and 40 per cent in the practical examinations in each subject 
of the group taken together. Candidates who obtain 60 per 
cent in the aggregate in all the Honours papers are placed in the 
First Class, and those obtaining not less than 40 percent, in the 
Second Class. Those obtaining less than 40 per cent are, sub- 
ject to certain conditions, declared to have passed the Pass 
Examination. 

(/'//') Master of Arts (M.A). The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to passing the B.A. Examination. 
A candidate is required to study and be examined in one of the 
following branches : Languages, History, Philosophy, Mathe- 
matics, Ancient Indian Culture. The examination consists of 
eight papers in each subject. A thesis may be offered in lieu of 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 



97 



tfie whole examination in the subject of History and in lieu of 
four papers in the subject of Philosophy. The minimum for a 
pass in Mathematics is either 40 per cent in the aggregate or 
25 per cent in each paper and 37i per cent in the aggregate, and 
in other subjects, it is one-fourth of the full marks in each paper 
and three-eighths in the aggregate. Candidates who obtain 
65 per cent in the aggregate are placed in the First Class and those 
who obtain 50 per cent in the Second Class. 

II. SCIKNCK. 

(/') Intermediate Elimination. The conditions of admission 
to this Examination are similar to those for the Inteimediate 
Examination in Arts and a candidate is lequired to study and 
be examined in one of the following groups of subjects : (<r) 
Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry; (/>) Physics, Chemistry 
and Elementary Biology. The examination consists of two papers 
in Mathematics, and one paper and a practical examination in 
each of the other subjects. For a pass, a candidate must 
obtain 33 per cent of the aggregate in Mathematics, 33 per cent in 
each paper and in each practical examination in other subjects. 
Candidates who obtain (50 percent in the aggregate are placed in 
the First Class and those obtaining 48 per cent in the Second 
Class. 

(//') Bachelor of Science (/?.*V.). The couise extends over 
two years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination 
in Science. Candidates must take up two of the following 
subjects in prescribed combinations: Mathematics, Physics, 
Chemistry, Botany, Geology, Zoology, Animal Physiology, Micro- 
biology and Experimental Psychology. Of the selected subjects, 
one will be a principal subject and the other, subsidiary. At the 
examination, papers are set as follows : 



Subject 


As a subsidiary subject 


Ah a principal subject 


Mathematics 


4 papers of three hours 
each 


Same as for the H.A. 
Honours examination in 
Mathematics 


Physics " . . 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations 


4 papers and 4 practical 
examinations 


Chemistry 


2 papeis and 2 days' 
practical examination 


4 papers and 3 days' 
practical examination 


Botany 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations 


4 papers and 4 practical 
. examinations 



Geology 



I 

. I 2 papers and 2 prartirr 
I examinations 



al 



I papers and 3 practical 
examinations 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Subject 


As a subsidiary subject 


As a principal subject 


Zoology 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations 


4 papers and 4 practical 
examinations 


Animal Physiology 
Micro-biology 


2 papers and 2 practical 
examinations ' 

2 papers. 2 practical and 
an oral examination 


3 papers, 3 practical exa- 
minations and an oral 
examination 

3 papers, 3 practical and 
an oral examination 


Experimental Psychology 


(As a principal subject 
only) 


3 papers and 3 practical 
examinations 



For a pass, candidates must obtain in each subject 33 per 
cent in the papers taken together, and in the practical examina- 
tions taken together, or in Mathematics in all the papers taken 
together. Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent in their 
principal subject and 45 per cent in the subsidiary subject are 
placed in the First Class and those who obtain 48 per cent in the 
principal subject and 40 per cent in the subsidiary subject are 
placed in the Second Class. Successful candidates who obtain 48 
per cent of the marks in the principal and the subsidiary subjects 
taken together are placed in the Second Class if they obtain 45 
per cent in the principal subject, and those who obtain 60 per 
cent of the total marks in the principal and subsidiary subjects 
taken together are placed in the First Class, if they obtain 55 per 
cent in the principal subject. A candidate who secures 66 per 
cent in his principal subject is declared to have passed with 
distinction. 

(/'//') Master of Scitticf (Af.Sc.\ Bachelors of Science of 
this or of certain other recognized Universities are admitted to 
the course of study for M.SC. Degree extending over two years. 
Candidates must offer one of the following branches : Mathe- 
matics, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology and Geology. 

The M.SC. Degree may be taken by research alone or by 
written examination and practical (except in Mathematics) or by 
research and examination combined. A candidate may submit 
a thesis which may be accepted in lieu of the whole or a part of 
the examination. 

The examination in Mathematics is the same as at the M.A. 
Examination. There will be five papers and four practical 
examinations in Physics, four papers and at least four days' 
practical examination in Chemistry, and three papers and at 
least three days' practical examination in each of the subjects, 
Botany, Zoology and Geology. 



BOMBAY UNIVERSITY 99 

Successful candidates will be divided into those who pass 
and those who pass with distinction, 

III. COMMKKCK. 

(/') Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two academic years subsequent to passing the Matriculation 
Examination, at the end of .the first of which candidates are 
examined by Colleges in the subjects prescribed by the University 
for the first two terms in Arts(< ( /</V Arts, Intermediate Examina- 
tion). Candidates will be examined in English (one paper), 
Elements of Economics (two papers), Economic Geography (one 
paper), Accounting (one paper) and Administration (one paper). 
For a pass, candidates must obtain 40 per cent- in each subject. 

Successful candidates who obtain b'O per cent in the aggre- 
gate are placed in the First Class and those who obtain 50 per 
cent in the Second Class. 

(//) Hachclor of Commerce (tf.(\H.). The course extends 
over two years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examina- 
tion in Commerce of this University. Candidates will be 
examined in (1) English (one paper and an oral examination), 
(2) Business Organization (.one paper), (3) Mercantile and Indus- 
trial Law (one paper), (4) Trade and Statistics (one paper), 
(5) Indian Currency and Hanking (one paper), (6) Modern Eco- 
nomic Development, and (7) one of the following special subjects 
(three papers) : Advanced Accounting and Auditing, Advanced 
Banking, Actuarial Science, The Organization of the Indian 
Cotton Industry, Economics of Transport. 

The minima for pass and class are the same as for the 
Intermediate Examination. 

(*//') Master of Commerce ( J/.Yw/.). Bachelors of Commerce 
of this University only who are of at least two years' standing 
are allowed admission to the examination for the M.CoM. Degree. 
The examination comprises two parts : Part I a thesis on a 
problem relating to Indian Commerce, Finance, or Transport ; 
Part II a wiitten examination in four subjects selected from the 
following: (1) Economics of Agriculture with special reference to 
India, (2) The Organization of Industries of India, (3) Corporation 
Finance, (4) The Organization of Markets, (5) Foreign Exchanges, 
and (6) International Banking. Exemption from the whole or a 
part of the written examination is granted under conditions. 

One paper will be set in each of the subjects of the written 
examination. The minimum for a pass is 80 per cent in each 
paper and 40 per cent in the aggregate. 

IV. TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Teaching. Graduates of this or of any other 
recognized University who have either kept two terms in a 



100 HANDHOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

recognised Training College and thereafter served for at least 
one year on the staff of a recognized High School or served for 
at least 3 years in a recognized High School which makes pro- 
vision for the training of its staff, are admitted to the Examination 
for B.T. Degree, The examination is held in two parts : Part 
I Written Examination, and Part II Practical Examination. 

Part I of the Examination consists of written papers in the 
following subjects : The Science of Education (two papers), the 
History of Education (two papers), and the Practice of Education 
(three papers). 

In Paxt II of the Examination, candidates will be tested as 
to their practical skill in class management and class teaching. 
Each candidate will be required to give lessons in two special 
subjects selected by him for Part I. 

A candidate for Part I must obtain, in order to pass, 40 per 
cent in each subject and a candidate for Part H must obtain at 
least 50 per cent in the aggregate. Those who obtain 60 per 
cent of the total marks in both parts taken together are placed 
in the First Class. 

V. ACKICUl/rURK. 

(/; Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two academic years after passing the Matriculation P'xanip 
nation except in the case of Bachelors of Science of this Uni- 
versity with Chemistry and Botany, who will be excused this 
Examination. Candidates will be examined in (1) Agriculture 
(two papers and a practical examination), (2) Chemistry (two papers 
and a practical examination), (3) Botany (one paper and a 
practical examination), and (4) Mathematics and Elementary 
Physics (one paper and a practical examination). The minimum 
for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate and 33 per cent in each 
paper and in the practical examinations. Candidates who secure 
60 per cent of the aggregate will be placed in the First Class. 

(//) Bachelor of Agriculture. The course extends over two 
years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination in 
Agriculture, or subsequent to passing the B.Sc. Examination of 
this University with Chemistry and Botany. Candidates will 
be examined in the following subjects : (1) Agriculture (4 
papers and two practical examinations), (2) Chemistry of 
Agriculture (one paper and a practical examination), (3) Agri- 
cultural Botany and Horticulture (one paper and a practical 
examination), (4) Plant Pathology (one paper and a practical 
examination), (5) Agricultural Engineering (one paper and a 
practical examination), and one of the following special subjects 
(one paper and a practical examination) : (</) Intensive Study of 
Certain Crops, (l>) Advanced Plant Breeding, (c) Advanced 
Agricultural Chemistry, (</) Advanced VnimaJ Husbandry and 



UNIVKkStTV 101 

Dairying, (r) Advanced Agricultural Economics, (f) Advanced 
Horticulture, and (#) Advanced Plant Pathology. 

In oicler to pass, candidates must obtain 45 per cent in the 
aggregate, 40 per cent in Agriculture and the Optional subjects, 
and 33 per cent in the remaining subjects. These percentages 
must be obtained separately in the theoretical and practical 
tests in each subject. Tl\ose who obtain f>B pei cent of the 
aggregate are placed in* the First Class. 

(///) Master of Agriculture. Kach candidate for this Degree 
must be a Graduate or a Licentiate in Agriculture of this Univer- 
sity of not less than 3 years' standing and must have been engaged 
in the practice of Agriculture or work or research in connection 
with Agriculture for a period of at least 3 years after receiving 
the Degree of Bachelor or Licentiate in Agriculture. Kach 
candidate must submit a report of woik or research of original 
character in the Agricultural Field subsequent to his graduation 
and must, if the examiners so desire, submit himself to an oral 
examination. 

VI. KNCJINKKKING. 

A candidate for the B.E. Degree must have passed the 
Intermediate Examination in Science of this or of any other 
recognized University in the group of Mathematics, Physics and 
Chemistry, or he must have passed the Intermediate Arts 
Examination with Mathematics as the Optional subject and the 
H.A. Examination with Physics and Chemistry as the Optional 
group. Candidates will be required to pass three examinations : 
The First Examination in Engineering; the Second Examination 
in Engineering (Civil or Mechanical) : and the H.E. Degree 
Examination (Civil or Mechanical). 

(/') The First Examination in Engineering. The course of study 
extends over one year and includes Mathematics, Physics, Chemis- 
try, Mechanics, Building Materials and Construction, Prime 
Movers, Surveying, Drawing and Workshop Practice. Candidates 
will be examined in all subjects except Physics, Chemistry and 
Workshop Practice. One paper will be set in each of the 
subjects of examination. The minimum for a pass is 45 per cent 
of the aggregate, 33 per cent in Mathematics, and 40 per cent in 
each of the other subjects. Successful candidates who obtain 
60 per cent in the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(//) 7Vi Second Examination in Engineering, {Civil and 
Mechanical) : 

Or) Civil. The course of study for this examination covers 
one year after passing the F.E. Examination and candidates 
will be required to study- and be examined in Applied Mechanics, 
Calculus, Prime Movers, Building Construction, Roads, Rail- 
ways and Bridges, Surveying and Drawing. They must also 



102 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVEKSITIKS 

complete a preset ibed course in Workshop Practice. One paper 
will be set on each of the subjects of examination except 
Drawing, the examination in which consists of Practical, Oral 
and Sketching. In Prime Movers and Surveying, there will also 
be a practical examination. In order to pass, a candidate must 
obtain 40 pei cent in each subject (in the written and practical 
examinations separately), and 45 per cent in the aggregate. 
Those who obtain 60 percent in the aggfegate are placed in the 
First Class. 

(/>) Mechanical. The duration of the couise of study 'for 
this examination is one year after passing the F.E. Examination. 
Candidates will be examined in Applied Mechanics, Calculus, 
Prime Movers, Electrical Engineering, Drawing and Workshop 
Practice. The Examination in Drawing comprises Practical, Oral 
and Sketching and there will be a Practical Examination in 
Workshop Practice. One paper will be set in each of the other 
subjects and there will be a Practical Examination in Prime 
Movers. The minima for pass and class are the same as for 
the S.E. (Civil) Examination. 

(///) /V. K. Decree Kxawinatiun {Civil and Mechanical) \ 

(a) Ciril. Candidates who have passed the S.E. (Civil) Ex- 
amination of this University and (kept at least two terms in a 
recogni/ed School or College in Civil Engineering) are admitted 
to the B.E. (Civil) Examination. During the two terms, they 
are requited to study the following subjects: Applied Mechanics, 
Geology, Hydraulics and Irrigation, Water-supply and Sanitary 
Engineering, Estimating, Drawing, Electrical Engineering. 
At the examination, one paper will be set in each of the subjects 
except Drawing, the examination in which consists of Practical, 
Sketching and Oral. There will also be a Practical Examination 
in Geology. Candidates are further required to obtain a certi- 
ficate in Estimating. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 45 per cent in the 
aggregate and 40 per cent separately in the written, practical 
or oral examination in each subject. Successful candidates who 
secure 66 per cent of the aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

(/>) Mechanical. The conditions of admission to this 
examination are the same as for U.E. (Civil) Examination 
except that candidates should have passed the S.E. (Mechanical) 
Examination. Candidates are required to study and be examined 
in the following subjects : Applied Mechanics (one paper), 
Prime Movers (two papers), Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery 
(one paper), Electrical P^ngineering (one paper), Drawing 
(Practical, Sketching <md Oral), Workshop Appliances and 
Practice (one paper and a Practical Examination). The minima for 
pass and class are similar to those ior B.E. (Civil) Examination. 



UNIVERSITY 10r> 

(/?) Master of Etigi nee ting (OV 1 //, Afet/ianica? or Electrical}. 
The examination for this Degree is open to Licentiates or 
Bachelors of Engineering of this or of any other lecognized 
University, who have practised as Civil, Mechanical or Electri- 
cal Engineers for at least three years after receiving their Degree. 
The Degree may be obtained in two ways: (/) by submitting, 
with due authentication, a report of Engineering work done by 
the candidate, or (//) by t submitting himself to an examination in 
one of the following subjects : (1) Building Materials and 
Construction and Structural Engineering, (2) Bridges and Rail- 
wa^s, (3) Hydraulics and Irrigation, (4) Municipal Engineering 
and Town Planning, (5) Steam Engine and Tuibine, Construction 
and Design, (6) Internal Combustion Engine, Constiuction and 
Design, (7) Machine Tools, Construction and Design, (8) 
Hydraulic Machinery, Construction and Design, (9) Generation, 
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy, ( 10) Electrical 
Tower and Lighting, (11) Design of Electrical Machineiy, 
Apparatus and Instruments, or any other branch of Engineering 
approved by the Board of Studies. 

VII. LAW. 

(/') Bachelor of Laws (//.#.). The course of study is open 
to Bachelors of Arts or Science of this or any other recognized 
University, and extends over two academic years. Candidates 
will be required to pass two examinations: The First LL.B. 
Examination held at the end of the first year, and the Second 
LL.B. Examination held at the end of the second year. 

For the First Examination, candidates are required to study 
and be examined in the following subjects: Roman Law, 
Jurisprudence, Constitutional Law, the Law of Contracts and 
Torts, the Law of Crimes and Criminal Procedure Code. One 
paper will be set in each of these subjects. 

For the Second LL.B. Examination, candidates must study 
and be examined in the following subjects: (l) Succession and 
Family Rights, with special reference to Hindu and Muhammadan 
Law, (2) The Law of Property (including the Law of Transfer), 
the Law of Easements and the following Land Tenures: Ryotwari, 
Watans, Saranjams and Inams, (8) Equity, with special reference 
to the Law of Trusts and Specific Relief, (4) The Law of 
Evidence, Civil Procedure and Limitation, and (5) Company Law 
and the Law of Insolvency. One paper will be set in each of 
these subjects. 

In order to pass either of the examinations, a candidate 
must obtain one-third of the full marks in each paper and one- 
half of the aggregate. Candidates who obtain two-thirds of the 
total marks obtainable will be placed in the First Division. 



104 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(it) Master of Laws (LL.M.). Admission to the courses of 
study for this Degree is granted to Law Graduates of this or of 
certain other recogni/ed Univeisities and the course extends 
over two academic years. Candidates are required to study and 
be examined in any one of the following four blanches: 

Branch I .. Jurisprudence, Roman Law, International 

Law (Public), International Law (Private), 
Principles of Legislation, and Constitutional 
Law (British and Indian). 

Branch II .. Hindu Law, Muhammadan Law, the Law of 

Wills, the Law of Marriage and Succession 
in British India. 

Branch III . . Real Property, Principles of Equity with 

special reference to the Law of Trusts and 
Specific Relief, the Law of Easements and 
Prescription, and Customary and Statute 
Law relating to Land Tenure in British 
India. 

Branch IV .. The Law of Contracts in General, the Law 
of Agency, Partnerships and Companies 
Mercantile Law, Maritime Law, the Law of 
Torts, and the Law of ('rimes. 

The examination in each branch consists of six papers, 
To pass the examination, candidates must obtain 50 per cent in 
each of the papers. Those who obtain 6*6* per cent of the 
aggregate are placed in the First Class. 

VIII. MRDiriNK. 

(/) Degrees of Bachelor of Medicine anil Bachelor of Surgery 
(J/./f., /AS) For admission to a course of study for these 
Degrees, a candidate must have passed the Preliminary Scientific 
Examination formerly held by this University or the Intermediate 
Examination in Science of this University in the group of 
Physics, Chemistry and Biology or an equivalent examination of 
any other recognized University. Candidates for these degrees 
are required to pass two examinations: (/) The Intermediate 
Examination, (//') the Final Examination, Part I and Part II. 

(<*) The Intermediate Examination . Before presenting themsel- 
ves for this examination, candidates must have attended complete 
courses in (/) Human Anatomy and Human Physiology, (/'/) Ana- 
tomy, including Embryology, (Hi) Physiology, (/>) Applied Organic 
Chemistry, and (?') Physics. They will be examined in Anatomy, 
Descriptive and Practical, and Physiology and Chemical and 
Experimental Physiology. The examination consists of two 
written papers and a Practical Examination in each subject. 
For a pass, a candidate must obtain in each subject 50 per cent 



BOMBAY UNIVKUSITV 105 

in the practical test and oO per cent in the written and practical 
tests put together. Those who obtain 66 per cent in the aggre- 
gate are placed in the First Class. 

(/) The font! R\amt nation (Part I and Pan //). 

Patt /. The course of study for Part I of the Final M.B., 
B.S. Kxamination extends over five terms after passing the 
Intermediate Examinatio'n, and includes lectures and practical 
work in Pathology, Bacteriology, Forensic Medicine, Hygiene 
and .Public Health, Materia Medica, Pharmacology and Piactical 
Pharmacy. Candidates must also have undergone prescribed 
practice in tecognized Hospitals. 

Candidates will be examined in the following subjects : 
General Pathology and Bacteriology, Hygiene, Medical Juris- 
prudence, , Materia Medica and Pharmacology. The exami- 
nation consists of one written paper and one practical or oial 
examination in each subject. The passing standard is the same 
as at the Intermediate Kxamination. 

Part f[. The course of study foi Part II of the Final 
M.B., B.S. Examination extends over four terms after passing 
in the whole of Part J of the Examination and nine terms after 
passing the Intermediate Examination. Before presenting him- 
self for this examination, each candidate must have attended 
the courses in Medicine including Diseases of Children, Surgery 
and Surgical Pathology including Surgical Diseases of Children, 
Midwifery and Diseases of Women, Ophthalmology, Mental 
Diseases, and Applied Physics. He must also have received 
systematic and clinical instruction in Diseases of the Ear, Nose 
and Throat, Diseases of the Skin, Radiology, Dentistry, Tuber- 
culosis, Venereal Diseases and Anaesthetics. He must further 
have attended the prescribed Hospital Practice. 

Candidates will be examined in (/) the Principles and Piac- 
tice of Medicine and Therapeutics, including Mental Diseases, 
Skin Diseases and Anatomy and Physiology as applied to 
Medicine, (/'/) the Principles and Practice of Surgery, including 
Ophthalmology, Diseases of the Far, Nose and Throat, and 
Anatomy and Physiology as applied to Surgery, and(///j Midwifery 
and Gynaecology. 

The examination* consists ot two written papeis, an oral 
and practical and a clinical examination in each subject. For 
a pass, a candidate must obtain 50 per cent in the aggregate, 50 
per cent in the Clinical Examination, and 40 per cent in the 
Written and Oral and Practical Examinations. Those who obtain 
66 per cent of the aggregate in Parts I and II together are 
placed in the First Class. 



106 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKRSITIKS 

(it) Degree of Hachelor of Hygiene. Candidates who have 
passed not less than a year previously the M.B., B.S. Examin- 
ation of this or of any other recognized University, or who have 
taken the Degree of L.M. & 8. of this University only, are 
admitted to this examination provided they have (</) attended 
courses of practical laboratory instruction in Chemistry, Bacte- 
riology, Animal Parasitology and the Pathology of those diseases 
of animals that are transferable (o man ; (/>) been diligently 
engaged in acquiring a practical knowledge of the. duties of Pub- 
lic Health and Administration under the supervision of^ an 
approved Health Officer, and (V) attended practice in a Hospital 
for infectious diseases. 

The examination is held in two parts both of which may be 
passed at the same time or separately. Part I will have reference 
to the general principles of Sanitary Science and consists of two 
papers and a practical examination in the laboratory work and 
a 7vVw Tih'c Kxnminntion. Part II will have refeience to State 
Medicine and Applications of Pathology and Sanitary Science 
and consists of two papers and a practical examination in and 
reporting on subjects connected with Out-Door Sanitary work 
and a vim vote Kxami nation. 

Soon after the conclusion of the examination, the Exam- 
iners will repoit whether the candidates have passed or failed. 

(///) Degree of Doctor of Medicine (J/./O. The exami- 
nation for this Degree is open to Bachelors of Medicine and 
Bachelors of Surgery of this or of any other recognized Univer- 
sity and to Licentiates of Medicines and Surgery of this Uni- 
versity only, who have been engaged in continuous practice of 
the Medical profession for at least five years one of which must 
be spent in the post-graduate study of the praticular branch in 
which he offers the examination, at a recognized Hospital 
or Institute. The period may be reduced under special condi- 
tions. 

Candidates will be examined in one of the following 
Branches: Branch I comprising (a) Medicine, including Men- 
tal Diseases and Medical Applied Anatomy (one paper), (6) 
Tropical Medicine (one paper), (r) Pathology including Bac- 
teriology (one paper), (//) an essay on one of the two subjects in 
Medicine (one paper); Branch II Pathology comprising (a) 
Pathology including Bacteriology (two papers), (/>) Medicine 
(one paper), (/) an essay on one of the two subjects in Pathology 
including Bacteriology (one paper), (//) a laboratory examina- 
tion including an oral, a practical and a post mortem examina- 
tion ; Branch III comprising (</) Midwifery including the 
Surgical Anatomy of the Pelvis (one paper), (/>) Diseases of 
Women and Children, including Antenatal Diseases (one paper), 



BOMBAY UxivKkstrv 107 



GO one paper in Pathology including Bacteriology, d/) an essay 
on one of the two subjects in Midwifery and Diseases of Women, 
(?) a clinical, an oral and a practical examination. A candidate 
may submit a thesis embodying the ?esults of his own indepen- 
dent research in the branch in which he appeals. The thesis may 
exempt him from a part or the whole of the written exami- 
nation only. 

The Examiners will report whethei the candidates have failed 
or passed or passed with distinction. 

(/>') Degtei of Master of Surgery. The conditions of ad- 
mission to this examination are the same as for the M.D. Exami- 
nation. Candidates will be examined in Surgery (two papers), 
'Pathology including Bacteriology and Surgical Anatomy (one 
paper), an essay on one of the two subjects in Surgery (one paper). 
There will also be a Clinical examination with operations on the 
cadaver, and an oral and practical examination with examination 
of pathological specimens and X-rays Skiagrams. The Examiners 
will report whether a candidate has passed or failed or has 
passed with distinction. 

A thesis may be submitted on the same conditions as at the 
M.D. Examination. 

(?') Degree of Doctor of Hygiene. The examination for this 
Degree is open to candidates who have passed at least two 
years previously the examination for the Degree of Bachelor of 
Hygiene of this University or an equivalent examination of any 
other recognized University. Further each candidate must have 
attended outdoor and indoor work of a Medical Officer of Health 
for one year under the supervision of an approved Health Officer. 

The examination is conducted as follows : (/) Public 
Health three papers and a Practical and an Oral Examination ; 
(/'/) Sanitary Laws of England and India one paper and an 
oral examination. The scope of this examination is fuller than 
that of the Degree of Bachelor of Hygiene, and candidates 
must show competent knowledge of Sanitary Science in all its 
branches. 

The Examiners will report whether a candidate has passed 
with distinction or passed or failed. 

(77) Diploma in Ophthalmology. The examination for this 
Diploma is open to Graduates in Medicine and Surgery of this or 
of any other recognized University who have been engaged for 
at least one year in the Post-Graduate Study of Ophthalmology at 
a recognized Hospital OF Institution. Farther, candidates 
must produce certificates of having attended (a) the Clinical 
Practice of a recognized Ophthalmic Hospital for at least 12 
months, and (b) courses of study in Optics, Anatomy, Physiology 



108 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN ITNIVKRSITIKS 

of the Kye, Pathology, Bacteriology and Ophthalmic Operative 
Surgery. 

The examination is partly written and partly nra voc(* 
Theie will be four papers in the written examination. The 
Kxaminers will report whether candidates have failed or passed. 

Fees for Admission to Examinations. 

Rs. 

Intermediate Kxami nation in Arts and Commerce . . 25 

[nteirnediato Examination in Science, Agriculture . ." 30 

B. A. Honours Examination .. .. .. ..50 

H.A. Pass Examination . . . . . . 40 

M.A. Examination . . . . . . . . 75 

H. COM. Examination .. .. .. .. ..50 

M. COM. Examination .. .. .. .. .. 100 

B.T. Examination (either part) . . . . 15 

B Sr. Examination (Principal Subjects) . . . . 40 

B.Sr. Examination (Subsidiary Subjects). . . . 25 

H.Sr. Examination (Principal and Subsidiary Subjects) . . 50 

M.SC. Examination . . . . . . . . . . 100 

H.Ac;. Examination (Subjects UJ & IV) .. .. ..25 

B.Acs. Examination (Subjects other than III & IV) . . 40 

B.Ac;. Examination (whole examination* . . . . 50 

M.Ag. Examination ., .. .. .. .. 100 

Eirst Examination in Engineering . . . . 30 

Second Examination in Engineering (Civil and Mechanical) 30 

B.E. Examination (Civil and Mechanical) . . 50 

M.E. Examination . . . . . . . . . . 100 

First LL.B. Examination .. .. .. ..30 

Second LL.B. Examination . . . . . . 50 

L1.M. Examination . . . . . . . . . . 150 

Intermediate M.B., B.S. Examination . . . . ... 30 

Final M.B., U.S. Examination (Part I.) . . . . . . 30 

Final M.B., B.S. Examination (Part'll) .. .. ..30 

H.HV. Examination (whole 01 part) . . . . 75 

M 1). Examination .. .. .. .. ..200 

M.S. Examination . . . . . . . . . . 200 

D.HV. Examination .. .. .. .. ..200 

Examination lor a Diploma in Ophthalmology .. .. 200 



Calcutta University. 



Introductory (Historical) and Character of the University. 

In July 1854, the Court of Directors sent out a Despatch 
to jihe Governor-General of India in Council, directing the 
organization of Universities of Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. 
In pursuance of that Despatch, in January 18-37, the University 
of Calcutta was founded. As regards its constitution, the 
'University adopted, in the liist instance, the form, government 
and i emulations of the University of London, and gradually, 
as necessity arose, changed and adapted them to the require- 
ments of its own students. 

The University of Calcutta was incorporated l>y an Act 
of the Legislative Council (Act No. II of 1857' for the purpose 
of ascertaining by means of examination the persons who have 
acquired proficiency in the different branches of Liteiaturc, 
Science and Art, and of rewarding them by academical degrees. 

A supplementary Act was passed in I860 (Act No. XLVll 
of 1860) giving the power of conferring Degrees other than 
those provided for in the former Act. 

An additional Act was passed in 1884 (to amend Act 
No. XXI of 1875, which authorized the University of Calcutta 
to grant University Degrees) giving the University the power 
of conferring the Degrees of Doctor in the Faculty of Law upon 
any person, on the ground of his eminent position and attain- 
ments, without requiring him to undergo any examination. 
The first honorary Degree of D.L. granted by the University 
was conferred upon His Majesty the King-Emperor Late Edward 
VII (then H.R.H. the Prince of Wales) at a convocation held on 
3rd January 1875. 

In January 1902, His Excellency the Governor-General 
of India in Council appointed a Commission "to inquire into the 
condition and prospects of the Universities established in British 
India ; to consider and report upon any proposals which have 
been, or may be, made for improving their constitution and 
working, and to recommend to the Governor-General in Council 
such measures as may tend to elevate the standard of University 
teaching, and to promote the advancement of Learning." 
The Commission submitted their Report on the Oth of June 
1902. An Act amending the Law relating to the Universities 
in British India (Act VIII of 1904), passed by the Governor- 
General of India in Council, received the assent of the 



110 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Governor-General on the 24th of March 1904, and it came into 
force on the 1st of September 1904. Act VIII of 1904 was 
amended by Act II of 1905, Act XI of 1911 and Act No. VII of 
1921. Under Act II of 1857, the University was only an examin- 
ing body. Under Section 3 of Act VI II of 1904, the University 
has been empowered to make " provision for the instruction of 
students, to appoint University Professors and Lecturers, to 
hold and manage educational endowments, to erect, equip 
and maintain University Libraries, Laboratories and Museums, 
to make regulations relating to the residence and conduct of 
students, and to do all acts consistent with the Act of Incorpo- 
ration to this Art, which tend to the promotion of study and 
research." 

Officers ami Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency the Right Hon'ble Colonel Sir Francis 
Stanley Jackson, I'.C., (J.C.LK. 

VlCK-CllANCKLLOK. 
Jadunath Sarkar, Esq., M.A., C.I.K. 

KKC.ISTRAR.. 
Rai Jnanchandra Ghosh, Bahadur, M.A. 

DKANS. 
Arts Prof. Jnanranjan Banerjea, M.A., ]i L. 

Science .. Sir Praphulla Chandra Ray, Kt., C.I.E., 

D.SC., Ph.D., F.C.S., F.A.S.H. 

Law .. Sir Devaprasad Sarvddhikary, Kt., c.I.K., 

C.B.K.. M.A., LL.I). 

Medicine .. Kedarnath Das, Esq., C.I.K. ,M.D. 

Engineering .. T. H. Richardson, Esq., M.A., H.A.I., 

M.LC.K. (Ireland.), M.I.K. (Ind.). 

University Professors. 

PHILOSOPHY. 

Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan, M.A., King George Professor. 
Iliralal Haldar, M.A., Ph.D. 
Jnanranjan Banerjea, M.A., K.L. 
W. S. Urquhart, M.A., D.Litt. 

ENGLISH. 

Jaygopal Banerjee, M.A. 
Herambachandra Maitra, M.A. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 111 

ECONOMICS. 

Pramathanath Banerjea, M.A.. D.Sc. (London), M.L.C., 

Bar.-at-Law, Minto Professor. 
Satischandra Roy, M.A. 

INDIAN LANGUAGES. 

Dineshchandra S^n, R*ai Bahadur, P>.A., D.Litt. 
Bcnimadhab Baru.i, M.A,, D.Litt. (Lund.). 
Irach Jahangir Sorabjee Taraporewala, K.A., Ph.D. (Berlin). 
Sunitikumar Chatterjee, M.A., D.Litt. (Lond.), Khaira 
Professor. 

MATHEMATICS. 

Ganesh Prasad, M.A., D.SC., Hardinge Professor. 
Nikhilranjan Sen, D.Sc., (ihosli Professor. 
Syamadas Mookerjee, M.A., I'li.D. 

INDIAN HISTORY. 

Devadatta Ramkrishna Bhandarkai, M.A., Ph.D., Cartni- 
l > rofessor, 



FINK ARTS. 

Abanindranath Tagore, c.t.K., D.Lilt., Bageswari Professor. 
PHYSICS. 

Chandrasekhara Vcnkata Raman, M.A., D.Sc., F.K.S., 

Pal it Professor. 
Debciidramohan Bose, M.A., H.sc., Ph.D. (Beilin), Ohosh 

Professor. 
Phanindranath Crhosh, M.A., rh.D., Sc.D. (Padua), (iho.sli 

Professor. 
Sisirkumar Mitra, D.Sc., Sc.D. (Paris), Khaira Professor. 

CHKMISTKY. 

Sir Praphulla Chandra Ray, Kt., c\l.E., D.SC, (London), 

Ph.D., F.C'.S., Palit Professor. 
Praphullachandra Milter, M.A., Ph.D. (Berlin), Ghosh 

Professor. 

Hemendrakumar Sen, D.Sc. (Lond.), Ghosh Professor. 
Jnanendranath Mookerjee, D.Sc. (Lond.), Khaira Professor. 
BOTANY AND AGRICULTURE. 



Shankar Purushottam Aghaikar, M.A,, Ph.D. 

Ghosh Professor. 
Nagendranath Ganguli, 13. Sc. (Illinois), Ph.D. ( London h 

Khaira Professor. 



112 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



English 



Sanskrit 



Pali 



Prof. 

Mr. 
B.I.. ; 

Mr. 



ZOOLOUV. 

BasanUkumar Das, l),Sc, 
POST-GRADI Y ATK TEACHERS, 

, . Prof, Jaygopal Banerjee, M.A,; Mr, 
Srikumar Bancrjee, M.A.; Mr. Mohini- 
mohan Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; Mr. 
Nalinimohan Chatterjee, M.A. ; Dr. 
Sunitikumar Chatterjee, M.A., D.I.itt. ; 
Mr. Panchanan Ganguli, M.A.; 'Mr. 
Jyotibhchandra Ghosh, M.A., B.l.itt. ; 
Mr. Prafulla Chandra Ghosh, M.A. ; Mr. 
Rajamkanta Guha, M.A.; 
Herambachandra Maitia, M.A. 
Ramaprasad Mookerjee, M.A., 
Mr. K. C. Mookerjee, M.A. ; 
Kumudl>andhu Kay, M.A.; Mr. Suhas- 
chandra Kay, M.A. ; Mr. Ainiya- 
kumar Sen, M.A. ; Mr. Priyaranjan 
Sen,M .A.; Mr. Bijaygopal Mookcrjee ; 
Mr. Kabindranarain (ihosh, M.A. 

. . Mr. Muralydhar Banerjee, M.A. , 
Prof. I). R. Bhandaikar, M.A., I'h.D. : 
Pandit Kokileswar Bhattacharya, 
M.A. ; Dr. Niranjanprasad Chakra- 
varti, M.A., I'h.D.; Dr. Pra- 
bhatchandra Chakravarti, M.A., 
1'h.D.: Mr. Satkan Mookerjec, 
Mr. Debendrajvath Kay, M.A. 
Hemchandra Kaichaudhuri, 
I'h.l).; Dr. S. K. Chatterjee, 
P.Litt. ; Pandit Sakalnarain Sarma ; 
Vedantavisarad N. S. Anantha- 
krishna Sastri ; Dr. Benimadhab 
Kama, M. A., D.Litt. ; Pandit Sitaram 
; Pandit Hargovind Das Seth ; 
I. J. S. Taraporewala, 15. A., 
Mahamahopadhyaya (]uru- 
Tarkadarsantirtha ; Mahamaho- 
padhyaya Krishnacharan Tarkalan- 
kar ; Pandit Amareswar Thakur, 
M.A.; Mr. Kshitischandra Chatterjee, 
M.A. 

Dr Benimadhab Barua, M.A., D.i.itt.; 
Prof. I). R. Bhandarkar, M.A., Ph.D.; 
Prof. Nalinaksha Datta, M.A. ; Mr. 
Gokuldas De, M.A. ; Mr. R. Kimura ; 



M.A. ; 

; Dr. 
M.A , 
M.A., 



Sastri 
Prof. 
Ph.D. ; 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



113 



Mr. Sailendranath Mitra, M.A.; Mr, 
SamanaPurnananda; Pandit Amareswar 
Thakur, M.A. ; Dr. S. K. Chatterjee, 
M.A., D.Litt.; Mr. Hirendralal 
Sengupta. 

Comparative Philology. . Prof. I. J. S. Tara.porewala, is. A., 

Ph.D. ; Mr. Kshitischandra Chatterjee, 
M.A. 



Ind'an Vernaculars 



Philosophy . . 



Rai Bahadur Prof. Dineschandra Sen, 
B.A., D.Litt. (RanUanku Lahiri Research 
Fellow) ; Mr. Basantaranjan Ray ; 
Mr. Ambikanath Borah, M.A. ; Mr. 
B. C. Majuindar, W.A. ; Prot. 1. J. 
S. Tarapotewala, I'. A., Ph.D. ; Mr. 
B. R. Rau, M.A.; Vedantavisarad N. 
S. Ananthakrishna Sastri ; Mr. Poona 
Appaji Rao, H.Sc.; Rao Bahadur 
L. K. Ananthakrishna lyei, I*. A., I..T.; 
Pandit Khuddhi Jha (Banalle Sii- 
nagar Lecturer in Maithili); Mr. 
Muralydhar Banerjee, " M.A.; Mr. 
Sailendranath Mitia, M.A. : Mr. Aga 
Md. Kazim Shaiazi ; Mr. Syamaprasad 
Mookerjee, M.A., H.L.; Mr. Nalinimohan 
Sanyal, M.A. ; Dr. S. K. Chatterjee ; 
Mr. Binayak Misra ; Pandit Sitaram 
Sastri; Pandit Hargovind Das Seth ; 
Mr. Priyaranjan Sen ; Pandit Sakal- 
narain Sarina. 

Prof. Janaranjan Banerjee, M.A., IJ.L. ; 
Mr. Kokileswar lihattacharya, M.A. ; 
Mr. Krishnachandra Bhattacharya, 
M.A. ; Mr. Satischandra Chatterjee, 
M.A. ; Mr. Sarojkumar Das, M.A. ; Mr. 
Bipinbehari De, M.A. ; Dr. Surendra- 
nath Das Gupta, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. 
Susilkumar Maitra ; Dr. Abhaykumar 
(iuha, M.A., Ph.D. ; Prof. Hiralal 
Haldar, M.A., Ph.D. ; Dr. P. G. Bridge, 
D.D. ; Mr. Haripada Maiti, 
Mr. Khagendranath Mitra, 
Dr. Adityanath Mookerjee, 
Ph.D. ; Mr. K. C. Mookerjee, 
Prof. S. Radhakrishnari, M.A. ; 



M.A., 

M.A. 

M.A. 

M.A. 

M.A. 

Dr. 

Rev. 



N. N. Sengupta, 
VV. S. Urquhart, 



M.A., Ph.D.; 
M.A., D.Litt. 

F 



114 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Experimental Psycho- 
logy 



History 



Anthropology 



Mr. Manmathanath Banerjee, M.Sc, ; 
Mr. Girindrasekhar JBose, D.Sc., M.D. ; 
Mr. B, CV Ghosh, M.A., M.B. ; Mr, 
Haripada Maiti. M.A. ; Mr. Suhrit- 
chandra Mitra, M.A. ; Mr. Gopeswar 
Pal, M.Sc. ; Dr. N. N. Sengupta, 
M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. Mohanlal Ganguly, 
M.A. 

Dr. Gauranganath Banerjee, M.A., 
Ph.D. ; Mr. Indubhushan Bane*jee, 
M.A. ; Mr. Krishnadhan Banerjee, 
M.A.; Mr. Pramathanath Banerjee, 
M.A., B.L. ; Mr. Mrinalkanti Bose, 
M.A. ; Mr. Tripurari Chakravarti, 
M.A. ; Mr. Subimalchandra Datta ; Mr. 
A.C. Dutt, M.A., B.C.L. ; Mr. S. Khuda 
Buksh, M.A., B.C.L. ; Mr. Satischan- 
dra Chakravarti, A.B. ; Dr. Surendra- 
nath Sen, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. K. 
Zachariah, B.A. ; Mr. Prabodh- 
chandra Bagchi, M.A. ; Mr. Narayan- 
chandra Banerjee, M.A. ; Mr. Jilendra- 
nath Banerjee, M.A. ; Dr. Benimadhab 
Barua, M.A., D.Litt. ; Prof. D. R. 
Bhandarkar, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. Haran- 
chandra Chakldar, M.A. ; Mr. Susho- 
vanchandra Sarkar ; Mr. Abinaschandra 
Das, M.A., Ph.D.; Dr. Nalinaksha 
Datta, M.A. ; Dr. Stella Kramrisch, 
Ph.D. ; Rao Bahadur L. K. Anantha- 
krishna Iyer, B.A., L.T. ; Mr. R. 
Kimura ; Pandit Babuya Misra, Jyotish- 
charyya ; Mr. Panchanan Mitra, M.A. ; 
Dr. Kalidas Nag, M.A., D.Litt. ; Mr. 
Hemchandra Ray, M.A. ; Dr. Hema- 
chandra Raichaudhuri, M.A., Ph.D. ; 
Dr. Upendranath Ghosal, M.A., Ph.D.; 
Dr. Narendranath Law ; Mr. Benoy- 
chandra Sen, M.A. ; Mr. Prabodh- 
chandra Sengupta. 

Mr. Haranchandra Chakldar, M.A. ; 
Mr, Anathanath Chatterjee, M.B., 
B.S. ; Rao Bahadur L. K. Ananta- 
krishna Iyer, B.A., L.T. ; Mr. B. C. 
Majumdar, B.A. ; Mr. Panchanan 
Mitra, M.A.; Mr. Narayanchandra 
Banerjee, M.A. ; Dr. B. S. Guha, M.A., 
Ph.D. ; Mr. Tarakchandra Das, M.A. ; 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



115 



Economics 



Commerce 



Mathematics 



Dr. Narendranath Sengupta, M,A,, 
Ph.D.; Mr. P. C. Mahalanabis ; Mr. 
Tarakchandra Roy Chowdhuri ; Mr. 
Hemchandra Dasgupta, 

Prof. Pramathanath Banerjee, M.A., 
D.Sc., M.L.C. ; Mr. \V. C. Woidsworth, 
M.A., M.L.C. ; Mr. Pramathanath 
Banerjee, M.A., K.L. ; Mr. Smendra- 
narayan Banerjee, M.A. ; Mr. Satis- 
chandra Chakravarti, M.A. ; Mr. Dur- 
gagati Chatloraj, M.A. ; Mr. Nirmal- 
kumar Bhattacharjee, M.A.; Mr. Rohi- 
nimohan Chaiidhuri, M.A. ; Sir J. C. 
Coyajee, Kt., H.A., l.L.lt. ; Mr. Prap- 
hullachandra Ghosh, M.A. , K.Sc. ; Dr. 
Upendranath Ghoshal, M.A., Ph.D.; 
Mr. Panchanandas Mookerjee, M.A. ; 
Mr. Jitendraprasad Niyogi, M.A. ; Mr. 
H. R. Ran, M.A.; Mr. Satischandra 
Ray, M.A. ; Mr. Benoykumar Sarkar, 
M.A. ; Mr. Hijaykumar Sarkar, A.M.; 
Mr. Pramathanath Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Akshaykumar Sarkar, M.A. 

Prof. Pramathanath Banerjee, M.A., 
J).Sc., M.L.C. ; Mr. Smendt anarayan 
Banerjee, M.X.; Mr. S. R. Batliboi, 
F.S.A.A. ; Mr. Rohinimohan Chaudhuri, 
M.A.;Sir J. C. Coyajee, Kt., H.A., LL.IJ.; 
Afr. Praphullachandra (ihosh, M.A., 
B.Sc. ; \fr. Narendrakumar Majumdar, 
M.A. ; Mr. Jitendraprasad Niyogi, 
M.A.; Dr. Kadhabinode Pal, M.Sc., 
D.L. ; Mr. S. C. Ghosh; Mr. B. R. 
Ran, M.A. ; Mr. Bijaykumar Sarkar; 
Mr. Harishchandra Sinha, M.A. ; Mr. 
S. N. Mookerjee. A.A.Y.A. ; Mr. Binay- 
kumar Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. G. Basu, 
B.A., A.S.A.A., F.K.S.A., K.U.Econ.S. 

Dr.Ganesh Prasad, M.A., D.Sc.; Dr. Hari- 
das Bagchi, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. Haripra- 
sanna Banerjee, M.A.; Mr. Indubhushan 
Brahmachari, M.A.; Dr. Surendramohan 
Gangooly, D.Sc. ; Mr. Mohitmohan 
Ghosh, M.Sc.; Mr. Satischandra (ihosh, 
M.A. ; Mr. Manoranjan Gupta, M.A.; 
Mr. Narendrakumar Majumdar, M.A.; 
Prof, Syamadas Mookerjee, M.A., Ph.D. 



116 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Applied Mathematics 



Arabic and Persian 



Physics 



Applied Physics 
Chemistry . . 



Prof. Nikhilranjan Sen, D.Sc,, Ph.D. 
Mr. Jibanmohan Bose, M.A,, B.Sc. 
Mr. Bhupendrachandra Das, M.Sc. 
Mr. Saradaprasanna Das, M.A., B.Sc. 
Dr. Bibhutibhushan Datta, D.Sc. 
Dr. Siteschandra Kar, M.A., Ph.D. 
Mr. Bhupatimohan Sen, M.A., B.Sc. 
Mr. Nripendranath Sen, D.Sc. ; Mr 
Hemchandra Sengupta, M.A. 

Dr. A. Suhrawardy, M.A., pfi.D. 
D.Litt., M.L.A. ; Maulvi Abdul Haid 
Shams-ul-ulama Khan Bahadur 
Hedyat Hussain ; Aga Md. Kazinv 
Shirazai ; Maulvi Abu Musa Ahmadul 
Huq ; Maulvi Syed Muhammad 
Haidar. 

Mr. Susilkumar Acharyya, M.Sc. ; 
Mr. Durgadas Banerjec, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Charuchandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; 
Prof. D. M. Bose, M.A., B.Sc., Ph.D. ; 
Dr. Brajendranath CJiakrabarti, D.Sc. ; 
Dr. Snehamay Datta, D.Sc. ; Mr. 
P. C. Mahalanahis, B.A. : Mr. 
Dwijendraktimar Majumdar, M.A. ; 
Prof. Sisirkumar Mitra, D.Sc. ; Mr. 
Jogeschandra Mookerjee, M.A. ; Prof. 
C.V. Raman, M.A., D.Sc., F.K.S. ; Mr. 
Bidhubhushan Ray, D.Sc. ; Dr. S. R. 
Khastgir. 



Prof. Phanindranath Ghosh, 
Ph.D., Sc.D., F.Inst.P. 



M.A., 



Sir P.C. Ray, Kt., C.I.K., Ph.D., D.Sc., 
F.C.S. ; Mr. Birajmohan Das, M.A., 
M.Sc. ; Dr. Satyaranjan Dasgupta ; Mr. 
Pabitranath Dasgupta, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Bidhubhushan Datta, M.A. ; Mr. 
Mahendranath Goswami, M.A.; Mr. 
Kaiikumar Kumar, M.Sc. ; Mr. Asutdsh 
Maitra, M.A. ; Prof. P. C. Mitter, M.A., 
Ph.D. ; Prof. Jnanendranath Mookerjee, 
D.Sc. ; Mr. Kshitishchandra Ray, 
M.Sc.; Dr. Panchanan Neogi, M.A., 
Ph.D.; Dr. Jnanendranath Ray, 
Ph.D. ; Mr. Priyadaranjan Ray, 
M.A. ; Mr. Pulinbihari Sarkar, M.Sc. ; 
Prof. H. K. Sen, M.A., D.Sc. ; 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



117 



Mr. R. N. Sen, M.A., M.Sc. ; Mr. Ray 
Bankimchandra Hanerjee ; Dr. Ramani- 
uiohan Pal (Draughtsman); Mr. 
Subodh Kumar Majumdar. 

Botany .. .. Prof. S. P. Agharkar, M.A., Ph.D.; 

Mr. Surenclrachandra Banerjee, M.A., 
H.-SC., F.L.S. ; Prof. P. Bruhl, U.Sc., 
I.S.O., F.C.S., F.G.S. ; Mr. Srischandra 
Sinha, M.A., F.C.S. 

Physiology . . . . Mr. Niharanchandra Bhattacharyya, 

M.A. ; Mr. Narendramohan Bose, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. S. C. Mahalanabis, B.Sc., 
F.R.S.K. ; Dr. Bijalibihari Sarkar, 
D.Sc. 

Geology . . . . Mr. Saratlal Biswas, M.Sc. ; Mr. 

Ninnalnath Chatter jet 1 , M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Hemchandra Dasgupta, M.A., F.d.S. ; 
Mr. Rirankumar Sengupta, M.A., 
H.Sc., K.Sc.Min., M.Sc., A.Inst.M.M., 
M.i.Min.E., F.(;.s. 

Zoology . . . . Rai Gopalchandra Chatterjee, Baha- 

dur, M.H. ; Mr. Durgadas Mookerjee, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. Himadrikumar Mooker- 
jee, M.Sc. (on leave) ; Mr. Harendra- 
nath Ray, M.Sc. ; Prof. Basantakumar 
Das. 

Agriculture . . . . Prof. Nagendranath Gangulee, B.Sc. 

Affiliated Colleges and Their Stafi. 

THE PRESIDENCY COLLEGE, CALCUTTA. 



Governing Body 



The Director of Public Instruction, 
Bengal ; Nawabzada A. S. M. Latifar 
Rahaman, Bar.-at-Law; Sir Devaprasad 
Sarvadhikary, Kt., C.I.E., C.K.K., M.A., 
LL.D., M.L.C. ; Rai Upendranath 
Brahmachari, Bahadur, M.A., M.D., 
Ph.D. ; Lt.-Col. H. H. Hudson, D.S.O., 
M.O., M.A.(Oxon.); Sir B. L. Mitra, Kt., 
Bar.-at-Law, Advocate-General, Bengal; 
Prof. K. Zacharia, M.A. (Oxon.); Prof. 
Hemchandra Dasgupta ; Prof. Asutosh 
Maitra, M.A. ; Shams-ul-uiama Dr. 
Hedayat Hussain ; The Bursar of the 
College ; The Principal of the College. 



118 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Kmeritus Professor 
Principal 

Bursar 

Professors of English 
Literature 



Professors of Mental 
and Moral Philosophy 
and Logic 

Professors of History 



Professors of Political 
Economy and Political 
Philosophy 

Professors of Sanskrit, 
Pali and Bengali 



Professors of Arabic 
and Persian 



Professor of Mathema- 
tics and Astronomy 



Professor of Physics 
Professors of Chemistry 
Professors of Physiology 



. . Sir J. C. Bose, Kt., r.s.L, C.I.K., F.R.S, 



., R. H. Ramsbotham, Esq., M.A., 
B.I.itt. (OxonJ, F.K.llist.S., M.B.E. 



Professor S.K. Banerjee, M.A. 

Mr. PraphullatChaiuira Ghosh, M.A. ; 
Mr. Bijaygopal Mookerjee, M.A, ; Mr. 
H. K. Banerjee, M.A. , B.Litt. (Oxon.); 
Mr. Srikumar Banerjee, M.A.;" Mr. 
Manjugopal Bhattacharyya ; Mr. 
Harijiban Ghosh, M.A. 



Mr. Hemchandra De, M.A. ; Mr.' 
Surendranath Dasgupta, M.A., Ph.D. ; 
Mr. R. K. Datta, M.A. 

Mr. R. Zachariah, r..A. ; Mr. Binaya- 
kumar Sen, M.A. ; Dr. Upendranath 
Ghoshal, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. Surendra- 
chandra Majumdar, M.A. (0/fg.) 

Sir J. C. Coyajee, Kt., H.A., I.L.B. ; 
Mr. Panchanandas Mukherjee, M.A. ; 
Mr. Durgagati Chatloraj, M.A. ; Mr. S. 
K. Guhathakurta, M.A. 

Mr. Nilmani Chakrabarti, M.A. ; Mr. 
Harihar Banerjee, M.A ; Mr. Siva- 
prasad Bhattacharyya, M.A.; Mr. Sada- 
nanda Hhaduri, M.A. 

Shams-ul-ulama Hedyat Hussain, 
Khan Bahadur, Ph.D. ; Maulvi Md. 
Sonaullah, M.A. ; Maulvi Mofuzul Huq, 
M.A.; /ia-ul-Hnq, M.A. 

Mr. Saradaprasanna Das, M.A. ; Mr. 
B. M. Sen, M.sc. (Cantab.), M.A. ; Mr. 
J. M. Bose, M.A., JJ.Sc. (Edin.) ; Mr. 
Hemchandra Sengupta, M.A.;Dr. N. K. 
Pose, M.A., Ph.D. ; Mr. K. N. Chakra- 
varti. M.A. 

Mr. P. C. Mahalnabis, H.A., W.Sc. ; 
Mr. S. Datta, D.Sc. 

Mr. R. N. Sen, M.Sc. (Leeds), F.C.S.; 
Dr. P. Neogi, M.A., Ph.D., F.C.S. 

Mr. S. C. Mahalnabis, B.Sc., F.R.S.E. ; 
Mr. Nibarauchandra Bhattacharyya, 
M.A., B.Sc. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITV 



119 



Professors of Botany 



Principal . . . . 

Professor of History . . 
Professors of English . . 

Lecturer in English 
Literature 

Prof, of Mathematics .. 
Professor of Physics .. 
Professor of Chemistry. . 

Professor of Arabic 
and Persian 

Professor of Sanskrit .. 
Professors of Economics 



Vice-Principal and 

Professor of Philosophy 



Mr. S. C. Banerjee, M.A., F.J..S.; Mr. 
Siischanclra Sinha, M.A. ; Mr. Girija 
Piasanna Majumdar, M.Sc. 

One Lecturer in (Jeology ; four Demon- 
strators in Chemistry ; two Demon- 
strators in Physics ; one Demonstra- 
tor each in Astronomy, Geology, 
Physiology and Botany ; four Assistants 
to Professors in Chemistry ; six Assis- 
tants to Professors in Physics: one 
Assistant each to Professors in Phy- 
siology, Botany, Geology. 

SLV COLLK<;K. 
Mr. Krishnachandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. 



Mr. 
H.r. 



Mr. Nripendrakumar Datta, M.A. 

Mr. Basantakumar Roy, M.A. 
Girindranath Chatterjee, M.A. 

Mr. Kamal Krishna Ghosh, M.A. 



Mr. Harilal Chaudhuii, M.A. 
Mr. Purnachandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. 
Mr. Satischandra Mukherjee, M.A. 
Khan Sahib Mahomed. 

Mahamahopadhyaya Dr Bhagabatkumar 
Goswami Sastri, M.A., Ph.D. 

Mr. Durgagati Chattoraj, M.A. (on 
deputation) ; Mr. Akshaykumar Sarkar, 
M.A. (Ofa.) 

Dr. P. D. Shastri, M.A., Ph.D. 

One Lecturer each in Mathematics, 
English Literature and Sanskrit ; 
one Demonstrator each in Chemis- 
try and Physics and one Assistant 
each in Chemical and Physical 
Laboratories. 



Principal 



KKISIINAC;AR COLLKCK. 

. . Shams-ul-ulama Kamauddin 
M.A. 



Ahmad, 



120 



HANDHOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Professor of Mathe- 
matics and Vice- 
Princip.il 

Professor of Chemistry. 
Professor of Physics 
Professor of Sanskrit 
Professor of History 
Professors of English . 

Professor of Philosophy 
and Logic 

Professor of Economics. , 



Piincipal and Senior 
Professor of English 

Piofessors of English 
Literature 

Professoi of Philosophy 
Professors of History . 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Professois of Physics . 



Rai Rakhalraj Hiswas, Hahadar, M.A, 

Mr. Kiranchandra Mitra, M.A. 
Mr. Kamendianath Ghosh, M.A. 

Mi. Bhaveschandra Banerji, M.A. 



Mr. Devendranath Sen, M.A. 

Mr. Kakhaldas Ghosh, M.A. ; 
Mr. Narendranath Chatterji, M.A., IJ.L. 

Mr. Nalinikanta Brahma, M.A., P.K.S. 

Mr. Prasadchandra Banerji, K.A. 
(Cal.), H.Sc. (Lond.), F.K.K.S. 

One Demonstrator in Physics ; one 

Lecturer each in Sanskrit, Logic and 

Philosophy, English, Persian and 

Mathematics, Chemistry and two 
I ,abora tory A ssi st an t s . 

KkisiiNATii COLI,K<;K, BKRHAMVUK. 

Mr. Bhushanchandra Das, M.A. 



Mr. Jyotishchandra Mitra, M.A. ; 
Banbihari Das, M.A. 



Mr. 



Professor of Chemistry. . 
Piofessor of Botany 

Professor of Political 
Economy and Political 
Philosophy 

Senior Professor of 
Sanskrit 

Professor of Arabic 
and Persian 



Mr. Bibhutibhushan Mitra, M.A. 

Mr. N. Iv. Nag, H.A. (Cantab.); 
Mr. Haripada Pande, M.A. 

Mr. Baikunthachandra Ray, M.A. 

Mr. Upendrachandra Ghosh, M.A.; 
Mr. Birendranath Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Jogendranath Ray, M.Sc. 

Mr. Dinbandhu Chatterjee, M.Sc. 

Mr. S. Sinha, B.Sc. (Illinois). 

Mr. Jyotischandra Dasgupta, M.A. 

Mr. Bholanath Chatterjee, M.A. 
Mr. Fazli Rabi, M.A. 



CALCUTTA UNIVKRJUTV 121 

Junior Professor of Mr. Bisweswar Bhattacharyya, V.A. 

Sanskrit 

Two Assistant Professors in Mathe- 
matics, Philosophy, Chemistry, and 
Knglish ; one Asst. Professor in 
History; three Demonstrators in 
Chemistry ; one Tutor in Knglish ; 
two Laboratory Assistants ; One 
Second Laboratory Assistant ; two 
Demonstrators in Physics; one 
Assistant Professor in Botany and 
one Demonstrator in Botany. 

Commerce department. 
Professor in Charge .-. Mr. Bhusanchandra Das, M.A. 

Officer in-Charge of the Mi. Nil Rutton Bhattacharjee, M.U.S.A., 
Commerce Department F.l.l'.S. (Lond.), F.C.I. (Birmingham)* 
and Professor of Ac- S.A. (U.S.A.). 
countancy cV Business 
Organization 

Professor of Inland and Mr. Ilemantakumar Sen, M.A. 
Foreign Trade and 
Banking and Curiency 

Professor of Commercial Mr. M. S. Raniaswami, F.C.I. 
Geography, Business 
Methods 

Professor of History Mr. Bhupeshchandra Nag, H.A., F.O.I, 

and Law 

Professor of Economics Mr. Nalinaksiia Sanyal, M.A. 

SCOTTISH CHUKCHKS COLLEGE, CALCUTTA. 

Principal and Professor Rev. \V. S. Urquhart, M.A., D.l.itt. . 
of Philosophy 

Professors of English .. Rev. A. Cameron, M.A. ; Rev. J. I). 

Sinclair, M.A., H.I). ; Mr. \V. Owens, 
B.A. (Lond.); Mr. A. Mowat, M.A. ; 
Mr. S. C. Dutt, M.A. ; Mr. B. B. Ray, 
M.A. 

One Tutor and one Paper Examiner. 

Professors of Philo- Mr. Purnachandra Sen, M.A. ; Mr. 

sophy and Logic Satyapriya Biswas, M.A. 

Professors of Economics Mr. John Kellas ; Mr. Nirmalchandra 

Bhattacharyya, M.A. 



122 



HANJWOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIKS 



Professors of Mathe- 
matics 



Professors of History 



Professors of Sanskrit, 
Bengali and Hindi 



Professors of Physics . , 



Professors of Chemistry 



Mr. Naiendiakninar Karfarma, M.A, ; 
Mr. Ma dim sudan Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Bibluitibhushan Mandal, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Bholanath Mukerjee, M.Sc.; Mr. Guru- 
das Bhar, M.Sc., I'. U.S. 

Mr. Adharchandia Mookerjee, M.A.,H.L. 
(Emeritus); Mr. Arunchandra Sen, 
M.A. ; Mr. Mahendralal Sarkar, M.A.; 
Rev. H. Kiskine Fraser, M.A. 

Pandit Biharilal Banerjee, M.A. ; 
Pandit Nandalal Vidyabinod ; Mr. 
M. M. Bose ; Pandit Kalipada 
Mukherjee ; Mr. Shib Nnrain Lala. 

Mr. Jnancliandra Ghosh, M.A., 
(Emeritus); Mr. Nibaranchandra 
Kay, M.A. ; Mr. Rajanikanta l>e, 
M.A., H.Sc. 

Six Demonstrators. 

Mr. Rabindranath Chatterjee, M.Sc.; 
Mr. B. C. Dutt, M.A., F.c;.s. 

Tour J)emonstrators : one Librarian ; 
one Accountant. 



SANSKRIT COLLK(;K, CALCUTTA. 



Piincipal 

Professors of English 

Professor of History 

Professor of Philo- 
sophy and Logic 

Professor of Smriti 



Dr. Adityanath Mukherjee, M.A., Ph.D., 
P.R.S. 

Mr. Abinaschandra Bose, M.A. ; 
Mr. Syamacharan Mukherjee, M.A. 

Mr. Krishnadhan Banerjee, M.A. 

Mr. Mahendranath Sarkar, M.A., Ph.D. 

Pandit Sitikantha Vachaspati. 

C)ne Lecturer each in Sanskrit, Veda 
and Grammar, Nyaya, Vedanta, 
Panini ; one Offg .Lecturer in Smriti, 
and one Lecturer in History. 

ST. XAVIKK'S COLLKGK. 

Professors of English . . Rev. J. de Gheldare, S.J. ; Rev. F: X. 

Crohan, S.J. ; Rev. L. Beyan, S.J. ; 
Mr. H. K. Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. J\ K. 
Banerjee, M.A. ; Mr. N. C. Mitra, M.A. 



CALCUTTA UNivfckstTV 



123 



Professors of Mathe- 
matics 



Professors of Physics 



Rev. L. Ameye, S.I. ; Rev. M. Ver- 
meire, S.T.; Mr. N. N. Mukherjee, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. B. N. Pal, M.Sc. ; Mr. S. C. 
Chatterjee, M.Sc. 

Rev. A. Briot, S.J. ; Rev. E. Roeland, 
S.J.; Mr. K. M. Ghosh, H.Sc. : Mr. 
S. K. Dutt, M.Sc. 

Three Demonstrators. 

Professors of Chemistry Rev. J. Van Neste, S.J. ; Mr. M. Sinha, 

H.A., F.r.S. 
Four Demonstrators. 
Mr. J. C. Pal, M.A. 
Rev. R. Dobinson, S.J. 



Rev. P. C. 



Piofessors of Sanskrit 

Professor of Persian 
Professor of Economics 



Professor of Botany 

Professor of Logic 

Professor of Philosophy Rev. P. Johanns, S.J. 

Professors of History .. Rev. H. Boon, S.J. 

Grady, S.J. 

Mr. J. D. Chaudhuri, M.A. ; Mr. M. N. 
Vidyabhushan, M.A. 

Maulvi Abu Tahir. 
Rev. A. Lallemand, S.J. 

CHITTACJONC; COLLKCE. 

Piincipal and Professor Vacant, 
of English 

Piofessor of Physics Mr. Purnachandra Kundu, M.A. 

and Offg. Principal 

Prof, of Mathematics . . Mr. Karunamay Kh.istgir, M.Sc. (Cal.). 

Mr. Manmathanath Mookcrji, M.A. 

Mr. Kamimkuni.ir Hhattacharyyn, Ji.A., 
B.I . 

Mr. Akshaykumar Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Jatindranath Sikdar, M.A. (Offg.) 

Khan Bahadur Maulvi M.ihammed 
Hasan. 



Prof, of Philosophy 
Prof, of Chemistry 

Professors of History 



Professor of Arabic and 
Persian 



Professor of Sanskrit 

Professor of Political 
Economy 

Offg. Professor of 
English 



Dr. Debetidrakumar Banerjee, M.A., 
Ph.D. 

Mr. P. K. Chatterjee, H.Sc. (London). 

Mr. (fopalachandra Bhattacharyya, 
M.A. 



124 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNTVKRSITIKS 



Professor of Pali 



Baruya, M.A. 
Sanskrit, three in 



Principal 
Vice- Principal 



. . Mr. Ma hiinara jan 

One Lecturer in 
English; three Lecturers in Mathema- 
tics, two in Arabic and Persian ; one 
Demonstrator each in Chemistry and 
Physics and one Lecturer in Logic 
and two. Laboratory Assistants. 

VlDYASACiAK COLLKGK. 

.. J. R. Banerjea, Ksq., M.A., K.I.. 

. . Kshirodechandra (iiipta, Esq., M.A., 
R.I.. 



Professors of English . , 



Professors of Mathema- 
tics 

Professors of Philosophy 



Professors of Physics 



Professors of Chemistry 



Professor of Botany 



Mr. J. K. Hanerjea, M.A., D.L. ; Mr. 
Purnachandra Raichaudhuri, M.A., U.L.; 
Mr. Amulyachandra Aikat, M.A., 
R.L. ; Mr. Jnanadakanta (ianguli, M.A.; 
Mr. J. L. Baneijee, M.A., 15. 1,. ; Mr. 
Dwijendranath Bhattacharyya, M.A., 
1J.L. ; Mr. Achyutakumar Dutt, M.A., 
15. L. ; Mr. Jitesachandra Guha, M.A., 
1J.L. ; Mr. Manimohan Sen, M.A., H.L. ; 
Mr. Jatindramohan Ghosh, M.A. ; 
Mr. Nimaicharan Maitrn, M.A. 

One Lecturer. 

Mr. Muktidaranjan Kay, M.A. ; 
Mr. Priyanath Biswas, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Jatindranath Sinha, M.Sc. 

Mr.. J. K. Banerjea, M.A., H.h. ; Mr. 
Kshirodechandra Gupta, M.A., B.L. ; 
Mr. Indubhushan Sengupta, M.A., 
U.L. : Mr. Atulchandra Dasgupta, M.A. 

Mr. B. C. Ghosh, M.A., M.H., H.C. 
(Cantab.) ; Mr. Dwarakanath Muker- 
jee, M.Sc.; Mr. Sailajaranjan Ray, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. Abanikumar Banerji, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. Tribhanga Murari Mandal, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. Haraprasad I)e, M.Sc. 

Mr. Phanindranath Das, M.A. ; Mr. 
Hridayakrishna De, M.A. ; Mr. Priya- 
brata Sarkar, M.A., H.Sc. ; Mr. Syam- 
lal Mukerjee, B.sc. ; Mr. Ramanimohan 
Ray, M.Sc.; Mr. Dhirendrachandra 
Ray, M.Sc. 

Mr. R. Sen, M.Sc., K.US. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



125 



Professors of Political 
Economy and Political 
Philosophy 

Professors of History . . 
Professors of Sanski it .. 



Mr. Manimohan Sen, M.A.. B,L, ; 
Ajitkumar Sen, M.A. 



Mr, 



Professor of Pali 
Professor of Bengali 
Professors of Logic 



Principal .. .. 

Professors of Physics .. 

Professors of Chemistry 

Professor of Mathematics 
and Physics 

Professors of Mathematics 



Professors of English . . 

Professor of Logic . . 

Professor of History . . 

Professor of Sanskrit .. 



Mr. Jatindrakisore Chaudhuri, M.A. ; 
Mr. Jatindramohan Ghosh, M.A. 

Mr. Kalikrislma Bhattacharyya ; 
Pandit Sudhakar ; Mr. Radharaman 
Vidyabhushan, Sahityanitna ; Mr. Ma- 
rt habdas Chakiabarti, Sankyatirtha, 
M.A. 

Mr. Amulyacharan Vidyablmshan. 
Mr. Bishnuchandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. 

Mr. Indubhushan Sengupta, M.A., B.L. ; 
Mr. Atulchandra Dasgupta, M.A. ; Mr. 
Kshirodechandra Gupta, M.A., H.L. 1 

Three Demonstrators in Chemistry 
and Physics respectively ; one Phy- 
sical Laboratory Assistant ; one 
Librarian and two Inspectors of 
Students' Residences. 

UK COU,K(;K. 

Mr. Hemachandra Sanyal, M.A., 1J.L. 

Mr. Hemachandra Sanyal, M.A., li.L. ; 
Mr. Thako-Prasad Biswas, M.Sc.; Mr. 
Bhabeshkumar Som, M.Sc. 

Mr. Tarakdas Ghosh, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Anadinath Maitra, M.Sc. 

Mr. Bibhutibhushan Ray, M.Sc. 

Mr. Sailendrakrishna Ghosh, M.A., 
H.L. ; Mr. Narendragopal Mitra, M.Sc. 

One Demonstrator in Physics ; one 

Physical Laboratory Assistant ; one 

Demonstrator in Chemistry; one 
Chemical Laboratory Assistant. 

Mr. Haricharan Mukhcrjee, M.A. ; Mr. 
Dineshchandra Dutt, M.A. 

Mr. Aswinikumar Dutt, M.A. 

Mr. Devendrnmohan Bhattacharyya, 
M.A., H.L. 

Mr. Vidyaditya Manindrachandra 
Shastri. 



126 



HANDBQgK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Professor of Persian Maulvi Sycd Abdul Bari. 

and Arabic 

KAJSHAHI COLLEGE. 

Principal and Professor Mr. T. T. Williams, M.A. (on leave). 

of Physical Science 
Vice- Principal and Pro- Mr. Aswinikumar Mukerji, M.A. (O/fg.) 

fessor of English 

Professors of Physic? . . Mr. Bamacharan Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; 

Mr. Abinaschandra Saha, M.Sc. 

Professors of History .. Mr. Santoshkumar Chatterji, M.A. ; 

Mr. Atulbehari Bhattacharyya, M.A. 



Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of English 
Professors of Chemistry 

Professor of Philosophy 

Professor of Arabic 
and Persian 

Professor of Sanskrit . 



Mr. Raicharan Biswas. M.A.; Mr. 
Upendranath Ray, M.A. 

Mr. Rampada Mazurmlar, M.A. 

Mr. Haridas Mukherji, M.Sc. ; Mr. 

Kumudnath Chaudhuri, M.A. 
Mr. Bisweswara Datta, M.A. 
Vacant. 



Sastii, 



Mr. Dhireshchandra Acharya 
M.A., I'.K.S. (<7/fr.) 

One Lecturer in Philosophy and Logic ; 
three Demonstrators in Chemistry, two 
in Physics ; three Lecturers in English 
and two in Arabic and Persian ; two 
Laboratory Assistants and one Drill 
and Gymnastic Teacher. 

RANI HEMANTAKUMAKI SANSKRIT COLLEGE. 

Professor of Nyaya 

Professor of Smriti, 
Kavya and Vedanta 

Professor of Grammar 



Pandit Rameschandra Tarkatirtha. 

Mr. Girischandra Kavyatirtha, Vedanta- 
tirtha. 

Mr. Ramanikanta Siddhantaratna. 



Principal 
Vice-Principal 
Professors of English 



CITY COLLEGE. 

. Mr. Herambachandra Maitra, M.A. 

. Mr. Kaliprasanna Chattoraj, M.A. 

. Mr. Herambachandra Maitra, M.A. ; 

Mr. Rajanikanta Guha, M.A. ; Mr. 

Sureschandra Ray, M.A. ; Mr. Priyet- 

nath Chatterjee, M.A. ; Mr. Braj^r 

sundar Ray, M.A. 

One Lecturer ; six Tutors in English, 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 

)fessors of Philosophy Prof. Hiralal Haldar, M.A., Ph.D. (Hono- 
md Logic rary) ; Mr. Phanibhushan Chatterjee, 

M.A. ; Mr. Satischandra Sen, M.A. 

Two Lecturers. 

>fessors of Mathe- Mr. Kaliprasanna Chattoraj, M.A. ; 

iiatics Mr. Nagendranath Swarnakar, M.A. 

Tliree Lecturers ; one Tutor. 

)fcssors of Physics .. Mr. Jitendranath Sen, M.A. ; Mr. 

Abanibhushan Das, M.Sc. ; Mr. Kali- 
das Chakravarti, M.Sc. 

)fessors of Chemistry Mr. Dhirendranath Mukerjee, M.A. ; 

Mr. Pramathnath Sanyal, M.A. 

Two Lectureis; eleven Tutors. 

rfessor of History . . Mr. Bhiipendranath Chakrabarti, M.A. 

One Lecturer. 

ifessors of Political Mr. Pramathanath Sarkar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Economy and Political \V. C. Wordsworth, M.A. (Honorary). 
Philosophy 

Dfessors of Sdnskiit Mr. Upendranath Vidyabhnshan, H.A., 
nd Bengali M.K.A.S. ; Mr. Satyendranath Vidya- 

vagisa, M.A. 

Two Lecturers. 
Dfessor of Persian . . Maulvi Abdul Hadi. 

BUKOWAX RAJ Corj.GK. 

incipal and Professor Mr. Umacharan Handyopadhyay, M.A. 
of English and Sanskrit 

ofessor of Mathe- Mr. Karaliprasud Ray, M.A. 

matics 

ofessor of English .. Mr. Hhujangabhushan Mitra, M.A. 
ofessor of History .. Mr. (iopalkinkar Mukcrjec, M.A., B.L. 
ofessor of Logic .. Mr. Narendranath Hazra, M.A., B.L. 

One Lecturer each in Bengali and 
Persian. 

KIPON COLLEGE. 

incipal (Law Depart- Mr. S. C. Chaudhury, M.A., LL.B., Bar- 
ment) at-Law. 

ofessor (Law Depart- Mr. J. N. Kanjilal, M.A., D.L. 
ment) 

Ten Lecturers. 



128 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Principal and Professor 
of College Department 

Vice-Principal and 
Professor of Knglish 

Professors of Knglish . . 



Mr. Narendranath Raye, M.A. 
Mr. Rabindranarayan Ghosh, M.A. 

Mr. Batuknath Bhattacharyya, M.A., 
B.L. ; Mr. Anandakrishna Sinha, M.A., 
B.I.. ; Mr. Rajendrabhushan Baksi, 
M.A., H.J.. 

Lecturers in Knglish . . Mr. Durgapada Biswas, M.A. ; Mr. 

Nanibhushan Mukerjee, M.A. ; Mr. 

Dulal Chandra Mallik, M.A. ; Mr. 
Kirtischandra Banerjee, M.A. 

Mr. Devaprasad Ghosh, M.A. : Mr. 
Pravaschandra Ganguli, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Asutosh Pal, M.Sc. ; Dr. Abanimohan 
Dutt, M.A., I'h.I). 

Mr. S. C. Mitra, M.A. ; Mr. Bijaykumar 
Ray, M.A. ; Mr. Bholanath Ray, M.A. 



Professors and Lcctureis 
of Mathematics 



Professors and Lecturers 
of Philosophy and 
Logic 

Professors and Lecturers 
of Physics 

Professors of History 
and Political Kconomy 

Professors of Sanskrit . . 



Professors of Persian 



Principal and 
of Knglish 
Professor of History 
Professor of Logic 
Professor of Mathematics 
Professors of Sanskrit . . 

Professor of Physics 
Professor of Chemistry . , 



Mr. Gangadhar Mukerjee, M.A , B.I,, : 
Mr. Nagendranath Basil, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Satyendranath Ghosh, M.Sc. 

Mr. Bipinbihari Gupta, M.A. ; Mr. Hari- 
sadhan Chatterjee, M.A. 

Mr. Satkari Adhikari, M.A. ; Mr. 
Krishnapada Vidyaratna ; Mr. kasa- 
maya Chatterjee, M.A. 

Mr. Syed Mohammad Badrul Alam, 
B.A. (Hons.); Maulvi F. Haque, B.A. 

Five Assistant Professors and Demon- 
strators. 

VICTORIA COLLKGK, NARAIL. 
Professor Mr. Gopalchandra Maitra, M.A. 



Mr. Amritlal Ray, H.A. 

Mr. Gokulchandra Banerjee, M.A. 

Mr. Guriujas Gupta, M.A. 

Mr. Haragovinda Siromani ; 

Anandacharan Kavyatirtha. 
Mr. Rabindranath Das, M.Sc. 
Mr. Hitendranath Mukerjee, M.Sc. 
One Tutor and Librarian. 



Mr. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 129 

UTTARPARA COLLEGE. 

Vincipal and Professor Mr. Dhriibakumar Pal, M.A., B.Sc., 
of Physics is. I,. 

'rofessor of English . . Mr. Pasupati Ganguli, M.A. 

'rofessor of History Mr. Anilkumar Hose, M.A. 

and Logic 

'rofessor of Chemistry .. Mr. P.innalal Mukcrjcc, M.Sc. 

'rofessor of Mathc- Mr. Saratchandra Rudra, M.A. 

ma tics 

'rofessor of Sanskrit . . Pandit Ramchandr.i Kahya-Smriti- 

Mnnansalirtha. 

'rofessor of Bengali Mr. Nripatikanta Ray, M.A., U.L. 

One Demonstrator. 

KANGAKASI COLLEGE, CALCUTTA. 

'rincipal . . Mr. G. C. Bose, M.A., M.R.A.C., 

M.K.A.S., K.II.A.S. 

18 Professors and Teachers in Arts ; 
23 Professors and Teachers in 
Science. 

BETHUNK COLLEGE. 

'rincipal . . Miss G. M. Wright (Oxford), Honours 

School, Modern History, II Class (on 
leave) ; Mrs. Rajkumari Das, M.A. 



'rofcssors of English Miss Stella Kosi*, M.A. ; Mr. Narendra- 
Literature nath Chakrabarti, M.A. 

'rofessors of Logic Mr. K. C. Bhattacharyy.i, M.A. ; Mr. 

and Philosophy Kalihar Sarkar, M.A. 

One Lecturer each in Economics, 
History and Chemistry ; two Lec- 
turers each in Sanskrit and Bengali, 
Mathematics and Botany. 

VICTORIA COLLEGE, COOCH-BEHAR. 

rincipal and Senior Mr. Manorathadhan De, M.A. 

Professor of Physics 

rofessors of English .. Mr. Saratchandra Gupta, M.A. ; Mr. 

Amulya Ratan Gupta, M.A. ; Mr. 
Paresnath Ghosh, fa. A. 

rofessors of Philosophy Mr. Birendralal Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; 

Mr. Jitendranath Chatterjee, M.A. 
9 s 



130 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Professor of Sanskrit . 
Professor of Chemistry . 
Professor of History 
Professor of Economics 
Professors of Mathe- 
matics 



Mr. Haridas Sengupta, M.A. 

Mr. Phanibhushan Chatterjee, M.A. 

Mr. Upendranath Kay, M.A. 

Mr, Chunilal Mukherjee, M.A. 

Mr. Nagendranath Basuray, M.A. ; Mr. 
Radhakishore Ghosh, M.Sc. 

One Lecturer in Sanskrit ; one De- 
monstrator each in Chemistry and 
Physics and one Head Master. 



BRAJAMOHAN COLLEGE, BARISAL. 



Principal and Professor 

of Mathematics 
Professors of English . 



Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of Philosophy 
and Logic 



Professors of Sanskrit . 

Professor of Bengali 
and Tutor of Sanskrit 

Vice-Principal and Prof, 
of History 

Piofessors of History . 

Professors of Chemistry. 
Professors of Physics . 



Mr. Satischandra Chatterjee, M.A. 



Mr. Pramathanath De, M.A. ; 
Debendranath Chatterjee, M.A., 
Mr. Saurindrakumar Chaudhuri, 
Mr. Jilendranath Dasgupta, 
Mr. Hemchandra Ghosh, M.A. ; 
Charukumar Sengupta, M.A. ; 
Kaliprasanna Sen, U.A. (Tutor) 
Manikanta Ganguli, M.A. 

Mr. Chintaharan Ray, M.A. ; 
Rohinikumar Bhattacharyya, M.A, 
Anantamohan Sen, M.A. 

Mr. Hemantakumar Bose, M.A. ; 
Bhabataran Cliakravarti, M.A. ; 
Gopalchandra Bhattacharyya, 
Mr. Jajneswar Acharyya, M.A. 
turer). 

Pandit Kaminikanta Vidyaratna 
Atulchandra Dasgupta, M.A. ; 
Asutosh Sastri, M.A. 

Mr. Saratkumar Sen, M.A. 

Mr. Kaliprasanna Ghosh, H.A. 



Mr. 
H.L. ; 
M.A. ; 
M.A. ; 
; Mr. 

Mr. 

Mr. 



Mr. 
Mr. 

; Mr. 
Mr. 

M.A. ; 

(Lec- 

Babu 
Babu 



Mr. 



Mr. 



Mr. Nilratan Mukerjee, M.A. ; 

Sudhansumohan Banerji, M.A. 
Mr. Hemendranath Ray, M.A. 

Dhirendramohan Mukherji, M.Sc. 
Mr. Rameschandra Sen/ 1 M.Sc. ; Mr. 

Kuladaprasanna Chaudhuri, M.Sc. ; 

Mr. Krishnapada Ghosh, M.Sc. 
Three Demonstrators in Chemistry and 

two in Physics. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



131 



rofessors "of Arabic 
and Persian 



Maulvi Abdus Sobhan ; Maulvi Md. 
Sajjad Ali ; Mr. Hossamuddin, H.A. 

(Lecturer). 



rofcssoi of Economics . . Babu Blmjendra Bhushan Banerji, M.A. 

COLLKGK, SVLIIKT. 



rincipal 

rofessors of English . . 



rofessors of Mathe- 
matics : 

rofessors of Logic and 
Philosophy 

rofessors of Sanskrit . . 



rofessors of Persian 
and Arabic 



rofessors of History . 



rofessors of Physics . 



rofessors of Chemistry . 



Mr. D. K. Roberts, M.SC. 

Mr. Sureschanclra Sengupt.i, M.A. ; Mr. 
Surenclrachandra Gupta, M.A., Ph.D. 
(Lond.) ; Mr. Sasimohan Chakravarti, 
M.A. ; Mr. Jogendrakumar Chaudhuti, 
M.A., B.L. (Lecturer). 

Mr. Surendranath Sen, M.A. ; Mr. 
Pratapchandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. 
(Lecturer). 

Mr. Surendralal Kundu, M.A. ; Mr. 
Prabhodhchandra Sanyal, M.A. ; Mr. 
Jotischandra Das, M.A., H.L. (Lecturer). 

Mr. Vanamali Chakravarti Vedanta- 
tirtha, M.A. ; Mr. Nalinimohan Muk- 
herjee Shastri, M.A. 

Prof. Khan Bahadur Abdulla Abu 
Syed, M.A., I.E.S. ; Prof. Fakhrul 
Muhaddin Abul Lais Saduddin 
Mahammad, M.B.K. ; Mr. Majduddin 
Ahmed, M.A. 

Mr. Kishorimohan Gupta, M.A., Ph.D. 
(London); Mr. Nimaichand Seal, 
M.A. ; Mr. Jatishchandra Das, M.A., 
B.L. (Lecturer in History and Philo- 
sophy^. 

Mr. RadhagovindaBhowani, M.A., D.L. ; 
Mr. Tarkeshwar Bhattacharyya, M.A. 
(Lecturer) ; Mr. Rabindranath Das, 
M.Sc. (Lecturer^. 

Mr. Jatindramohan Datta, M.A., F.C.S. ; 
Mr. Gopalchandra Sen, B.A., Diploma 
in Agriculture, Sibpore College (Lectu- 
ler); Mr. Narendrachandra Deb,' M.Sc. 
(Lecturer). 

rofessor of Economics Prof. UmakanU'Goswami, M.A., B.L. 



132 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



KRISHACHANDKA COLLKGE, HKTAMPUR. 

Principal and Professor Mr. Bhupendrachandra Sengupta, M.A., 

of Mathematics B.I,. 

Professors of English . . Mr. Saratkumar Sen, M.A., B.L. ; Mr. 

Sibsaran Chaudhuri, M.A., B.L. 
Mr. Mahendranath Bhattacharyya, 
Kavya-Vyakaran-Puranatirtha ; Mr. 
Niradendu Sanyal, B.A., Kavya- 
Vyakaranatirtha. 

Mr. Labanyalal Mukherjee, M.A., B.L. 
Mr. Nikhilnarayan Prachanda, M.Sc. 



Professors of Sanskrit 



Vacant. 
Vacant. 

Mr. TarakbrahuiA Chakravarti, M.A. , 
Mr. Barendramohan Some, M.A. 



of English 
Professors of English 



Mathe- 



Professor of History 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of Physics 

Professor of Chemistry 

Professors of Logic and 
Philosophy 

EDWARD COLLKGK, PAHNA, 

Principal and Professor Mr. Rai Kadhikanath Hose, Bahadur, 

M.A. 
.. Mr. S. N. Ray, M.A.; Mr. 1). M. Majum- 

dar, M.A. 
Mr. H. I). Mukherjee, M.A. ; Mr. N. R. 

Ray, M.A.; Mr. H. K. Chakravarti, 

M.Sc. 

Mr. H. C. Kay, M.A. 
Mr. B. L. Bose, M.A. 
Mr. I). N. Chaudhuri, M.A. 
Mr. A. C. Biswas, M.Sc. ; Mr. T. C. 

Chaudhuri, M.A., Ph.D., A.l.r. 
Maulvi Md. A. Hamid. 
Mr. M. L. Chakravarty, M.Sc.; Mr. B. B. 

Ray, M.Sc. 
Two Junior Professors in English ; one 

Demonstrator each in Chemistry and 

Physics. 

COMILLA VICTORIA COLLECK. 



Professors of 
inatics 



Professor of Sanskrit 
Professor of History 
Professor of Logic 
Professors of Chemistry 

Professor of Persian 
Professor of Physics 



Principal 

Professors of English 



Mr. Satyendranath Basil, M.A. 

Rev. W, Bary ; Mr. Harendrachandra 
Chakravarti, M.A. ; Mr. Sasikumar 
Ghosh, M.A. ; Mr. Jyotsnamay Basu, 
M.A. ; Mr. Digendrachandra Datta, 
M.A. 



CALCUTTA UNIVKKSITY 



133 



Pioressors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of Economics 
Professors of History . 

Professors of Logic and 
Philosophy 

Professors of Sanskrit . 



Professor of Chemistry 
Professoi of Physics 

ST. PAUL'S c 



Mr. Radhagovinda Nath, M.A. : Mi. 
Man indra chandra. Deb, M.A. 

Mr. Harihar Dhar, M.A. 

Mr. Kshitimohan Dasgupta, M.A. ; Mr. 
Nirmalachandra Chaudhuri, M.A. 

Mr ; Devendranath Ghose, M.A. ; Mr. 
Pareschandra Ganguli, M.A. 

. . Mr. Atulchandra Banerjee, Vidyaratna, 
M.A. ; Mr. Giiindranarayan Mallik. 
M.A. 

. . Mr. SurendiM Kumar Majumdar, M.Sc. 
, . Mr. Prafulla Kumar Kay, M.Sc. 

ATHKDKAL MISSION CfH.KKGK. 



Otfg. Principal 
Professors of English . , 



Professors of Logic and 
Philosophy 

Professors of Kconomics 
Professors of History . . 

Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of Sanskrit 
and Bengali 

Professor of Chemistry . 
Professor of Physics 



The Rev. P. G. Bridge, D.I). 

Mr. C. S. Milford, n.A. (Oxon.), M.r. ; 
Mr. Hrishikesh Basu, M.A., B.L.(CaL); 
Mr. Bholanath Chakravarti, M.A. 
(Cal.); Mr. \V. T. Gairdner, H.A. 
(Oxon.) ; Mr. K. C. Addy, M.A. (Cal.) 
(Tutor). 

The Principal ; Mr. H. H. Crabtree, 
M.A. ; Mr. Kanailal Banerji, M.A., 
K.L. ; Mr. Dhirendranath Mandal, M.A. 

The Principal ; Mr. Yijaykrishna Bhatta- 
charyya, M.A. 

Mr. Premanand Mahanti, M.A. ; Mr. 
Subimalchandra Uatt, M.A., p.K.S. 

Mr. Jyotishchandra Mandal, M.A. ; 
Mr. Satycharan Basu, M.A. 

Mr. Jatindranath Bhattacharyya, M.A., 
KL. ; Mr. Phanibhushan Chatterji, 
M.A., H.r,. 

Mr. Dhirendranatli Sarkar, M.A., H.Sc., 
B.L. ; Mr. Kalicharan Sanyal, H.Sc. 
(Demonstrator). 

Mr. Bhabeshchandra Mukherji, M.Sc. ; 
Mr. Anilkrishna Sarkar, M.Sc. (De- 
monstrator). 

One Librarian ; one Asst. Librarian. 



134 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Principal 

Piofessors of English . 

Professors of Chemistry . 

Professor of Economics , 
Professor of Physics . 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of Arabic and 
Persian 

Professor of Sanskrit . 



Professors of Philosophy 
and Logic 

Professors of History . . 



Lady Principal 
Training Department 

Lecturers in History 



Lecturer in English 

Lecturers in Logic and 
Histoiy 



COLLKGK, GAUHATI. 

Mr. I). Thomson, M.A., H.Sc. (Glasgow), 
Ph.D. (Gottingen). 

Mr. K. C. Goffin, M.A. (London) ; Mr. 

Praphullachandra Ray, M.A. ; Mr. 

Asutosh Chatterjee, M.A. ; Mr. Suryya- 

kumar Bhuyan, M.A., B.L. ; Mr. Bani- 

kanta Kakati, M.A. 
Mr. Chunilal De, M.A. ; Mr. A. K. l)as, 

M.A. ; Mr. Saratchandra Chatterjee, 

M.Sc. (A f ft fig). 
Mr. A. K. Brown, M.A., LL.B., Bar-at- 

Law. 

Mr. Sasibhushan Mali, D.Sc.; Mr. Suren- 
dranath Chatterjee, M.A. 

Mr. Harshanalh Sen, M.Sc. 
One Lecturer. 

Mr. Syed Md. Mahibullha, M.A. 
One Lecturer. 

Mr. Lakshminnrayan Chatterjee, Veda- 
sastri, M.A. 

One Lecturer. 

Mr. R. R. Thomas, M.A., P. U.S. ; Mr. 

Sureschandra Datta, M.A. 
Mr. Bijayachandra Sengupta, M.A. ; 

Mr. Bhubanmohan Sen, M.A. 

One Lecturer in Sanskrit and Assamese 
respectively ; one Demonstrator each 
in Chemistry and Physics. 

DIOCKSAN COLLKGK. 
. . Sister Dorothy Frances. 

. . Miss Bishop, B.A. (Lond.), Tiaining 
Diploma. 

.. Miss T. M. Wright, K.A. (Hons.), 
(Lond.); Miss Spooner, B.A. (South 
Africa). 

. . Miss E. G. Kinvig, B.A. (Hons.), (Oxon.). 

Miss C. Dass, H.A. (Hons,), (Cal.), arid 
B.T. ; Miss L. Gosh, B.A. (Cal.) ; Miss 
S. Sircar, B.A., B.T. (Cal.) ; Miss K. 
Chatterjee, B.A., B.T. (Cal.). 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY* 



135 



in Mathe- Prof. A. Chowdhury, M.A. (Cal.). 



Lecturer 
niatics 

Professor of Botany 
Demonstrator in Botany 

Professor in Sanskrit 
(Part-time) 

Professor in Bengali 



Prof. R. Sen, M.Sc. (Cal.), F.L.S. 

Prof. R. K. Sen, M.B. 

Prof. J. C. Ghatak, M.A. (Cai.). 



Principal 
Vice-Principal 
Professors of English . 

Professor of History 

Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of Chemistry 



Professors of Physics , 

Professor of Sanskrit . 

Professors of Econo- 
mics, Logic and Phi- 
losophy 

Professor of Sanskrit 
and Bengali 



. Prof. S. C. Ghatak, M.A. 
BANKUKA WKSLKVAN COLLKC.K. 

.. Rev. A. E. Brown, M.A., H.Sc., C.I.K. 



Rev. A. R. Spooner, H.A. (Lond.). 

Mrs. A. E. Brown, M.A.; Mr. Bibhuti- 
bhushan Ptanerji, M.A. 

Mr. C. K. Ball, H.A. (Lond.). 

Mr. Srikantu Ivarmakar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Pramathanath Dhua, M.A. ; Mr. Kshe- 
tramohan Basil, M.Sc. 

Mr. Pramodkisor Bunerji, M.Sc., F.Ch.S.; 
Mr. Anathnath Haldar, M.Sc.; Mr. 
Brajagopal Mitfa, M.Sc.; Mi. J. T. 
Jackson, M.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S., F.K.M.s. 

Mr. Rajendrachandra Banerji, M.Sc. ; 
Mr. Abalakanta Chaudhuri, M.Sc. 
Mr. Ramasaran Ghosh, M.A. 

Mr. Jitendranath Banerji, M.A. ; Mr. 
Sasankasekhar Banerji, M.A. 

Mr. Pnrnachandra Bhattacharyya, M.A. 

One Asst. Professor of Sanskrit and 
Bengali ; two Tutors in English ; three 
Demonstrators. 



DAULATPUK HINDU ACADKMV. 



Acharyya . . 
Principal . . 
Vice-Principal 
Professors of English 



Pandit Jaminikanta Tarkatirtha. 

Babu Bankubehari Bhattacharyya, M.A. 

Babu Sudhirgopal Mukherji, M.A. 

Mr. Bankubehari Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; 
Mr. Sudhirgopal Mukherji, M.A. ; Mr. 
Bhubhanmohan Majumdar, M.A. ; Mr. 
Aswinikumar Mukerjee, M.A. ; Mr. 
Dhirendranath Ghosh, M.A. 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN* 



Professors of Sanskrit 



Professors of History . 

Professors of Philoso- 
phy iind Logic- 
Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of Physics . 
Professors of Chemistry 

Professor of Botany 
Professor of Bengali 



Mr. S ure nd ran a th Bhattacharyya, 

Vidyaratna, M.A. ; Mr. Annadacharan 

Sinrititirtha ; Mr. Jaminikanta Tarka- 

tirtlia ; Mr. Upendranath Smrititirtha. 
Mr. Satischandia Mitra, B.A., M.K.A.S. ; 

Mr. Ramaniranjan Sen, M.A. 
Mr. Dwijapada Banerji, M.A, 

N'arendranath Dasgupta, M.A. 

Bilaschandra Mukherjee, M.A. 
Mr. Charuchandra Bose, M.A. 

Niraiijan Dasgupta, M.A. ; 

Chandrakumar Dhar, M.Sc. 
Mr. Surendranath Hose, M.A. 

A purha chandra Nag, M.Sc. 
Mr. Haripada Chakrabarti, M.A. 

Mr. Aswinikunuir (iuha, M.Sc. 
Mr. Manindrabinode Datta, H.A., .L. 
Mr. Satischandra Mitra, U.A., M.K.A.S. 
Four Demonstrators; one Medical 

Officer and one Librarian. 



; Mr. 
; Mr. 

; Mr. 
Mr. 

: Mr. 
W.I,. ; 



ANANOAMOIIAN 



Principal 



Piofessor of Chemistry 
Professois of Knglish 



Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of Logic and 
Philosophy 

Professor of Economics 
Professor of History 
Professors of Sanskrit . 

Professor of Persian 
Professor ot Arabic 
Professor of Physics . , 
Professor of Botany . . 



Kai Jajneswar (ihosh Bahadur, A 

1'h. I). 

Mr. Rabindranath Guha, M.A. Mr. 
Mr. Jnanendranath Chaudhuri, M 

Mr. Girijakanta Majumdar, M.A. ; Mr. 

Ajitnath Nandi, M.A. 
Mr. Aswinikumar Lahiri ; Mr. Bimal- 

chandra Hhattacharyya, M.A. 
Mr. Akshyakumar Banerjee, M.A. ; 

Mr. Kumudbandhu Chakravarti, M.A. 



Mr. Nripendranath Datta, M.A. 
Mr. Surendrikisor Chakravarti, M.A. 
Mr. Saratchandra Pal, li.A. ; Mr. 

Jatindramohan (Jhosh, M.A. 
Maulvi Faizur Rahaman. 
Maulvi Abdul Hakim. 
Mr. Jnanendranath Sengupta, M.Sc. 
Mr. Hemendrakumar Bhattacharyya, 

M.A. 
One Laboratory Assistant ; five Demon- 

strators and eight Tutors. 



137 



English 



Philosophy and Logic 

History 

Hebrew and Syriac 
Sanskrit 

Mathematics . . 

Kcononiics 
Chemistry 

Physics 



SKRAMI'OUV; (.'OLI.KC5K. 

.. Rev. Dr. George Howells, M.A., I'h.l). 
Rev. J. N.Kawson, H.Sc., H.I).: Rev. 
C. H. Watkins, M.A., D.Th. ; Mi. C. K. 
Abraham, M.A., H.I). ; Mr. 15. C. 
Mukeiji, M.A.; Mr. J. N. Chakia- 
varti, M.A. ; Mi. B.C. Ciiiha, M.A. ; 
Mr. S. N. Roy, M.A. 

Rt'v.C. K. Abraham, M.A., H.I). ; Kt-v. J. 
N.Kawson, H.Sc., H.I). ; Mr. I). N. 
Ghoshal, M.A. 

Mr. N. N. Mukerjee, M.A.; Mr. M. M. 
Biswas, M.A. 

Rev. G. M. C. Angus, M.A., U.n. 

Mr. II. I 1 . Sengupta, M.A.; Mr. A. K. 
B h a t tac h a ry y ;i , M A . 

Mr. K. K. Mukerji, M.Sc. ; Mr. A. K. 
Laliiii, M.A. ; Mi. J. C. Mukerji, M.Sc. 

Mr. I). N. Sengupta, M.A., U.L., F.k.K.S. 

Mr. H. N. Gupta, M.Sc.; Mr. C. C. 
Chakravarti, M.Sc.; Mr. A. (ianguli, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. T. N. Banerji, H.Sr. 

Mr. R. (Janguli, M.Sc. ; Mr. K. C. Kar, 
M.Sc., D.Sc.; Mr. J. C. Mukerji, M.Sc.; 
Mr. S. (\ Laha, H.Sc. 



Principal 

Vice- Principal 
Professor of English 

Professor of English 
and History 

Professor of French 
Professor of Botany 
Mistress of Method 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Professor of Latin 
Professor of Economics. 



LOKKTO HOUSK. 

, . The Provisional Superioress of the 
Loreto Nuns in India. 

, . The Superioress of Lore to House. 
Mother J. Antonia. 
Mother J. Agatha, H.A. 

. Mother Baptist, H.A. 
. Sister Claude, H.A. 
. Mother J. Antonia (Camh. Diploma). 
Mr. Haianchandra Pal, H.Sc. 

, . Mr. N. Mitra, M.A. 
Mr. S. Mallick, B.A, 



138 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Principal 

Professors of English 



ASUTOSH COLLKC;K. 

. . Mr. Panchanan Sinha, M.A. 



Mr. Someswaraprasad Mukerjee, M.A. ; 
Mr. Chandicharan Mitra, M.A. ; Mr. 
Maheschandra Chatterjee, M.A. ; Mr. 
Nripeschandra Guha, M.A. ; Mr. 
Mohininrohan Mukerjee, M.A. ; Mr. 
Bibhutibhushan Ghoshal, M.A. ; Mr. 
Ajitkumar Ghosh, M.A. ; Mr. Debabrata 
Mookerjee, M.A. 

Mr. Sivadas Banerjee, M.A. ; Mr. Sachin- 
dranath Bauer jee, M.A. 

Professors of Philosophy Prof. Kalidas Sen, M.A. ; Mr. Hari- 



Professors of Sanskrit 



and Logic 

Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of History . 
Professor of Bengali 

Professor of Economics. , 
Professors of Botany 

Professor of Geography. , 
Professors of Chemistry 

Professors of Physics . 
Demonstrators 



mohan Hhattacharyya, Kavyatirtha, 
M.A. ; Mr. Bijaygopal Sarkar, M.A. 
Mr. Gangailas Mookerjee, M.Sc.; Mr. 
Bhupendrachandra Das, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Khageschandra Bose, M.A. 

Prof. Amalkumar Raychandhuri, M.A. ; 
Mr. Abaninath Hose, M.A. 

Prof. Purnachandra De, IMbhata- 
sagara, .A. 

'i'he Principal. 

Mr. N. Chakrabarty, li.A., 13. Sc.; Mr. 
Kamendraknshna Sarkar, M.A. 

Mr. Kumudchandra Raychaudhuri, M.A. 

Mr. Radhakissen Das, M.Sc. ; Mr. 
Panchanan De, M.Sc. 

Mr. Bhabeschandra Mukherjee, M.Sc. ; 
Mr. Mahadeb C'hakravarti, M.Sc. 

Mr. Gurudas Datta, U.A. ; Mr. Rebati- 
raman Dey, B.Sc., B.T. ; Mr. Bijaypra- 
sanna Haldar, M.Sc. 



CAKMICHAKI* COI.LKGK, RUNGPUK. 



Principal and Professor 
of Mathematics and 
Physics 

Professors of English . 



Mr. D. N. Mallik, .)i.A., Sc.D. 



Mr. Sureschandra Dattagupta, M.A. ; 
Mr. Hridayaranjan Lahiri, M.A. ; Mr. 
Sudhansukumar Sengupta, M.A.; Mr. 
Nishakanta Sarkar, M.A. 



CALCUTTA UNIVKKSITV 



139 



fessors of Mathe- 
latics 



Mr. Charuchandra Ghosh, M.Sc., R.L. ; 
Mr. Basantakumar Sinha Kay, M.Sc., 
K.L. ; Mr. Jitendranath Dasgupta, M.A. 

Mr. Harendrachandra Chanda, M.A. ; 
Mr. Jitendraincihan De, M.A. 

fessors of Philosophy Mr. Gaurgobinda Gupta, M.A. ; Mr. 

Panchanan Ghosh, M.A. 



fessors of History 



nd Logic 

fessors of Sanskrit 
d Bengali 



Mr. Sasibhushan Bhattacharyyn, M.A. ; 
Mr. Binialanath Bhattacharyya, M.A. : 
Mr. Dinataran Lahiri, M.A. 



fessor of Economics Mr. Satkari Mitia, M.A. 



Fessors of Arabic 
nd Persian 

fessor of Chemistry 



fessor of Physics 



Mr. H. M. Amjad Hossain, 
Maulvi Mahammad Hossain. 

Mr. Jagadischiindra Das, M.A. 

One Demonstrator. 

Mr. Sukuinar Rudra, M.Sc. 



M.A.; 



icipal 



BAOKKHAT COLLKCJK, KIIULNA. 

. . Mr. Kamakhyacharan Nag, M.A. 



e-Principal 
fessors of English 



fessors of Mathe- 
intics 



fessors of Sanskrit . . 



fessors of Philosophy 
nd Logic 

fessors of Hi story . . 



Mr. Nepal chandra Ray, M.Sc. (on leave). 

Mr. Kamakhyacharan Nag, M.A. ; Mr. 
Nagendrachandra Mukhyopadhyaya, 
M.A.; Mr. Bijayranjan Dasgupta, M.A. 
(on leave) ; Mr. Motilal Das, M.A. 



fessor of Political 
Iconomy and Political 
'hilosophy 



Mr. Nepalchandra Ray, M.Sc. (on 
leave); Mr. Durgadas Mallik, M.Sc.; 
Mr. Charuchandra Mukhyopadhyaya, 
M.Sc. (Offg.). 

Mr. Banabihary Bhattacharyya, Kavya- 
Sankhyatirtha, B.A. ; Mr. Sudhirchan- 
dra Chatterjee, M.A. 

Mr. Radharaman Bandyopadhyaya, 
M.A. ; Mr. Aswinikumar Nandi, M.A. 

Mr. Janardanprasad Mukhyopadhyaya, 
M.A. Ton leave); Mr. Hemendranarayan 
Bhattacharyya, M.A. ; Mr. Jitendralal 
Bishnu, M.A. (O/fg.). 

Mr. Birnalanandn Dasgupta, M.A. 



140 



llANUtiOOlt OF INDIAN' I'M VKRS1TIKS 



Professor of Persian 
Piofessor of Arabic 
Professor of Physics 
Professor of Chemistry. 



Mauivi Mil ham mad Quasem, B.A, 
Maulvi Mohammad Sulaiman. 
Mr. (jirindran.ith Chakravarti, M.Sc. 
Mr. Kalikumar Ray, M.Sc. 
One Demonstratoi each in Physics 
and Chemistry ; one Librarian. 

KAJKNDKA COU.KGK, KARIUPUR. 
Principal and Professor Mr. Kamakhyanath Mitra, M.A., K.I,. 

of English 
Professor of English 

Lecturer and Tutor in 
English. 

Mr. Binkimch<indr<i Das, M.A. : 
Iv.unadananda Mookerjee, M.Sc. 

Mr. Abinimohan Chakrabarti, M.A. ; 
Mr. lloinchandra Das, M.A. 

Mr. Dineschcindra Maxtiiiidar, M.A. ; 
Mr. Satyakinkai Mukherjee, M.A. 

Maulvi Mohamad Mohsin, B.A. ; Maulvi 
Abdus Saboon Siddiqui. 

Mr. Sishirkumar Acharyya, M.A. 
, Mr. Sachindranath Sengupta, M.A. 
. Mr. Sripada Mukherjee, M.A. 
. Mr. llinayhhushan Mukherjee. M.Sc. 

One Demonstrator each in Chemistry 
,nd Physics and one Librarian. 

KKNI COLLKCJK. 



Professors of Mathe- 
matics 

Professois of Logic 
and Philosophy 

Professors ot Sanskrit , 

Lecturers in Aiabic 
and Persian 

Professor of History 
Professoi of Economics 
Professoi of Chemistry 
Professor of Physics 



Mr. Pramathabhushan Mukherjee, M.A. 
Mr. Dhirendranath Kundii, M.A. 



Mr. 



Principal and Professor 
of History and English 

Professors of English . . 

Professor of History and 
English 

Professor of Mathe- 
matics 

Professors of Sanskrit 
and Bengali 

Professor of Arabic and 
Persian 

Professor of Persian 



Mr. Ambikacharan R.ikshit, M.A. 

Mr. Narendralal Ganguli, M.A. ; Mr. 
Pramathanath Chakravarti, M.A. 

Mr. M. Osman (Ihani Sarkar, M.A. 
Maulvi Abdus Sattar Siddiqui, M.A. 

Mr. Ramendramohan Bose, M.A. ; Mr. 
Sureshchandra Sen, M.A. 

Maulvi Md. Ziaul (Tuque, M.A. 
Maulvi Abdul Khalique, B.A. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 141 

Professor of Philosophy Mr. Lokanath Patnaik, M.A. 
and Logic 

Professor of Economics. . Mr. Giridhar Chakravarti, M.A., B.L. 
ST. EDMUND'S COLLEGE, SIIILLONG. 

Principal and Professor Rev. Biother J. E. MacCanna. 
of English 

Vice-Principal and Pro- Rev. Brother M. tt. Power, 
fossor of Mathematics 

Professor of Latin . . Rev. Brother G. C. Rowo. 

Professor of History . . Rev. Brother M. S. O'Brien. 

Professor of English . . Rev. Brother R. E. Butler. 

Professor of Chemistry. . Mr. (;. Banerji, M.Sc. 

ST. JOSEPH'S COLLEGE, CALCUTTA. 

Principal and Professor Rev. Brother P. K. Lillis. 
of Civics and Physio- 
logy 

Vice-Principal and Rev. Brother J. L. Mahcr. 

Professor of English 
and Physiology 

Mathematics .. Rev. Brother P. R. Burke. 

Elements of Civics .. Mr. R. C. Maulick, B.Com. 

Chemistry . . . . Mr. S. Chatterjee, B.Sc. 

Physics . . . . Rev. Brother I). M. Cooney. 

DAVID H\RE TRAINING COLLEGE. 
Principal . . . . Mr. \V. E. Griffith, M.A. 

Professor of History .. Mr. Chintaharan Chakravaiti, M.A., 
and Education H.T. 

Professor of Method Mr. Binaybhushan Sarkar, R.A., n.T. 

and English and (Offg}. 

Master of lyiethod 

Professor of Psychology Mr. K. I), Ghose, H.A. (Cal.), B.A. 
and Master of Method (lions.) (Oxon.), Diploma in Edn. 

(Oxon.), Bar-at-Law. 

Professor of Geography, Mr. Gangacharan Dasgupta, B.A., B.T. 
Educational Classics 
and English and 
Master of Method 

One Visiting Diawing Master and one Visiting Drill Master. 



142 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

EARLK LAW COLLEGE, GAUIIATI. 

Principal .. .. Mr. Jnanadabhiram Borooah, Barrister- 

at-Law. 

Professors . . . . Mr. Tirthanatli Phukan, .L. ; Mr. A. K. 

Brown, M.A., I L.H., Bar-at-Law ; 
Mr. Rameschandra Das, M.A., B.L. 

MEDICAL COLLEGE OF BENGAL. 

Principal .. .. Lt.-Col. XV. L. Harnett, M.B., F.K.i'.S., 

I. M.S. 

Professor of Botany . . Dr. Kkendranatii Ghosh, M.Sc., M.D., 

F./.s. 

Professor of /oology .. Dr. Kkendranatii Ghosh, M.Sc., M.D., 

F.Z.S. 

Piofcssoi of Chemistry.. Lt.-Col. J. C. Boyd, I.M.h. 
Professor of Physics .. Mr. Tulsidas Kar, M.A. 

Professor of Anatomy Major J. A. Shorten, I. M.S. 
and Physiology 

Professor of Materin Major K. N. Chopra, M.A., M.D., I. M.S. 

Medica 

Professor of Descriptive Rai Bahadur Dr. N. Pan, M.B. 
and Surgical Anatomy 

Professor of Principles Lt.-Col. Sir F. D. Connor, Kt., D.S.O., 
of Surgery I. M.S. 

Professor of Midwifery Lt.-Col. V. B. Green Armytage, M.D., 

M.R.C.P.. I. M.S. 

Professor of Medical Major J. C. De., F.R.C.S., M.R.C.P., 

Jurisprudence I. M.S. 

Professor of Clinical and Lt.-Col. H. B. Stein, M.D., I. M.S. ; 
Operative Surgery Lt.-Col. XV. L. Harnett, M.H., F.R.C.S., 

l.M.S. (Ofa.). 

Professor of Ophthalmic Lt.-Col. XV. V. Coppinger, M.D., F.R.C.S., 
Medicine and Surgery D.S.O., l.M.S. 

Professor of Dentistry . . Dr. J. K. GUI, L.D.S. (Eng.). 

Professor of Dental Dr. J. K. Gill, L.D.S. (Eng.). 

Operations 

Professor of Clinical Major). I). Sandes, F.R.C.P., M.D., l.M.S. 

Medicine 

Professor of Pathology .. Capt. George Shanks, M.D., I.ftk.S. ; 

Dr. T. N. Sur, M.D. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



143 



fessor of Hygiene 
fessor of Medicine 



Dr. C. A. Bentley, M.B., D.P.H., D.T.M.H. 
Major H. Kingston, M.D., I. M.S. 

Four Asst. Professors; four Lecturers 
and twenty-one Demonstrators. 



CAKMICIIAKL MEDICAL COLLEGE, BELGATCIIIA. 

Dr. Kedarnath Das, C.I.E., M.D. 

Dr. B. C. Roy, M.I)., M.K.C.P., F.R.C.S. 

Dr. M. Mitra, M.I)., F.R.C.S. 

Dr. M. N. Chaterjec, M.H. 



icipal 

fcessor of Medicine . . 

fessor of Surgery 

fessor of Ophthalmic 
urgery 

fessor-in-charge of 
lidwifery and 
}ynaecology 

fessor of Midwifery 
nd Gynaecology 

fessor of Pathology . , 

fessor of Operative 
urgery 

fessor of Medical 
urisp rude nee 

fessor of Hygiene . 

fessor of Anatomy . 
fessor of Physiology 

fessor of Maleria 
ledica 

fessor of Chemistry, 
fessor of Physics 

fessor of Biology 
nd Botany 

fessor of Zoology 



Dr. Kedcirnath Das, C.I.E., M.D. 



Mr. Narendranath Basu, L.M.s. 

Mr. Charuchandra Basu, B.A., M.B. 
Mr. L. M. Banerjee, M.S., F.R.C.S. 

Major J. C. De, I. M.S. 

Dr. T. N. Majumdar, D.P.IL, F.C.S., 
F.R.C.S. (Kdin.). 

Mr. M. N. Bose, M.U., c.M. 

Mr. Satindrakumar Sen, B.Sc,, M.B., 
D.IMI. (Offg). 

Dr. P. Nandi, M.D. 

Dr. P. C. Ray, M.A. 

Mr. M. M. Ray, M.Sc. 

Dr. S. R. Bose, M.A., B.L., Ph.D. 

Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri, D.Sc., F.R.S.E. 

One Assistant Professor each in 
Chemistry and Biology ; 26 Demon- 
strators. 

THE BENGAL ENGINEERING COLLEGE. 

M.A., B.A.I., 



ncipal and Professor 
f Civil Engineering 



Mr. T. H. Richardson, 
M.I.C.K., F.C.U., M.I.E. 



144 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Civil Engineering .. Mr. Ramaranjan Ghosh, B.A., B.E. 

Six Visiting Lecturers. 

Mechanical Engineering Professor and Superintendent of 

Workshop: Mr. R. Wolfenden, M.Sc., 
M.H.K., Bar-at-Law, M.I. (Mech. E.), 
F.c.U. , J.K.S. 

One Asst. Professor, one Instructor 
and four Foreman Instructors and 
fourteen Native Mistry Instructors 

Professor : Mr. B. C. Gupta, l.K.S. 
One Demonstrator and one Foreman. 
Professor: H. C. Rede, U.Sc. 
One Instructor. 

Professors: Mr. A. Macdonald, B.Sc., 
M.A., A.M. I.E.: Mr. A. Chakravarti, 
M.Sc. ; Mr. Nareschandra Ghosh, 
M.A. 

Two Demonstrators for Physics and 
one for Mathematics ; one Lecturer. 

Professor : Dr. P. Neogi, M.A., P.R.S., 
Ph.D. ; Vacant. 

One Demonstrator. 
Constitution of the University. 

The University authorities are : 

(1 ) The Chancellor (Governor of Bengal for the time being). 

(2) 77if riif-C/iititcelior who is appointed by the Govern- 
ment of Bengal from among the Fellows. 

(3) The Kx-Oftirio Fellows. 

(4) The Ordinary Fellows. 



Electrical Engineering 
Mining 

Physics and Mathe- 
matics 



Chemistry 



(f>) SffM/f. The Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Fellows 
constitute the Senate which is the Governing Body of the 
University and has the powers to make and alter Bye-laws 
and regulations subject to the approval of the Government of 
Bengal. The Senate is divided into five Faculties, namely, 
Arts, Science, Law, Medicine and Engineering. 

(6) Syndicate. The executive government of the Univer- 
sity is vested in the Syndicate, which consists of the Vice- 
Chancelior, as Chairman, and the Director of Public Instruction, 
Bengal, for the time being, as ex-officio Member, and fifteen 
Fellows who arc elected for a period of one year partly by the 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 145 

Senate and partly by the Faculties as follows: Four, by the 
Senate; four, by the Faculty of Arts; two, by the Faculty of 
Science ; two, by the Faculty of Law ; two, by the Faculty 
of Medicine ; one, by the Faculty of Engineering. Of the 
fifteen Members, at least seven shall be either Heads of, or Pro- 
fessors in, Colleges affiliated to the University, and of these 
Syndics, at least two shall be elected by the Senate, at least live, 
by the various Faculties as fallows: 3, by the Faculty of Arts; 
1, by the Faculty of Science ; 1, by the Faculty of Medicine. 

(7) The Councils of Post-iimdudtc Teaching. Post-Graduate 
Teaching in Calcutta is conducted only in the name and under 
the control of the University. For this purpose, two councils 
have been constituted, namely, the Council of Post-Graduate 
Teaching in Arts and the Council of Post-Graduate Teaching in 
Science. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different 
Faculties, 1926-27. 

Number of Post-Graduate Students in Arts . . 933 

Do. do. in Science . . 203 

Law Candidates in July, 1927 . . . . . . 3,258 

M.B. Candidates in April 1927 . . . . . . 828 

Engineering Cadidates in July 1927 . . . . 162 

Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations. 

r l^he following were the number of successful candidates 
at the examinations of 1926 : 

Matriculation Examination . . . . . . 9,288 

Intermediate in Arts '. . .. .. .. 1,591 

Intermediate in Science . . . . . . . . 2,360 

K.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. 1,638 

B.SC. .. .. .. .. .. .. 684 

M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 

M.SC. .'. .. .. .. .. .. 72 

L.T. .. .. .. .. .. .. 18 

B.T. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56 

Preliminary Examination in Law . . . . . . 908 

Intermediate do. . . . . . . 675 

Final Examination do. . . . . . . 756 

Intermediate Examination in Engineering . . . . 72 

13. E. .. .. .. .. .. .. 21 

Final M.B., Part J .. .. .. ..217 

10 F 



14$ HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNivERsmfes 

Final M.B., Part II . . . . . . . . 178 

D.P.H. .. .. .. .. . . ' 15 

B.COM. .. .. .. .. .. 43 

PH.D. .. .. .. .. .. Nil. 

D.Sf. .. .. . . . . .. Nil. 

D.L. .. .. .. .. .. Nil. 

Library, Museum, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Li brat y is under the management of the 
Library Executive Committee, subject to the general control 
of the Syndicate. It is for the use of Resident Fellows, Re- 
gistered Graduates, Research Scholars, Readers, Professors, 
Lecturers of Post-Graduate classes and Teachers of the Under- 
Graduatc classes of this University, who are entitled to take 
out books from the Library. The students of the Post-Gradu- 
ate and Under-Graduate classes of this University are not 
allowed to take away books, but every facility is given to them 
to utilize the Library for the purpose of study and research, 
during the hours of 7 A.M. to 7 P.M. daily excepting Sundays 
and authorized holidays. It contains over 1,00,000 volumes, 
including pamphlets and periodicals and a fairly large collection 
of Bengali and Tibetan Manuscripts. 

Besides this Library, there are other Libraries attached to 
this University, 773., Post-Graduate Lending Library, Law 
Cellege Library and Libiaries of the Departments of Science. 

There are also Laboratories attached to each department 
of the University College of Science and also a Museum attached 
to the Anthropological section of the University. 

Scholarships and Medals. 

A large number of Scholarships, Medals and Prizes are 
awarded every year. For the encouragement of Post-Graduate 
study in Arts and Science, twelve University scholarships have 
been established, of Rs. 32 per month. Special Scholarships 
are awarded for study outside India. The Government itself 
has instituted a scholarship of ;300 per annum and there are 
also other private endowments for awarding scholarships rising 
to A'J*. 2,000 ptr annum. The University offers scholarships of 
Rs. 75 per mensem to carry on research. 

Provision for Research. 

There is a large Post-Graduate Department which also 
helps candidates desirous of attaining Research Degrees. A 
large number of Government and private Research Scholarships 
are awarded to encourage original research. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 147 

Publication and Extension Work. 

Nil. 

Military Training. 

Military Training in the Calcutta Battalion University 
Training Corps is carried out on the same line as that followed 
in a British Infantry Battalion* as far as possible. 

The same arms are not provided for U. T. Corps as for 
regular units, i.e., the Corps has not, so far, been issued with 
such arms as the Machine Gun, Lewis (Jim, Bombs, etc., but 
training in tactics Arms Drill, Ceremonial Diill and Bayonet 
Training are carried out, also Musketry Course is tired 
annually. 

Officers leceive instruction and practice in tactical exer- 
cises, drilling, etc., as for the British Officer at a British In- 
fantry Battalion. 

Associations in the University. 

Nil. 
Residence and Cost of Living. 

Under Chapter XXI V of the University Regulations classes 
of lodgings approved : 

(a) Collegiate Hostels. 

() Non-Collegiate Hostels under external management. 

(V) Messes, attached or unattached. 

(d) Private Lodgings. 

Licenses to Hostels under class (<i) are granted by the 
Syndicate, while licenses to remaining three classes of lodgings 
are granted by the Students, Residence Committee a subordi- 
nate body under the Syndicate, which consists of six members 
appointed annually from among the Fellows of the Senate. 
Students, who do not live with their parents or other bona-tidc 
guardians approved by the Principals, have to reside in either 
of the four classes of lodgings mentioned above. The cost of 
living or messing and seat rent varies in different Hostels and 
Messes. The messing charge is about Rs. 16 per mensem. 
Seat rent varies from Rs. 5 to Rs. 9 per mensem and in some 
cases Rs. 10 per month including electric charges. 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The University of Calcutta is liberally aided by the Govern- 
ment. There have been framed rules for " The University 
Teachers' Provident Fund". Membership, which is optional, 



148 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

is open to all Professors, Lecturers, Assistant Professors, Demon- 
strators and other Assistants, provided he is a whole-time 
officer of the University or has been receiving a pension. The 
member contributes one-twentieth of his monthly salary and 
the fund is supplemented by an equal amount from the Uni- 
versity Fund, provided that a member who has insured his life 
shall be entitled, on production of life insurance premium 
receipts, to a refund of the amount paid as premium, but the 
amount so returned in one year shall not exceed the member's 
contribution for that year. 

Women's Education. 

The following Institutions impart instruction to the women 
students only : 

Beth unc College. 
Diocesan College. 
Loreto House. 

In the Calcutta Medical College and other institutions, 
lady students are allowed to prosecute their studies, if they so 
desire. 

Students' Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

In paragraph 80 of the Report of the Committee on Indian 
Students 1921-2*2, it was lecommended that in place of the 
Provincial Advisory Committee, each Indian University should 
establish a bureau specially staffed and equipped for the pur- 
pose 

(<r) of supplying students wishing to pursue their education 
abroad with all the information, advice and assistance 
which they may require ; 

0*) of supplying the foreign University authorities with 
information regarding the students which will enable 
them to make their selection from the applications 
forwarded. 

This recommendation of the Committee has been accepted 
both by the Government of India and the Secretary of State. 

1. In Resolution No. 2108 Edn., dated the 2nd July 
1924, the Government of Bengal have sanctioned the establish- 
ment of a University Bureau at Dacca in place of the Local 
Provincial Advisory Committee. The Calcutta University- 
have established a Bureau in Calcutta, the constitution of which 
is as follows : 

1. The Vice-Chancellor of the Calcutta University 



2. The Director of Public Instruction, Bengal. 



CALCtl'TA I'NtVl'Ksm 149 



o 7. One representative of eacii of liie Acuities of 
Arts, Science, Law, Medicine and Engineering (the re- 
presentatives being persons with experience of foreign 
Universities). 

S. One representative of the Kxecutive Committee 
of the Council of Post-Graduate Teaching in Science. 

9. One representative of the Kxecutive Committee 
of the Council of Post-Graduate Teaching in Arts. 

10 12. Three members appointed by the Syndicate 
(not necessarily membeis of the Senate), two of whom 
shall be teachers with experience of foreign Universities. 

2. There is a part-time paid Secretary annually appointed 
by the Syndicate on the recommendation of the Bureau on an 
allowance of Rs. 100 per month, such Secretary being, whenever 
possible, a person with, experience of a foreign University. 

.'$. The Bureau is empowered to appoint correspondents 
in different parts of the Province to whom information 
might be supplied foi the purpose of residents in the districts 
concerned. 

4. In addition to the grant made to the Advisory Com- 
mittee in Calcutta, which is, according to the new arrange- 
ment, to be transferred to the University, Government also 
have to transfer the library of the existing Committee to the 
University. 

5. The Bureau is to offer advice to any student who 
desires to go abroad for his studies and to furnish foreign 
Universities with information regarding the qualifications of 
the student. 

The Government of Bengal have sanctioned the above 
scheme for the establishment ot the Bureau in Calcutta. The 
Bureau is called "The University Students' Information 
Bureau, Calcutta ". 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Instruction, 
Discipline, etc. 

In the year 1925, the Senate, on the recommendation of 
the Syndicate, appointed a Committee, called the Students' 
Welfare Committee, to consider questions of the health of 
students, their physical education and the organization of games 
and other forms of recreation. In the same year the Syndicate 
also purchased and placed at the disposal of the Committee 
12 boats for the use of the University students of affiliated 
Colleges in Calcutta. The work of the Committee may be 
broadly divided into three sub-heads, 77:., (1) Medical Ex- 
amination, (2) Curative measures, and (3) Preventive measures. 



ISO HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(1) Medical Kxamtnatton* The University spends about 
Us. 22,000 per annum over the scheme. There are ten ex- 
aminers who are now paid Ks. 75 per mensem to examine the 
state of general health of the students in the Colleges of Calcutta 
as also two Colleges outside the city, viz.* Serampore and Uttar- 
para. There is an office and staff to work out the data collected. 
The oflice of the Secretary is honorary. The Committee want 
to see that at least one in every student's academic year there 
must he an examination and this to extend to all the mofussil 
colleges. It is suggested that schools should also be included 
in the scheme as there are several defects which the students 
develop before they come to college and which should therefore 
be looked into at an earlier stage. 

(2) Curative Measures. An after-care officer has been 
specially appointed to see the students, their guardians and 
the heads of the institutions to urge remedial measures and 
keep himself informed of the steps that may be taken by the 
guardians. The poor students who have defective vision are 
provided with special certificates to that effect and a recom- 
mendation to dealers to supply them spectacles at concession 
rates. The Committee also arranged for re-vaccination of 
college students when small-pox broke in the City of Calcutta 
some time ago. 

(fl) Preventive Afettsures. With a view to take practical 
steps in the matter at tackling the question of physical edu- 
cation of the students and devoting its attention to the solution 
of the difficulties by evolving schemes of physical training and 
model dietary for the College students, the Committee appointed 
last year two special sub-committees, composed mostly of the 
Principals of Colleges and expert advisers outside the University 
and these sub-committees have not yet finished their labours. 

There is a rowing club with a membership of 80 and a daily 
average attendance of 40. Arrangements for swimming have 
been made in the new Shambazar Park and Inter-Club League 
competition is also played from time to time. Periodic mea- 
surements of weight, chest and grip of each member are taken 
during the year, and satisfactory physical improvements are 
being noticed in many cases. 

Admission to tbe University, Courses of Study, Examinations 
and Degrees. 

ADMISSION TO THK UNIVERSITY. 

A candidate seeking admission to the University must 
have passed the Matriculation Examination conducted by the 
University or an examination accepted as equivalent thereto. 



C \LCUTTA LlNIVKkSlTV 1M 

The University confers in Arts, the Degrees of B.A. iP&ss and 
Honours), M.A., PH.D., in Science, H.Sr. (Pass and Honours), 
M.SC. and D.Sc. The Professional Degrees are B.CoM., B.T., 
JU,., M.L., D.I,., M.B., M.D., M.S.. Master of Obstetrics, and 
Ji.E. In addition to the above, the following Diplomas are also 
given: Diploma of Public Health, Licentiate in Teaching and 
Diploma in Spoken English. Provision is made, under condi- 
tions, for admission as non-collegiate students of teachers, 
Laboratory Assistants, Demonstrators and Librarians of affili- 
ate(J Colleges. Lady candidates can appear at the University 
examinations without studying in an affiliated College. 

At THK MATRICULATION EXAMINATION, a candidate is 
examined in English (two papers), Mathematics (one paper), a 
Vernacular Language (one paper), a Classical Language (Female 
candidates are allowed to take up any language accepted by 
the Syndicate as a Second language), and any two of the follow- 
ing : 1. Additional Mathematics, 2. Additional paper in the 
Classical Language taken up as a subject in the main group, 
3. History of India, 4. Outlines of General Geography. 5. 
Elementary Mechanics, (>. Elementary Hygiene, 7. Business 
Methods and Correspondence, and S. Commercial Geography, 
in each of which there will be one paper. In order to pass, a 
candidate must obtain: 1. In English, either in the first 
paper 40 per cent and in the aggregate of the two papers 72 
marks, or in the aggregate of the two papers, 80 marks. 2. In 
the Vernacular paper, or in the paper alternative to it, 06 per 
cent. ft. In the compulsory Classical Language paper, 30 per 
cent. 4. In the compulsory Mathematical paper, 30 pei 
cent and in the aggregate 250 marks. Candidates who obtain 
50 per cent or more of the marks of the aggregate are placed 
in the First Division and those who obtain 40 per cent of the 
marks in the Second Division. 

COURSES OK STUDY AND DKCKKKS. 
ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The couise of study extends 
over a period of two years. The subjects and scheme of ex- 
amination are as follows: English (3 papers), one of the Verna- 
cular languages (one paper) and three of the following (2 papers 
each) of which two at least must be from Group A. 

Group A : 1. One of the Classical Languages, 2. History, 
3. Logic, 4. Mathematics, 5. Elements of Civics, 6. Commercial 
Geography and 7. Commercial Arithmetic and Elements of 
Book-keeping. 

Group B . 1. Physics. 2. Chemistry. 3. Geography. 4. 
Physiology, o. Botany. 6. Zoology. 7. Geology. 



152 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN' UNIVERSITIES 

Candidates may also be examined, if they so desire, in an 
additional subject included under Group A, provided they have 
not already taken the subject. In this optional subject there 
will be two papers. 

The minima for a pass are as follows: Knglish 36 per cent, 
Vernacular 36 per cent or in the alternative paper and 30 per 
cent in each of the remaining subjects and 36 per cent of the 
aggregate. Those who obtain 50 per cent or more of the aggre- 
gate are placed in the First Division while those who obtain 40 
per cent in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Arts (/'tis\ and Honours". The course of study 
extends over a period of two years. 

Every candidate is examined in the following subjects : 
1. English 3 papers for Pass. 6 Hons. papers. 
4 2. Vernacular one Pass paper. 

3 and 4, Two of the following subjects, one of which at 
least must belong to Group A : 

Group A. 

I. One of the following languages: Sanskrit, Pali, 
Arabic, Persian, Hebrew, Classical Armenian, Greek, Latin, 
Trench, German, Syriac. 3 Pass papers and 6 Honours papers 
in each of these subjects. 

Bengali and Urdu 3 Pass papers only in each of these 
subjects. 

II. Histoiy. 

III. Political Economy and Political Philosophy. 

IV. Mental and Moral Philosophy. 
. V. Mathematics. 

VI. Linguistics. 

3 Pass papers and 6 Honours papers in each of the subjects. 

Group H. 
I. Physics. 
IL Chemistry. 
III. Physiology. 
IV. Botany. 
V. Zoology. 
VI. Anthropology. 

In the Pass couise, two Theoretical papers and one Practi- 
cal paper and in the Honours course four Theoretical papers 
and two' Practical papeis in each of these subjects. 

The maximum number of marks for each paper is 100. 



CALCUTTA UNlvkkStTV 1,*J 

1. A candidate must obtain in order to pass in the Pass 
course 

In English .. . . . . 100 maiks 

Vernacular or paper alternative to it . . tfo ,, 

Any subject in Group A . . . . 100 ,, 

Any subject in (iroup B in the 

Theoretical papers , . . . GO ,, 

. In the Practical paper .. .. 40 

2. A candidate must obtain in order to pass in the Honours 
course 

In English .. .. .. ISO maiks 

Any subject in (iroup A .. .. ISO 

Any subject in (iroup B in the Theo- 
retical papers . . . . . . 10S 

In the Practical papers . . . . 72 ,, 

o. A candidate must obtain in order to qualify for 
Honours 

In English . . . . . . 240 maiks 

Any subject in (iroup A . . . . 240 ,, 

Any subject in Gioup B in the Theo- 
retical papers .. .. lb*0 ,, 

In the Practical papeis .. .. HO ,, 

4. If a candidate takes up the Pass course in four subjects, 
he must, in order to pass the B.A. Examination, pass in each 
subject, and obtain 360 marks in the aggregate. If he passes 
and obtains 500 marks in the aggregate, he shall be declared to 
have passed with distinction. 

5. If a candidate takes up the Pass course in three sub- 
jects, and the Honours course in one subject, he must, in order 
to pass the B.A. Examination, pass in each subject, and obtain 
468 marks in the aggregate. If he passes and also qualifies 
for Honours in his Honours subject he shall be declared to have 
obtained Second Class Honours in that subject. If he passes, 
qualifies for Honours in his Honours subject, and obtains .360 
marks in that subject, he shall be declared to have obtained 
First Class Honours in such subject. 

Master of Arts. The course of study extends over two 
years and is open to Bachelors of Arts and Commerce. The 
subjects of study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows : 



154 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNivKi<sni&> 

1. English . . . , S papers 

2. Sanskrit 

8. Pali .. 

4. Arabic . . . . . . ,, 

5. Persian . . . . . . ,, 

(i. Hebrew . . . . . . ,, 

7. Syrian . . . . . . ,, 

8. Creek 
U. Latin 

10. French 

11. (iernian . . . . . . ,, 

12. Indian Vernaculars 

18. Comparative Philology . . . . ,, 

14. Mental and Moral Philosophy . . ,, 

15. History .. .. .. ,, 

If). Political Kconorny and Political 

Philosophy . . . . . . ,, 

17. Commerce . . . . . . ,, 

IS. Mathematics 

H). Physics . . 4 Theoretical papers and 

4 Practical tests. 

20. Chemistry . . . . . . ,, 

21 . Physiology . . . . . . ,, 

22. Ceology . . . . . . ,, 

28. /oology and Comparative Anatomy ,, 

24. Experimental Psychology . . ,, 

25. Anthropology . . (> Theoretical papers and 

2 Oral and Practical papers. 

In order to obtain a pass in subjects 1-17, a candidate 
must obtain 288 marks in the aggregate. No minimum pass marks 
are required in each paper but if in any paper a candidate 
obtains less than '25 marks, those marks are not included in his 
^Kgregate. Candidates obtaining 860 marks are placed in the 
Second Class and those obtaining 480 marks in the First Class. 
Jn Mathematics, a candidate has to obtain 264 marks, no mini- 
mum in each of the papers is required, but if a candidate obtains 
less than 20 marks in any paper, those marks are not included 
in his aggregate ; candidates obtaining 820 marks are placed 
in the Second Class and those obtaining 400 marks in the First 
Class. 

In order to pass in subjects 19-25, a candidate must 
obtain 182 marks in the aggregate of the four papers (theoretical) 
and 160 marks in the practical examination. In Anthropology 
(Subject No. 25), a candidate must obtain 216 marks in the 
aggregate in the written papers and 72 marks in the Oral and 
Practical papers. Marks less than 25 obtained in any theoretical 
paper will not be included in the aggregate. 



CALCUTTA 

Candidates obtaining 360 marks arc placed in the Second 
lass and those obtaining 4SO marks in the First Class. 

Degree of Doctor of Philo*oph\. A Master of Arts who 
is been placed either in the 1st or in the 2nd class of the M.A. 
xamination may be a candidate for the degree three years after 
ic M.A. Degree. This is an examination by thesis, supplement- 
i, if necessary, by an examination \\ritten, oial, or, in subjects 
hich admit of it, by a practical examination. On the approval of 
le Syndicate the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy is conferred. 

J)ip/owj in A/VXv/v tt/tg/i*/i. 'I'll is is open to all 
asters of Arts and Science, Bachelors of Arts and Science as 
ell as Bachelors of Teaching and Licentiates in Teaching who 
ive received tiaining in elocution for a period of not less than 
e year under a teacher recognized foi the pin pose. Candi- 
ites are required to undergo a written examination to test the 
ndidate's knowledge of the elements of Phonetics with special 
fere nee to the pronunciation of English words and an Oral 
animation to test the candidate's power of elocution and his 
>ility to carry on an ordinary conversation in Knglish. To 
>tain a pass, a candidate must get 30 marks in the Written 
animation and 200 marks in the Oral examination. Candidates 
Gaining 300 marks in the aggregate are placed in the First ('lass. 

SCIENCE. 

liitennednitL E\aminafion in Science. The course of 
.idy extends over two years after passing the Matriculation 
animation. The subjects of study and the scheme of ex- 
lination are as follows: 1. Knglish (three papers), 2. a Verna- 
lar Language (one paper), 3. Chemistry (two papers), 4. 
athematics or Physics (two papers), and 5. any one of the 
Mowing (two papers) : Mathematics (if not already taken), 
lysics (if not already taken), Botany, Zoology, Geology, 
;ography and Physiology. Candidates may take an additional 
bject (2 papers), if they so desire, included under 5, provided 
ey have not already the subject or in French or German. 
>r a pass, a candidate must obtain 3B per cent in Knglish, 
per cent in the Vernacular or the alternative paper, 30 per 
nt in each of the compulsory subjects taken up, and 34 per 
nt in the aggregate. A candidate is placed in the First Class 
he obtains 50 per cent, while those who obtain 40 per cent 
i placed in the Second Class. 

Bachelor of Science (Pas* and Honours). The course 
study extends over two years after the Intermediate examin- 

ion and candidates are allowed to study and be examined, 
any three of the following subjects: 1. Mathematics, 2. 

lysics, 3. Chemistry, 4. Botany, 5. Geology, 0. Zoology, 7. 

lysiology, 8, Experimental Psychology and 9. Anthropology. 



156 llAvnimoK ofr ; INDIAN 

In tin* pass course, there art: three; papers in each subject, of 
which except in Mathematics, two are theoretical papers and 
one is practical paper. For a pass, ,\ candidate must obtain 
33 J per cent in Mathematics, and 30 per cent in the theoretical 
papers of any other subject and 40 per rent in the practical 
papers. The number of papers set for the Honours course is 
six papers in Mathematics and 4 theoretical and 2 practical 
papers in the other subjects. 

To obtain Honours, a candidate must obtain 30 per cent 
of marks in Mathematics and 27 per cent in the theoretical 
papers and 36 per cent in practical papers in any other subject. 

Master of Science. It is a two years' course after the 
H.Sc. Examination, and the subjects of study and the scheme 
of examination are: One of the following: 1. Mathematics 
(8 papers), 2. Chemistry, 3. Physics, 4. Botany, 5. Physiology, 
6. Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, 7. (leology, 8. Experi- 
mental Psychology, 9. Anthropology. lu subjects 2-H, there 
will be four papers in the theoretical poition and four papers 
at the practical examination, and, in subject 9. there will be 
six theoretical papers and two practical papers. In outer to 
pass in Mathematics, a candidate must obtain 264 marks and 
candidates obtaining 320 marks shall be placed in the Second 
Class and those obtaining 400 marks, in the First Class. In 
Anthropology, a candidate, in ordei to pass, must obtain 216 
marks in the aggregate of the written papers and 72 marks, in 
the Oral and Practical examination ; and candidates obtaining 
360 marks will be placed in the Second Class and those obtaining 
480 marks in the First Class. In other subjects, a candidate 
must obtain 132 marks in the aggregate of the tour theoretical 
papers and 160 marks in the practical examination. Candi- 
dates obtaining 360 marks will be placed in the First Class. 

Doctor of Science. A Mastei of Science who has been 
placed either in the First or in the Second Class of the M.SC. 
Examination may be a candidate for the degree three years 
after the M.SC. Degree. This is an examination by thesis, 
supplemented, if necessary, by an examination written, oral or 
practical. On the approval of the Syndicate, the Degree of 
Doctor of Science is conferred. 

EXAMINATIONS AND DKGRKKS LKADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

COMMKRCIi. 



of Commerce. The course of study extends 
for two years after the Intermediate Examination. The sub- 
jects of study and the scheme of examination are as follows: 
1. Composition in an Indian Vernacular other than the Verna- 
cular of the candidate or Fiench or German or Chinese or 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 157 

Japanese. 2. General Economics. 3. Indian Economics. 4. 
Accountancy. 5. Economic Geography. 6. Business Organ- 
ization, including Commercial Correspondence. 7. Inland or 
Foreign Trade. 8. Elementaiy Commercial Law. 9. One 
of the following subjects Advanced Accounting and Auditing, 
Banking and Economics, Industrial Organization, Agricultural 
Economics, Economics of Transport, Public Administration, 
Public Finance, Statistics, Tariffs, Modern Economic History. 
In subjects 1 to 8, there is one papei in each subject and in 
subject 9, there are two papers. 

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain 30 per cent of 
the marks in each paper and 40 per cent of the marks in the 
Aggregate. 60 per cent of the marks in the aggregate is required 
for a First Class. 

TKACI11NU. 

Licentiate in Teaching. The examination is open to those 
who have passed the Intermediate Examination in Arts or Science 
and who have pursued a course of study extending over two yeais 
and have undergone practical training in an approved institution 
or served as a teacher for one academical year previous to the 
examination. There will be a written examination in O) Theory 
and Practice of Teaching in relation to Mental and Moral Science, 
(2) Methods of Teaching Specific subjects and School Manage- 
ment, (3) A selected Educational Classic or Classics, and (4) A 
selected couise in Modern English Prose and Poetry and a 
practical examination for testing skill in teaching on any three of 
the following groups of subjects: 1. English, 2. Classical 
Language, 3. Bengali, 4. History, 5. Mathematics, 6. Geography, 
7. Elementary Physics and Chemistry, 8. Elementary Mechanics 
and Kindergarten, and 9. Object Lessons. There will be one 
paper of 100 marks eacli in each of the subjects for the written 
examination, and 300 marks are assigned to the practical exami- 
nation. 

In order to pass, a candidate should obtain 36 per cent in 
the first four subjects for the written examination, and 40 per cent 
of marks in the practical examination. Candidates obtaining 70 
per cent of the total marks will be declared to have passed with 
distinction. 

Bachelor of Teaching. A candidate should have taken the 
B.A. or the B.St'. Degree and attended a regular course of lectures 
for one year subsequently. The course of study and the scheme 
of examination are as follows:!. The Theory and Practice of 
Teaching in relation to Mental and Moral Science. 2. Methods 
of Teaching Specific subjects and School Management. 3. The 
History of Educational Ideas and Methods. 4. A selected 
Educational Classic or Classics. One paper will be set in each 



158 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

of the above subjects. Candidates are also required in a practical 
examination to give demonstrative lessons on at least three of 
the following subjects : (1) English, (2) A Classical Language, 
(3) Hengali, (4) History, (5) Mathematics, (6) Geography, (7) 
Elementary Physics and Chemistry, (8) Elementary Mechanics, 
(9) Kindergarten and Object Lessons. In order to pass, a candi- 
date is to obtain 06 per cent of marks in each of the subjects in 
the written examination and 40 per cent in the practical exami- 
nation, and those who obtain 70 per cent and more will be placed 
in the First (.'lass. 

L.\\v. 

Bachelor of Law. It is a three years' course and graduates 
in Arts, Science, Commerce, Medicine and Engineering are 
eligible for this course of study and have to pass in succession 
(1) a Pieliminaiy Examination, (2) an Intermediate Examination, 
and 00 a Final Examination. In all these examinations, there 
may, in addition to the written examinations, be an oral test. 
The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows : Preliminary Examination: 1. Jurisprudence (one paper), 
2. Roman Law (one paper), 3. Hindu Law (one paper), and 
(4) Constitutional Law (one paper). 77ie Intermediate Examina- 
tion : Muhammadan Law and Law relating to persons (one 
paper), 2. The Law relating to Property, including Law of 
Transfer, inter nvos (one paper), 3 and 4. Principles of English 
Law of Real Properly and Law of Intestate and Testamentary 
Succession (one paper) and 5. The Law of Contracts and Torts 
(one paper). The /"mat Examination: 1. The Law relating to 
Property, including the Law of Land Tenures, Land Revenue and 
Presciiption (one paper), 2. The Principles of Equity, including 
the Law of Trusts (one paper), 3. The Law of Evidence and the 
General Principles of Civil Procedure and Limitation (one paper), 
and 4. The Law of Crimes and the General Principles of Criminal 
Procedure (one paper). 

In order to pass the Preliminary, Intermediate or Final 
Examination, a candidate must obtain 30 per cent in each paper 
and 50 per cent in the aggregate. A candidate obtaining 67 per 
cent will be placed in the First Division. 

Master of /,<77c. The subjects of study and the scheme of 
examination are as follows: A candidate will be examined in the 
following subjects besides an oral test, if the examiners think it 
necessary : 1. Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law (one paper), 

2. Jurisprudence and Principles of Legislation (one paper), 

3. Principles and History of Roman Law (one paper), 4 Private 
International Law (one paper), 5 and 6. any two of the following 
subjeUs (two papers): (a) Principles of Equity, (j>) The Law 
relating to the Transfer of Immovable Property and the Law 
of Prescription, (c) The Law relating to Wills, u/) The Law of 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 159 

Contracts and Torts, (/) Principles and History of the Law of 
Real and Personal Property, (/") Principles and History of the 
Law of Evidence, and (g) History of English Law. 

Jn order to pass the examination, a candidate must obtain 
50 marks in each paper, and to be ranked in the First Class, he 
must obtain 400 marks in the aggregate. 

Doctor of Law. It is open to all Masters of Law provided 
one year has elapsed since, they obtained their Master's Degree. 
This is an examination by thesis, which may be supplemented by 
an examination, written, oral, 01 both, according as the Board of 
Examiners appointed to repoit on the merits of the thesis may 
think lit. If the Syndicate, upon the report, consider the candi- 
date worthy of the Degree of Doctor of Law, the candidate is 
confened the Degree. 

ENGINEERING. 

1. Intermediate Examination in Engineering. It is ;r two 
years' course. The subjects and the scheme of examination 
are as fullo\\s: SECTION 7 A : Mathematics (two papers), Chemis- 
try (one papei), and Physics 'one paper) and two practical tests, 
one in Chemistry and one in Physics. SECTION H: Mathematics 
and Applied Physics (three papers), Mechanical and Electrical 
Engineering (two papers), Civil Engineering (two papers), Estimat- 
ing (one paper), Surveying (one paper), and Drawing (one paper). 
There are four practical tests in (/) Mechanical Engineering, 
(/'/) Elect! ical Engineering, (it/) Surveying, and (jv) Drawing. 
The minimum marks for a pass is thirty-three and one-third per 
cent in each group and fifty per cent in the aggregate. 

2. Degree of K ache lor of Engineering* It is a two years' 
couise after the Intermediate Examination in Engineering. 
Candidates may choose any one of the following branches of 
Engineering : Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Mining. 

Civil Engineer i ng. 

Non-Professional Section. Mathematics (two papers), Science, 
Geology and Mineralogy (one paper), Applied Physics (one paper 
and practical test), Technical Chemistry (one paper and practical 
test). 

Professional Section. Group I : Roads and Railways, Irriga- 
tion and Sanitary Engineering, Applied Mechanics, Hydraulics. 
Group II : Mechanical Engineering (including Laboratory work), 
Electrical Engineering (including Laboratory work). Group III: 
Attested Designs for Engineering Works and Building, Practical 
Drawing and the Principles of Architectural Design. 

Affc/i a n ic a / En gi nee ring. 

Non-Pi of essional Section. Mathematics (two papers), Science 
Technical Chemistry (one paper and practical test), Applied 
Physics (one paper and practical test). 



160 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Professional Section. Group I : Advanced Theory of 
Mechanics, Advanced Theory of Heat Engines, Hydraulic and 
Pneumatics Machinery, Theory of Structures, Modern Systems 
of Works Management and Accounts. Group II : Technical 
Chemistry and Metallurgy (Theoretical and Practical). Group 
III : Machine Design, Structural Design. Group IV : Workshops 
(Sessional Work). Group V : Mechanical Engineering Labora- 
tories (Sessional), Machine Design (Sessional), Structural Design. 

i J / /' // / ;/,c Engines f v //.; . 

Non- Professional Sec/ion. Mathematics (two papers), Science, 
Geology and Mineialogy (one paper), Applied Physics (one paper 
and practical test), Technical Chemistry (one paper and practical 
test). 

Professional Section. Group I : Applied Mechanics and 
Hydraulics and Mining. Group II: Mechanical Engineering 
(including Laboratory work) and Electrical Engineering (including 
Laboiatory work). Group III : Attested Designs for Engineering 
works and buildings and practical drawing. 

Electrical Engineet ing. 

Non- Professional Section. Mathematics (two papers), Sue nee 
Technical Chemistry (one paper and practical test), Applied 
Physics (one paper and practical test). 

Pioffvsional Sec/ion. Group I: Electiieal Engineering, 
Theory of Struct in es, Modern Systems of Works Management 
and Accounts. Group II: Technical Chemistry and Metallurgy. 
Group III: Electrical Engineering, Drawing, Structural Design. 
Group IV : Woikshops, Power House, Electrical Workshops 
(Sessional). Group V : Electrical Engineering, Laboratory (Ses- 
sional), Electrical Engineering Project (Sessional), Sessional 
Work in Stiuctural Design (Sessional). 

In order to pass, ,i candidate has to obtain thiity-three and 
one-third per cent in each group of subjects and fifty per cent of 
the aggregate. Sixty-six per cent of the marks in the Professional 
Section is required for a First ('lass. 

Doctor of 'Science (Engineering). This is an examination by 
thesis which may be supplemented by an examination, written, 
practical, oYal or all. If the thesis is approved, the candidates 
are admitted to the Degree of Doctor of Science (Engineering). 

MEDICINK. 

Prelintinarv Scientific Examination for the Degree of M.B. 
Any under-graduate of the University may be admitted to this 
examination provided he has fulfilled the following conditions: 

(</) That he has passed the Intermediate Examination with 
Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics. 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 



161 



(6) That he has completed, since passing the Intermediate 
Examination with Physics, Chemistry and Mathematics, a regular 
course of study, theoretical and practical, in the subjects 
for the examination for one academical year in a College affiliated 
to the University for this purpose. 

The following are the subjects a candidate is required 
to study and be examined in: Inorganic Chemistry, Organic 
Chemistry, Physics, Botany, and Zoology (one paper each). 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows : 



Subjects 


Written Oral 


Practi- 
cal 


Total 


Passing 
Marks 


Passing 
Marks in 
Practical 


Chemistry (Inorganic) 


COO 


100 


100 


400 


160 , 40 


Chemistry (Organic) 


200 


100 


100 


400 


160 40 


Physics 


200 


100 


100 400 


160 40 


Kotany 


200 


100 


100 


400 


160 40 


/oology 


200 


100 


100 


400 


160 40 



First ALB. Examination. The course of study is open to 
students who have passed the Preliminary Scientific M.B. 
Examination or the B.Sc. Examination in Physics, Chemistry, 
Botany, and Zoology, and attended a regular course of study, 
theoretical and practical, in the subjects of the examination 
for not less than two years at a College of Medicine affiliated to 
the University up to the standard of the First M.B. Examination. 

Every candidate is examined in the following subjects : 
Anatomy and Physiology. 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows: 



Subjects 


Written 


Oral 


Practi- 
cal 


Total 


Passing 
Marks 


Passing 
Marks in 
Practical 


Anatomy 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 


Physiology 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 



Second M.B. Examination. The examination is open to 
those who have passed the First M.B. Examination and comple- 
ted a regular course of study, theoretical and practical, in the 
subjects of the examination for not less than a year, at a College 
of Medicine affiliated to the University up to the standard for 
the Second M.B. Examination. 

The following are the subjects of study and exam- 
ination : (1) Pharmacology and Materia Medica, including 
ll v 



162 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Pharmacological Chemistry and Pharmacy. (2) Elementary 
Bacteriology and Pathology. 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows: 



Subjects 


Written 


Oral 


Practi- 
cal 


Total 


Pass 
ing 


Passing 
Marks 


Passing 
Marks in 










Marks 


W. & 0. 


Practical 


Pharmacology and 
















Materia Medica. . 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 


Elementary 










, 


Bacteriology and 
















Pathology 


500 


200 


300 


1,000 


500 


280 


150 



Third M .H. Examination. The course of study is open to 
those who have passed the Second Examination in M.B. and 
have completed a regular course of study, theoretical and 
practical, in the subjects of the examination for not less than a 
year at a College of Medicine affiliated to the University up to 
the staudaid for the Third M.B. Examination. 

Every candidate is examined in the following subjects : 
(1) Forensic Medicine, (2) Hygiene and Public Health ; the 
examination shall be written, oral and practical. Three hours 
shall be allowed for each paper in each subject. 

The examination in Forensic Medicine consists of (a) 
one theoretical paper, (/;) an oral examination, (c) a practical 
examination, to include examination on the dead body on 
points of Medico-legal importance as arising out of or as illustrated 
by the conditions observable on the dead body, the actual 
methods of post-mortem examination for Medico-legal purposes, 
the putting up of materials for Medico-legal chemical analysis 
and the writing of Medico-legal post-mortem reports. 

The Scheme of Examination is as follows : 



Subjects 


.Written 


Oral 
and 
Practical 


Total 


Pass 


Written 
Pass 


Oral and 
Practical 
Pass 


Forensic Medicine . . 


500 


500 


1,000 


500 i 200 ' 250 


Hygiene and Public 








i 


Health 


500 


500 


1,000 


500 ) 200 250 










i ' 



Final M. H. Examination. The course of study is open to 
those who have passed the Third M.B. Examination and have 
completed a regular course of study, theoretical and practical, in 
the subjects of the examination in a College of Medicine affiliated 



CALCUTTA UNIVERSITY 163 

to the University up to the standard of the Final M.B. Exam- 
ination. 

A candidate is required to study and be examined in the 
following: (1) Medicine, including Applied Anatomy and 
Physiology, Clinical Pathology and Therapeutics ; (2) Surgery 
including Applied Anatomy and Physiology and Clinical Patho- 
logy* Ophthalmology, Diseases of the Kar, Throat and Nose, 
Radiology, Orthopaedics and Venereal Diseases ; (8) Midwifery 

and Diseases of Women. 



The examination in Medicine consists of 

(a) Two theoretical papers, an average of at least half an 
hour being allowed to answer each question. 

(b) An oral examination, including an examination on 
pathological specimens, secretions, the testing of urine, clinical 
microscopy and prescription writing. 

(c) A clinical examination, at least one hour being allowed 
to the candidate for the examination of, and report on his 
principal case. The examination of secretions, the testing of 
urine, clinical microscopy and prescription writing should 
form a part of this examination. 

The examination in Surgery consists of 

(a) Two theoretical papers, an average of at least half 
an hour being allowed to answer each question. 

(b) A clinical examination, at least half an hour being 
allowed to the candidate for the examination of, and report 
on his principal case. 

GT) An oral examination in which questions on the use of 
surgical instruments and appliances on the application of 
splints and bandages and on museum specimens illustrating 
surgical pathology, interpretation of X-Ray records and patho- 
logical slides shall form a special part. 

(</) Operations on the dead body. 

The examination in Midwifery and Diseases of Women 
consists of 

(a) Two theoretical papers, an average of at least half 
an hour being allowed to answer each question. 

(b) An oral examination, including questions on specimens, 
models, and instruments and appliances. 

((-) A practical examination on obstetric and gynaecologi- 
cal operations on the ^manikin and a clinical examination, 
whenever possible. 



164 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



The full marks for each subject and minimum marks re- 
quired for passing are as follows : 



Subjects 


Written 


Oral 


Practi- 
cal 


Total 


Pass- 
ing 
Marks 


Passing 
Marks 
in 
W. & O. 


Passing 
Marks in 
Practical 


Medicine . . . ' 500 


200 


300 


1 ,000 


500 


230 


150 


Surgery 


500 


200 


300 


1 .000 


500 


280 


150 


Midwifery .. 1 500 


200 


300 | 1,000 


500 


280 


150 


1 




I 







Diploma in Public Health. The course is open to any 
Bachelor of Medicine or Licentiate in Medicine and Surgery on 
production of certificates of having, subsequent to passing the 
M.B. or L.M.S. Examination 

(/) attended, during a period of not less than six months, 
approved courses of instruction in (</) Bacteriology 
and Parasitology including Medical Kntomoiogy 
and Protozoology, Helminthology and Immunology 
especially in their relation to diseases of man and 
to those diseases of the lower animals transmissible 
to man this course to last at least 180 hours ; 
(/;) Chemistry and Physics in their relation to public 
health this course to last at least 120 hours ; and 
(f) Meteorology and Climatology in relation to Public 
Health this course to last at least 10 hours. 

(//) been diligently engaged for at least six months in 
acquiring practical knowledge of the duties, routine 
and special, of public health administration under the 
supervision of a recognized medical officer of health of 
a town or sanitary area of not less than fifty thousand 
inhabitants, who shall certify that the candidate has 
received from this officer or from other competent Medical 
Officer during not less than three hours on each of 60 
working days' instruction, in these duties (a candidate 
who produces evidence that he has been in independent 
sanitary charge of a town or district may under very 
special circumstances be exempted from this rule) ; 

(//'/') attended for three months in the clinical practice of 
a recognized hospital for infectious diseases and has 
received therein instruction in the methods of ad- 
ministration (at least 30 attendance of not less than 
two hours each shall be required); 

(/>) received, during not less than 80 hours, at an insti- 
tution or from teachers approved by the University, 
instructions in the following subjects : 



CAUIUITA IJNiVEksitv J6o 

The Principles of Public Health and Sanitation. 
Epidemiology and Vital Statistics. 
Sanitary Law and Administration. 
Sanitary Construction and Planning. 

(r) completed two years' continuous practice of the medical 
profession, which may include the period of training 
specified above. Provided that a candidate may 
appear in Part I (but not in Part II) of the examina- 
tion on the completion of a year of practice. Provided 
also that a candidate may not appear in Part II 
until he has passed in Part I of the Examination. 

The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are 
as follows : 

PART I. 

(a) Bacteriology and Parasitology including Medical Ento- 
mology and Protozoology, Helminthology and Immunology 
(one paper). 

(/;) Chemistry and Physics and Meteorology and Climato- 
logy in relation to Public Health (one paper). 

Part II. 

(r) Hygiene and Sanitation including Sanitary Engineering 
(one paper). 

(//) Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases (one paper,). 

(e) Sanitary Law, Vital Statistics and Public Health 
Administration (one paper). 

The examination may be written, oral and practical and 
shall include Food Inspection and Sanitary Inspection of facto- 
ries, schools, premises or areas. 

In order to pass the examination a candidate must obtain 
50 per cent in each paper of both the parts. 

Scale oi Fees. 

Ks. 

Matriculation .. .. .. ..15 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 30 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass) . . . . . . 45 

(Hons.) .. .. ..55 

Master of Arts . . . . . . . . 80 

Doctor of Philosophy .. .. ..200 

Bachelor of Commerce . . . . 45 

Intermediate in Science . . . . . . 30 

Bachelor of Science . . . . . . 45 



166 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Rs. 

Bachelor of Science (Hons.) . . . . 55 

Master of Science . . . . . . . . 80 

Doctor of Science . . . . . . . . 200 

Licentiate in Teaching . . . . 30 

Bachelor of Teaching . . . . . . 40 

Diploma in Spoken English .. .. ..50 

Bachelor of Law : Preliminary . . 30 

Intermediate . . 30 

Kinal . . . . . . 30 

Master of Law . . . . . . . . 200 

Doctor of Law . . . . . . . . 200 

Preliminary Scientific M.B. Examination . . 30 

First M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 30 

Second M.B. . . . . . . . . 25 

Third M.B. .. .. .. .. ..25 

Final M.B. . . . . . . . . . . 25 

Doctor of Medicine . . . . . . . . 200 

Master of Surgery . . . . . . . . 200 

Master of Obstetrics . . . . . . . . 200 

Diploma in Public Health . . . . . . 200 

Intermediate Examination in Civil Engineering . . 30 

,, for Section A. . . 15 

Bachelor of Engineering . . . . 40 

,, Non-Professional Section 20 

Doctor of Science (Engineering) . . . . 200 



Dacca University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The University of Dacca owes its origin to three factors : 
fiist, the desire of the Musalmans of Kastern Hengal to stimulate 
the Kducational progress of their community ; secondly, the desire 
of the Government of India to create a new type of residential 
and teaching University in India as opposed to the prevailing 
affiliating type ; and thirdly, the desire of the Government to 
relieve the congestion of the University of Calcutta. Though 
the movement in favour of a separate University for Kastern 
Bengal began so early as 1912 and the Committee appointed to 
frame a scheme reported in the course of the year, the outbreak 
of war in 1914 led to a postponement and the appointment of the 
Calcutta University Commission was utilized to subject the 
proposals of the Committee to the scrutiny of the Commission. 
The Commission reported strongly in favour of the establishment 
of a University in Dacca and endorsed the proposal that the 
University should be a Unitary University as opposed to a federal 
or affiliating University, and that it should be a teaching and 
residential University. The different colleges in the University 
area were converted into Residential Halls, organization of 
teaching by Colleges being abandoned. The Dacca University 
was also the first University to place Intermediate classes outside 
the University in special institutions called Intermediate Colleges. 
The University was opened on 1st July, 1921. 

In one respect the University has a characteiistic feature : 
special representation on University bodies is given to the 
Muslim Community and a Hall, the Muslim Hall, is specially 
provided for Muslim students. 

The University is unitary in character and the whole of the 
teaching is centrally organized. The University has also made 
a new departure in initiating a Tutorial system in connection 
with the Halls of residence for Pass students, and under the 
heads of departments for Honours students. The Tutorial 
classes are intended to counteract the inevitable evils of the 
examination room and to encourage originality and individual 
effort, to ensure that each student would be enabled to learn 
something of intellectual production as well as of reproduction, 
so that when he enters the world, he will not find himself for the 
first time confronted with intellectual problems to which he has 
not been taught the answers beforehand. The resklential units 



168 HANCOCK OF INDIAN LlNivfcRstTtfcs 

are known as " Halls *', and each Hall is under the control of d 
Provost or Warden. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 
His Excellency The Governor of Bengal. 

ViCE-CHANCELLOK. 
Prof. G. H. Langley, M.A. 

TRKASURKR. 
Rai Sasanka Comar Ghose Bahadur, J5.L. 

REGISTRAR. 
Khan Bahadur Naziruddin Ahmad, M.A. 

PROVOSTS. 

Prof. J. C. Ghosh, D.Sc. 
Mahmood Hasan, M.A., 1J.A. (Oxon.). 
Prof. R. C. Majumdar, M.A., Vh.I). 

DKANS. 

Arts .. .. Dr. N. M. Basil, D.Sc.; S. K. l)e, M.A., 

H.L., D.Lit. (London). 

Science . . . . Prof. S. N. Bose, M.Sc. 

Law . . . . Prof. N. N. Ghosh, M.A., H.L. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Fakhruddin Ahmad, M.A. 

MEDICAL OFFICER. 

Dr. S. K. l^as Gupta, M.D. 

TEACHING STAFF. 

English .. .. Header ami Head of the Department: 

C. L. VVrenn, M.A. (Oxford). 
Header-. Mahmood Hasan, M.A. (Cal.), 

H.A. (Oxon.). 

Lectnrets: Praphulla Kumar Guha, 
M.A., H.L. ; Dr. U. C. Nag., M.A., Ph.D.; 
Basanta Kumar Ray, M.A., H.L. ; S.M. 
Chanda, M.A. (on study leave in 
Europe) ; Satyendranath Roy, M.A. and 
Sukumar Dutt, M.A. (Temporary). 
Assistant Lecturers : Sukumar Ganguly, 
M.A., Paresh Na^fi Ghosh, M.A. (Tem- 
porary). 



bACl'A UNiVKkSlTV 



16*) 



Arabic and Islamic 
Studies 



Persian and Urdu 



Sanskrit 



Philosophy 



History 



Professor and Head of the Department ! 

Prof. A. Siddiqi, M.A., Ph.D. 
Reader : Vacant. 
Lecturers-. Mu n a war Ali ; Mohd. Saada 

tullah Israely; Marghoob Ahmad, M. A., 

and Abu Usman Khalid, M.A., B.L. 
Assistant Lecturers : Abdus Subhan, M.A. 

and Abdul Azix, M.\. 

Reader and Head of the Department : 

Fida Ali Khan, M.A. 
Lecturets: S. M. Zafar Hussain A /ad, 

B.A. ; \V. H. A. Shadani, M.A. 
Assistant Lecturer-. Moayyidul Islam 

Borrah, M.A. 

Reader and Head of the Department -. 
Dr. S. K. I)e., M.A., B.L., I). Lit. (Lond). 
Lecturers : Radha Govinda Basak, M.A. ; 
(turuprasanna Dhattacharyya, M.A. ; 
Md. Shahidullah, M.A., B.L. (on study 
leave in Europe) ; Charu Chandra 
Bandyopadhyaya, B.A., and Basanta 
Kumar Chatterjee, M.A. (Temporary,). 
AssishiHf Lecturers-. Nanigopal Banerjee ; 
and Janardan Chakrabarty, M.A., and 
Probodh Chandra Lahiri, M.A. 

Reader and Head of the Oefiat tment : 

Haridas Bhattacharyya, M.A., B.L. 
Lecturers : Umesh Chandra Bhattachar- 

jee, M.A., and Upendranath Gupta, M.A. 
Assistant Lecturer in Psychology. Khirode 

Chandra Mukherjee, M.A. 
Assistant Lecturers in Philosophy : Beno- 

yendraNath Roy, M.A., and Momtazud- 

din Ahmed, M.A. 

Professor and Head of the Department: 
Prof. R. C. Majumdar, M.A., Ph.D. 

Reader-. K. R. Qunungo, M.A. (Tempo- 
rary). 

Lfctuters-. Paresh Chandra Mukherjee, 
M.A. , Sudhindra Nath Bhattacharyya, 
M.A., and Sailesh Chandra Banerjee, 
M.A,. 

Assistant Lecturer \ Jyotirmoya Sen, M.A. 



170 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKRSITIES 



Economics and Politics. Reader and Plead of the Department. 

Dr. J.C. Sinha, M.A., Ph.D. 
Reader-. Debendranath Banerjee, M.A. 
Lecturer* : S. Vaidyanath Ayyar, M.A. ; 

K. B. Saha, M.A. ; Mati Lai Dam, M.A. 

and Ajit Kumar Sen, M.A. 
Assistant Lecturers : Parimal Roy, M.A. ; 

Amiya Kumar Das Gupta, M.A. ; 

Birendranath Ganguly, M.A. ; and Ak- 

shoy Kumar Ghosal, M.A. 

Commerce . . . . Keader and Head of the Department : 

P. B. Junnarkar, M.A., I.1..H. 
Lecturer-. S. R. Kalian, H.Com., 
(Birm.). 

Assistant Lcctuiei : Dinesh Chandra 
Datta, M.A. 

Mathematics .. .. Reader and Head of the Department: 

Dr. Nalini Mohan Basil, D.Sc. 
Reader : Dr. J. Ghosh, D.Sc. 
Lecturers : Dhirendra Nath Ganguly, 

M.A.; Hrishikesh Sircar, M.Sc. 

and Subodh Chandra Mitra, M.A. 

(Temporary) (another Lectureship 

vacant). 
Assistant Lecturer: Hirendra Mohan 

Sen Gupta, M.A. (Temporary). 

Physics . . . . Professor and Head of the Department : 

Prof. Satyendra Nath Bose, M.Sc. 

Readers : Surendranath Ghosh, M.A. 
(another Readership vacant). 

J.ecturer\ Bhabani Charan Guha, M.Sc. 

Assistant Lecturers : Qua/i Motahar 
Hussain, M.A. ; Hariprasanna Mukher- 
jee, M.Sc. ; Sa'sanka Sekhar Mukher- 
jee, M.Sc. ; Suryya Kanta Mukherjee, 
M.Sc.; Phanindra Kumar Mitra, M.Sc.; 
Surendra Chandra Chakravarti, M.Sc.; 
Labanya Mohan Das, M.Sc. and Susil 
Chandra Biswas, M.Sc. 

Chemistry . . . . Professor and Head of the Department : 

Prof. J.C. Ghosh, D.Sc. 
Reader-. Dr. P. C. Guha, D.Sc. 
Reader tn Analytical Chemistry : Dr. J. 
K. Chowdhury, M.Sc., Ph.D. 



DACCA UMIVERSITV 171 

Lecturers*. Rajendi 1 ;! Lai De, M.Sc. ; R. 
M. Purakayastha, M.Sc. and Kalipada 
Hasu, M.Sc. 

Assistant Lecturers : Ran a jit Kumar 
Chakravorty, M.A. ; Bholanath Saha, 
M.Sc. ; Jogesh Chandra Sarma, M.Sc. ; 
Surendrn Kumar Basak, H.A. ; A. N. 
Kappanna, M.Sc. ; Paresh Chandra 
Banerjee, M.Sc. ; Jadulal Mukherjee, 
M.Sc. and Satish Chandra De, M.Sc. 

Education . . . . Honorary Reader and Head of the 

Department-. Dr. M. P. West, M.A., 
D.Ph., I.K.S. 

Honorary Teachers-. Manoranjan Mitra, 
B.A., B.T. ; Aswini Kumar Datta, M.Sc., 
B.T. ; G. B. Bhattacharya, M.A., B.T. ; 
Mrs. M. P. West, M.K.C.S., L.K.C.P., 
D.P.H.; Hem Chandra Banerjee, M.A., 
B.T. ; Mokhlesur Rahman, B.A., B.T. 
and Sarat Chandra Chatterjee. 

Law . . . . Professor and Head of the Department : 

Prof. N. N.Ghosh, M.A., B.L. 

Lecturers : Jitendranath Das Gupta, 
M.L. ; Amulya Kumar Datta Gupta, 
M.A., B.L. and Nirmal Chandra Pal, 
M.A., B.L. 

Part-Time Lecturer *\ Sukurnar Guha, 
B.A., B.L. ; Satish Chandra Majumdar, 
B.A., B.L. ; Tara Prasanna Das, B.L. 
and Md. Ibrahim, M.A., B.L. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal governing bodies of the University are : (1) The 
Court which is a large body of e\-officio, elected and nominated 
members and which has the power of passing new Statutes and 
cancelling new Ordinances made by the Executive Council. It 
also has the power of reviewing and passing resolutions on the 
annual budget and report. (2) The Executive Council, which is 
the Executive Body of the University, regulates and determines 
all matters concerning the University in accordance with the Act, 
Statutes and Ordinances, and in particular, controls the finances 
of the University. (3) The Academic Council is the Academic 
Body of the University and has the general control and is res- 
ponsible for the maintenance of standards of instruction, education 
and examination within the University. 



172 HANDHOOK OF INDIAN 

The subsidiary bodies are : (1) The Faculties of Arts, 
Science and Law, each of which is in charge of the teaching and 
the courses of study and research work in subjects assigned to it. 
Each faculty comprises the related departments of teaching and 
the head of every such department is the professor of that depart- 
ment or if there is no professor, the Reader. The Head of the 
Department is responsible to the Dean of Faculty for the organ i- 
xation of the teaching in that department. (2) Board of Resi- 
dence, Health and Discipline : This Board is entrusted with 
matters relating to the residence, health and discipline of students. 
(3) Committees of Courses of Study : English, Sanskritic Studies, 
Arabic and Islamic Studies, Persian and Urdu, Philosophy, History, 
Economics and Politics, Education, Mathematics, Commerce, 
Chemistry, Physics and Law. (4) Board of Co-ordination : This 
consists of the Vice-Chancellor, the Deans of the Faculties and 
the Registrar and its function is to organize the teaching of the 
University and in particular, to co-ordinate the work and time- 
tables of the various faculties and to assign lecture rooms, labora- 
tories and other rooms of the faculties. 

The Officers of the University are: the Chancellor, the Vice- 
Chancel lor, the Treasurer, the Provosts, the Registrar, the Deans 
of the Faculties, the Proctor, the Librarian and the Medical 
Officer. The Vice-Chancellor is the principal Executive and 
Academic Officer of the University. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties 
on the 31st March, 1927. 

Arts .. .. T B.A. 150; II B.A. 141 ; III B.A. 

42; I M.A. 64; II M.A. 56; 

I B. COM. 16; If B. COM. 25. 
Science .. ..I B.Sc. 81 ; II B.S(\ 120; III B.Sc. 

41; I M.Sr. 37; II M.Sc. 23. 
Law .. ..I B.L. 178; II B.L. 136 ; III B.L. 

150. 

Research Students . . 15. 
Education . . . . B.T. 72 ; L.T. 7. 

Medicine . . . . Students of the Dacca School of 

Medicine who take Physics and 
Chemistry in the University 130. 
Total strength for 1926-27 : 1,484. 

Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations 
held in 1926-27. 

Arts .. .. M.A. (Final) 56; M.A. (Prel.) 35; 

B.A. (Hons.) 21 ; B.A. (Ordinary) 
72 ; B.COM. 15. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 173 

Science .. .. M.Sc. (Final) 23 ; M.SC. (Prel.) 19 ; 

B.Sr. (Hons.) 15 ; B.Sc:. (Ordinary) 
64. 

Law . . .. B.L. (Final) 84. 

Education .. .. B.T. 60 ; L.T. 4. 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There aie (1) four research studentships each of the value of 
Rs. 75 per month tenable for one year in the first instance, but 
renewable for a second year subject to good conduct and receipt 
of a satisfactory report from the Head of the Department 
concerned on the work undertaken by the student ; (2) twenty 
post-graduate scholarships varying in value from Rs. 25 to Rs. 40 
per month and tenable for one year only ; and one post-graduate 
law scholarship of the value of Rs. 50 per mensem tenable for 
two years to a student reading for the M.L. degree; (3) two 
entrance scholarships of the value of Rs. 25 each per month 
tenable for a maximum period of three years for Muhammadan 
students taking up the B.Sc:. course with Honours ; (4) three special 
Goveinment Law Scholarships tenable for two years reserved for 
Muhammadans and members of backward classes in Eastern 
Bengal ; (5) Senior Under-draduate Scholarships and stipends : 
twenty-eight scholarships varying in value from Rs. 5 to Rs. 15 
per month and varying also in tenability from one to three years. 

There are also a number of stipends from a special endow- 
ment of about Rs. 16,000 called the Nawab Mi Chowdhury Trust 
Fund for Muhammadan students. Several prizes and medals are 
also awarded on the results of the different University examina- 
tions. Again there are special allotments at the disposal of the 
Provosts of the three Halls for the grant of Entrance scholarships 
and stipends to the students of their respective Halls. 

In response to the Chancellor's appeal made in the last 
Convocation of raising funds for scholarships and stipends to 
enable the poor but deserving Muhammadan students to go in for 
higher education, Nawab Khwaza Habibulla, M.L.C., of Dacca, 
has promised an annual contribution of Rs. 8,600 and Syed 
Abdul Hafeez of Rs. 720 for the purpose, for a period of six 
years. ^ 

Library, Museums and Laboratories. 

The University Library contains 45,886 volumes, and the 
total estimated expenditure on the additions since the foundation 
of the University is about Rs. 2 lakhs. Each Department of 
Study has its own library for the use of Honours and M.A. 
students. There is also a poor students' section of the general 
library. 



174 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Manuscript Section of the Library which was started 
in September 1925 now contains a valuable collection of 
Sanskrit and Bengali Manuscripts. A large number of donations 
of MSS. were received during the year. Some very important 
acquisitions have been made on Purana, Itihasa, Kavya, Natak, 
Jyotisha, Tantra as also a Bengali translation of the Maha- 
bharata. A detailed catalogue of the collections is under 
preparation and the Manuscripts are being utilized by Research 
workers, both in and outside the Dacca University. The 
Kxecutive Council has allotted a sum of Rs. 1,000 for the publi- 
cation of important Oriental texts. 

There are three laboratories, r/'*., the Physical Laboratory, 
tlit* Chemical Laboratory and the Psychological Laboratory. All 
those are well-equipped and are fit for advanced practical work. 

There is a Students' Museum in connection with the advanced 
htudy of Indian History. In 1922 a capital grant of Rs. 1,000 
was* sanctioned by the Executive Council for a collection of 
historical objects for teaching purposes. Accordingly, electro- 
types of 15 old coins of Greek and Scythian Rulers of N.W. 
India and 10 old coins of Siladitya were purchased from the 
Lucknow Museum and a large number of casts of the old coins 
of ancient Hindu kings such as Chandragupta 1, Samudragupta, 
Chandragupta IF, Kumargupta, Skandagupta, Prakasaditya, Nara 
Baladitya, Kumargupta II, Vishnu, Sasanka and also of the 
ancient states of Ajodhya, Avanti, Kosala, Taxila, Malava and 
other states have been purchased from the Archaeological Section 
of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Besides, a considerable number 
of photogiaphs of ancient sculpture and architecture have been 
procured. These have been kept in the Dacca Museum to which 
the students of the University have full access. The University 
also makes an annual grant to the Dacca Museum. 

Provision for Research. 

The number of Research students during 1926-27 were 15. 
Research work has been carried on actively in all departments 
by teachers and students. The following original works were 
done and published by the teachers of the various departments 
during 1926-27 : 

Department of Arabic and Islamic Studies. 
Name of Teacher Title of Paper or Work Name of Publishers 

Prof. A. Siddiqi 1 . Sawda Encyclopaedia of Islam 

Vol. II, Fasciculus 
D. J, Brill, Leyden, 1926 

2. -Shibli Numaui Do. Vol. II, Fasciculus 

F,, 1936 



Name of Teacher 
Maulvi Munawar Ali 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 

Title of Paper or Work 



175 

Name of Publishers 



Usul-i-Hadith, Usul-i- In book form by the 
Tafsir, and Usul-i-Fiqh author, 1926 
(in Urdu) 



Department of Sanskritic Studies and Bengali. 



Dr. S. K. I)e 



R. G. Ba^ak 



Hasan taku mar 
Chatterji 



Charu Banerji 



H. D. llhattacbarya 



1. The as/A -prelude in the 

Mahakavya 

2. TheDate of Bhanudatta, 

author of Kasaman 
jari 

3. Some Old Hengali 

Printed Books and 
Periodicals in the 
Britibh Museum, Pt. 
Ill 

4. Ilarachandra Ghosh 

and His Dramatic 
Works (in Hengali) 

1. Coronation of Madana- 

pala and Identification 
of Candra 

2. The Capital of the Kai- 

varta King Bhima (in 
Bengali) 

3. Administration of Fi- 

nance in Ancient India 
(in Hengali) 



Journal of the Royal 
Asiatic Society, London, 
January 1927 

Proc. of the Oriental Con- 
ference at Allahabad, 
November 1926 

Indian Historical Quarter- 
ly, January 1927 



Vangiya Sahitya Pansat 
Patrica, Vol. 30, Pt. 3, 
1333 B.S. 

Proc. of the Oriental Con- 
ference at Allahabad, 
November 1926 

I'rabasi, Bhadra, 1333 



Do. Haisakh. 1344 



1. Descriptive Catalogue Calcutta University, 1926 
of Bengali MSS. with 
an Introduction on 
the Bengali Ramayana 
Literature 



2. Vedic Accent 



Urbasi 



Vangiya Sahitya Parisat 
Patnka, 1926 



Prabasi, Baisakh and 
Jaistha, 1333 H.S. 



Department of Philosophy. 

1. Individuality 

2. Kmpiric Faith 

3. Inferiority Complex 

4. Concept of Salvation 



Philosophical Quarterly, 
July-October 1926 

Philosophical Quarterly, 
January 1927 

Calcutta Review, January - 
February 1927 

Philosophical Quarterly, 
April 1927 



176 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Name of Teacher Title of Paper or Work 



H. D. Bhattacharya 

(fOtlftt.) 



5. Empiric Faith (shorter 
version ) 



U. C. Bhattacharya 1 



K. C. Mukherji 



, The Gita Literature 
and its relation with 
Brahma Vidya 

2. Brahma- Vidya and 
Sufism 

3. Landmarks in the 
Evolution of the Ve- 
danta-Sutras 

1. The Biological Concep- 
tion of Libido 

_!. Vieiordt's Law 



. The Conative 
in Belief 



Element 



. The Role of Instinct in 
the Individual and the 
Race 



Name of Publiiheis 

The Calcutta Review, May 
1927 and Proceedings of 
the Second Indian Phi- 
losophical Congress, 
Benares 

Indian Historical Quarter- 
ly. Sept.-Dec. 1926 

Indian Antiquary, March- 
April 1927 ' - 

Proceedings of the 4th 
Oriental Conference, 
Allahabad, 1926 (Nov.) 

American Journal of Psy- 
chology, October 1926 

Proceedings of the Indian 
Science Congress, 
Lahore, 1927 

Proceedings of the Indian 
Philosophical Congress, 
Benares, 1926 (Dec.) 

P. K. S. Thesis, 1925 



K. N. Kav 



Russell's Conception 
Religion 



of 



Proceedings of the Indian 
Philosophical Congress, 
Benares, 1926 (Dec.) 

Rakesh Ranjan Sarma, M.A., was awarded one of the Research Scholar- 
ships of the University for carrying on work on Yogachara Buddhism. 



Department of History. 



Dr. K. C. Majumdar 



P. C. Mukherji 



1. The Three Buddhist 
Councils 

2. Ancient Indian Colonies 
in the Far East, Vol. 1, 
Champa 

3. Outline of Ancient 
Indian History and 
Civilization 

The Napoleonic Wars in 
the East 



" Buddhist Studies " edit- 
ed by Dr. B. C. Law 

Punjab Sanskrit Book 
Depot, Lahore 

Published by the Author 



Journal of Indian History 



S. N. Bhattacharya, M.A., was awarded the Premchand Roychand Research 
Scholarship for his research on the " Early Mughal Relations with Koch 
Behar, Kamrup and Assam ". The thesis will be published shortly. 

Department of Economics and Politics. 

Dr. J. C. Smha The Economic Annals of Macmillan & Co., London, 

Bengal January 1927 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 



177 



Name of Teacher Title of Paper or Work 



Name of Publishers 



P. B. Junnarkar 



Dr. N. M. Basu and 
II. M. Sen Gupta 



Dr. N. M. Basu 
H. Sircar 

H. N. Datta 



and 



S. C. Mitra, M.Sc. 



Prof. J. C. Ghosh 
and A.N. Kappanna 



Prof. J. C. Ghosh 
and J. B. Bakshi 



Prof. J. C. Ghosh and 
M. N. Mitra 



Department of Commerce. 

1, A Memorandum on the Govt. of India, Vol. II. 
Indian Currency Situa- Appendices to the Cur- 
tion rency Report, August 

1926 



2. An Examination of the 
Currency Commission 
Keport 



Department of Ala the ma tics. 



23rd December, 
Associated Press 



19.26, 



On the stress and strain in 
an elastic plate having 
two infinitely long 
straight edges under the 
action of a couple at the 
corner 

On sound waves due to 
prescribed vibrations of 
a cylindrial surface, etc. 

1 . On the possibility of the 
fundamental magnitudes 
of the second order of a 
surface being expressed 
separately in terms of 
those of the first order 
and their derivatives 

2. On a problem of rolling 
motion 

1. Expansion of the Weir- 
strassian and Jacobian 
Klliptic Functions in 
powers of the argument 

2. Note on Hurwitz's 
paper on the expansion 
of a particular lemnis- 
cate function 



Bull. Cal. Math. Soc., 
Vol. 18, 1927 

See also Proceedings of 
the Indian Science Con- 
gress for 1927 

Bull. Cal. Math. Soc., Vol. 
18, 1927. 

Proc. Indian Science Con- 
gress for 1927 



Do. 
Hull. Cal. Math. Soc., 1926 

Bull. Cal. Math. Soc., 1927 



Department of Chemistry. 



The decomposition of 
Potassium Manganioxa- 
late in plane-polarized, 
circularly polarized and 
ordinary light 

Preparation of Formalde- 
hyde by the dehydrage- 
nation of Methyl Alco- 
hol 

The Isomeric Transforma- 
tion of allo-cinnamyl- 
idme Acetic acid, into 
the normal form with 
iodine as Photocatalist 
in methyl alcohol solu- 
tion (Part II) 



Journal of Indian Chem. 
Soc. ( Vol. Ill, No. 2 



Do. Vol. ill, No. 4 



Do, Vol. Ill, No. 2 



178 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Name of Teacher Title of Paper or Work 



Name of Publishers 



Dr. P. C. Guha and O-Aminophenylhydrazine Journal of Indian Chem. 
M. K. De and some Heterocyclic Soc., Vol. Ill, No. 1 

comderived from it 
(Part II) 



Dr. A. C. Sircar and Studies in Ring-formation 
P. K. De 



Do. Vol. Ill, No. 3 



S. C. De 



Synthesis in the Pyrarzo- 
lone series (Part I) 

Department of Education. 



Do. Vol. Ill, No. 1 



Dr. M. P. West 1. Bilingualism Govern- Central Publications 

ment of India Occas- Bureau 
sional Reports No. 13 
with an introduction by 
Michael Sadler 

2. The New Method 
Series for Teaching 
English Reading to 
foreign children (an 
outcome of the above) 

3. The Construction of 
Reading Material for 
teaching a foreign 
language with introduc- 
tion by Sir Philip 
Hartog (a discussion 
of technical problems 
arising from No. 2 
above) 

Dr. M. P. West and Evanescence in Reading Indian Journal and Psy- 
H. C. Banerji chology, ,/- October 

1926 



Published by Longmans 
Green & Co. 



Dacca University Bulletin 
13, Oxford University 
Press 



G. B. Bhattacharyya 
Dr. M. P. West 
A. K. Datta 



Ainul Quavi 



S. K. Hanerjee and 
H. C. Mukherji 
(ex-students) 

J. C. Datta and D. N. 
Sarkar (ex-students) 



A Few Thoughts on Orga 
nizatton of a School 

Psychology and the School 
Text-book 

1. The Reliability of 
Essay Marks 

2. The Effect of Know- 
ledge of the Purpose 
in the marking of Com- 
positions 

1. Error in the Ages of 
Bengali Boys 

2. The Superstitions of 
Bengali Teachers 

The Choice of Future 
Profession of 1023 
Bengali Boys 

The Combination of Speed 
and Quality in Bengali 
Handwriting 



Indian Journal of Psycho- 
logy 

Indian Science Congress, 
Lahore 

Do. 
Do. 



Do. 



Do. 



Do. 



Do. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 



179 



Publication and Extension Work. 

The University arranges every year for the delivery of a 
number of popular lectures which are open to the public without 
fee. 

Professor Giuseppe Tucci, of the University of Rome, deli- 
vered a course of lectures on Buddhism. The course consisted of 
seven lectures in which he attempted to explain the origin and 
development of Buddhism from original Sanskrit, Tibetan and 
Chinese sources. Professor Tucci is one of the foremost Oriental- 
ists o'f the world to-day and his lectures were of the greatest 
value to those interested in this subject. The subjects of 
Professor Tucci's lectures were as follows : 

Lectures 1 and 2 . . Fundamental Principles. 

Lectures 3, 4 and 5 . . Hinayana School of Buddhism. 

Lectures 6 and 7 . . Mahayana School of Buddhism. 

After the completion of this course Professor Tucci delivered 
two lectures " On the Contribution of Iranian Peoples to the 
Spread of [ndian Thought/' 

A series of public lectures was given by the members of the 
University staff. These lectures were delivered at various centres 
in the city of Dacca so as to make them more accessible to the 
general public. The particulars of the lectures are as follows: 



Date Subject 

Dec. 11, Recent Develop- 

1926 ments in Psycho- 
logy 

Jany. 5, Sanskrit Studies in 

1927 Europe 

Jany. 12, The World of To- 

1927 day 

Jany. 19, Side-lights from the 

1927 Indian Epics 

Jany. 20, Hindu Customs 

1927 adopted by the 
Muslims of India 

Jany. 26, English Pronuncia- 

1927 tion in Bengal 

Jany. 27, The Teaching Or- 
1927 ganization of a 

School 

Feby. 2, Administration of 
1927 Finance in An- 

cient India 



Feby. 9, Construction of 

1927 Clocks among the 

Ancient Muslims 



Lecturer 
U. N. Gupta, M.A. 



Place of Lecture 

Teachers' Training 
College, Dacca 



Dr. S. K. De, M.A., Bar Association Hall 

D.Lit. 
Dr. R. C. Majumdar, 

M.A., Ph.D. 
Prof. N. N. Ghosh, 

M.A., H.L. 
Fida All Khan, M.A. 



Jagannath Interme- 
diate College Hall 

Bar Association Hall 



Dr. M. P. West, M.A., 

D.Ph. 
G. B. Bhattacharyya, 

M.A., B.T. 

K. G. Basak, M.A. 



Dr. A. Siddiqi, M.A. 
Ph.D. 



Regent's Park Hall 



Jagannath Interme- 
diate College Hall 

Kegent's Park Hall 



Jagannath Interme- 
diate College Hall 
(under the auspices 
of the Sahitya Pari- 
shat, Dacca) 

Jagannath Intermedi- 
ate College Hall 



ISO 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



The University has published the following Bulletins which 
may be had of the Oxford University Press, Calcutta and 
Bombay : 

Name of Author 

Mahamahopadhyaya Harapra- 
sad Sastri, M.A., Ph.D. C.I.E. 

U. C. Nag, M.A. 



No. Name 

1. Lokayata 



2. On the Plot of " A Mid- 
summer Night's Dream" 

tt. Early History of Bengal . 

4. Eastern Humanism 

5. A Version of the Hi net 

Simon Tests 

6. Absorption of the Vratyas 



#9. On two Problems in 
Shakespeare Hamlet 
and Troilus and Cres- 
sida 

10. Philosophy and History . 

11. The Character of Gawain 

12. Meaning of Art 

The Idealistic School in 
Buddhism 

Meditative and Active 
India 

13. The Construction ot 

Reading Material for 
Teaching a Foreign 
Language 



Prof. R. C. Majumdar, M.A., 

Ph.D. 

Prof. Sylvain Levi 
S. Pal. 

Mahamahopadhyaya Harapra- 
sad Sastri, M.A., Ph.D., 
C.I.E. 

P. K. Guha, M.A. 



G. H. Langley, M.A. 
B. K. Roy, M.A. 
Dr. Rabindranath Tagore 
Pro/. Tucci. 

Prof. Formichi. 

Dr. Michael West, M.A., D.Ph. 



University Training Corps. 

It has recently been announced that the Secretary of State 
for India has sanctioned a corps of two platoons for this University 
to start with effect from July, 1928, and the Government have 
made provision for the funds necessary. Arrangements have been 
made for preliminary training under Captain Groom of the Eastern 
Frontier Rifles. The first parade of the Corps took place on 
Sunday, the 6th November 1927. 



* Bulletin Nos. 7 and 8 have not been published. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY' 181 

Associations in the University. 

There are four Associations in the University, 773., the 
English Association, the Philosophical Society, the Historical 
Association and the Physical Society. Papers are read and 
Lectures are delivered before these Asssociations at intervals. 

There is also a University Students' Union of which all 
students of the University and some teachers are members. 
The affairs of the Union are controlled by a Committee consisting 
of a president, a Vice-President, a Secretary and three students 
and one teacher representative from each Hall and one teacher 
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor. 

Cost of Living. 

The actual cost of living in a Hall may roughly be estimated 
at Rs. 10 or Rs. 12 for food in addition to class fee and seat rent. 
The seat rent varies from Rs. 2 to Rs. 4 and this includes the 
cost of light, water, medical attendance, medicine and servants. 
An under-graduate student can live in a Hall and pay for his class 
fees with a total sum of Rs. 20 to Rs. 22 per mensem. 

Budget : Revenue Receipts and Expenditure. 

The following figures show the total revenue receipts and 
expenditure during 1926-27, and the estimated receipts and 
expenditure for 1927-28 and 1928-29: 

Year. Receipts. Kxpenditure. 

Rs. A. 1'. Rs. A. P. 

1925-26 (actuals) . . 8,22,867 8,04,358 

1926-27 .. 8,50,473 8,05,453 

1927-28 (estimate) .. 8,26,600 8,69,185 

1928-29 ( ) ,, 8,29,100 8,78,306 

Provident Fund. 

The Chancellor has now sanctioned Statute 20 relating to 
the Dacca University Provident Fund. According to this statute, 
all persons appointed to a permanent post in the service of the 
University of which the pay is not less than Rs. 25 per mensem, 
except those holding pensionable posts under Government and 
menials, are required to subscribe to the Provident Fund 8 per 
cent of their salary every month and the University contributes an 
equal amount every month. 

Women's Education. 

The provision of a women students* residence during the last 
session has had the desired effect. Thirteen women students have 



182 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

been admitted to the various classes during this present session 
(1927-28) and eight of them are residing in the Women Students' 
House. Mrs. P. Nag is the Lady Superintendent. The Women's 
House is attached to the Dacca Hall and is under the control of 
the Provost. Further, a Common Room for women students has 
been provided within the University Buildings, and this has been 
suitably furnished. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

There is a University Students' Information Bureau which 
supplies students of the University who desire to go abroad for 
studies with advice and information of foreign Universities 
relating to the qualifications of the students. The Bureau consists 
of the Vice-Chancellor (President), the Commissioner of the Dacca 
Division, the Collector of Dacca, the Provosts of the three H 11s, 
two members of the teaching staff with experience of Fr dgn 
Universities appointed by the Academic Council, Principals >f the 
different Intermediate Colleges and the Dacca School of E* ^ineer- 
ing and the Superintendent of the Dacca Medical Schr /I. Mr. 
M. Hasan, M.A., H.A. (Oxon.), is the Secretary of the bureau. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, etc. 

All students are entitled to free medic. il attendance by the 
Medical Officer. Every under-graduate is required to take part 
regularly in physical drill and gymnastics or pursue such course of 
physical training prescribed by the Medical Officer as may be suited 
to his requirements under the supervision of a Physical Instructor 
and an Assistant Physical Instructor. 

Admission to University, Courses of Study, Degrees and 
Examinations. 

The University offers in Arts the B.A. Degree (Pass and 
Honours) and the Masters Degree; in Science, the B.Sc. Degree 
(Pass and Honours) and the Master's Degree. The professional 
Degrees and Diplomas are : Licentiate in Teaching, Bachelor of 
Teaching, Master of Teaching, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of 
Law, Master of Law. The Doctors' Degrees are : PH.D., D.SC. 
and D.L. 

ADMISSION TO COURSES OF STUDY. 

Admission to a course of study for a Bachelor's Degree is 
granted only to those who have passed the Intermediate Examina- 
tion of an Indian University or of a Board of Secondary and Inter- 
mediate Education. For the higher Degrees, admission is given, 
under conditions, to graduates of recognized Indian and Foreign 
Universities. Special provision is made for admission of teachers 
as "external candidates " to the examinations for the following 
degrees: B.A. (Pass), M.Sc. (in Mathematics only) and M.A. 



DACCA UNIVEUSITV 183 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES. 
ARTS. 

(1) ft. A. (Pass). The course of study extends over two 
academic years and a candidate for the Degree must pass a 
prescribed test in English Composition and is required to offer his 
Vernacular and THREE other subjects to be taken from the follow- 
ing in prescribed combinations: (/') English, (/'/) History, (///') 
Politics, (/>) Philosophy, (v) Economics, (vi) A Classical Language, 
(r 1 //'). Islamic Studies, and (yiii) Mathematics. The examination 
consists of one paper in the candidate's Vernacular and THREE 
papers, each of three hours' duration, in each of the other selected 
subjects. The minimum for a pass is 86 per cent of the aggregate 
and 33 per cent in any one subject. 

(2) R.A. {Honours). The course of study extends over three 
academic years. A candidate for Honours has to pass a prescribed 
test in English Composition and is required to select ONE of the 
following subjects as his Principal Subject and TWO others as 
Subsidiary Subjects from a prescribed list of subjects allowed as 
subsidiary in the case of each Piincipal Subject :(/) Islamic 
Studies, (//) Arabic, (///) Persian and Urdu, (iv) Sanskritic 
Studies, (r) Sanskrit and Bengali, (77) English Language and 
Literature, (vi/) History, (vtit) Philosophy, (i.t) Economics, and 
(v) Mathematics. The examination consists of eight papers 
of four hours each on the principal subject and three papers, 
each of three hours 1 duration, on each of the subsidiary 
subjects. 

There is a viva vocc Examination for candidates for Honours 
except for those taking up Mathematics as a Principal Subject. In 
order to qualify for Honours, not less than 83 per cent must be 
obtained in each subsidiary subject and not less than 45 per cent 
of the total marks in his principal subject. 

Candidates who fail to obtain Honours may be allowed the 
Ordinary Degree if they secure a minimum of 83 per cent of the 
total marks in their principal subject and a minimum of 33 per 
cent of marks in each subsidiary subject. 

(3) M.A. The course of study extends over two academic 
years. The examination consists of two parts the Preliminary 
and the Final, held at the end of the first and second years 
respectively. For Bachelors of Arts with Honours of this Univer- 
sity and Masters of Arts of any approved University in the subject 
in which they present themselves in this University the course 
extends over one year only and they qualify themselves for the M. A . 
Degree by passing only in the Final Examination. Bachelors of 
Commerce are admitted to M.A. (in Economics) under special 
conditions. 



184 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The subjects of study and examination are : (/) Arabic, (/'/') 
Islamic Studies, (tit) Persian and Urdu, (ir) Sanskrit and Bengali, 
(v) English Language and Literature, (77) History, (vii) Philoso- 
phy, (viii) Economics, and d'.v) Mathematics. The Preliminary 
Examination comprises three papers of the Honours standard, and 
the Final Examination consists of five papers. But at the Final 
Examination, candidates may offer a dissertation on an approved 
subject. 100 marks are allotted to each paper. Candidates 
obtaining 60, 48 and 86 per cent of the total marks are placed 
respectively in the first, second and third classes. If any candi- 
date obtains less than 25 per cent of the marks in any paper, 
these marks are not counted. 

There is a vira rocc Examination for all candidates for the 
M.A. Examination except in Mathematics. 

(4) AV//J; of Philosophy (/V/./V/. This Degree may be con- 
ferred upon Masters of Arts of at least three years' standing who 
have submitted work regarded as forming a distinct contribution 
to the advancement of learning. But M.A.'s of Universities other 
than Dacca have to pursue researches under proper supervision 
for two years before presenting their dissertations. In support of 
his candidature, a candidate may submit any previous contribution 
to the advancement of his subject published independently or 
conjointly. Candidates may have to submit to a written and a 
rij't? vocc Examination on the subject of their dissertation. 

SCIENCE. 

1. B.Sc.(Pass). The course of study extends over two acade- 
mic years. Candidates for the Degree have to attend a course of 
instruction in English Composition and produce a certificate of 
satisfactory progress from the Head of the Department of English 
and they must take up three subjects, 7>/z., (/) Physics, (*/') 
Chemistry, and (///) Mathematics. The examination consists of 
three papers in Mathematics and two papers and a six hours' 
practical examination in each of the other two subjects. 

The minimum for a pass is 86 per cent of the aggregate, 83 
per cent in Mathematics, and 40 per cent in the practical and 30 
per cent in the theoretical examination in Physics and Chemistry. 
For distinction, a candidate must pass in all subjects and obtain 
60 per cent of the aggregate and 40 per cent in each subject. 

Candidates, failing in one subject but obtaining pass marks 
on the whole, can appear for that subject alone at the next exa- 
mination only. The Dean of the Faculty may transfer any candi- 
date for this Degree to the Honours Course within the third term 
of the first year. 

(2) H.Sc. (Honours). The course of study extends over three 
academic years. Every candidate has to attend a course of 



DACCA UNIVKRSITV lHf> 

instruction in English Composition and produce a certificate of 
satisfactory progress from the Head of the Department of English 
and has to take up one of the three subjects : (/') Physics, (/'/) 
Chemistry, and (//'/) Mathematics, as his Honours subject and the 
other two as subsidiary subjects. The examination in the 
Honours subjects consists of rive theoretical papers and three 
days' practical examination in Physics, four theoretical papers 
and four days' practical examination in Chemistry, and eight 
papers in Mathematics. The examination in the subsidiary sub- 
jects is the same as for the B.Sr. (Pass) in those subjects and 
may ne taken at the end of the second year. Candidates must 
pass in a riva rocf Examination in their Honours subject except 
Mathematics. 

Candidates who obtain in their Honours subject ()() per cent 
of the aggregate are placed in the First Class while those obtaining 
45 per cent in the Second Class. The minimum for a pass in the 
other subsidiary subjects of Physics and Chemistry is 80 per cent 
in the theoretical paper and 40 percent in the practical work, and 
88 per cent in Mathematics. 

Candidates who fail to obtain Honours are allowed the ordi- 
nary Degree if their performance reaches the prescribed standard. 
A B.Sc. with Honours in one school is admitted to Honours in 
any other school if he pursues a course of study for one or two 
years in the Honours subject of that school. The Dean can 
transfer any student for Honours to the Pass Course within one 
year only except under special conditions. 

(3) Master of Science (M.Sc.). The duration of the course 
of study is two years, but for B.Sc.'s with Honours of the Dacca 
University and for M.Sc.'s of any approved University, it is only 
one year. The Preliminary Examination is held at the end of the 
first year and the Final Examination, at the end of the second 
year. The subjects of examination are : Physics, Chemistry and 
Mathematics. A candidate for the Final Examination may, if he 
is an Honours graduate of Dacca University or if he has passed 
the Preliminary M.Sc. Examination of Dacca University, submit 
a thesis and must pass a nra roce and a theoretical examination 
on a subject allied to his thesis. Candidates for M.Sr. (Mathe- 
matics) have no viva vocc examination. 

The Preliminary examination in Physics consists of two 
theoretical papers and a two days' practical examination, in 
Chemistry it consists of two theoretical papers and a four days' 
practical examination and in Mathematics, three papers of the 
B.Sc. Honours standard. The Final Examination comprises 
three theoretical papers and a three days' practical examination 
in Physics, three theoretical papers and a four days' practical 
examination in Chemistry, and five papers in Mathematics. 
Each paper is of four hours' duration. 



HANDBOOK OK INDIAN UXIVKRSITIKS 

The minimum pass marks in Physics and Chemistry are 
30 per cent of the aggregate in the theoretical papers and 40 
per cent m the practical examination. Candidates obtaining 60 
per cent of the aggregate are placed in the First Class and those 
obtaining 45 per cent, in the Second Class and the rest of the 
successful candidates, in "the Third Class. In the M.SC. Ex- 
amination in Mathematics, the allotment of marks and classes 
are determined as in the case of M.A. Examination in Mathe- 
matics. 

(4) Doctor of Science (/).&.). This degree may be 'con- 
ferred upon first and second class Masters of Science of any 
approved University who are at least of three years' standing, 
and first class B.Sc.'s with Honours of this University who are 
at least of four years* standing. Third class M.Sr.'s may be 
admitted with special permission. Every candidate must submit 
a thesis regarded by the examiners as forming a distinct contri- 
bution to the advancement of learning. Any candidate who has 
not taken one of the degrees of this University qualifying for 
D.Sr. has to pursue researches embodying his thesis in this 
University for two years. Candidates may be required to submit 
to a 777V race examination on the thesis. 

COUKSKS OF STl'DV \ MI) DKfiKKKS I,F. VIM \(.' !<> I'KOFKSSIONS. 

TKACHlNr,. 

(1) Licentiate in Teaching (/,./'.). The course is open to 
students who have passed the Intermediate Examination of any 
approved Hoard or University and extends over one academic 
or calendar year. Candidates must pass a test in Oral English 
and English Composition and are required to study and be 
examined in (/') Education relating to Mental Development, 
(//) School Oigani/ation, (//'/) History of Education, (/r) Content 
and Method of teaching special subject or subjects selected, and 
(r) Education relating to Physical Development. Candidates 
should further prepare and deliver a couise or courses of lessons 
in one or moie of I he following special subjects : (</) English 
Language, (b) The Bengali Language, () History, (//) (Geography, 
</) Mathematics, (/) Science, (g) Art and Manual Work, and 
(A) Drill and Organization of (lames. There may be a rira roce 
Examination for any candidate. Official record of work done by 
each candidate is also considered in awarding the Diploma. 

The minimum for a pass is 30 per cent in each subject. 
The aggregate is 820 marks and the minimum for a First Class is 
583, for a Second Class 369, and for a Third Class, 271. 

(2) Kachefor of Teaching (H.T.). The course of study- 
extends over one academic or calendar year. Every candidate 
has to give, under proper supervision, a course or courses of 



DACVA UMYKkslTV 1S7 

lessons on one or more of the special subjects prescribed foi the 
L.T. Kxamination. The subjects ot study and examination are 
the same as for the L.T. Kxamination with one additional subject, 
777., Educational Measurements. There may be a r/rw rtw exami- 
nation for any candidate and in the award of the Degree, the 
Examine! s consider the official record of work of each student. 

The minimum for a pass is M per cent in each subject. 
The aggregate is 945 marks and the minimum for a First Class 

is 582, for a Second Class 403, and for a Third Class, 4 2W>. 



(.3) Master of Teaching (M.T.). Bachelors of Teaching oi 
Dacca or of any approved University are admitted to the M.T. 
Course extending over two academic years. Hut third class H.T.'s 
arc admitted only with the special permission of the Academic 
Council. Every candidate for the degree has to submit a thesis 
forming a distinct Contribution to the advancement of learning 
and should pursue icsearches under proper supervision for at 
least two years, provided that a H.T. of any other appnned 
University shall be required to have resided in this University 
for ISO days during his period of supervision. All candidates 
must further submit themselves to an examination ( nra r'f'i/', 
written or both). 

COMMh !<('. 

J-tachelot of Commctsc ( /> . Cow.) The course extends over 
two academic years, but forM.X.'s in Economics, it extends 
over one year only. Every candidate has to pass the prescribed 
test in Oral English and English Composition and is required 
to study and be examined in the following subjects: (/) Elements 
of Economics, (//) Economic (Jeography, (///') Business Organ 
ixation, u?') Trade and Transport, (r) Commercial Correspon- 
dence, (?'/) Commercial Law, (r//) Currency and Hanking, and 
(/v//) Accountancy. Two papers will be set in Accountancy 
and one paper in each of the other subjects. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate 
and MO per cent in each paper, the two papers in Accountancy 
being taken together. HO per cent of the aggregate entitles a 
candidate to a Eirst Class. 

LAW. 

(1) Bachelor of Law (ft./..). The course of study extends 
over three academic years except for Masters of Arts or Science 
of any approved University or Bachelors of Arts or Science 
with Honours of this University, who may take the whole course 
in two years. 

There are two examinations, the E J reliminary and the Final. 
The Preliminary Examination embraces the following papers, 
all of which are compulsory : 



188 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Jurisprudence . . 1 paper 

Roman Law . . 1 paper 

Hindu Law . . 1 paper 

Mohammedan Law . . 1 paper 
Constitutional Law and History 

of Knglish Law . . 1 paper 

The Final Examination embraces the following papers, all 
of which are compulsory : 

Law of Contracts and Torts . . 1 paper 
Law of Real Property, Transfer 

and Trusts . . 1 paper 

Law of Persons and Succession 1 paper 

Land Laws of Bengal . . 1 paper 

Law of Crimes . . 1 paper 

Law of Evidence and Civil 

Procedure . . 1 paper 

Candidates admitted to the first year class must complete 
the examination within seven academic years and those admitted 
to the second year class must complete the same within six years. 

The minimum marks for a pass are 50 per cent of the aggre- 
gate and 30 per cent in each paper. Candidates obtaining titi 
per cent of the aggregate are placed in First Class. 

(2) Master of Law (Af.L.). This Degree may be taken by 
Bachelors of Law of Dacca or of any approved University. 
The course of study or research extends over two academic years. 
The subjects of examination come under seven groups, viz., (*) 
Jurisprudence, (//) Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law, (//'/) Roman 
Law, (/>) Private International Law, (7') and (77) to be selected 
from a list of ten subjects, and (vii) Library Examination. The 
examination consists of nine papers, two on each of the first two 
groups and one on each of the remaining groups. 

The Examination Committee may exempt a student from 
appearing for examination in any subject if he submits a dis- 
sertation of sufficient merit on such subject. 

(3) Doctor of Law (D.L.). This Degree is conferred on 
Masters of Law of at least three years' standing who submit 
work carried out by themselves in this University and deemed 
as a distinct contribution to the advancement of knowledge in 
Law. Any candidate other than a Master of Law of this Uni- 
versity has to pursue researches in this University for at least 
two academic years. Candidates may be asked to submit to a 
viva voce and Library Examination on the subject of their dis- 
sertation. 



DACCA UNIVERSITY 189 

Table of Examination Fees. 

Name of Degree or Diploma. Fees. 

Rs. 

B.A. (Pass), B.COM. . . . . 35 

B.A. (Honours) . . . . . . 55 

B.Sc. (Pass) .. .. .. 45 

B.SC. (Honours) . . . . . . 65 

M.A. arid M.Sc. (Preliminary). . . . 20 

M.A. and M.Sc. (Final) . . . . 60 

L.T. .. .. .. . . 20 

B.T. .. .. .. .. 40 

M.T. .. .. .. .. 75 

B.L. Examination : 

(i) Preliminary . . . . . . 45 

(ii) Final . . . . . . 45 

(iii) Taken as a whole . . . . 90 

M.L., PH.D., D.Sc., D.L. .. .. 100 

University Test in English Composition. . 10 



Delhi University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University of Delhi owes its existence to the Report 
submitted by a Commission of educational experts presided over 
by Dr. Sadler (now Sir Michael K. Sadler, K.C.S.I.), Vice- 
Chancellor of the University of Leeds, appointed to report on 
the utility of, and to suggest improvements in, the constitution 
of the University of Calcutta. Though this Committee was 
nominally appointed only with reference to the needs and re- 
quirements of the Calcutta University, it was anticipated that 
its Report would have a far-reaching effect, in that its recom- 
mendations might be adopted by the other Universities of India 
which were all cast in the same mould as the Calcutta University. 
The Sadler Commission recommended that the Calcutta Uni- 
versity, and the other Universities of India instituted on the 
model of the London University as purely federal and examining 
bodies, should be re-organi/ed, and that the Universities in 
India should, in future, be of a unitary and residential type. 

Following this recommendation, the University of the 
Punjab commenced to consider re-shaping its character, and as 
the Delhi Colleges were then affiliated to that University, the 
Government of India felt the necessity of providing an indepen- 
dent University for the students of its Capital City. The Delhi 
University Act (Act VIII of 1922) was the result. 

It was brought into force from the 1st May 1922, by a 
notification published in the Gazette of India, dated llth March 
1922. The Governor-General of India in exercise of the powers 
conferred on him by the Transitory Provisions of the Act 
appointed Dr. (now Sir) Hari Singh Gour, Kt., M.A., D.Litt., 
D.C.L., LL.D., M.L.A., Barrister-at-Law of Nagpur, as the First 
V ice-Chancellor of the newly constituted University and issued 
a Notification appointing a Provisional Executive Council. 

This Provisional Executive Council met frequently in the 
months of May and June, and completed the temporary or- 
ganization of the University. The Vice-Chancellor prepared 
draft Ordinances and Regulations which were laid before it 
and in parts passed after amendment. The rest were considered 
to be of no immediate urgency and were left to be dealt with by 
the respective permanent bodies concerned. 

The three existing men's colleges in Delhi were first re- 
cognized as Colleges of the University, viz., St. Stephen's College, 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 191 

Hindu College and Ramjas College ; their teaching staffs were 
accorded recognition in accordance with the terms of the 
Government of India Notification, as teachers of the University ; 
the Faculties of Arts and Science were instituted, Readers were 
appointed, and on 12th June 1922, an Academic Council was 
formed. 

This Academic Council met constantly during term-time 
throughout the year. In order to secure adequate deliberation 
on its own projected courses and regulations, it adopted pro- 
visionally those in force in the University of the Punjab, which 
body also kindly undertook to conduct the examination of 
Delhi University students for the year 1923. The University 
has now its own courses of study and conducts its own examin- 
ations. 

By the middle of February 1928 the Court was constituted. 
By the end of March the permanent Executive Council was 
formed. Thus by the end of summer of 1923, the University 
was fully organized. In May 1924, the Faculty of Law was 
instituted. 

The original idea of the Delhi University was the establish- 
ment and incorporation of a unitary, teaching and residential 
University at Delhi. It was intended to provide for a local 
University on the model recommended, in the case of Dacca, 
by the Calcutta University Commission. But the University 
of Delhi as it exists now, can hardly be called a purely unitary 
University inasmuch as it recognizes several constituent Col- 
leges in which instruction is provided under conditions pre- 
scribed in the Statutes and in which provision is made for the 
residence of students. A recognized teacher can impart in- 
struction only in such subjects and to such classes as the Exe- 
cutive Council of the University on the recommendation of the 
Committee of Selection permits. All recognized teaching in con- 
nection with the courses of study is conducted under the control 
of the University. The courses of study and the courses of read- 
ing are prescribed by Ordinances and Regulations respectively. 

The jurisdiction of the University is restricted to a radius 
of ten miles from the Convocation Hall. 

Upto 30th April 1927 and for such period as the Governor- 
General in Council may direct,* the Matriculation is the Ad- 
mission Examination, but the idea is to make the Intermediate 
the Admission Examination. 

Upto 30th April 1927 and for such further period as the 
Governor-General in Council may direct, the constituent Col- 
leges of the University are allowed to maintain classes for the 

* The Governor-General in Council has been pleased to extend the period 
up to 1st May 1929. 



192 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

purpose of preparing students for the Intermediate Examination 
of the University. The following are the constituent Colleges 
of the University : 

1. St. Stephen's College .. Teaching up to the M.A. 

2. Hindu College . . Teaching up to the M.A. 

3. Ramjas College . . Teaching up to the M.A. 

4. Anglo-Arabic Inter. College Teaching up to Inter. 

5. Ramjas Inter. College . . Do. do. 
(>. Indraprastha Girls' Inter. 

College . . Do. do. 

7. Commercial Intermediate 

College . . Do. do. 

Prior to the commencement of the Delhi University Act 
the first three Colleges weie affiliated to the University of the 
Punjab. The last four Intermediate Colleges were under 
Section 4 (9) of the Act recognized by the University for a period 
ending with 30th April 1927. It has now been decided to 
extend the recognition for a further period. The teaching staff 
of the constituent Colleges is recognized by the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

His Excellency The Right Hon'ble Edward Frederick 

Lindley Wood, P.C., G.c.s.l., G.C.I. K., D.C.L., Baron 

Irwin of Kirby Underdale in the County of York, 

Viceroy and Governor-General of India. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

The Hon'ble Khan Bahadur Dr. Sir Muhammad Habibulla, 

K.C.S.I., K.C.I.K., Kt., LL.D., Education Member of His 

Excellency the Viceroy's Executive Council. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

Rai Bahadur Dr. Moti Sagar, LL.D., Advocate, 
High Court, Lahore. 

RECTOR. 

Vacant. 

TREASURER. 

Ram Kishore, Esq., B.A., LL.B., Advocate, Delhi. 

REGISTRAR. 
N. K. Sen, Esq., M.A. 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 198 

DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF ARTS. 

H. L. Chablani, Esq., M.A., Reader in Economics, 
University of Delhi. 

DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE. 

Khub Ram, Esq., M.A., M.Sc., Reader in Physics, 

University of Delhi. 

DEAN OF THE FACULTY OF LAW. 
A. C. Bose, Esq., B.A., LL.B., Advocate, Delhi. 

PROCTOR. 
Kedar Nath, Esq., M.A., Principal, Rarnjas College. 

LIBRARIAN. 

Khan Sahib Maulvi Muhammad Fazl-ud-Din, B.A., 
Retired Principal, Anglo-Arabic Intermediate College, Delhi. 

All teachers of the University are appointed or recognized 
by the Executive Council on the recommendations of a Com- 
mittee of Selection, the constitution of which is prescribed by 
Statute. 

The following is the teaching Staff of the University, ap- 
pointed and paid by the University: 

1. Khub Ram, Esq., M.A., M.Sc., University Reader in 
Physics, Head of the Department of Physics and Dean of the 
Faculty of Science. 

2. Miss A. M. Bain, M.A., B.Sc., Reader in Chemistry and 
Head of the Department of Chemistry. 

8. H. L. Chablani, Esq., M.A., University Reader in Eco- 
nomics and Head of the Department of Economics. 

4. M. S. Shahani, Esq., M.A., Bar-at-Law, Lecturer in Law, 
and Warden, Law Hall. 

5. Jugal Kishore, Esq., H.A., LL.B., Advocate, Lecturer 
in Law. 

6. Bishan Sarup, Esq., B.A., LL.B., Lecturer in Law. 

7. N. K. Sen, Esq., M.A., Reader in Philosophy and Head 
of the Department of Philosophy. 

Following are the Principals of the Constituent Colleges of 
the University : 

1. S. N. Mukarji, Esq., M.A., Principal, St. Stephen's 
College. 

2. S. K. Sen, Esq., M.A., Principal, Hindu College. 

3. Kedar Nath, Esq., M.A., Principal, Ramjas College, 
13 V 



194 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

4. C. Eyre Walker, Esq., B.A., Principal, Anglo-Arabic 
Intermediate College. 

5. M. N. Sen, Esq., M.A., Principal, Ramjas Intermediate 
College. 

6. Miss L. (jineiner, Piincipal, Indraprastha Girls' Inter- 
mediate College. 

Constitution of the University. 

The constitution of the University is defined by the Act and 
the Statutes. The Vice-Chancellor is the principal executive 
and academic officer of the University. 

The following are the authorities of the University : 

1. The Court. 

2. The Executive Council. 

3. The Academic Council. 

4. The Faculties of Arts, Science and Law. 

The constitution and the terms of office of the members of 
the Court, the Executive Council, the Academic Council and the 
Faculties are prescribed by Statutes. 

The Court consists of about 100 members. Its powers are 

(/) to make, amend or repeal Statutes, 
(/'/') to consider and cancel Ordinances, and 

(in) to consider and pass resolutions on the annual report, 
the annual accounts and the financial estimates. 

The Executive Council is the Executive Body of the Uni- 
versity. It consists of about 21 members and exercises among 
others the following powers: 

1. The control and administration of the property and funds 
of the University. 

2. The institution of professorships, lecturerships and 
other teaching posts as may be proposed by the Academic 
Council. 

3. The appointment and recognition of teachers on the 
recommendation of the Committee of Selection. 

4. To appoint all examiners after considering the recom- 
mendations of the Academic Council. 

5. The appointment of the officers (other than the Chan- 
cellor, Pro-Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, Rector, and the Trea- 
surer) the clerical staff and the servants of the University. 

6. The arrangement for the holding of, and the publica- 
tion of the results of, the University Examinations. 

7. The making of Ordinances. 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 195 

The Academic Council is the academic body of the Uni- 
r ersity and subject to the provisions of the Act, the Statutes 
md the Ordinances, has the control and general regulation and 
s responsible for the maintenance of standards of instruction, 
education and examination within the University. It advises 
he Executive Council on all academic matters. 

Each Faculty, subject to the control of the Academic Council, 
las charge of the teaching and the courses of study and the 
esearch work in such subjects as may be assigned to it by the 
}rdinrances. 

Each Faculty constitutes Committees of Courses and Studies 
n such subjects as are assigned to it. The Committees make 
ecommendations for 

I,. The courses of study, curricula and syllabuses. 
2. Appointment of Examiners. 

Number of Students in the University. 

1924-25 .. Arts & Science 1,045. Law 179. 

1925-26 .. Do. 1,053. Do. 139. 

1926-27 .. Do. 1,206. Do. 104. 

Number of Successful Candidates in the University Examinations. 

The following was the number of successful candidates in 
he different examinations held in 1926-27 : 

Total No. No. of successful 
of candidates. candidates. 

M.A. .. .. ..28 13 

B.A. Honours Course . . 21 14 

B.A. Honours by Addl. Papers 30 6 

B.SC. Do. ..7 1 

B.A. (Pass) -. .. 151 64 

B.SC. (Pass) . . 36 14 

LA. .. .. ..283 115 

I.Sc. .. .. ..140 40 



P.E.L. 
LL.B. 



820 349 



Scholarships and Medals. 

There are at present the undermentioned scholarships for 
general merits. 



196 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Academic Council has the power to make regulations 
for and to award, in accordance with such regulations, fellow- 
ships, scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries, medals and other 
rewards. 

No. of Scholarships Class. Value. 

2 .. .. M.A. Rs. 25 

2 .. .. M.SC. Rs. 25 

5 . . . . B.A. Rs. 10 plus tuition fee. 

3 .. .. B.Sc. Do. do. 
1 (for Women students) B.A. or B.SC. Do. do<. 
8 .. .. I. A. & I.SC. Do. do. 

In addition to tin; above there are the following special 
scholarships : 

1. Harichand Puranchand Khatri Scholarship of Rs. 
12-8-0 per month awarded for one year to the best Hindu Khatri 
student who stands highest in the Matriculation Examination. 

2. Tulsanrani Harichand Puranchand Khatri Scholarship 
of Rs. 12-8-0 per month awarded for one year to the best Hindu 
Khatri student who stands first in the Faculty of Arts or Science 
Examination. 

There are the following Medals : 

1. M. Makhan Lai Gold Medal of Rs. 100 is awarded to 
the best Hindu lady candidate in the University every year. 

2. M. Bhola Nath Gold Medal of Rs. 100 is awarded every 
year to the best Hindu candidate in the B. A. Examination 
provided he knows Sanskrit. 

8. L. Jageshar Nath Goela Medal of Rs. 100 is awarded to 
the best candidate in Law. 

4. Rai Bahadur Brijmohanlal Saheb Memorial Gold Medal 
is awarded to the candidate who passes the examination for the 
degree of Bachelor of Arts or Science of the University of Delhi 
with the highest percentage of marks. 

There is a prize called the Rector's Prize of the value of 
Rs. 150 awarded annually to the best under-graduate student in 
the form of books, instruments or apparatus for the encourage- 
ment of general knowledge and ability, on the result of an 
examination or test conducted by a Board of Examiners. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories. 

There is a Library containing over 7,500 books. Besides, 
each College has its own library which is generally sufficient for 
under-graduate students. More than Rs. 21,000 was spent on the 
purchase of books during the years 1925-27. The Law section of 
the Library is well stocked with up-to-date books and a fairly 
complete set of Law reports, Indian and English, 



DKLHI UNIVERSITY 197 

The University took charge of Science (Piiysics and Che- 
mistry) teaching for the Degree classes in November 1923. The 
Laboratories are located in separate rented premises and are 
fairly well-equipped for B.SC. teaching. 

Provision for Research. 

The University Fellowship in Economics or Political Science 
of the value of Rs. 150 per mensem was instituted for the encour- 
agement of research work. It is awarded for two or more years 
under* prescribed conditions. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The University undertakes the publication of research woik 
or suitable lectures delivered by its teachers. A series of 
University lectures on The Hirthplacc of Kulnias^ delivered by 
Pt. Lachmi Dliar, Head of the Department of Sanskrit, was 
published in 1926. Special lectures are arranged from time to 
time by inviting specialists. A lecture on The Indian Currency 
Commission Report delivered by the Hon'ble Sir Basil Blackett 
was published by the University in 1927. 

Research work has been carried on by some of the teachers 
and the following original works were done and published by 
them : 

A Study on Indian Currency. By Mr. H. L. Chablani, M.A., 

Reader in Economics and 
Plead of the Department. 
Readings in Indian Constitu- 
tion and Administration Do. 
based on Original Sources. 

Mirat-ul-Shaar (Character and By Maulvi Abdur Rahman, Reader 
Philosophy of Oriental and Head of the Department 
Poetry.) of Arabic, Persian and Urdu. 

Military Training. 

The University Training Corps, sanction to the formation of 
which was accorded by the Army Department in June 1924, has 
been a great success. The response of the University to the 
Corps was so active that in August 1924 the Executive Council 
resolved to request the Military authorities to sanction the 
formation of another Company. Although it was not possible 
for the Army Department to accede to the wishes of the Uni- 
versity at that time, hopes were given that the proposal would 
again be considered in the light of the recommendations made 
by the Indian Territorial Force Committee, 

The University Training Corps is the 9th (Delhi) Company 
of the 11/14 Punjab Regiment and is made up of four Platoons, 



198 HANDBOOK or INDIAN 

14 at St. Stephen's College, U at Hindu College and 1 
Ramjas College. The authorized strength of the Company 
3 officers, 16 N.C.O.'s, 'and 144 men. Students and members 
the teaching staff are eligible for enrolment and remain in t 
Corps so long as they continue to be students or teachers of t 
University and conform to the requirements of the Corps. 

The Company had its first annual camp in October 1926 a 
it was a great success. At the end of the training, several in 
were promoted to the rank of N.C.O.'s and one N.C.O., a meml 
of the teaching staff, was promoted to a Commissioned rank 
Honorary 2nd Lieutenant. 

Associations in the University. 

The Constitutent Colleges have a number of Societies, Clt 
and Unions for social and intellectual intercourse. There is 
University Sports Tournament Committee. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Residence of students is provided by the different Constitu* 
Colleges and the University Law Hall under conditions provid 
by Ordinances. The cost of living ranges from Rs. 15 to Rs. 
per mensem. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The actual income and expenditure for 1926-27 and t 
budget estimates for 1927-28 were as follows : 

Actual Income Actual Expenditure 
1926-27 Rs. 1,44,954 Rs. 1,61,234 

Budget Estimate. 

Income Expenditure 

1927-28 Rs. 1,37,015 Rs. 1,67,774. 

Every employee of the University holding a substanti 
appointment and receiving a pay of Rs. 30 per mensem or more 
required to join the University Provident Fund as a subscrib 
Subscriptions to the Provident Fund are deducted monthly fr< 
the pay bill of each subscriber at the rate of 8 per cent of } 
monthly pay and allowance. The University makes on behalf 
each subscriber a monthly contribution to the Fund expressed 
whole rupees at the rate of 12 per cent of the pay and allowan 
on which the amount of the subscription is calculated. 

Women's Education, 

There is a college for women students called the Indrapra^ti 
Girls' Intermediate College. Owing, however, to the spegi 
conditions of Purdah obtaining in Delhi, provision has been ma 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 109 

for permitting women students to appear in the examinations of 
the University without undergoing a regular course of study in a 
college or the University under conditions determined by Ordi- 
nances. 

There is a special scholarship of the value of Rs. 10 per 
month plus tuition fee for women students who prosecute their 
studies for a degree, after passing the Intermediate Examination. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

No Students' Information Bureau is established. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

There is a Board which looks after the residence, health and 
discipline of students. 

Admission to the University, Courses of Study, Examinations 
and Degrees. 

The University offers in Arts, the degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours) and M.A., in Science, the degree of B.Sc. and in Law, 
the degrees of LL.B., LL.M. and LL.D. 

ADMISSION TO THK UNIVERSITY. 

It is intended that as soon as Intermediate Colleges are 
organized separately, admission to the University should be con- 
fined to those who have passed the Intermediate Examination of 
an approved University or Board, but up to 1929, Intermediate 
instruction will be provided also in the constituent degree colleges 
of the University and during this period, therefore, students who 
have passed the Matriculation Examination of recognized Uni- 
versities or Boards or equivalent examinations, may be deemed 
eligible for admission to the University. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 
ARTS. 

Intei mediate Examination. The course is one of two years' 
duration after passing the Matriculation Examination of any 
University or a recognized Board. Every candidate is required 
to take four subjects only in either of the two following groups : 

GROUP A (General). 
Compulsory subjects : 

1. English (including an oral lest). 

2. A Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian), or, 
in the case of women candidates, one of the Indian Vernaculars 
Hindi, Urdu, Bengali or Punjabi. 



200 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Elective subjects (Two, or in the case of candidates who do 
not offer a second language, three of the following) : 

1. Mathematics. 

2. Physics (including Mathematics) (including a Practical 

test). 

3. Chemistry (including a Practical test). 

4. Philosophy. 

5. History. 

6. Economics. 

Provided that the combination of Mathematics, Physics and 
Chemistry shall not be permissible as a group in the Faculty of 
Arts. 

GROUP B (Special). 

Compulsory subjects : 

1. English (including an oral test). 

2. Economics. 

3. Commerce. 

Elective subjects (one of the following): 

1. Mathematics. 

2. History. 

3. Philosophy. 

4. A second language (Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hindi, 

Urdu, Bengali or Punjabi). 

In addition to the four subjects in Group A or B there is an 
additional paper in Hindi, Urdu, Bengali or Punjabi which may 
be taken by any candidate. 

The number of papers in each subject is two. 

The minimum number of marks required for a pass is 33 per 
cent in each subject and in Paper (b) of English, and candidates 
obtaining 60 per cent or more in the aggregate are placed in the 
First Division, and those obtaining not less than 44 per cent in 
the Second Division. 

Provision is made for candidates who have passed this examin- 
ation and wish to qualify for admission to the Medical College to 
appear subsequently for additional test in those subjects which 
complete the group of subjects prescribed for admission to the 
Medical Colleges. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass). The course extends over two years 
subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination. Every 
candidate is required to study and be examined in English with a 
vernacular (three papers) and two other subjects arranged in any 
one of the following groups : 



DKLHT UNIVERSITY 201 

(i) History and Kconomics. 
(ii) History and Philosophy, 
(iii) History and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 

or Persian). 

(iv) Economics and Philosophy, 
(v) Philosophy and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 

or Persian). 

(vi) Mathematics and Economics, 
(vii) Economics and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 

or Persian). 

(ix) Mathematics and Philosophy. 

(x) Mathematics and a Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic 
or Persian). 

The minimum for a pass is forty per cent in English with a 
vernacular, forty per cent in one other subject and thirty-three 
per cent in the third subject and forty per cent in the aggregate. 
Candidates who obtain 65 per cent or more are placed in the 
First Division and those who obtain forty-seven per cent or more 
in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Arts (Honour * Course). Honours courses have 
been instituted in the following subjects: English, Mathe- 
matics, Economics, History, Sanskrit, Persian. 

The Honours Course in a subject consists of 

(a) One main subject (6 papers in English and Mathematics 
and 5 papers in each of the other subjects). 

(IT) One subsidiary subject (one paper in Mathematics, two 
papers in History and Economics and three papers in Sanskrit, 
Arabic and Persian of which two are English papers I and II of 
the B.A. Pass Course). 

(c) A qualifying test in English in the case of Honours 
Courses in History, Economics and Mathematics (2 papers in 
Mathematics and one paper in each of the other subjects). 

In any subject in which there is no Honours Course, Honours 
maybe taken by two papers in addition to the Pass papers in that 
subject. 

Master of Arts. The course of study extends over two 
years; but a candidate who has already taken theM.A. degree in 
one subject may be permitted to take the examination one year 
after his passing the M.A. Examination. Also a candidate may be 
allowed credit for attendance and work at another University, 
provided he has pursued a regular course of study for one year in 
this University. A candidate for the M.A. Degree is required to 
study and be examined in one of the following subjects : 1. 
Languages (English, Arabic, Sanskrit or Persian^, 2. History, 



202 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

8. Economics, 4. Mathematics, and 5. Mental and Moral 
Philosophy. 

There will be six papers of three hours each in all subjects, 
except in Mathematics, which has seven papers. The minimum 
number of marks for a pass is thirty-three per cent in each paper 
(except the Essay paper in English for which forty -five per cent 
shall be required) and forty-five per cent in the aggregate. 
Candidates who obtain sixty-five per cent or more are placed in 
the First Class, and those who obtain not less than fifty per cent 
in the Second Class. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two years after passing the Matriculation Examination of a 

recognized University or Board. 

\ 

Every candidate is required to take four subjects in either of 
the two following groups . 

GROUP A (Non-Medical). 
(a} English (including an oral test). 
(b} Mathematics. 

GO Physics (including Mathematics* (including a Practical 
test). 

(if) Chemistry (including a Practical test). 

GROUP K. (Medical Students' Group). 
(a] English. 

(/>) Physics (including Mathematics) (including a Practical 

test). 

<V) Chemistry (including a Practical test). 
((/) Biology (including a Practical test). 
The number of papers in each subject is tfoo. 

The minimum- for a pass is thirty-three per cent in each 
subject and in Paper { fi) ot English, and candidates who obtain 
340 marks or more are placed in the First Division and those who 
obtain 250 marks or more are placed in the Second Division. 

Bachelor of Science. The course extends over two years 
after passing the Intermediate Examination in Science. A 
candidate is required to study and be examined in English (two 
papers, excluding the Vernacular paper, of three hours each) and 
one of the following groups : 1. Mathematics and Physics. 2. 
Physics and Chemistry. 8. Mathematics and Chemistry (four 
papers of three hours in each group and a practical examination 
in the Science subjects). No candidate is allowed to offer any 
Science subject unless he has taken the corresponding subject in 
the Intermediate Examination- and no candidate is allowed to 



DELHI UNIVERSITY 203 

lake Physics and Chemistry unless he has taken Mathematics in 
the Intermediate Examination. 

The minimum number of marks for a pass is thirty-three 
per cent in English and forty per cent in each of the Science 
subjects and forty per cent of the aggregate. Candidates who 
obtain 290 marks are placed in the First Division and those who 
obtain 210 marks or more in the Second Division, the aggregate 
maximum marks being 500. 

COVRSKSOF STUDY AND DKGRKKS LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Laws. The course extends over two years and 
is open only to graduates of this University or other recognized 
Universities, if the Academic Council permits. During the First 
Year the course of study consists of the following subjects and 
an examination, called the Previous Examination, is held in them 
at the end of the year: 

1. Jurisprudence. 2. Roman Law. 8. Principles of Equity 
with special reference to Maxims of Equity. 4. Constitutional 
Law. 4. Law relating to Limitation, Evidence and Legal 
Practitioners. 6. Criminal Law and Procedure, Indian Penal 
Code and Criminal Procedure Code. 7. Minor Acts: Regis- 
tration, Guardian and Wards, Majority, Stamp, Court Fees and 
Suits Valuation. 

The course of study for the second year consists of the 
following subjects : 

1. Hindu and Muhammadan Law. 2. International Law. 
#. Law of Contracts and Torts. 4. Punjab Land Laws and 
Customary Law Punjab Land Revenue Act, Punjab Tenancy 
Act, Punjab Pre-emption Act, Punjab Alienation of Land Act, 
Punjab Customary Law. 5. Law relating to Transfer of 
Property, Easements and Insolvency. 6. Law of Civil 
Procedure. 

In both the Previous and the Final Examinations, there 
are viva voce tests. Successful candidates are placed in the 
First and Second Classes only on the combined results of the 
Previous and the Final Examinations. 

Master of Laws. Only those who have obtained a Bachelor's 
Degree in Law at a recognized University and are at least of 
three years' standing after graduation in Law are eligible for 
the Degree of LL.M. The degree may be obtained either by 
presenting a printed thesis on a subject approved by the Com- 
mittee of Courses and Studies, or by passing an examination to 
be held annually in Delhi, 



204 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The subjects of study consist of: 1. Jurisprudence, 2. 
Equity and Trusts, 3. Principles of Legislation, 4. Constitutional 
Law, 5. Public and Private International Law, 6. Law relating to 
Parliamentary Institutions, and 7 and 8. two of the following: 
1. Roman Law and Law of Real and Personal Property, 2. 
Hindu and Muhammadan Law, 3. Criminal Law, 4. Law of 
Property, Transfer and Succession, 5. Law of Contracts and 
Torts, and 6. Company Law and Law of Evidence. 

There are eight papers of three hours each, and there is 
also a viva vocc examination. A candidate must obtain forty 
per cent in each individual paper and fifty per cent in the aggre- 
gate for aPass and sixty per cent for a First Class. 

Doctor of Law*. A Master of Laws of five years' standing 
may apply for this degree and is required to state in his appli- 
cation the special subjects within the purview of the Ordinances 
for the Degree of LL.M. upon a special knowledge of which he 
rests his application for the Doctorate and to send with the 
application twelve printed copies of the thesis he has composed 
on some branch of Law or History and Philosophy of Law. 

Scale of Examination Fees. 

Rs. 

Intermediate in Arts arid Science . . . . 25 

Teachers and Ex-students . . . , 30 

B.A., and B.Sf. . . . . . . . . 35 

(Hons., Extra Eee) . . . . . . . . 20 

Teachers and Ex-students . . . . 40 

B.A. Honours Course . . . . . . 55 

M.A., and M.Sc:. .. .. .. .. ..60 

Teachers and Ex-students . . . . 65 

P.E.L., and LL.B. .. .. .. .. ..60 

Ex-students . . . . . . . . 65 



Lucknow University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

The University is designed to be a unitary, teaching and 
residential University and this aim has been carried out by the 
University maintaining two colleges formerly affiliated to *the 
Allahabad University, 7vc., the Canning College and the King 
George's Medical College, the former of which was transfeired 
by the Canning College Act of 1922 and the latter along with 
the Hospital was incorporated in March 1921 in^the Lucknow 
University. Provision is made, however, for recognition of 
colleges not maintained by the University and at present, there 
is one such college, the Isabella Thoburn College, a college 
maintained by the Women's Foreign Missionary Society of the 
Methodist Episcopal Church of America. This College forms 
the Women's Department of the University. 

In addition to the regular teaching in connection with the 
University course, provision is also made for tutorial and other 
supplementary instruction in Colleges and Halls under the 
control of the University. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 

The Governor-General of India. 
CHANCELLOR. 

IL E. The Hon'ble Sir William Sinclair Marris, K.C.S.I., 
K.C.I.E., J.P., I.C.S., Governor of the United Provinces. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Dr. M. B. Cameron, M.A., B.Sc., D.Litt. 

TREASURER. 

Mr. S. M. Habibullah, B.A., O.U.K., M.L.C. 

REGISTRAR. 

Mr. R. R. Khanna, M.Sc. 

ASST. REGISTRAR. 

Mr. 1. N. Butt, B.A. 



206 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Arts 
Science 

Medicine 

Law 

Commerce 



Prof 
Prof. Wali 



English 

Philosophy 

History 

Political Science 
Economics 

Arabic 

Persian and Urdu 



Sanskrit Language 

and Hindi 
French 



Latin 



DKANS. 
. . Prof. S. B. Smith, M.A. 

. . Prof. Wali Mohammad, M.A., rh.D., 

I.K.S. 
.. Lt.-Col. C. A. Sprawson, M.D., H.S., 

F.R.C.P., C.I.K., I. M.S. 

. . Pandit Jagmohan Nath Chak, U.A., 

Har-at-Law. 



. . Mr. H. N. Das Gupta, B.A., A.S.A.A. 

PROCTOR. 
. J. A. Strang, M.A., U.Sc. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Mohammad, M.A., Ph.D., I.K.S. 

PROFESSORS. 

, . N. K. Siddhanta, Esq., U.A. (Cantab.), 

Professor, three Readers and rive 

Lecturers. 
.. J. A. Chadwick, Esq., H.A. (Hons.) 

(Cantab.), Professor, two Readers and 

one Lecturer. 

.. S. R Smith, Esq., M.A. (Oxon.), Pro- 
fessor, European History, and Dr. 
Radha Kumud Mukerjee, M.A., Ph.D., 
Professor of Indian History, two 
Readers and three Lecturers. 

.. Dr. V. S. Ram, M.A., Ph.D. (Harward), 
Reader, and two Lecturers. 

. . Dr. Radha Kamal Mukerjee, M.A., 
Ph.D. (Cal.), Professor, two Readers 
and three Lecturers. 

. . Dr. M. Z. Siddiqi, M.A. rh.D. (Cantab.), 
Reader, and one Lecturer. 

. . Dr. Mohammad Bazlur Rehman, M.A., 
Ph.D. (Cantab.), Reader, and five 
Lecturers. 

K. A. Subrahmanya Iyer, Esq., M.A., 
Reader, and four Lecturers. 

.. N.A. Holdaway, Esq., M.C., B.Sc,, 
(London), Lecturer. 

. . Vacant (one teacher). 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 



207 



Physics 

Chemistry 
Botany 

Zoology 

Mathematics 
Anatomy 

Physiology 

Forensic Medicine 

Materia Medica 
Pathology . . 

Medicine 

Surgery 

Ophthalmology 

Obstetrics and 
Gynaecology 

State Medicine 
Radiology 



Dr. Wali Mohammad, M.A. Ph.D., 
I.K.S., Professor, one Reader and one 
Lecturer. 

P. S. McMahon, Esq., M.Sc., Professor, 
two Readers and one Lecturer, 

Dr. Birbal Sahni, M.A., D.Sc. (London), 
Professor, one Reader and one 
Lecturer. 

Dr. Karam Narain Hahl, M.Sc., D.Phil. 
(Oxon.), D.Sc. (Punj.), Professor, one 
Reader and one Lecturer. 

J.A. Strang, Ksq. t M.A., T..SC., Pro- 
fessor, one Reader and one Lecturer. 

Lieut. H.S. Nat, M.B., ch.B., L.K.C.P., 
M.K.C.S., F.R.C.S., I. M.S., Offg. Pro- 
fessor, and one Lecturer. 

Dr. W. Hurridge, M.A., D.M., B.ch., 
L.M.S., S.A., Professor, and one Lec- 
turer. 

Rai Bahadur J. P! Modi, L.k.C.P. & s., 
1..F.P. & S., Reader. 

Rai Bahadur B. N. Vyas, M.B,, Reader. 

Major H. Stott, M.D., U.S., M.K.C.P., 
D.P.H., O.B.E., I. M.S., Professor, one 
Reader and one Lecturer. 

Lieut. -Colonel C. A. Sprawson, M.D., 
B.S.,F.R.C.P., (M.K., I. M.S., Professoi, 
and one Lecturer. 

Rai Bahadur R. N. Bhatia, M.H., 
F.K.C.S., B.A., B.Sc., Professor, one 
Reader and three Lecturers. 

B. G. S. Acharya, Esq., BA., M.H. & 
C.M.,F.R.C.S.,L.R.('.P.,M.R.C.S.,D.()., 
Professor, and one Lecturer. 

Lieut. -Colonel T. Hunter, M.A., B.Sc., 
M.I),, C.I.E., I. M.S., Professor, and 
one Lecturer. 

Rai Bahadur D. D. Pandya, L.R.c.p. 
& S., L.F.P. & S., D.P.H., Professor, 
and one Lecturer. 

Raghunandan Lai, Esq., M.B., B.S., 
Reader. 



208 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Law .. .. Pandit Jagmohan Nath Chak, B.A., 

(Oxon.), Bar-at-Law, Reader, and five 
other Readers. 

Commerce .. . . B. N. Das Gupta, Esq., B.A., A.S.A.A., 

Reader and B. N. Chaterjee, Ksq., 
M.A., B.I,., Reader, and three Lec- 
turers. 

Oriental Department . . Maulvi Syed Ali Asghar, Maulvi 

Mustafa Hassan Alavi and Pandit 
Girish Chandra Avasthi. 

Constitution of the University. 

The officers of the University are : the Chancellor, the 
Vice-Chancellor, the Treasurer, the Registrar, the Librarian 
and the Deans of the Faculties. The Vice-Chancellor is a paid 
whole-time officer of the University and is the principal executive 
and academic officer of the University. 

The authorities of the University are the following : (I) 
The Court which consists of 196 members. (2) The Executive 
Council which consists of 22 members and is the Executive Body 
of the University. '(3) The Academic Council which is the 
Academic body of the University and is responsible for the 
maintenance of standards of teaching and examination in the 
University. (4) The Committee of Reference which deals with 
items of new expenditure, (o) The Faculties which have charge 
of the teaching and the course of study and the teaching and re- 
search work in the subjects assigned to each faculty. 

Number of Students in the University under Different Faculties 
during 1926-27. 

Faculty of Arts . . 418 Faculty of Science . . 172 

Commerce 64 ,, Law . . 354 

,, Medicine .. 237 Oriental Department in 

Arabic and Persian . . 154 

Number of Successful Candidates at the Different Examinations 

in 1926. 

ARTS. 

B.A. (Pass) 78, B.A. (Honours) 10, M.A. (Part l) 40, 
M.A. and M.A. (Part II) 38, PH.D. 2. 

SCIKNCK. 

B.Sc. (Pass) 37, B.Sc. (Honours) 5, M.Sc, (Part f) 15, 
M.Sc. (Part II) and M.Sc. 15. 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 209 

MEDICINE. 

First M.B., B.S. (Part I) 46, First M.B., B.S. (Part II) 50, 
Final M.B., B.S. (Part I) 39, Final M.B., B.S. (Part II) 24, 
D.P.H. (Part I) 8, D.P.H. (Part II) 8, M.D. 1. 

LAW. 
LL.B. (Previous) 94, LL.B. (Final) 124. 

COMMERCE. 
B.COM. (Previous) 30, B.CoM. (Final) 24. 

DIPLOMA IN ARABIC. 
Maulvi 3, Alim 4, Kazil 17. 

DIPLOMA IN PERSIAN. 

Dabir-i-Mahir 14, Dabir-i-Kamil 22. 

DIPLOMA IN TEACHINC, 2. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library contains approximately 32, (XX) 
volumes, excluding volumes in the Library of fhe King George 
Medical College, Lucknow. Departmental Libraries are also 
separately maintained and placed under the administrative 
control of the several heads of departments. 

Scholarships, Medals and Fellowships. 

The following are the University and Endowed Scholarships 
and Medals granted to distinguished students of the University 
under prescribed conditions. The University grants rive scholar- 
ships, each of Rs. 20 per month exclusively to women. 

UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS. 

/// the Faculty of Arts and Science. 

1. Six M.A. or M.Sc. Part II Scholarships at Rs 80 per 
month. 

2. Six M.A. or M.Sc. Part I or III Year Hons. Scholar- 
ships at Rs. 30 per month. 

3. (i) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each tenable 
for 3 years for award to students taking the B.A. (Hons.) course. 

(//') Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each for 
award to students taking the B.A. (Pass) or (Hons.) course, tena- 
ble for two or three years according as they are awarded to Pass 
or Honours students. 

4. (/) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each tenable 
for 3 years for award to students taking the B.Sc. (Hons.) course. 

14 F 



210 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(u) Two scholarships of Rs. 20 per mensem each for 
award to students taking the B.Sr. (Pass) or (lions.) course, ten- 
able for two or three years according as they are awarded to Pass 
or Honours students. 

5. One scholarship of Rs. 20 per month for III Year (B.A. 
Hons.). 

6. One scholarship of Rs. 20 per month for III Year (B.SC. 
Hons.). 

7. One scholarship of Rs. 30 per month for an M.A. or 
M.Sc. who has taken his Honours degree. 

/// the faculty of Law. 

One Scholarship of Rs. 16 per month. 
/// the Faculty of Commerce. ~ 

Two Scholarships at Rs. 16 per month. 

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND MEDALS. 

(1) Hewett Sir Harnam Singh (iold Medal awarded to the 
most successful B.SC. student. 

(2) Peary Lai Chak Medal awarded to the best English Essay 
in the B.A. Pass Examination. 

(3) Pandit Suraj Narain Bahadur Gold Medal to a student 
who scores the highest aggregate marks in Physiology, Pathology, 
and Medicine for the M.B., B.S. Degree. 

(4) Hamid Medal also to a student for the M.B., B.S. 
Degree. 

(5) Gopal Chandra Mukerji Memorial Medal to one scoring 
the highest percentage of marks at the M.A. Examination in 
History. 

(6) Raja Sir Harnam Singh Sir Harcourt Butler, Raja Sir 
JHarnam Singh Sir Ludovic Porter, and Raja Sir Harnam Singh 
Raja Sir Mohammad Ali Mohammad Khan Medals for 
proficiency in Oriental studies, Commercial subjects and Medical 
studies respectively. 

(7) Pandit Debi Sahai MisraGold Medals one to each of the 
best students of B.A., B.SC. and LL.B. 

(8) R. B. Chanbey Shambhu Nath Misra Memorial Gold Medal 
to one securing the highest number of marks in Ophthalmolog^ 
in the M.B., B.S. Examination. 

(9) Dr. Chakravarti Medal for Service awarded for good 
behaviour and helping most in the general social life of the 
University. 

(10) Captain Kunwar Indrajit Singh Scholarship. 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 



211 



Besides these, there are a number of scholarships and endow- 
ments specially for the Canning College and the King George's 
Medical College. 

FELLOWSHIPS. 

Fellowships are assigned to the faculties in the following 
manner : 

Faculty of Arts 3, Faculty of Science 8, Faculty of 
Medicine I, and an additional Fellowship is awarded m any 
Faculty to a candidate who may be specially recommended for 
the purpose. The value of each Fellowship is Rs. 75 per mensem 
and such Fellowships are ordinarily tenable for 21 months, i.e., 
from the 1st of August to the 30th of April of the succeeding 
year. The value of the Fellowship in the Faculty of Medicine 
may be Rs. 150 per mensem, but in that case the Fellowship is 
awarded in alternate years. 

Provision for Research : Publication and Extension Work. 

Arrangements are made for delivery of a number of popular 
lectures in the course of the year. Lectures have been delivered 
during 1926 on the following subjects : 



Subject. 

"The Government of the 
Mandated Territories/' 

" The Unity of Civiliza- 
tion." 

** Comparative Municipal 
Government." 

"The Chilean Republic, 
an Important Part of the 
Latin American World." 

44 Second Chamber." 

44 Attitude of the United 
States of America towards 
Europe." 

" Modern English Fic- 
tion and Drama." 

" Methods of Minority 
Representation." 

" Contemporary English 
Novel." 

44 The Agricultural Geogra- 
phy of Northern India." 



Name of Lecturer. 

Dr. V. S. Ram, M.A., Ph. I)., F.K.H.S., 

Reader in Political Science. 
Prof. F. S. Marvin of the University 

of Oxford. 
Dr. V. S. Ram, M.A., Ph.D., P.K.H.S., 

Reader in Political Science. 
Prof. Dr. Jose M. Galvez, Ph. IX, of 

the University of Chile. 

Dr. V. S. Ram, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.H.S... 

Reader in Political Science. 
Mr. Robert C. Rankin, Vice-Principal, 

Lucknow Christian College. 

N. K. Siddhanta, Esq., M.A., Pro- 
fessor of English. 

Dr. V. S. Ram, M.A., Ph.D., F.K.U.S., 
Reader in Political Science. 

N. K. Siddhanta, Esq., M.A., Pro- 
fessor of English. 

Dr. Radha Kamal Mukerji, M.A., 
Ph.D., P.K.S., Professor of Econo- 
mics and Sociology. 



212 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Subject. Name of Lecturer. 

11 Scholars and their K. A. Subrarnania Iyer, Esq., M.A., 

Methods in Ancient Reader in Sanskrit, 
[ndia " 

11 Contemporary Knglish N. K. Siddhanta, Ksq., M.A., Pro- 
Novel." fessor of Knglish. 

"The Fascist Movement V. K. Nandon Menon, Esq., H.A., 
in Italy To-day.' 1 Lecturer in Political Science. 

"The Reform ot the Dr. K. N. Malaviya, M.A., fcL.B., 
Method of Legal Training S.J.D., Advocate, 
in India." 

"Observations on Racial Dr. Eddy Asirvatham, U.A., B.D., 
Relationships." Ph. I)., Lecturer in Political Science. 

" Philosophy in Ve- Pandit Adya Datta Thakur, M.A., 
danta." Lecturer in Sanskrit. 

"Man and his Position Pandit Badri Nath Shastri, M.A,, 
in the Universe." Lecturer in Sanskrit. 

The following is the List of Original Papers, etc., by Members 
of Ihc University during 1926: 

A. FACULTY OK ARTS. 

/. Department of English. 

Prof. N. K. Siddhanta .. The Workmanship of the Historical 

Novel (The Modern Review, September 
1926). 

//. Department of Indian History. 

Dr. Sukumar Banerji . . Humayun, a Thesis (under tevision). 

Mr. Charan Das Reading of the important inscription 

Chatter ji. on stone from Ahar in Bulandshahar 

District of which an estampage was 
supplied to the Department by the 
courtesy of Mr. R. Burn, C.S.I., LC.S. 
(Journal of the U. P. Historical Socict\ 
for September 1926). 

Dr. Radha Kumud 1. Co-operation in Ancient India 

Mookerji. (Mysore Co-operative Conference and 

published by the Mysore Government). 

2. Three papers on the " Inscriptions 
of Asoka" (Oriental Conference). 

3. A book on " Harsha ". (Published 
by the Clarendon Press in the Rulers 
of India Series.) 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 



218 



///. Department of Economics and Sociology* 

Mr. Raj Bahadur Gupta. Thesis on " The Housing of Industrial 

Labour in India 1 '. 

A memorandum on the present currency 
situation, for submission to the Royal 
Currency Commission. 

Memoranda on : 



Mr. Hirendra Lai Dey 



Mr. Hhujanga Bhushan 
Mukerji. 



1. Higher Co-operative 

Finance. 

2. Land Mortgage Hanks. 



(Last U. P. 
Provincial 
Co-opera- 
tive Con- 
ference.) 

* {Co-opera- 
tire Jour- 
nal.) 



Dr. Radha Kamal 
Mukerjee. 



8. Co-operative Housing.* 

1. A work on Civics. 

2. The Rural Economy of India. 

3. Regional Sociology. (The Amen- 
can Social Science Series with an intro- 
duction from Dr. Edward AHsworth 
Ross.) 

J l / . Department of Political Science. 



Dr. V. S. Ram 



F.- 
Mr. E. Ahmad Shah 



Mr. Kali Pershacl 



Mr. J. P. Suda.. 



A book on 
Policy". 



'' Comparative Colonial 



-Department of Philosophy. 

.. 1, An enquiry concerning the nature 
of evil. ( Ready for publication.) 

'2. A paper on "The Meaning of Maya". 
(Read at the Philosophical Congress 
held at Calcutta in December, 1925.) 

.. An Essay on "The Problem of Evil ", 
Vedanta Solution. (Ready for publi- 
cation.) 

. . " Definitions in Logic " a booklet of 
164 pages. (Published in January, 1926.) 



VI. Department of Sanskrit, Prakrit Languages and Hindi . 

History of Sanskrit Metre. (Under 



Pandit Gaya Prasad 
Dikshit, Research 
Scholar. 

Mr. K. A. Subramania 
Iyer. 



research,) 

1. A paper on "The Fourteen Mahes- 
vara Sutras". (Fourth All-India 
Oriental Conference held at Allahabad 



214 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNiVKksmKs 



Pandit Badri 
Shastri. 



Nath 



Pandit Badri Nath Bhatt. 



Dr. M. B. Rehman 

Maulana Mohd. Abdul 

Quavi Fani. 
Mr. Mohd. Wahid Mirza. 



Mr. Syed Masud Hasan 
Rizavi. 



in November, 1926) (will be published 
in due course). 

2. An article on " kasik, Sahridaya aur 
Bhavak". (Published in the ^Madhuri* 
during the year 1926). 

A paper on " Methods adapted by 
Ancient Indian Thinkers in the Attain- 
ment of Truth ". (Fourth All-India 
Oriental Conference held at Allahabad 
in November, 1926.) 

1. A collection of comic scenes 
entitled " Labaddhondhon ". 

2. A social comedy called " Vivaha- 
Vignapan". (Under publication.) 

r/7. Department of Persian. 

44 Tarikh Abu Hatim." ( Almost com- 
pleted.) 

14 A critical study of QaamV (Short* 
ly to be published.) 

1. The English Translation and Voca- 
bulary of the Prolegomena of Ibn 
Khaldin. 

2. An old and rare Persian MS. on 
44 The History of the Reign of Shah 
Jahan narrated by Sadiq Khan ". 
(Being edited.) 

1. I)abistan-i-Urdu. 

2. A Dictionary of Arabic and Persian 
quotations used in Urdu. (In Press.) 

3. A work on criticism " Hainan* 
Shairi ". (Under publication.) 



VUl. Department of Arabic. 



Dr. M. Z. Siddiqi 



1. 



(Shortly to 
as a Gibb 



Firdausul Hikmat." 
be published in Berlin 
Memorial Publication.) 

2. Translated 44 L'Arabic Ante Isla- 
mique " of Ign. Guidi from Zurich into 
Urdu. (Shortly to be published by 
the Anjuman Taraqqi Urdu of Pattna.) 

3. Translation of " Vergleichenden 
Gramatik der semitchen Sprachen." 
(Under completion.) 



LUCKNOW 



215 



Maulvi Khalil Ibn 
Mohammad Arab. 



1. "The Position of Women in Pre- 
islamic and Islamic Arabia/' (Shortly 
to be published.) 

2. "The Sayings of the Arabs.' 7 
(Shortly to be published.) 

U. FACULTY OF SCIKNCK. 



/. Department of Physics, 



Dr. *Wali Mohammad 



Mr. Satyendra Nath 
Ray. 



Mr. S. B. L. Mathur 



, On the fine structure of Cadmium lines 
in the Ultra-violet- (Indian Science 
Congress, Lahore.) 

1. Action of Wimshurst Machine. 
(/. X. /.. January 1926.) 

2. On the Failure of Fourier analysis 
for strings. (P/iys. for., July 1926.) 

#. High values of e/m with Thomson 
vacuum tube. (J '. S. /., August 1926.) 

4. On Silver deposit on parallel plates- 
(J. S. /., August 1926.) 

5. Uber die Verwandlung eines 
Linienspektrums in ein Kontinuerliches 
Spectrum bei Duchgang durch eine 
Absorptionslosung von gewisse kri- 
tiscen Dichten. (Phvs. Keif* 15 October 
1926.) 

6. Uber Umkehrpunkte in der Photo- 
phorese. (P/iys. Zcit, 1st November 
1926.) 

7. Change in Wavelength by passage 
through glass. (Indian Science Con- 
gress, Lahore.) 

8. On the possibly spurious character 
of the " fine structure' 1 of the lines 
and of the " continuous spectrum " of 
Hydrogen, etc. (Indian Science 
Congress, Lahore.) 

9. Effect of electric field on diffraction. 
(Communicated to P/iys. Zc/t.) 

10. A Note on Isotopes. (Communi- 
cated to AHH. d. Phys.) 

On the fine structure ot Cadmium and 
Zinc Lines. (With Dr. Wali Moham- 
mad.) 



216 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKRSITIKS 



Mr. I). V. Gogate 



Mr. K. K. Tandon 



Messrs. S. K. Dull and 
Shanti Swarup. 

Messrs. Binda Prasad 
and Krishna Gopal. 

Mr. Tribhawan Prasad 
Gaurgas. 

Mr. C. N. Hangal 



On the atomicity of m/e fiom Millikan's 
data. (Communicated to Prof. F. 
Khrenhaft.) 

Uber einige experimentalle Beweise fur 
die Veranderlichkeitder Wellenlange 
des Natriumlichtes. (Phvs. Zeit., 1st 
August 1926.) 

The Bhar Effect with Mercury lamp. 
(Indian Science Congress.) 

The nature of discharge through a Neon 
tube. (Indian Science Congress.) 

A correction to Qnincke's Formula for 
Surface tension. (Indian Science 
Congress, Lahore.) 

On the supposed difference of results of 
Millikan and Khrenhaft. (Communi- 
cated to Phy. Rev.} 



II. Department of Chemistry . 



Prof. V. S. MacMahon 
and Mr. Raman Nayar. 

Prof P. S. MacMahon, 
Mr. Raman Nayar, 
& Dr. A.C. Chatterji. 



Dr. S. M. Sane and 
Mr. Dina Nath Seth. 

Dr. S. M. Sane and 
Mr. Pearey I,a1 
Asthana. 

Dr. B M. Gupta and 
Mr. S. C. Roy. 

Dr. A. C. Chatterji 



A paper on " The Nature of Kohlschut- 
ter's Silver Sol." (Indian Science 
Congress.) 

I. The Photochemistry of Silver 
Bromide. 



2. The Photochemical 
Copper Chloride. 

Drug Picrorhiza Kurrsa : 
(Under investigation.) 



Oxidation of 



Indian Kutki. 



Drug Kmbelia 
gation.) 



Ribes. (Under investi- 



On the synthesis of a ty do- propane 
derivative from benzylidine-bisaceto- 
acetic eter. 

1. On the formation of periodic preci- 
pitates, V. 

2. Peptising influence of gels on the 
sparingly soluble substances and its 
importance on the formation of Liese- 
gang rings. 

3. Theories of the formation of periodic 
precipitates. 



LucKNcnv UNIVKRSITV 217 

4. Absorption of colloidal solutions 
and of ions by freshly prepared preci- 
pitates, II. 

5. Condition of silver chromate in 
gelatine. 

///. Department of Hotany. 

Dr. H. Sahni .. . . 1. The occurrence of ascidia in Ginkgo 

biloba. (Indian Science Congress, 
Lahore, 1927.) 

2. On some petrified female cones of 
Indian conifers from the British 
Museum, (/bid.) 

Mr. S. K. Pande .. 1. Notes on the Morphology of Hiccia 

robust a. (//>/>/.) 

2. The development of the sporophyte 
of Notothylas. (//>/V/.) 

Mr. S. K. Mukerji gave an exhibition of a new variety of 
Mercurialis perennis at the Reception of the Linean Society of 
London. October 27, 1926. 

I V. Department of Zoology. 

Dr. R. N. Hahl . . On the Knteronephic Type of Nephridial 

system in Woodwardia. {Quarterly 
Journal of Microscopical Science, 
Oxford, Vol. 70, Fart I, January 1926.) 

2. " Pheretima " (Common Indian 
Earthworm), in the Indian Zoological 
Memoirs Series, Lucknow, 1926. 

Dr. G. S. Thapar .. 1. "Ozolaimus, Dujardin 1845(Macracis, 

Gedoelst, 1926), a little known Nema- 
tode from the Caecum of Iguana 
tuberculata." (Journal of flelmintho- 



*' Acanthogyrus, a new (Jenus of Acan- 
thocephalous worm from the (Jut of 
Labeo rohita." (Indian Science C'on- 
gress, Lahore). 

V. Department of Mathematics. 
Dr. Lakshmi Narayan . . 1. " On a generalization of Jacobian." 

2. "The integration image of sin 

x 
at x-o." 



218 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIKS 

Mr. Avadesh Narayan "The Indian Method of extracting 
Singh. roots/' 

C. FACULTY Ol< MEMC'INK. 

Lieut. -Col. C. A. Spraw- " Notes on cases of Phthisis treated by 
son. Sanocrysin at Lucknow.'' (Indian 

Medical Gazette, December 1926.) 

Major H. Stott and " An outbreak of Seven Day Fever in 
Dr. V. S. Mangalik. Lucknow."' (Indian Medical Gazttte, 

May 1926.) 

D. FAri'LTY OF COMMKRCK. 

Mr. B. N. Chatterji . . Memorandum on Indian Currency and 

Exchange, submitted to the Royal 
Commission on Currency and Exchange. 
(Mysore Economic Journal?) 

Dr. B. B. Das Gupta ..1. A paper on " The Future of our 

Paper Currency." (The Economic 
Conference, Calcutta.) 

2. A paper on " Flirting with Gold/' 
(The ire/fare.) 

3. " Indian Paper Currency." (Shortly 
to be published by the Calcutta Uni- 
versity.) 

Military Training. 

The Lucknow University Training Corps is the B. Company 
of the 111 United Provinces Battalion University Training Corps 
I.T.F. and is made up of four platoons, 2i at the Canning College 
and Ij at the King George's Medical College. The normal 
strength of the B. Company has five King's Commissioned Officers 
and 148 N.C.O.'s and men. Students and members of the 
teaching staff of the Lucknow University are eligible for enrol- 
ment in the B. Company and members normally remain in the 
Corps so long as they continue to be students or teachers of the 
University. Every member undertakes on enrolment to complete 
78 hours of training during the first six months after enrolment. 
Every member also undertakes to attend at least two days' 
compulsory parade every week during term-time and to attend 
camp annually for a period not exceeding 15 days. Members 
are provided free of charge with complete uniforms, equipment 
and arms. An annual camp for the Battalion is held. 

Associations in the University* 

There is a University Union. All students enrolled in the 
Faculties of Arts, Science, Commerce and Law are ipso facto 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 219 

members of the Union. The Union holds debates, maintains 
a Library, Reading and Writing Rooms and Refreshment Room 
and is intended to promote corporate and social life generally. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Every student of the University has to reside in a College 
or Hall or under conditions prescribed by the Statutes and 
Ordinances. There is Residence, Health and Discipline Hoard 
which looks after the conditions of life both of resident and non- 
resident students, the latter being those who while living with 
parents or guardians are attached to a College or Hall. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

There is a Provident Fund to which subscription is paid by 
a member drawing at least Rs. 40 per mensem, at the rate of H 
per cent of his salary, the University contributing at the rate of 
12 per cent in the case of employees di awing not more than 
Rs. 500 per mensem and 10 per cent in the case of employees 
drawing not more than Rs. 1,000 but above Rs. 500 per mensem 
and 8 per cent in the case of employees drawing more than 
Rs. 1,000 per mensem. The interest on both of these contri- 
butions accrues to the account of the subscription. The Income 
and Expenditure of the University during 1925-26 were as 
follows : 

1925-26. 

Income. Expenditure. 

Rs. 16,51,662 S 4 Rs. 15,62,605 9 

1926-27. 
Rs. 17,14,496 6 6 Rs. 14,70,454 6 4 

Women's Education. 

There is a separate College for women where they can study 
for B.A. and H.SC. Examinations and also for Diploma in 
Teaching. There were 25 students during 1926-27. 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

Instead of establishing a Bureau at each University centre, 
and in order to secure economy and co-ordination of effort, the 
U.P. Government has decided to constitute a combined Univer- 
sity Students' Information Bureau for all the four Universities as 
follows : 

1. President to* be nominated by Government. 

2. Ten members to be nominated by Government. 

3. One Correspondent for each of the four Universities in 

the U.P. 

4. Five members to be co-opted annually by the Committee. 

5. Secretary to be nominated by Government. 



220 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVKRSITIKS 

Members hold office for a period of three years. The 
meetings of the Committee are held at Allahabad and the 
travelling allowances of members are paid by the Government. 
The name of the Correspondent of this University on the 
Committee is Dr. K. N. Bahl, M.Sc., D.Phil.. D.Sc., Professor of 
Zoology. 

Provisioo for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

Before admission to a Hostel every student has to produce a 
certificate from the Medical Officer of the University that he is 
physically tit for residence and every student of the University is 
physically examined at least once a year by the Medical Officer. 
Dispensaries and Medical Officers are attached to the Hostel and 
Colleges. 

Every ur.dei 'graduate student in the University, unless specially 
exempted, is required to undergo a course of physical training in 
his first year of study, not less than twenty hours per term. 

Breaches of Hostel Regulations are dealt with by the Warden, 
of College Regulations by the Principal, of University Regulations 
by the Proctor who is expected tc> attend to the misbehaviour or 
improper conduct elsewhere 1 than within the compounds of the 
Colleges and Hostels. 

Admission to the University Courses of Study, Degrees and 
Examinations. 

The University confers in Arts the Bachelor's Degree (Pass 
and Honours), and the Mattel's Degiee ; in Science, the 
^Bachelor's Degree (Pass and Honours) and the Master's Degree. 
The Professional Degrees and Diplomas are: Bachelor of Laws, 
Master of Laws, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Medicine 
and Surgery, Master of Surgery, Diploma in Public Health, 
Diploma in Teaching, Diplomas in Arabic and Persian. The 
following are the Doctor's Degrees: PH.D., D.LlTT., D.Sc;., 
M.D., LL.D. 

ADMISSION TO COLKSKS OF STUDV. 

Admission to a course of study for a Bachelor's Degree is 
confined to those who have passed either the Intermediate 
Examination of a recognized Indian University or of the U.P. 
Board of High School and Intermediate Education, or the 
Cambridge Higher School Certificate Examination (Certificate A). 
There is no Admission Examination instituted by this University 
except for the Medical Faculty. Special provision is made for 
admission of Teachers of Local colleges and schools to the 
Degree Examinations in the Faculty of Arts, without preceding 
attendance at the University. 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 221 

COURSES OF STUDY, DEGREES AND EXAMINATIONS. 

ARTS. 

(1) R.A. {Pa si). The course of study for this degree extends 
over two academic years. A candidate for the Degree is required 
to study and be examined in three subjects to be taken from the 
following in prescribed combinations: (1) A Classical Language, 
(2) Urdu with Persian, (8) Hindi with Sanskrit, (4) History, 
Indian or European, (5) Philosophy, (6) Politics, (7) Economics, 
(8) English, and (9) Mathematics. No candidate is admitted to 
the B.A. Degree unless he has passed (1) an examination in 
General English prescribed for the B.A. Examination, and (2) a 
test in a Vernacular in addition to the examination in other group 
of subjects prescribed for the degree. 

The examination consists of one paper in Vernacular, two 
general and two special papers in English, three papers in Mathe- 
matics, Hindi with Sanskrit, Urdu with Persian, and two papers 
in each of the other subjects. The minimum marks for a pass 
are 33 per cent in each subject and 36 per cent in the aggregate. 
Candidates who obtain 60 per cent or more of the aggregate 
marks are placed in the First Division and those obtaining 48 to 
59 per cent in the Second Division. 

(2) H.A. (Honour*). The duration of the course of study 
is three academic years, and students are not admitted to the 
Examination after the fourth yeai. Candidates must offer one 
of the following as the Honours subject and two others determin- 
ed by the Dean, as subsidiary subjects : (/') English, (//') Philo- 
sophy, (*'/V) European History, (/>) Indian History, (v) Politics, 
(?'/') Economics and Sociology, (vii) Arabic, (viii) Persian, G-0 
Sanskrit and Prakrit Languages, (.x) Mathematics. 

The examination in subsidiary subjects is identical with B.A. 
(Pass) Degree Examination in those subjects. 

In English, Philosophy, Economics, Political Science, Indian 
History and Sanskrit, there will be five papers, and six in each 
of the other subjects. The minimum for a pass is 36 per cent in 
the aggregate. Those who obtain 60 per cent or more are 
placed in the First Division, those obtaining between 48 per cent 
and 60 per cent, in the Second Division and those obtaining 
between 36 per cent and 48 per cent, in the Third Division. 
Candidates securing not less than 30 per cent of the total marks 
in the Honours subject may be awarded the Pass Degree. 

The Dean can transfer students for Honours to the Pass 
Course and vice versa. Students who hold a Pass Degree and 
wish to take Honours Degree in order to qualify for the M.A. 
course, are admitted to th e second year Honours Class in one 
of the subjects taken for the Pass Degree. Graduates prevented 



222 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

by illness from completing the examination may supplicate for 
an <c$ro/at degree. 

(8) Master of Arts. The Degree is conferred on Graduates 
with Honours who have completed a further course of study 
or research for one year and passed the prescribed examination 
which may include an examination on a dissertation. Kvery 
candidate must offer one of the following subjects for the 
examination : (/') Language : English or a Classical Language, 
(//') Mental and Moral Science, (///) History, (/?) Mathematics, 
(?') Economics, (?/') Political Science. 

Pass Graduates can obtain the M.A. Degree after a two 
years' course of study. The examination consists of two parts: 
Part 1 (Previous) and Part II (Final), held at the end of the first 
and the second year respectively. The examination is conducted 
by means of papers only, provided that in specified cases a thesis 
may be offered in lieu of one of the papers. At the Previous 
Examination, four papers are set in English, two papers in 
Philosophy, three in European History and in Indian History, 
and three papers in Sanskrit. The examination in Economics is 
the same as for the H.A. (Honours) Examination. At the Final 
Examination, there will be four papers in English and in Philo- 
sophy, three papers in European History, three papers in Indian 
History, three papers on any of the eleven groups in Economics 
and three papers and a thesis in Sanskrit. In lieu of one of the 
papers for Indian or European History or Economics, a thesis 
may be offered. 

The examination in Mathematics is the same as for the 
M.SC. Examination. 

The minimum is 36 per cent in the aggregate for a pass. 
Those who obtain 60 per cent or more are placed in the First 
Division ; those obtaining between 48 per cent and 60 per cent, 
in the Second Division, and those obtaining between 86 per 
cent and 48 per cent, in the Third Division. 

(4) Doctor of Philosophy or Doctor of Literature (Ph.D. or 
/}./,///.). The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy is open to Masters 
of Arts of three years' standing of this University. Masters of 
Arts of other Universities who are of not less than three years' 
standing are also eligible for these degrees, but they will be 
required to pursue a course of research for at least two academic 
years in the University. A candidate must submit a thesis 
embodying the result of his investigation and indicating what 
pait of the results he claims to be his own. The Dissertation 
for the PH.D. Degree must be on some branch of one of the 
following subjects: (/) Philosophy, (//) Economics, (//'/) History, 
and Or) Mathematics, The D.Lirr. Degree is conferred, honoris 
sat on pel sons who are, in the opinion of the Academic and 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 223 

Executive Councils, fit and proper persons by reason of eminent 
position and attainments or by virtue of their contributions to the 
cause of learning. 

DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS. 

Diploma in Arabic and Persian. Students prepared by the 
University for these Diplomas and Teachers of recognized local 
educational institutions art* admitted to the Diploma Examination 
in Arabic and Persian. 

There are three Diploma Examinations in Aiabic:(/) Maulvi. 
(/*') Aiim, and (/*'/) Kaxil ; and three Diploma Examinations in 
Persian : (/') Dabir, (//) Dabir-i-Mahir, and (//'/) Dabir-i-Ivamil. 
The courses of the Alim, Fa/.il, Dabir-i-Mahir and Dabir-i-Kamil 
Examinations are of two years' duration. Text-books are 
prescribed and question papers set on religious subjects. The 
Fazil course is one of specialized study on one of six prescribed 
groups of subjects. All the subjects prescribed lor other exami- 
nations are compulsory. 

The medium of examination is Urdu but questions may be 
set and answers required in Arabic and Persian, 3(> per cent in 
the aggregate and 33 per cent in each subject are the minima for 
a pass. 60 per cent and upwards will entitle a candidate to be 
placed in the First Division and 4S per cent 01 more will place 
him in the Second Division. 

SCIKNCK. 

(1) R.Sc. (/\rss). The course of study extends over two 
academic years. Every candidate is required to pass a prescribed 
examination in General English (equivalent to the General Section 
of the B.A. Pass course) and three of the following subjects in 
prescribed combinations: (/) Physics, (//) Chemistry, (///) Mathe- 
matics, (/>) Botany, and (?') Zoology. 

The examination consists of three papers in Mathematics 
and two papers and a practical examination in each of the other 
subjects. The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent in each subject 
and 36 per cent in the aggregate. Candidates who obtain 60 per 
cent or more are placed in the First Division and those who 
obtain between 48 per cent and 60 per cent in the Second Division. 

(2) B.Sc. (Honours). The course of study extends over three 
academic years and students are not permitted to appear for the 
Honours Examination after the fourth year. Every candidate 
is required to pass a presciibed test in General English and should 
study and be examined in one of the following subjects as Honours 
subject and two others as Subsidiary subjects taken from a list of 
subjects piescribed in respect of each principal subject: 
(*) Physics, (/'/) Chemistry, (///') Botany, (/?) /oology, and 
(v) Mathematics. 



224 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The examination in Mathematics is the same as for the B./ 
(Honours) Examination and the examination in other subjec 
consists of four papers and a practical examination. The exam 
nation in subsidiary subjects is identical with the Pass B.Sc 
Degree Examination in those subjects. 

Candidates must obtain 36 per cent ot the aggregate marl 
for a pass. Those who obtain 60 per cent or more of the aggregai 
are placed in the First Class and those obtaining between 48 p< 
rent and HO percent in the Second Class. Candidates who secui 
not less than 30 per cent of the total marks in the HOIIOUI 
subject may be awarded the Pass Degree. 

Students who hold the B.S(*. Pass Degree and wish to tak 
an Honours Degiee with a view to qualifying for the M.S< 
courses, are admitted to the second year Honours class in an 
subject taken for the Pass Degree. Candidates with Honoui 
in one school are admitted to Honours in another school undt 
prescribed conditions. A candidate who is prevented by il 
ness from completing the Honours Examination, may supplical 
for an a'grotat degree. 

(3) Matter of Scitticc (JI/.AV.). Bachelors of Science wit 
Honours of this or any other approved University are eligibl 
for admission to this Degree. The course ot study for thi 
degree extends over one academic year for Honours Graduate 
and two yeais for Pass Graduates. Every candidate nuu 
offer one of the following subjects: (/) Mathematics, (/'/) Physic: 
(///') Chemistry, (/>) /oology, and (?) Botany. 

For Pass Graduates, the examination consists of two parts 
the Previous and the Final, held at the end of the first an 
second years respectively. At the examination, Previous c. 
Final, four papers aie set in Mathematics, and there will b 
three papers and a practical examination in each of the otht 
subjects. The minimum is 36 per cent of the aggregate fc 
a pass. Those who obtain 60 per cent or more are placed in th 
First Division ; those obtaining between 48 per cent and 6< 
per cent, in the Second Division ; and those obtaining betweei 
36 per cent and 48 per cent, in the Third Division. 

(4) Doctor .;/ Science (/?.&.) Masters of Science of thre 
years' standing of this University or of any other approve* 
University a ^ eligible for this Degree provided they pursue 
course of research in the University for not less than thre 
academic years. Every candidate must submit a thesis em 
bodying the resufts of his investigation indicating what part o 
the result he considers to be his own. The dissertation suh 
mitted must be on some branch of one of the .following sciences 
(/') Physics, (/'/') Chemistry, (//'/) Botany, (iv) Zoology, and (v 
Mathematics. Candidates may be required to submit them 
selves to an examination, oral, written or both. 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 225 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

MEDICINE. 

(1) P re-Medic. il Examimtion. This examination is intend- 
ed for admission to the courses of study for the M.B., B.S. 
Degree. Bachelors of Science with Chemistry and Biology of 
any approved University or students who have passed the 
Intermediate Examination of the Board of Intermediate Edu- 
cation, U.P., or the Intermediate Examination of Allahabad, 
Aligarh, Benares and Nagpur Universities under certain condi- 
tions, with Chemistry, Physics and Biology, are admitted to 
this examination. Every candidate must offer the following 
subjects on each of which one paper will be set at the exami- 
nation : (/) Chemistry including Organic Chemistry, (/'/) Physics, 
(tii) Botany, and (iv) Zoology. The examination is a competitive 
one for filling up a declared number of seats in the Medical 
Faculty and the selected candidates have to undergo a Health 
Examination by a Medical Board. Preference is given to 
candidates belonging to the United Provinces. 

(2) Bachelor of Medici fie and Bachelor of Surgery (Af./t. t 
Jt.S.). Candidates who have passed the Pre-Medical Exami- 
nation are admitted to the courses of study for the M.B., B.S. 
Degree extending over five academic years. During the first 
four years, a year of study includes at least two of the pre- 
scribed courses of lectures, or laboratory work or one such course 
and Hospital practice in each term. The work of the fifth 
year consists of clinical work and clinical lectures. Attendance 
must be kept at the University Hospital or any other recognized 
institution. 

There are two examinations to be taken : the First Profes- 
sional Examination and the Final Professional Examination. 
The former is held at the end of the second year and consists 
of two parts : Part I : Anatomy and Physiology ; Part II : 
Materia Medica. Candidates for this examination are required 
to have also dissected the human body at least once. There 
will be two papers and a practical and oral examination in 
Anatomy and in Physiology, and one paper and an oral and 
Pharmacy examination in Materia Medica. 

The Final Professional Examination also is divided into 
two parts which may be taken up separately or together under 
prescribed conditions. Part I of this examination consists of 
Pathology and Bacteriology, Forensic Medicine, Toxicology, 
Mental Diseases and Public Health ; Part II comprises Medicine 
with Therapeutics and Medical Pathology, Surgery including 
Surgical Anatomy and Surgical Pathology, Ophthalmology, 
Obstetrics and Gynaecology. In Part I, there will be one 
paper and an oral examination in Forensic Medicine, Toxicology, 
15 F 



226 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Mental Diseases and Public Health, and two papers and a 
practical and oral examination in Pathology. Part II of the 
Final Professional Examination consists of two papers and a 
practical and clinical examination in Medicine and in Surgery, 
one paper and an oral and clinical examination in Ophthalmo- 
logy, and one paper and an oral examination in Obstetrics and 
Gynaecology. 

The minimum for distinction in each subject is 80 per cent 
of the aggregate and for Honours it is 75 per cent in four sub- 
jects. The minimum for a pass in the written papers is 40 
per cent and in the practical and oral examinations, it varies 
with each subject. 

(3) Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) and Master of Surgery 
(M.S.). Bachelors of Medicine and Surgery of at least three 
years* standing are eligible for admission to these Degrees. 
Candidates for the M.D. Degree have to submit a thesis on one 
of the following subjects : Physiology, Pathology, Bacteriology, 
Therapeutics, Medicine, Forensic Medicine, Mental Diseases, 
State Medicine and Obstetrics. And candidates for the M.S. 
Degree should submit a thesis on one of the following subjects : 
Surgery, Ophthalmology, Gynaecology and Anatomy. 

Candidates for either degree must submit themselves to an 
examination consisting of two parts. There will be two written 
papers in Part F, and in Part II, there will be a practical ex 
animation in the subject of thesis, a clinical and a practical 
examination in Medicine and Medical Pathology. In Part II of 
the M.S. Degree, there will be a practical examination in the 
subject of the thesis, operations on cadaver and a clinical and 
a practical examination in Surgery and Surgical Pathology. 

A candidate whose thesis is of sufficient merit may be 
exempted wholly or partly from Part I of the examinations. 

(4) Diploma In Public Health. A student who possesses 
a qualification in Medicine and Surgery registered under the 
United Provinces Medical Art, is admitted to a course of study 
for this Diploma extending over 15 months. Exemption from any 
portion of the prescribed courses is granted under special 
conditions. 

The examination consists of two parts. Candidates for 
Part I have to produce a certificate of having attended a course 
of six months' laboratory instruction in Public Health, Chemistry 
and Physics, Bacteriology and Parasitology (including Ento- 
mology) and Pathology of Diseases of animals transmissible to 
man. Candidates for Part II of the examination must have 
passed Part I and should produce a certificate of having (/') 
attended a prescribed course of 100 lectures in General Hygiene 
and Preventive Medicine and Sanitary Law and Public Health 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 227 

Administration ; (if) been diligently engaged for nine months 
under -an approved Medical Officer in acquiring a practical 
knowledge of the duties relating to Public Health Administration ; 
(/'//)' attended a prescribed course of 40 lectures in Sanitary 
Engineering ; and (ir) been engaged for three months in acquiring 
practical training in a recognized Hospital for infectious diseases. 

There will be two papers and a practical and an oral exami- 
nation in each subject of Part I. Part II of the examination 
comprises two papers and an oral examination on General 
Hygiene and Preventive Medicine, a practical examination 
and outdoor inspection and drawing up of report on infectious 
diseases, and one paper and an oral examination in each of the 
other subjects. The minimum marks for a pass are 50 per cent 
in each subject and between 50 and 74 per cent of the aggregate. 
Candidates who obtain not less than 75 per cent of the aggregate 
are declared to have passed with Honours. 

LAW. 

(1) Bachelor of Laws (ZZ./?.) Bachelors of Arts or Science 
of any approved University and Bachelor of Arts, Science or 
Commerce of the Lucknow University are admitted to the courses 
of study for the LL.B. Degree which extends over two academic 
years. The examination consists of two parts the Previous and 
the Final held at the end of the first arid the second year re- 
spectively. The Previous examination is conducted wholly by 
means of papers, one on each of the following subjects : (i) 
Roman Law, (it) Jurisprudence, (/'/'/) Constitutional Law, (iv) 
Law of Contracts, (v) Law of Torts and Easements, (vt) Criminal 
Law and Procedure. 

At the Final Examination, six papers are set, one on each 
of the following subjects : (*) The Law relating to Transfer of 
Property including Equitable Principles thereof, (/'/) Equity with 
special reference to the Law of Trusts and Specific Relief, (iii) 
Hindu Law with statutory modifications, (iv) Muhammadan Law 
with statutory modifications, (v) Civil Procedure Code, the 
Principles of the Law of Limitation and the Law of Evidences, 
(vi) The Law relating to Land Tenures, Rent and Revenue in 
the United Provinces of Agra and Oudh. 

The minimum for a pass is 30 per cent in each paper. 
Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate are placed 
in the First Division and those obtaining 50 per cent in the 
Second Division. 

(2) Master of Laws (f,L.M.) Bachelors of Law of any ap- 
proved University who are of at least two years' standing are 
eligible for admission to the LL.M. Examination. Candidates 
are required to pass in each of the following branches of Law : 



228 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(i) Roman Law, (it) Jurisprudence, (iii) Constitutional Law 
(British and Indian), (iv) Either Hindu Law or Muhammadan 
Law, (r>) one of the following: (a) Hindu Law for those who 
have taken Muhammadan Law under (/>/) and vice versa, (b) 
The Law of Contracts and Torts, (c) The Law relating to the 
Transfer of Property, (//) Principles of Equity, (*) Private 
International Law or Conflict of Law, (/) The Laws of Wills and 
Intestate Succession applicable to those who are not Hindus or 
Muhammadans. 

There will be one paper on each Branch. The minimum for 
a pass is 40 per cent in each paper and 60 per cent of the 
aggregate. 

(3) Doctor of Laws (LL.D.) A Master of Laws of this 
University who is not of less than five years* standing is eligible 
for the LL.I). Degree provided two members of the Faculty of 
Law certify as to his fitness for the Degree and he has written 
an approved thesis on some subject connected with Law or 
Jurisprudence. 

COMMERCE. 

(1) Ji.Cotn. Entrance Examination. Students who have 
passed the Intermediate Examination of any approved Univer- 
sity or of a Board of High School and Intermediate Education, 
are admitted to the B.COM. course on passing in the following 
subjects : (0 Book-keeping and Accounts, (if) Business Methods, 
(111) Correspondence and English, (iv) Elementary Economics 
and Banking, (?>) Commercial Geography. Two papers of three 
hours each are set in Book-keeping and Accounts, and one paper 
in each of the other subjects. The minimum for a pass is 36 
per cent of the aggregate and 33 per cent in each subject. 

(2) Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.). Students who have 
passed either the Commercial Diploma Examination of the 
Board of High School and Intermediate Education or of the 
Punjab University or the B.COM. Entrance Examination of this 
University are admitted to the course of study for the B.COM. 
Degree extending over two academic years. The examination 
consists of two parts : the Previous and the Final, held at the 
end of the first and the second year respectively. 

The previous examination is conducted wholly by means of 
papers on the following subjects : (1) A special subject selected 
from the following : (a) Advanced Accounting and Auditing, 
(I)) Advanced Banking, and (c) Commercial and Industrial 
Organization ; (2) Economics, (3) Indian Industry and Resources, 
(4) Business Methods and Organization, and (5) General Admin- 
istration or Co-operative Organization and Finance. Two 
papers are set in the special subject and one paper in eagb of 
the other subjects. 



LUCKNOW UNIVERSITY 229 

The subjects for the Final Examination are the following : 
(1) The special subject chosen in the first year, (2) English, 
(3) International Trade and Foreign Exchange, (4) Elementary 
Statistics, (5) Public Finance, and (6) Mercantile and Industrial 
Law. Two papers are set in the special subject arid in Mercan- 
tile and Industrial Law, and one paper in each of the other 
subjects. 

Candidates are not eligible to receive the B.CoM. degree 
until they have passed the examination in General English 
prescribed for the B.A. examination of the University. 

The minimum for. a pass is 33 per cent in each subject and 
36 per cent of the aggregate. Candidates who obtain 60 per 
cent and above are placed in the First Division and those 
obtaining 48 per cent and above, in the Second Division. 

TEACHING. 

Diploma in Teaching. This Diploma is granted to women 
graduates who successfully undergo a prescribed course of study 
for one academic year. The examination is both in the theory 
and practice of teaching. The theory examination consists of 
four papers set as follows : (1) Principles of Teaching, (2) History 
of Education, (3) Methods of Teaching, (4) School Management 
and Hygiene. Special examinations will be held for special 
qualifications. Every candidate must have passed through a 
practical course of physical training and should further give 
satisfactory evidence of ability to manage a class. The ex- 
amination in the practice of Teaching will be conducted in the 
Training College in which the student was trained. The mini- 
mum is 33 per cent of the aggregate for a pass, 60 per cent for 
First Class and 45 per cent for Second Class. 

Table of Examination Fees. 

ARTS AND SCIENCE. Ks. 

B.A. and B.SC. (Pass) .. . . ..30 

B.A. and B.Sc. (Honours).. .. ..40 

M.A. and M.Sc. .. .. ..50 

PH.D. and D.SC. .. .. ..200 

Re-examination in Honours subject . . 20 
,, ,, subsidiary subject . . 10 
,, subsidiary subject ^after pass- 
ing in the examination in 
the Principal subject) . . 15 



230 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



MEDICINE. 

Pre-Medical Examination 
First M.B., B.S. 
Final M.B., B.S., Part I . . 
Do. do. Part II .. 

Re-examination in one subject of Final M.B., 

B.S. 

Re-examination in Materia Medica . <. 
M.I). 
M.S. 
D.P.H. 



LL.B. 
LL.B. 
LL.M. 
LI,. I). 



'each Part) 

Previous . . 
Final 



LAW. 



COMMERCE. 
Examination 



B.COM. Entrance 
B.COM. Previous 
B.COM. Final 

DIPLOMA EXAMINATIONS. 

In Arabic and Persian : Maulvi and Dabir 
Alim and Dabir-i-Mahir 
Fazil and Dabir-i-Kamil 

DIPLOMA IN TEACHING. 
For the full examination 
Re-examination in each subject 



Rs. 

15 

30 
50 
50 

30 

20 

200 

200 

100 

20 

40 

50 

200 

10 
10 
20 

4 

8 

10 

20 
10 



Madras University. 



Introductory : Character of the University. 

.The University of Madras was founded under the Act of In- 
corporation XXVII of 1857. This Act was in operation until 
1904 when as a result of the Commission appointed by the Govern- 
ment of India in 1902 to examine the working of the Universities 
under that system, the Indian University Act No. VIII of 1904 
was passed with the intention of leorganizing the Universities in 
India and of enlarging their functions in the matters of University 
Teaching and of supervision over affiliated colleges. This Act 
again has been superseded by the Madras University Act No. VII 
of 1923 which was passed to reorganize the University with a view 
to establishing a teaching and residential University at Madras 
while enabling the University to continue to exercise due control 
over the quality of the teaching given by colleges which are to 
constitute the University or are affiliated to it. 

The University is federal in character and is in the main an 
examining body, though it has recently undertaken teaching in 
Economics and Indian History, and advanced research work in 
Philosophy and Mathematics as well as in Sanskrit, Islamic and 
Dravidian Languages. 

There are 15 Constituent Colleges, i.e., colleges within the 
University area. Of these, two prepare for Intermediate Exami- 
nations in Arts and Science, seven for Degrees in Arts and Science, 
three in Teaching, one in Law, one in Medicine and one in Engi- 
neering. Besides, there are 42 Affiliated Colleges which prepare for 
Intermediate courses and for Degrees in Arts and Science, Agri- 
culture, Teaching and Law. A special feature of the University 
is that provision is made to confer titles in Oriental Learning. 
There are 16 Institutions preparing candidates for them. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 
The Governor-General. 

CHANCELLOR. 
The Governor of Madras. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

The Minister of Education. 



232 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Diwan Bahadur K. Ramunni Menon, M.A. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. William McLean, M.A., B.L., F.C.I.S. 

LIBRARIAN. 
Mr. S. R. Ranganathan, M.A., L.T. 

DEANS. 

Arts . . . . Rao Bahadur S. Knshnaswami Ayyangar, 

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.H.S., M.R.A.S., ETC. 

Science .. . . W. Erlam Smith, Esq., M.A. 

Law .. .. M.R.Ry. S. Govindarajulu Garu, B.A., 

13. L., Bar.-at-Law. 

Medicine . . .. Lieut-Col. C. A, F. Hingston, C.I.E., 

O.B.E., M.R.C.S., I.M.S. 

Engineering .. .. M.R.Ry. G. Nagaratnam Ayyar, Avl., 

B.A., B.E. 
Teaching .. . . H. Champion, Esq., M.A. 

Agriculture .. .. M.R.Ry. C. Tadulinga Mudaliyar, Avl., 

F.L.S. 

Commerce . . . . M.R.Ry. C. Gopala Menon Avl., F.C.I., 

A.I.B., M.L.C. 

UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS, TEACHERS, ETC. 
Department of Indian History and Archceology. 

Rao Bahadur S. Krishnaswami Ayyangar, M.A., Ph.D., 
F.R.H.S., M.R.A.S., Professor. 

Mr. P. T. Srinivasa Ayyangar, M.A., Reader. 

Mr. V. R. Ramachandra Dikshitar, M.A., Lecturer. 
Department of Economics. 

Mr. P. J. Thomas, M.A., Ph.D., B.Litt., Professor. 

Mr. P. S. Lokanathan, M.A., Reader. 

Mr. K. C. Ramakrishna Ayyar, M.A., Lecturer. 

Mr. S. Subbarama Ayyar, M.A. , ^ Part-time) Lecturer. 
Department of Mathematics. 

Mr. R. Vaidyanathaswami, M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc., Reader. 
Department of Philosophy. 

Mr. S. S. Suryanarayana Sastri, M.A., B.Sc., Bar.-at-Law, 
Reader. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 233 

(/') Sanskrit Section. 

Mr. C. Kunhan Raja, M.A., D.Phil. (Oxon.), Professor. 

Mahopadhyaya Pandit V. Venkatarama Sarnia, Vidyabhu- 
shana, Fellow. 

Veda Visarada Sahitya Chakravarthi Mimamsakacharya 
S. Ramanatha Sastri, Fellow. 

(//) Dravidian Section. 
Tamil. 

Mr. K. N. Sivaraja Pillai, B.A., Reader. 
Mr. E. V. Anantarama Ayyar, Fellow. 
Vidvan V. Venkatarajulu Reddiar, Fellow. 
Telitgu. 

Mr. K. Ramaktishnayya, M.A., Reader. 
Mr. P. Lakshmikanthan, B.A., Fellow. 
Vacant Fellow. 

Kafiarcsc, 

Mr. A. Venkata Rao, B.A., L.T., Reader. 
Pandit H. Sesha Ayyangar, Fellow. 
Malay a lam. 

Mr. C. Achyuta Menon, B.A., Reader. 
Mr. V. Koman Menon, Fellow. 
(tit) Islamic Section. 

Mr. S. Muhammad Husain Nainar, B.A. (Madras), M.A., LL.B. 

(Aligarh), Senior Reader, Islamic Section. 
Mr. Muhammad Munavar Gawher, Junior Reader. 

Constituent and Affiliated Colleges of the University and their 
Principals. 

CONSTITUENT COLLEGES. 

The National Theoso- Mr. G. V. Subba Rao, M.A. (On leave). 

phical College, Adyar Mr. N. S. Rama Rao, M.A., (Acting\ 
Wesley College, Madras The Rev. J. S. M. Hooper, M.A. 

Madras Christian The Rev. VV. Meston, M.A., D.D. 

College 

Women's Christian Miss E. McDougall, M.A., D.Litt. 

College, Madras 

Pachaiyappa's College, Mr. K. Chinnatambi Pillai, Avl., B.A., 
Madras i*sr 



234 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Presidency College, Mr. P. F. Fyson, M.A, 

Madras 
Queen Mary's College Miss I), de la Hey, M.A. 

for Women, Madras 

Government Muham- Mr. K. VV. Green, M.A. 

madan College, Madras . 
Loyola College, Madras Rev. F. Bertram, S.J., )>.A., D.D 

Lady Willingdon Miss J. M. Gerrard, M.A. 

Training College, 
Madras 

St. Christopher's Miss K. N. Hrockway, M.A. 

Training College, 

Madras 
Madras Teachers' Mr. H. Champion, M.A. 

College, Saidapet 
Madras Law College Mr. M. Ratnaswami, M.A., Bar.-at-Law. 

Madras Medical College Lieut. -Col. C. A. F. Kingston, C.I.E., 

O.B.E., M.K.C.S., I. M.S. 

College of Engineering. Mr. G. Nagaratnam Ayyar, B.A., U.K. 

AFFILIATED COLLEGES. 

Sacred Heart College, Sister Mary of the Divine Heart, H.A. 

Bangalore 
Malabar Christian The Rev. A. Munch. 

College, Calicut 
Zamorin's College, Mr. A. V. K. Krishna Menon, M.A., H.L., 

Calicut L.T. 

The Government Mr. K. Srinivasapatrachari, M.A., L.T. 

College, Coimbatore 

St, Teresa's College, Sister Beatrice, T.D.C., M.A. 

Ernakulam 
C. M.S. College, Kotta- Mr. C. K. Thomas, B.A., L.T. (Acting}. 

yam 
Government College, Mr. Govinda Krishna Chettur, M.A. 

Man gal ore 

Scott Christian College, Mr. G. H. Marsden, M.A. 

Nagercoil 
St. John's College, The Rev. H. P. Young, M.A,, B.Litt. 

Palamcottah 
C,M.S. Sarah Tucker Miss E. M. Chambers, M.A. 

College (Women), 

Palamcottah 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 236 

Maharaja's College, Mr. N. Tyagaraja Ayyar, M.A., L.T. 

Pudukottai 
The Salem College Mr. A. Ramaswami Gounder, M.A., L.T. 

Government Brennen Mr. R. M. Savur, B.A. 
College, Tellicherry 

Holy Cross College Sister Sophie. 
(Women), Trichinopoly 

Maharaja's College for Miss E. C. Carrapiett, M.A. (Ac/ing). 
WoVnen, Trivandrum 

Islamiah College, Mr. Ahmed Ali, M.A., L.T. 

Vaniyambadi 
The Elizabeth R. Mr. V. P. Adiseshayya, M.A., L.T. (Ag.). 

Voorhees' College, 

Vellore 

The Union Christian Mr. A. M. Varki, M.A., B.L. 
College, Alwaye 

St. Joseph's College, The Rev. L. K. Veysseyre. 
Bangalore 

St. Berchman's College, The Rev. Matthew K. Purakkal, M.A. 
Chenganacherry 

Sri Minakshi College, Mr. K. A. Nilakanta Sastri, M.A. 
Chidambaram 

Maharaja's College, Mr. S. K. Subrahmanya Ayyar, M.A., 
Ernakulam L.T. 

The Nizam College, Mr. K. Burnett, M.A. 
Hyderabad 

The Government College, Rao Bahadur M. C. S. Anantapadma- 
Kumbakonam nabha Rao, M.A., L.T. 

The American College, Mr. Peter Isaac, B.A., L.T. (Acting). 

Madura 

The Madura College Mr. M. V. N. Subba Rao, M.A. 
St. Aloysius' College, The Rev, A. Ambruzzi, S.J., H.A., D.D., 

Mangalore F.R.H.S. 

St. Agnes' College, Sister Annunciata, A.c. 

Mangalore 
Findlay College, The Rev. R. Smailes, M.A. 

Mannargudi 
St. Xavier's College, The Rev. A. Gnanaprakasam, S.J., H.A. 

Palamcottah 
Government Victoria Mr. H. C. Papworth, M.A. 

College, Paighat 



236 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Hindu College, Mr. P. C. Chakko, M.A. 

Tinncvelly 

St. Joseph's College, The Rev. A. Honhoure, S.J. 
Trichinopoly 

Bishop Heber College, Mr. M. Koilpillai, M.A., L.T. {Acting). 
Trichinopoly 

National College, Mr. V. Saranatha Ayyangar, M.A. 

Trichinopoly 

St. Thomas 3 College, The Rev. John Palocaren, M.A. 
Trichur 

H. H. The Maharaja's Mr. C. V. Chandrasekharan, M.A. (Ag.) 
College of Arts, 
Tri van drum 

H. H. The Maharaja's Mr. J. Pryde, B.Sc., F.L.S. 
College of Science, 
Trivandrum 

Agricultural College, Mr. C. Tadulinga Mudaliyar, F.L.S. 
Coimbatore 

Training College, 
Trivandrum 

H. H. The Maharaja's Mr. E. J. John, B A., H.L. 
Law College, 
Trivandrum 

ORIENTAL COLLEGES. 

Navalar's Tamil College, Mr. M. K. Velu Pillai. 
Chidambaram 

Sri Minakshi Tamil Mr. S. Ponnuthuvar. 

College, Chidambaram 

Sri Minakshi Sanskrit Brahma Sri Mahamahopadhyaya 
College, Chidambaram Dandapaniswami Dikshitar, 

The Veda Sastra Pata- Brahma Sri Karunakulam S. Krishna 

sala and Sanskrit Sastrigal. 

College, Chittur (Cochin) 
The Vaidika Dharma Brahma Sri A. Sankara Sastrigal. 

Samvardhini Sanskrit 

College, Kallidaikaruchi 

Shrimath Bhuvanendra Mr. K. P. Kamath, M.A. 
Sanskrit Mahavidya- 
laya, Shri Srinivas 
Ashram, Karkal 

The Madras Sanskrit Brahma Sri K. S. Krishna Sastrigal. 
College, Mylapore 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 237 

Rameswaram Deva- Mr. V. S. Ramaswami Sastrigal, B.A., B.i,. 
sthanam Patasala, 
Madura 

Jamai Darus-Salam, Maul ana Moulvi Abdul Wahab Sahib. 
Oomerabad. 

Central Sanskrit College, Brahma Sri P. N. Nilakanta Sarma. 
Pattambi (Malabar) 

Mahajana Sanskrit Mahamahopadhyaya P. Shankara 

College, Perdal Sastrigal. 

Harihara Sanskrit Brahma Sri P. A. Krishna Sarma. 

College, Puthukode 

The Sanskrit College, Pandit T. Asuri Ramaiuija Charya. 

Sriperumbudur 
Sanskrit College, Mr. S.Vedantam Ayyangar, M.A., L.T. 

Tiruvadi 

S.M.S.P. Sanskrit Mr. V. Hanumanthachar, H.A. 

Dwaita Vedanta Siro- 
mani College, Udipi 

Bakiyatussalihat Arabic Khan Bahadur Maulana Moulvi Alhaj 
College, Vellore Ziauddin Muhammad Sahib Bahadur 

Moulvi Fazil. 

Constitution of the University. 

The principal authorities of the University are the Senate, 
which consists of 193 members, the Syndicate which consists 
of 19 members, the Academic Council which consists of 154 
members, Council of Affiliated Colleges which consists of 83 
members and the several Faculties, Boards of Studies and such 
other authorities as may be declared by the Statutes to be 
authorities of the University. 

Number of Students in the University under Different Faculties, 

1926-27. 

Pre-University .. .. .. .. .. 64 

Intermediate (Arts and Science) . . . . . . 9,193 

B.A. Part I . . . . . . . . . . 3,716 

B.A. Part II . . . . . . . . * 3,261 

B.A. (Hons.) Preliminary . . . . . . . . 249 

B.A. (Hons.) .. .. .. ., ..171 

M.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. 133 

B.SC. Part 1 .. .. .. .. . . 16 

B.SC. Part II . . . . . . . . . . 10 

B.SC. (Ag.) Part I . . . . . . . . . . 20 



238 . HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

B.SC. (Ag.) Part II 7 

L.T 526 

F.L 840 

B.I 741 

M.L 34 

I M.B.B.S. ., .. .. , t ..201 

II M.B.B.S. .. .. .. .. ..148 

III M.B.B.S. .. .. .. .. ., 83 

Final M.B.B.S. Part I .. .. .. .. 34 

Final M.B.B.S. Part II . . . . . . 123 

I L.M.S. .. .. .. .. .. 3 

II L.M.S. .. .. .. .. ..109 

III L.M.S. .. .. .. .. .. 34 

Final L.M.S. Part I . . . . . . 20 

Final L.M.S. Part II . . . . . . 52 

B.S.Sc. Part I .. .. ,. .. .. 5 

B.S.SC. Part II .. .. .. .. 8 

M.D. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 

M.S. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 

F.E. .. .. .. .. .. .. 78 

B.E. (Civil) . . . . . . . . . . 24 

B.E. (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . 15 

OKIKNTAI, TITLES. 

Preliminary and Final . . . . . . . . 31 

Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . 225 

Final .. .. .. .. .. ..115 

Certificates of Proficiency in Oriental Learning . . 20 

Entrance Test to the Vidvan Course . . . . . . 5 

Diploma in Economics . , . . . . . . 27 

TOTAL 20,343. 

Number of Successful Candidates in the University Examinations, 

1926-27. 

Matriculation* . . . . . . . . . . 7 

Intermediate . . . . . . . . . . 3,478 

B.A. Part I . . . . . . . . . . 2,031 

B.A. Part II .. .. .. .. .. 1,899 

B.A. (Hons.J Preliminary . .. .. .. 204 

B.A. (HonouisJ .. .. .. .. ..133 

M.A. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 239 

Doctor of Philosophy . . . . . . . 1 

B.SC. Part I . , , . , . . . . . 7 

B.SC. Part II .. .. .. ,. .. 8 

Doctor of Science . . . . . . , . . . 1. 

B.Sc.(Ag.)l .. .. .. .. .. 19 

B,Sc. (Ag.) II . . . . . . . . . . 7 

L.T. .. .. .. .. .. ..304 

F.L. .. .. .. .. .. ..534 

B.L.' .. .. .. .. .. ..470 

M.L. .. .. .. .. . . 7 

I M.B.B.S. .. .. .. .. .. 73 

II M.B.B.S. .. .. .. .. .. 47 

III M.B.B.S. .. . . .. .. .. 57 

Final M.B.B.S. Part I . . . . . . . . 33 

Final M.B.B.S. Part II .. .. .. .. 48 

I L.M.S. .. .. .. .. .. 3 

II L.M.S. .. .. .. .. .. 14 

III L.M.S. .. .. .. .. .. 7 

Final L.M.S. Part I . . . . . . 19 

Final L.M.S. Part II .. .. .. ..18 

B.S.SC. Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . 4 

B.S.SC. Part II .. .. .. .. .. 2 

M.D. .. .. .. .. .. .. 1 

F.E. .. .. .. .. .. .. 25 

B.E. (Civil) .. .. .. .. .. 11 

B.E. (Mechanical) . . . . . . . . . . 6 

ORIENTAL TITLES. 

Preliminary and Final .. .. .. .. 17 

Preliminary . . . . . . . . . . 109 

Final .. .. .. .. .. .. 67 

Certificates of Proficiency in Oriental Learning .. 9 

Entrance Test to the Vidvan Course . . . . . . 5 

Diploma in Economics . . . . . . . . 17 

TOTAL 9,745. 

Scholarships and Medals. 

There are a large number of endowed Scholarships, Medals 
and Prizes awarded by the University for distinguished profi- 
ciency in the several examinations. The amount of endowed 
funds in Government Security on the 31st March 1927 was 
Rs. 5,21,450. 



240 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Library, Museums, etc. 

The University has a Library called the University Library, 

the affairs of which are managed by a Library Committee under 

.the general control of the Academic Council. It has an annual 

income of about Rs. 59,200 towards the upkeep and maintenance. 

The University has up to date 43,890 volumes in its Library. 
The Syndicate has approved the construction of a building for 
the University Library at the Marine Villa site. The cost is 
estimated to be Rs. 12,00,000. The Library is at present housed 
at the Senate House. 

Provision for Research. 

There are special Scholarships and University Studentships 
and Fellowships for research work in different subjects in India 
and outside, the value of which ranges from Rs. 75 per month to 
;250 per annum. Scholarships have been awarded for research 
in Philosophy, History, Economics, Mathematics, Chemistry, 
Physics, Botany, Zoology, Geology, Medicine and Sanskrit. 
Grants-in-aid for research are also made under certain conditions. 

Publication and Research Work. 

The University undertakes the publication of the results of 
research lectures and other theses. Some of the University 
publications are : 

1. Some South Indian Villages by Dr. Gilbert Slater. 

2. Sources of Vizianagar History by Dr. S. Krishnaswami 

Ayyangar. 

3. Dravidic Studies 4 volumes. 

4. History of Sri Vaishnavas by Mr. R. Gopinatha Rao. 

5. Psychological Test of Mental Abilities by the Rev. Dr. 

A. S. Woodburne. 

6. Nayaks of Madura by Dr. S. K. Ayyangar and R. Satya- 

natha Ayyar. 

7. A Study of the Optical Properties of Potassium Vapour 

by Dr. A. L. Narayan. 

8. Absorption Spectra and their bearing on the structure 

of atoms and molecules by Dr. A. L. Narayan. 

9. Molecular Scattering of Light by Dr, K. R. Ramanathan. 

10. The Kaveri, the Mankaris and Sangam Age by Mr. 

T. G. Aravamuthan. 

11. The Stone-Age in India by Mr. P. T. Srinivasa Ayyangar. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 241 

12. Anatomical and Taxonomic Studies of some Indian Fresh 
and Amphibious Gastropods by Dr. H. Srinivasa Rao. 

In this connection the Government placed a sum of 
Rs. 8,250 at the disposal of the University to enable it to finance 
Dr. Robert Sewell's work (a chronologically arranged list of the 
historical inscriptions of Southern India). The Syndicate has 
arranged to publish the work under the editorship of Dr. S. 
Krishnaswami Ayyangar, the University Professor of Indian 
History and Archaeology. Further, the University has under- 
taken'to publish a Tamil Lexicon, of which Volume I consisting 
of 3 parts and Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Volume II have been 
published. 'The History of Pil lavas' and the * Hindu Adminis- 
trative Institutions ' have also been published. 

Extension Work. 

The University arranges for a number of ordinary University 
Lectures, Vacation Lectures and certain special lectures to be 
delivered. Courses of popular lectures on Modern Scientific 
Inventions are also arranged. A special feature has been lectures 
in Tamil by Professors on subjects like Democracy, Electrical 
Appliances, etc. 

In recent years, as a part of the Oriental Research Institute 
scheme, special lectures in the vernacular languages on original 
subjects and literature have been arranged and about a dozen 
such lectures have been delivered. 

Besides, there are about half a dozen endowments made 
specifically for the purpose of inviting experts to deliver courses 
of lectures on topics connected with Medicine, Politics or 
Constitutional Law or Sanskrit. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Corps to give Military Training to 
under-graduates and graduates of the University. The Syndicate 
sanctions an annual contribution of Rs-- 2,000 to the funds of the 
Corps. 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The Provident Fund Scheme is under the consideration of 
the Senate. 

Women's Education. 

There are 10 constituent and affiliated colleges for the 
education of women under Arts and Training Faculties, 5 
recognized or affiliated up to the B.A. standard, and 3 to the 
Intermediate standard, 2 recognized in the Faculty of Teaching. 
The number of Women Students is 687. 

16 F 



242 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Students 9 Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

The Students' Advisory Committee has been replaced by a 
University Bureau. The Government have sanctioned an annual 
grant of Rs. 4,000 for the purpose. 

Secretary. S. J.Theodore, Esq., M.A., H.Litt., B.D. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, etc. 

Provision has been made in the Regulations for inspection 
by qualified Medical Officers of students in the Junior Intermediate 
and B.A. classes. 

Admission to the University Courses of Study, Degrees 
and Examinations. 

The University offers in Arts the degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A. and Ph.D. ; in Science the degrees of B.Sc. 
(Pass and Honours), M.Sc., D.Sc. and Research M.A. Degrees. 
The Professional Degrees are: B.SC. (Agriculture), L.T., B.L., 
M.L., LL.D., M.B.B.S., L.M.S., B.S.Sc., M.D., M.S., D.G.O. 
and B.P,. and there is also a Diploma in Economics. Under 
Oriental Studies the titles and Degrees conferred are : M.O.L., 
Siromani, Vidvan, Munshi-i-Fazil and Afzal-ul-Ulama. 

ADMISSION TO COURSES OF STUDY IN THE UNIVERSITY. 

Candidates for admission to the University should have 
passed the S.S.L.C. Examination of a recognized Board or the 
Matriculation Examination of this or of any other recognized 
University. 

COURSES OF STUDY, DEGREES AND EXAMINATIONS. 

ARTS. 

(1) The Intermediate Examination. The course of study 
extends over two years. The subjects of study and the scheme 
of examination are : Part I : English Language and Literature ; 
Part II : A second language. The course will comprise text- 
books, grammar, translation, and in the case of vernaculars 
original composition. 

The main object of the study of the Indian vernacular 
languages is to train the student to use the language as a vehicle 
of current thought. 

One of the following languages at the option of the 
candidate : 

(a) Classical Sanskrit Arabic 

Greek Persian 

Latin Hebrew 

(b) Modern French German 

European 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 243 

(c) Indian Tamil Marathi 

Telugu Oriya 

Kanarese Burmese 

Malayalam Sinhalese 

Urdu Hindi 

Part III : Three subjects to be selected out of the following 
Groups A, B and C at the option of the candidate : 

Group A. Group B. Group C. 

Mathematics Logic Commercial Geography 

Physics Indian History Banking & Accountancy 

Chemistry Ancient History Agriculture 

Natural Science Modern History Electrical Engineering 
Geography A third Language Mechanical Engineering 

Surveying 
Drawing 
Music 

Other Fine Arts 
(Subjects to be prescrib- 
ed.) 

There will be three papers in English Language and Litera- 
ture and two papers in the Second Language, and two papers in 
each of the subjects selected in Part III. 

A candidate who has passed Parts I and II and in three of 
the subjects in Part III, as prescribed, shall be declared to have 
passed the Intermediate Examination. 

A candidate who wishes to proceed to a degree in Arts or 
Science shall be required to choose two at least of his optional 
subjects from either Group A or Group B. 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examina- 
tion if he obtains (1) not less than 35 per cent of the marks in 
English under Part I, (2) 35 per cent of the marks in the second 
language under Part II, and (3) 35 per cent in each of the three 
subjects selected under Part III. 

All other candidates shall be declared to have failed in the 
examination. 

Candidates who pass in all the Parts at the same examina- 
tion, and who obtain not less than 50 per cent of the total 
number of marks shall be placed in the First Class. All other 
successful candidates shall be placed in the Second Class. 

Candidates who pass in all the Parts at the same examination, 
and obtain not less than 60 per cent of the marks in any subject 
shall be declared to have gained distinction in that subject. 

Candidates who obtain the prescribed minimum number of 
marks in each Part in separate examinations and are declared to 



244 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

have passed the examination under the Regulations shall be 
placed in a separate list in the Second Class. 

(2) lltichdor of Ar/s (11. A.) Pass. The course of study 
extends over a period of two yenrs after the Intermediate Exami- 
nation. The subjects of study and the scheme of examination 
are : Part I : English Language and Literature, Composition, 
17th and IHth Century Prose, 19th Century Prose, Poetry and 
Drama (five papers); Pail II: one of Ihe following Groups: 
(1) Mathematics, Pure and Applied (six papers), (2) Physics 
(four papers and two practical examinations) and Chemistry 
(four papers and two practical examinations), (3) two of the 
following : Botany, Zoology and Geology. (There will be two 
papers each in the main and subsidiary subjects chosen, besides two 
practical examinations in each main and one in each subsidiary 
subject, (4) Psychology, Kthics, Logic (six papers), (5) History 
and Economics (5 papers): Group A : Mainly History, or 
Group B: Mainly Economics, (6) One of the languages other 
than English taken in conjunction with the related subject 
or language (six papers). The minimum for a pass is 35 per cent 
in English, and 30 per cent in each division of the optional 
groups, and 35 per cent in total. Candidates getting not less 
than GO per cent are placed in the First Class while those 
obtaining not less than 50 per cent are placed in the Second 
Class, and those obtaining less than 50 per cent are placed in 
the Third Class. 

The B.A. Degree course is being revised. 

(3) Jiachclor of Arts (/f.A.) Honours. The course extends 
over a period of three years after the candidates have passed the 
Intermediale Examination. Pass graduates are required to study 
only for two years. Candidates failing in an Honours Examina- 
tion will not be allowed to re-appear for the same. A candidate 
for Honours who has not already graduated is required to pass a 
Preliminary Examination in English for the B.A. Degree in 
(1) Composition, and (2) Nineteenth Century Prose. In the case 
of candidates who have selected Branch VII (English Language 
and Literature), the Preliminary examination will be in (1) Com- 
position as above, (2) The History of England treated in relation 
to the History of English Language and Literature. The subjects 
of study for this Examination are as follows : (1) Mathematics, 
Pure (three papers), Applied (three papers) and special subjects 
(two papers) ; (2) A. Physics six papers and 2 practicals and 
Laboratory Note Books, B. Chemistry six papers and 2 practi- 
cals and Laboratory Note Books ; (3) A. Botany, B. Zoology, 
C. Geology 4 papers in main and 3 practicals in main and 
2 papers in subsidiary and 1 practical in each subsidiary subject, 
also Laboratory Note Books in the main subject ; (4) Mental and 
Moral Science (seven papers) ; (5) History, Economics and Politics 



MADRAS UNIVERSITV 245 

Branch A : Mainly History, or Branch B : Mainly Economics 
(7 papers) ; (6) Two Languages other than Knglish six papers ; 
(7) English Language and Literature (ten papers and a 
viva voce examination); (8) Sanskrit Language and Literature 
(nine papers); (9) Arabic Language and Literature (nine papers). 

The mini mum for a pass is 40 per cent of the total marks 
and 30 percent in each of the three divisions of the examination. 
Candidates getting 60 per cent or more are placed in the First 
Class, those getting not less than 50 per cent are placed in the 
Second Class and those getting not less than 40 per cent in the 
Third Class. Candidates who have failed in the B.A. (Hons.) 
Examination but who obtain 33j per cent in total and 25 per cent 
in each division of examination are recommended for the B.A. 
Degree. 

(4) Master of Art* (M.A.). A candidate may appear for the 
examination after private study two years after qualifying for 
the Bachelor of Arts Degree. The subjects of study and the scheme 
of examination are as follows : (1) Mathematics (eight papers) ; 
(2) Mental and Moral Science (six papers); (3) History, Econo- 
mics, and Political Science : Branch A -Mainly History, Branch 
B Mainly Economics, (7 papers) ; (4) Two Languages other than 
English (six papers); (5) Sanskrit Language and Literature 
(eight papers) ; and (6) Arabic Language and Literature (8 papers). 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate and 
30 per cent in each of the divisions of the examination in all 
Branches except English where only 40 per cent in total is 
required for a pass. Candidates obtaining (50 per cent or more 
of the aggregate are declared to have passed in the First Class, 
flvrhile those obtaining not less than 50 per cent an: said to have 
passed in the Second Class, those obtaining not less than 40 per 
cent are placed in the Third Class. 

(5) Doctor of Philosophy (Ph./).). Candidates for this 
Degree must be Masters of Arts of three years' standing and they 
are required to submit a thesis which may further be supplement- 
ed by an examination, written, oral or both. 

SCIKNCK. 

(1) The Intermediate Examination. The Intermediate Exa- 
mination leading to the B.Sc. Degree courses is the same as in 
the Faculty of Arts, but candidates should have passed the 
examination in the Science subjects. 

(2) Bachelor of Science C#.AV.*. After passing the 
Intermediate Examination, a candidate must prosecute his studies 
for a period of two years. The subjects of study and the scheme 
of examination are as follows : Part I : (which may be taken at 
the end of the first year of study or at the end of the second 



246 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

year), English (two papers); Part II: any three of the following 
to be selected by the candidate : Mathematics (four papers), 
Physics (2 written and I practical), Chemistry (2 written and 1 
practical), Botany (2 written and 2 practical), and Zoology (2 
written and 2 practical), Geology (2 written and 2 practical). In 
order to obtain a pass, the minimum required is 40 per cent of 
the total marks in Part I and 30 per cent of the marks allotted to 
each subject and 40 per cent of the total number of marks in 
Part II. To obtain distinction in Part I, a. candidate must 
obtain 60 per cent of the; total marks. Successful candidates in 
Part II will be arranged in three classes: the First consisting of 
those who obtain not less than 60 per cent, the Second of those 
who obtain not less than 50 per cent, and the Third the 
remainder. 

(3) Bachelor of Science (/*..SV.) Honours. The course extends 
over three years after the Intermediate Examination, Graduates 
in Science seeking to study for Honours need study only for a 
period of two years. They are also exempted from Part I of the 
Examination and tho examination in the subsidiary subjects. 
The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows: Part I : (l) 19th Century Prose, and (2) Composition on 
additional set books. Candidates obtaining 40 per cent of the 
total marks are declared to have passed in this part while those 
who obtain not less than 60 per cent are declared to have passed 
with distinction. Part II : One of the following branches of 
knowledge: Mathematics (eight papers), Physics with Chemistry 
as subsidiary subject (eight papers: 6 written and 2 practical), 
Chemistry with Physics as subsidiary subject (6 written and 2 
practical), or one of the following as main subject and the other 
two as subsidiary subjects : Botany, Zoology and Geology (eight 
papers : 5 written and 3 practical) in each main subject. The 
examination in the subsidiary subjects shall be the same as for the 
B.SC. Degree. The other rules regarding the examination and the 
conferring of the degrees are the same as for the B.A. (Hons.). 

(4) Master of Science (M.Sc.). A candidate for the degree is 
required to have graduated in Science and to work under a 
Professor, approved by the Syndicate, for a period of two years 
and submit thereafter a thesis for approval. 

(5) Doctor of Science (D.Sc.). This is an examination by 
thesis, supplemented, when necessary, by an examination, written, 
oral or both. 

COURSES OFSTUUY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

AGRICULTURE. 

Bachelor of Science (Agriculture). After passing the Inter- 
mediate Examination in specified groups, a candidate must 
prosecute his studies for a 'period of three years. The subjects of 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 247 

study and the scheme of examination are as follows: Part I (held 
at the end of the second year) : Agriculture including Animal 
Hygiene (two written and two practical), Agricultural Botany (one 
written and one practical), Agricultural Chemistry (one practical 
and one written), Agricultural Zoology (one written and one practi- 
cal), and Agricultural Engineering (one written and one practical ; 
Part II (held at the end of the third year) : Agriculture (three 
written and two practical), Agricultural Botany including Myco- 
logy (two written and two practical), and Agricultural Chemistry 
(two written and two practical). Passing in Part 1 is compulsory 
before a candidate is allowed to sit for Part II of the examination. 
The minimum marks for a pass in Part I are 40 per cent of the 
total marks and not less than 33 per cent in each of the subjects 
taken separately and a candidate obtaining 66 per cent and above 
is placed in the First Class. In Part II, a candidate has to 
obtain a minimum of 45 per cent of the total marks and 33 per 
cent in each of the three subjects while a candidate getting 
66 per cent in Agriculture and in the aggregate is placed in the 
First Class. 

TEACHING. 

Licentiate in Teaching (L.T.). Candidates seeking admission 
to this degree must be graduates ; the course of study extends 
over one year. The subjects of study and the scheme of examina- 
tion are as follows : Theory and Practice of Education ; Elements 
of Human Physiology and Psychology and Nature of Knowledge : 
A. B.C. I (one paper), and A. B.C. II (one paper), Methods of 
teaching English (one paper) and of selected subjects (one paper). 
Candidates should also show evidence of having undergone 
training in Teaching. 35 per cent of the aggregate marks in the 
first two papers taken together, and not less than 35 per cent in 
each of the second day's papers and not less than 40 per cent in 
the second day's papers taken together, will qualify a candidate 
for a pass. Those who obtain not less than 60 per cent of the 
total marks will be placed in the First Class and those who 
obtain not less than 50 per cent, will be placed in the Second 
Class, the remaining successful candidates in the Third Class. 

LAW. 

(1) Bachelor of Laws (/?./,.) Graduates in Arts and Science 
of this or of any other recognized University are admitted to the 
course of study which extends over two years. 

The first examination in Law to be held at the end of the 
first year includes an examination in Jurisprudence (one paper), 
Roman Law (one paper), the Law of Contracts including Negoti- 
able Instruments and Specific Relief (two papers), the Law of 
Torts (one paper) and Indian Constitutional Law (one paper). 
Candidates are declared to have passed the examination if they 
obtain not less than 33J per cent of the marks in Jurisprudence, 



248 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Roman Law and Indian Constitutional Law taken together, 
per cent in Contracts and the Law of Torts taken together, and 
not less than 40 per cent of the total marks. Those who obtain 
not less than 60 per cent are placed in the First Class while 
those obtaining 50 per cent are placed in the Second Class, the 
remaining: successful candidates in the Third Class. 

The final examination in Law is open to those who have passed 
the First examination in Law and have studied for a further 
period of one year. The subjects of study and the scheme of 
examination are as follows : Law of Property, with special 
reference to the Transfer of Property Act, Trusts Act, the Indian 
Easements Act (two papers), Hindu and Muhammadan Law (two 
papers), Principles of Land Tenure in the Madras Presidency 
(one paper), the Law of Evidence (one paper), and Criminal Law 
(Indian Penal Code) one paper. 

The minimum for a pass is one-third of the marks in the 
Law of Property and Madras Land Tenures taken together, one- 
third of the marks in Hindu and Muhammadan Law taken 
together, and one-third of the marks in Criminal Law and the 
Law of Evidence taken together and not less than 40 per cent of 
the total marks. Those who obtain not less than 60 per cent 
are placed in the First Class, while those obtaining 50 per cent 
are placed in the Second Class, the remaining successful candi- 
dates in the Third ("lass. 

(2) Master of 'Laws (A/./,.). No candidate will be admitted 
to the examination for the M.L. Degree unless he has passed 
not less than two years previously the examination for the B.L. 
Degree of this University or any other accepted Degree, and 
submits himself for examination in the following subjects : One of 
the following branches may be offered : Branch I : Jurisprudence 
(one paper), Legislation (one paper), Roman Law (one paper), 
Roman Law (Digest) (one paper), International Law, 
Public (one paper), International Law, Private (one paper), 
Constitutional Law and History (one paper), Legal History (one 
paper) ; Branch II : Real Property (four papers), Transfer of 
Real Property (two papers), The Law of Trusts, etc. (one paper), 
the Law of Wills, etc. (one paper), History of the English and 
Indian Land Laws (one paper), the Law of Easements and Profits 
(one paper); Branch HI: Law of Contracts (one paper), Bail- 
ments, Carriers, etc. (one paper), Agency, Partnership and 
Companies (one paper', Domestic Relations (one paper), Law of 
Torts, etc. (one paper), Negligence, Nuisance, etc. (one paper\ 
Mercantile Law (one paper), Maritime Law Cone paper) ; Branch 
IV : Hindu Law (two papers), Muhammadan Law (two papers), 
Statute Law relating to constitutional matters (two papers), 
Customary and Statute Law (four papers). Candidates who 
obtain not less than 33J per cent of the marks assigned to each 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 249 

division, and not less than 40 per cent on the whole, are declared 
to have passed the examination. Those who obtain 60 per cent or 
more of the aggregate are placed in the First Class, those 
obtaining not less than 50 per cent are placed in the Second 
Class, the remaining successful candidates in the Third Class. 

(3) Doctor of Laws (/>>./,.). One year after passing the 
examination of M.L., a candidate may submit a thesis for the 
approval of the Syndicate and also a character certificate should 
be sent along with it to the effect that in the opinion of the 
Refenees, the candidate is a fit and proper person for receiving 
such a degree. There may further be an examination, oral, 
written or both. 

ENGINEERING. 

Bachelor of Engineering. The course extends over four 
years. Candidates for admission must have passed the Inter- 
mediate Examination. The subjects of study and the scheme of 
examination are as follows : First Examination in Engineering: 
one paper in each of the following subjects: Pure Mathematics, 
Applied Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Elementary Applied 
Mathematics, Geometrical Drawing, Building Drawing, Machine 
Drawing and Practical Surveying. 

The Final Examination held at the end of the fourth year 
of study after the Intermediate Examination is divided into two 
Branches: Civil and Mechanical. Candidates may appear in 
either Branch. The subjects of study and the scheme of exami- 
nation under the Civil Branch are as follows: Calculus, Applied 
Mathematics, Applied Mechanics I, Applied Mechanics II, Con- 
struction I, Construction II, Hydraulic Engineering I and Hydraulic 
Engineering II, Surveying, Building Drawing 1, Building Drawing 
II, Estimating, Laboratory Test, Surveying Field Work, Engi- 
neering, Laboratory and Surveying note books. There will be 
one paper in each of the above subjects. The subjects of study 
and the scheme of examination under the Mechanical Branch are 
as follows : Calculus, Applied Mathematics, Applied Mechanics 
I, Applied Mechanics II, Mechanism and Mechanical Engi- 
neering, Mechanical Engineering (4 papers), Electrical Engineer- 
ing, Machine Drawing I, Machine Drawing II, Laboratory Test, 
Workshop Test, and Engineering Laboratory note books. There 
will be one paper in each of the above subjects. 

In the First as well as in the Final examinations, candi- 
dates obtaining not less than 50 per cent of the aggregate num- 
ber of marks will be declared to have passed the examination. 
In each examination the names of successful candidates are 
arranged in the order of proficiency as determined by the total 
marks obtained by each. Successful candidates at the B.E. 
Degree Examination will be arranged in two classes ; the first 



250 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

consisting of those obtaining not less than two-thirds of the aggre- 
gate number of marks, the second consisting of all others. 

MEDICINE. 

(1) Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B. 
/*..). The course of study extends over a period of five years 
after passing the Pre-Registration Examination. Candidates for 
admission must have passed the Intermediate Examination of this 
University in Group I or II or an accepted Examination, and must 
have subsequently studied for a period of six months in a College 
affiliated to or recognized by this University, the subjects of 
Inorganic Chemistry, Physics and Biology, and passed the 
Pre-Registration Examination. 

The scheme and subjects for the Pre-Registration Examina- 
tion : One paper in each of the following : Inorganic Chemistry, 
Physics and Biology (each according to a syllabus). There are also 
an oral and a practical examination in each subject. To pass the 
examination the candidate must obtain not less than one-half of 
the marks in the written and not less than one-half of the marks 
in the practical and oral taken together in each of the three sub- 
jects. Those who get not less than seventy-five per cent of the 
aggregate number of marks and pass the whole examination at one 
sitting on the first occasion of appearing therefor, are placed in 
the First Class. Candidates who fail in the whole examination but 
obtain passing marks in any subject are exempted from re-examina- 
tion in that subject and candidates who fail in any subject are 
required to produce a certificate of further study for six months in 
that subject before appearing for the next succeeding examination. 

The subjects of study and scheme of examination for the First 
M.B.B.S. Course : Candidates are examined in Organic Chemistry 
(according to a syllabus), Anatomy (including Elements of Human 
Embryology), Physiology including Bio-Chemistry (according to a 
syllabus) and Pharmacology (according to a syllabus). The exami- 
nation in each subject is written, practical and oral, and can be 
taken in two parts separately. Part I comprising Organic Chemistry 
at the end of the first academic year and Part II comprising 
Anatomy, including the Elements of Human Embryology, Phy- 
siology including Bio-Chemistry and Pharmacology after the 
completion of the two academic years of study. A candidate 
will be declared to have passed the examination, if he obtains not 
less than one-half of the marks in the written, and not less than 
one-half of the marks in the practical and oral examinations taken 
together in each of the above subjects. Those who get not less 
than seventy-five per cent of the aggregate number of marks are 
placed in the First Class. 

The subjects of study and scheme of examination for the 
Second M.B.B.S. Course : Candidates are examined in (a) General 
Pathology and Bacteriology, and (b) Hygiene. The examination in 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 251 

each subject will be written, practical and oral. The candidate 
shall be declared to have passed the examination, if he obtains 
not less than one-half of the marks in the written part of each of 
the subjects and not less than one-half of the marks in the practi- 
cal and oral examinations taken together in each subject. Those 
who obtain not less than seventy-live per cent of the aggregate 
number of marks are placed in the First Class. 

For the Final M.B.B.S. Degree Course, the subjects of study 
and the scheme of examination are us follows : The examination 
can be taken in two Parts: Part 1 comprising (a) Ophthalmology 
and (b) Forensic Medicine. Part II comprising (a) Medicine, (b) 
Surgery, and (f) Obstetrics and Gynaecology. The examination in 
each subject shall be written and oral in the case of Part I, and 
written, clinical, practical and oral in the case of Part II. A candi- 
date for Part I of the Final M.B.B.S. Degree Examination will be 
declared to have passed the examination if he obtains not less 
than one-half of the marks in the written and not less than one- 
half of the marks in the oral in each subject. A candidate for 
Part II will be declared to have passed the examination if he 
obtains not less than one-half of the marks in the written part of 
each of the three subjects, viz.^ Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery, 
not less than one-half of the marks in Clinical and Oral Medicine 
taken together, not less than one-half of the marks in (1) Clinical 
Surgery, (2) Operative and Oral Surgery taken together, and not 
less than one-half of the marks in clinical, practical and oral 
Obstetrics and Gynaecology taken together. Those who have 
either passed the whole examination at one time, or have passed 
each Part separately on the first occasion of appearance therefor, 
obtaining not less than seventy-five per cent of the marks in each 
Part are placed in the First Class. 

(2) Master of Surgery. The course of study extends over 
three, two or one year of practical work according as the candi- 
date is working in the Medical Profession, Medical Hospital or 
is a first class M.B.B.S. working in a hospital respectively. 
Candidates will be examined in Surgery (two papers), Surgical 
Anatomy and Pathology (one paper), and one of the following in 
each of which there will be one paper: Ophthalmology, Venereal 
and Genito-Urinary Surgery, Gynaecological Surgery, Aural and 
Laryngeal Surgery, and Dental Surgery; Operative Surgery and 
the use of instruments, and a Clinical and Oral Examination 
including the examination in Pathological specimens. Those 
who are approved by the examiners shall be declared to have 
passed the examination. 

(3) Doctor of Medicine. The course of study extends over 
the same period as that for the Degree of Master of Surgery. 
The subjects of study and the scheme of examination are as 
follows: One of the following Branches of knowledge: 



252 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Branch I Medicine: Medicine (one paper), Medicine 
including Mental Diseases and Pathology (two papers), and a 
Clinical and Oral Examination including an examination in 
Pathological specimens. 

Branch II Midwifery including Diseases of Women and 
Children: Medicine (one paper), Midwifery and Diseases of 
Women and Children including Pathology of these subjects (two 
papers), and a Clinical and Oral Examination in Midwifery and 
Diseases of Women and Children including an examination in 
Pathological specimens. 

Branch IIJ Pathology: Medicine (one paper), Pathology 
(two papers), and a Practical and Oral Examination in Patho- 
logy. 

Branch IV Tropical Medicine: Medicine (one paper), 
Tropical Medicine including the Pathology of Tropical Diseases 
(two papers), and a Clinical and Oral Examination including the 
examination of Pathological specimens. Candidates approved 
by the examiners will be declared to have passed. Only Bachelors 
of Medicine and Surgery of this University are admitted to the 
M.I), or M.S. Degree Examination. 

(4) Bachelor of Sanitary Science. Candidates must be gra- 
duates in Medicine and Surgery of this University or hold 
corresponding degrees of other Universities or Licensing Bodies 
recognized for the purposo and the degree must be registered with 
the Madras Medical Council before the candidate is admitted to 
the Examination. The course of study extends over a period of not 
less than twelve calendar months. The subjects of study and 
the scheme of examination are as follows: 

Part I. U) Chemistry and Physics in relation to Public Health, 
Climatology and Meteorology, (2) Bacteriology, (3) Medical 
Entomology and Parasitology. The examination in each subject 
includes a written paper, practical examination and a viva voce. 
Candidates who obtain not less than one-half of the aggregate 
marks in each subject in Part I of the examination shall be declared 
to have passed. 

Part II. (1) Hygiene and Public Health including Sanitary 
Engineering. (2) Epidemiology and Infectious Diseases, (3) 
Sanitary Law and Vital Statistics, (4) Public Health Administration. 
The examination in subjects (1) and (3) includes written paper and 
a viva voce ; that in (2) includes a written paper, a practical exa- 
mination and a viva voce^ and that in (4) consists of a practical 
examination only. Those who get not less than one-half of the 
aggregate marks in each subject in Part II of the examination shall 
be declared to have passed. 



MADRAS UNIVERSITY 253 

Candidates who pass both Parts of the examination at the 
first sitting and who obtain not less than two-thirds of the aggre- 
gate marks of both the Parts together shall be declared to have 
passed in the First Class and those obtaining less than two-thirds 
of the aggregate marks and not less than fifty percent of the total 
marks shall be declared to have passed the examination in the 
Second Class. 

(5) Diploma in Midwifery (J).G\O.). The course of study 
for the diploma extends over a period of one year after qualifying 
for a Medical degree (M.B.B.S. or L.M.S.) of this University. 
The students shall be examined in Midwifery, Gynaecology and 
Diseases of a new born child; and the examination will be 
largely practical. Candidates obtaining one-half of the marks 
in each of the examinations will be declared to have passed the 
Examination. 

ECONOMICS. 

Diploma in Economics. The part-time course of study 
extends over a period of two years. The subjects of study and 
the scheme of examination are as follows : One paper in each of 
the following: Economic Theory, Economic Geography and 
recent Economic History ; Rural Economics and Industrial 
Organization, Currency and Hanking; and International Trade; 
Applied Economics and a special subject. 

TITLES, CERTIFICATES OF PROFICIENCY AND DEGREES IN 
ORIENTAL LEARNING. 

1. Siromani. Added to Mimamsa, Vedanta, Nyaya, Vya- 
karana or Sahitya. 

2. Vidvan. In the case of candidates who have offered 
for examination either (a) Sanskrit and any one of the Dravidian 
Languages (Tamil, Telugu, Kanarese and Malayalam), or (b) 
Sanskrit and either Marathi or Oriya or, (c) Tamil, Telugu, 
Kanarese or Malayalam as the main language with Sanskrit as a 
subsidiary language or, (//) any two of the Dravidian Languages: 
Tamil, Telugu, Kanarese, Malayalam, or (e) Tamil alone. 

3. Afzal'itl-Uiama. In the case of a candidate who 
offers Arabic alone for his examination. 

4. Munshi-i-Fazil. In the case of a candidate who has 
offered for his examination Persian as principal language and 
Urdu as a subsidiary language and also possesses elementary 
knowledge of Arabic Grammar. 

The course of study in each case extends over a period of 
four years. Candidates for the Siromani examination have 
to study and be examined in History of Sanskrit Language and 
Literature and prescribed text-books relating to Sanskrit 



254 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Literature, Tarka, Mimamsa and Vyakarana, Manthras, Brah- 
manas, Upanishads, the Grihya Dharma Sutras and the Smritis. 
For the Vidvan examination a candidate has to study History 
of Sanskrit Language and Literature, text-books prescribed 
for Prosody and Poetics and Grammar and also a Vernacular 
Language. There is also a Vidvan course in Dravidian Langu- 
ages consisting of an examination in the language and literature 
of the Dravidian Language so chosen besides having Sanskrit 
as a subsidiary subject. 

All these examinations leading to Titles are divided .into 
two Parts: Preliminary and Final. Candidates who obtain not 
less than 40 per cent of the total marks in an examination are 
declared to have passed that examination in the Third Class. 
Those who get 60 per cent and above are ranked as First Class, 
while those who secure 50 per cent and above are ranked as 
Second Class. 

The University also issues Certificates of Proficiency in 
Oriental Learning. Candidates must pass a Preliminary Ex- 
amination and after that the course extends over a period of two 
years. Candidates for certificates are given a wide choice of 
select subjects from which they have to choose one of them 
though, under conditions, a candidate may appear for the 
Examination in more than one subject. 

(5) Master of Oriental Learning. Two years after passing 
the Certificate of Proficiency Examination in Oriental Learning 
a candidate may appear for this Examination. The thesis must 
be written in English for approval by the Syndicate. There 
may in addition be also an oral examination. 



Mysore University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The University of Mysore was the first University to be 
founded in the Native States of India. The two State Colleges 
which had long stood affiliated to the Madras University formed 
the nucleus of the new University of Mysore. The establish- 
ment of the University received the sanction of His Highness 
the Maharaja of Mysore on the 22nd of July 1916. 

A Regulation amending the Mysore University Regulation 
V of 1916 providing for the establishment of Intermediate Col- 
leges was passed in March 1927. 

The University aims at the unitary type, but there are two 
University centres, Mysore and Bangalore, one with two, and the 
other with three constituent Colleges. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCELLOR. 

Sir Sri Krishnaraja Wadiyar Bahadur, G. C.S.I., G.B.E., 
His Highness the Maharaja of Mysore. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR. 

Sri Kantirava Narasimharaja Wadiyar Bahadur, G.C.I.E., 
His Highness the Yuvaraja of Mysore. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Rajatantrapravina Sir Brajendranath Seal, Kt., M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc. 

REGISTRAR. 
B. M. Srikantaiya, Esq., M.A., B.L. 

DEANS. 

Faculty of Arts . . A. R. Wadia, Esq., B.A. (Cantab.), 

Bar-at-Law. 

Faculty of Science . . B. Venkatesachar, Esq., M.A. 

Faculty of Medicine . . Dr. S. Subba Rao, B.A., M.B.C.M., 

L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., D.P.H. 

Faculty of Engineering .. S.G. Forbes, Esq., E.E.,B.Sc. (E.&M.E.), 

M.A.I.E.E. 



256 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

University Professors and Staff. 

Note to abbreviations used below : 

C. C. . . . . Central College. 

M . C. . . . . Maharaja's College. 

Mali. C\ . . . . Maharani's College. 

E. C. . . . . Engineering College. 

Med. C. . . . . Medical College. 

Olfg. . . . . Officiating. 

(). /. . . . . On leave. 

Actg. . . . . Acting. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH. 

Professors . . . . Messrs. A. B. Mackintosh, M.A. (Oxon.) 

(M.C.) ; J. C. Rollo, M.A. (Glasgow) 
(M.C.) (Principal) ; F. R. Sell, M.A. 
(Oxon.) (C.C.) ; K. G. McAlpine, M.A. 
(Edin.) (C. C.) (O.L.) 

Asst. Professors . . Messrs. P. S. Annaji Rao, M.A., B.L. 

(C.C.) ; U.S. Nanjundiah, M.A. (M.C.) 

Lecturers . . . . Two. 

Tutors . . . . Five. 

DEPARTMENT OF KANNADA. 

Professors . . . . Messrs. B. M. Srikantia, M.A., B.L. 

(M.C.), Honorary; T. S. Venkanniah. 
M.A. (M.C.) 

Asst. Professor .. Mr. A. R. Krishnasastri, M.A. (Offg?) 

(C.C.) 

Lecturer . . . . One. 

Pundits . . . . Four. 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND ECONOMICS. 

Professors . . . . Mr. S. V. Venkateswara Iyer, M.A., 

L.T. (Professor of History, M.C.) ; 
Sri K. 1). Rukminiamma, W.A. (Supt., 
Mah. C.); Dr. M. H. Krishniengar, 
M.A., D.Litt. (Lond.), Supernumerary 
(M.C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Mr. S. V. Krishnaswami lyengar, M.A., 

B.L. (M.C.) ; Sri U. Abhayambal, M.A. 
(Mah. C.) ; Mr. V. L. D'Souza, K.A., 
B.Com. (Lond.) (M.C.) 

Lecturers . . . . Two. 

Tutors . . . . Two (Vacant). 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 257 

DEPARTMENT OF SANSKRIT. 

Professor .. .. Mr. D. Srinivasachar, M.A. (M.C.) 

Asst. Professor . . Mr. C.R. Narasimha Sastry, M.A. (M.C.) 

Lecturer . . . . One. 

Pundits .. .. Thiee. 

Tutor .. .. One. 

DEPARTMENT OF FRENCH. 

Lecturers (Visiting) .. Rev. Father J. Cochet, H.A. (M.C.) ; 

Father K. M. Collart (C.C.) 

DEPARTMENT OF TAMIL. 
Pundits . . . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF TELUGU. 
Pundits . . . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF HINDUSTANI AND PERSIAN. 

Professor . . . . Mr. Aga Mahomed Abbas Shustery 

(M.C.) 

Lecturer . . . . One. 

One Munshi and one Arabic Teacher. 
DEPARTMENTS OF PHILOSOPHY, PSYCHOLOGY AND LOGIC. 

Professor of Philosophy.. Mr. A. R. Wadia, I*. A., Bar-at-Law 

(M.C.) 
Professor of Psychology Dr. M. V. Gopalaswami, H.A., B.Sc., 

and Logic Ph.D. (Lond.) (M.C.I 

Lecturers . . . . Three. 

Tutor . . . . One. 

Demonstrator . . One. 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS. 

Professors .. ..Dr. K. P. Metcalfe, D.Sc., F.Inst.P., 

Principal (C.C.); Mr. B. Venkatesachar, 
M.A. (C.C. and Med. C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Messrs. A. Venkatarao Telang, M.A. 

(Actg. Prof.) ; C. K. Sundarachar, M.A. 
(C.C. and E.C.^ 

Lecturers . . . . Two. 

Demonstrators . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY. 

Professors . . . . Dr. B. Sanjiva Rao, M.A., Ph.D. (Lond.) 

(C.C.); Dr. B. L. Manjunath, B.A., 
M.Sc. (Lond.), D.Phil. (Oxon.) 
17 F 



258 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Asst. Professors . , Mr, C. Srikantiah, B,A. (C.C,) (O. L.) ; 

Mr, M. Sesha lyengar, M.A. (C.C. and 
Med, C,) ; Mr. N, Venkatanarasimha- 
char, B.A. (C,C.) 

Lecturers . , , , Three, 

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS. 

Professors . . . . Messrs. K. S. K. lyengar, B.A. (Hons.) 

(Cantab.) (C.C.) ; K. B. Madhava, M.A., 
F.R.A.S., A.I.A. (Lond.) (M.C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Messrs. V. Gopalaswami lyengar, M.A. 

(E.C.); B. S. Madhava Rao, M.Sc. 

(C.C.) ; C. N. Srinivasiengar, M.Sc. 

(C.C.) 

Lecturers . . . . Four. 

Tutor . . . . One. 

Demonstrators . . Three. 

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY. 
Professor . . . . Mr. P. Sampat lyengar, M.A. (C.C.) 

Asst. Professors . . Mr.L. Rama Rao, M.A. (C.C. and E.C.); 

Mr. Charles Pichamuthu, B.Sc. (C.C.) 

Demonstrators . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY. 

Professor . . . . Dr. M. A. Sampathkumaran, M.A., Ph.D., 

S.M. (Chicago), (C.C. and Med. C.) 

Asst. Professor .. Mr. L. Narayana Rao, M.Sc. (C.C.) 

Demonstrators . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY. 

Professor . . . . Mr. C. R. Narayana Rao, M.A., L.T. 

(C. C. and Med. C.) 

Assistant Professor .. Vacant. 
Demonstrators . . Two. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL). 

Professor . . . . Mr. S. H. Lakshminarasappa, B.A., B.E., 

B.Arch. (Principal, E.C.) 

Asst. Professors .. Messrs. A. Krishnachar, B.Sc., B.E., 

(E.C.); C. Rangaswami lyengar, B.A., 
B.E. (E.C.) 

Lecturer . . . . One. 

Instructor . . . . One. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 259 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING (MECHANICAL). 

Professor . . . Mr. E. K. Ramaswamy, B.Sc., A.C.G.I. 

(E.G.) 

Asst, Professors . . Mr. C. N. Shama Rao, B.A., M.E. (E.G.); 

Mr. S.V. Ramaswamy, B.A., B.E. (E.G.) 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING (ELECTRICAL). 

Asst. Professors . . Mr. M. L. Annappa, B.Sc. (E.G.) ; Mr. 

B. N. Dass (E.G.) 

Lecturer . . . . One. 

DRAWING. 

Instructors . . . . Two (E.G.) 

Laboratory Assistants . . Two (E.G.) 

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION. 

Professor .. .. Dr. G. S. Krishnaiya, M.A., Ph.D. 

(Columbia) (M. G.) 

Asst. Professor .. Mr. R. K. Sangameswaran, M.A., L.T. 

(M.G.) 

Lecturer . . . . Mr. M. V. Krishna Rao, M.A., B.T. (M.C.) 

DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE. 

Professor of Surgery . . Dr. S. Stibba Rao, B.A., M.B.C.M., 

L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., D.P.H. (Med. C.) 
(Offg. Principal.) 

Professor of Physiology.. Dr. A. Subba Rao, D.Sc. (Lond.) 

(Med. C.) 

Professor of Bio-Chemi- Dr. M. Srinivasa Rao, M.A., M.D., B.Sc., 
stry and Pharmacology D.P.H. (Med. G.) 

Professor of Anatomy . . Dr. T. Seshachalam, L.K.C.P., M.R.C.S. 

(Med. C.) 

Professor of Ophthal- . . Dr. B. K. Narayana Rao, B.A., M.B.C.M., 
mology L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., D.P.H., D.O. 

Professor of Medicine . . Dr. G. Krishnaswami Rao, L.A., M.B.C.M., 

M.R.C.P. 

Professor of Pathology. . Dr.B. G. Sambasivan, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S. 

(Med. C.) 

Professor of Midwifery. . Dr. Miss M. C. Albuquerque, L.R.C.P., 

M.R.C.S., L.M. 

Professor in Hygiene . . Dr. J. V. Mascarenhas, M.B.C.M., D.P.H, 

D.T.M. 

Professors in Mental 

Diseases . . Dr. F. Naronha, M.B.C.M., D.P.H, 



260 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Professors of Inorganic] 

Chemistry, Organic [ Professors of the Central College are 
Chemistry, Botany, [ part-time Professors. 
Zoology and Physics) 

Lecturers . . . . One each in Materia Medica, Jurispru- 

dence, Vaccination, Dental Surgery, 
Infectious Diseases, Physics and 
Chemistry (Med. C.) 

Demonstrators. 

Anatomy and Physiology Four (Med. C.) 

Pathology . . One (Do.) 

Surgery . . One (Do.) 

Medicine . . One (Do.) 

Physics and Chemistry. . One (Do.) 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities of the University are : 

1. The Chancellor. 

2. The Pro-Chancellor, 

3. The Vice-Chancellor. 

4. The Council. 

5. The Senate. 

6. The Faculties. 

7. Boards of Studies. 

The Vice-Chancellor who is a full-time officer is the ex-officio 
Chairman of the Senate and the Council. He is also the prin- 
cipal executive officer and the academic officer of the Senate and 
the Council. The executive government of the University is 
vested with the Council which consists of 14 members. The 
Senate which consists of 68 members is in entire charge of the 
organization of instruction in the University and the consti- 
tuent Colleges, the curriculum and the examination and discipline 
of students, and the conferment of degrees. The University at 
present includes the Faculties of Arts, Science, Engineering and 
Technology and Medicine. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

The following were the number of students under the respec- 
tive faculties in the year 1926-27 : 

Maharaja's College (Arts) . . . . . . . . 682 

Central College (Science) . . . . . . . . 634 

Engineering College . . . . . . . . . . 255 

Medical College . . . . . . . . . . 167 

Maharani's College (Arts) . . . . . . 11 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 261 

Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations. 

The following were the number of successful candidates at 
the various examinations held in the year 1926-27 : 

Name of Examination. No. Examined. No. Passed. 

B.A. Part I . . . . . . 439 200 

B.A. Part II . . . . 374 201 

B.COM. Part I 

B.Cojrt. Part II .. 1 

M.A. .. .. .. 23 15 

B.SC. Part I .... 85 62 

B.SC. Part II . . . . 75 56 

B.E. .. .. .. 66 36 

B.T. Parts I and II . . .. 56 30 

B.T. Part III .. .. 48 28 

Intermediate in Engineering . . 69 51 

First Year Certificate . . 119 38 

1st M.B.B.S. Part I .. 20 13 

1st M.B.B.S. Part II .. 17 10 

Second M.B.B.S. . . . . 14 11 

Entrance .. .. 1,568 476 

L.M.P. I. .... 26 18 

L.M.P. II .. .. 31 15 

L.M.P. III .. .. 29 18 

L.M.P. Final .. .. 39 28 

Scholarships and Medals. 

The University has received a large number of endowments 
ranging from Rs. 20,000 to Rs. 500. The total amount of 
endowments at present stands at Rs. 2,69,084. 

The following is the number of Medals awarded and Prizes 
given (ranging from Rs 405 to Rs. 30) during the year 1926 27: 
M.A. .. .. ..5 

B.A. .. .. ..16 

B.Sc. .. .. ..5 

B.E. .. .. ..2 

Prizes . . . . 15 

Besides the above Medals and Prizes, every year a large 
number of scholarships (1926 27: 128 scholarships), and free- 
ships (1926 27: 411i freeships) are awarded. Backward com- 
munity scholarships, special community scholarships and Merit 
scholarships are awarded (1926 27: 77 Backward Community 



262 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

scholarships ; 2 other community scholarships ; 15 Merit Scholar- 
ships). Scholarships are also awarded to women (1926 27:33). 
All lady candidates are free students except in the Medical 
College where this concession extends only for a period of five 
years from 1925-26. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The University Library (Librarian : Mr. N. Narasimha Moorty, 
M.A., B.L.) consists of 16,014 volumes as on 30th June 1927. 
The Library is open to Kellows of the University, Members of 
the Staff of the Constituent Colleges, Lecturers in the Entrance 
classes of Collegiate High Schools, Members of the P'aculties and 
Boards of Studies, Registered Graduates, students studying for 
the M.A. Degree and under-graduates who have obtained the 
permission of their Principals to borrow books for study from the 
University Library. 

Oriental Library. (Curator: Arthasastra Visharada Vidya- 
lankaraDr. R. Shama Sastry, B.A., Ph.D.). The Library contains 
collection of very valuable old manuscripts and the results of 
the research carried on by the Library are published from time to 
time. By special permission, books can be borrowed by gradu- 
ates and under-graduates studying in the University. Total 
number of books as on 30th June 1927 was 12,685; Manuscripts: 
10,167. 

Archaological Department. The Director of this Department 
which is managed by the University is Arthasastra Visharada 
Vidyalankara Dr. R. Shama Sastry, B.A., Ph.D. 

College Libraries. Besides the above libraries, each consti- 
tuent College has got its own library for the use of the students. 
For the Maharaja's College, Mysore, and Central College, 
Bangalore, grants are also made for the purchase of necessary 
text and reference books for the use of poor boys. 

The Central College, Bangalore, has one of the best equipped 
laboratories in India. 

Provision for Research. 

Research scholarships of the value of Rs. 75 per mensem 
are awarded to selected Masters of Arts, Masters of Science or 
Trained Post-Graduate students of the University of Mysore for 
carrying on research. The University encourages works of 
original nature by buying over the publication or sharing with 
the author in the expenses and the profits of the publication. 

Post-Graduate studentships of Rs. 60 per mensem are also 
awarded under similar conditions to selected graduates who give 
evidence or capacity for research but may not have taken the 
Master's Degree. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 263 

Publication and Extension Work. 

There is an Extension Lectures Committee which arranges 
an annual programme. During each year a number of lectures 
are delivered in different parts of the State. 

Lectures. The following three courses of special lectures 
were delivered under the auspices of the University during the 
year 1926-27: 

(a) Readership Lectures. A course of five University Reader- 
ship lectures was delivered by Praktanavimarsa Vichakshana Rao 
Bahadur Mr. R. Narasimhachar, M.A., in Mysore and Bangalore on 
u The History of the Kannada Language". 

(ti) Extension Lectures. There were nine courses of Exten- 
sion lectures in the year, of which two were delivered in Kannada. 
They were the following : 

(1) " Music " (with practical demonstrations) at Bangalore, 

by Mr. M. S, Ramaswami Aiyar, H.A., K.L., L.T. 

(2) " Bhagavadgita " (in Kannada) at Bangalore, by M.R.Ry. 

Mahavidwan Holavanahallt Seshacharya. 

(3) " Some Aspects of Modern Plant Breeding" at Banga- 

lore, by Dr. M. K. Venkata Rao, M.A., Ph.D., Myco- 
logist to the Mysore Gevernment. 

(4) "The Health Education of the Public" (illustrated by 

lantern slides) at Mysore, by Dr. C. Krishnaswami 
Rao, B.A., M.B.C.M., M.R.C.P., Physician, Victoria 
Hospital, Bangalore. 

(5) "Anthropology" at Bangalore, by Dr. M. H. Krishna 

lyengar, M.A., D.Litt. (Lond.), etc., Professor, Maha- 
raja's College. 

(6) "Education and Heredity" (illustrated with lantern 

slides) at Mysore, by Dr. M .A. Sampathkumaran, 
M.A., Ph.D., Professor, Central College, Bangalore. 

(7) " Personal Impressions of Italy" (illustrated with lantern 

slides) at Bangalore, by Mrs. E. P. Metcalfe. 

(8) "Recent Advances in Educational Methods" at Shi- 

moga, by Mr. M. S. Mohiyuddin, M.A., LL.B., M.Ed., 
Professor, Maharaja's College, Mysore. 

(9) "Women's Advancement Some Present Wants" (in 

Kannada) at Mysore, by Mrs. Parvati Ammal 
Chandrasekhara Aiyar. 

(c) Special Ltc m tures.-~A course of five lectures was delivered 
by Swami Sharvananda of the Sri Ramakrishna Mission on * The 
Philosophy of the Upanishads' under the auspices of the 
University. 



264 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The University encourages the publication of original and 
translation works. The Publication Committee particularly pays 
attention to the encouragement of works in Kannada in such 
subjects as Science, History, Geography, Philosophy, Literature, 
Political Economy, Education and Fine Arts so that teachers and 
others who know Kannada only may be able to continue their 
studies in the various branches of modern learning. 

The University undertakes publication of books of excep- 
tional merit either by acquiring the right of publication at a 
fixed price or on terms of sharing the profit with the author. 
Sometimes prizes (valued at Rs. 500) are awarded for composi- 
tion as a result of advertisement on particular topics. 

The University maintains a quarterly Magazine called The 
Mysore University Magazine. 

The first volume of the University Hand-book in Kannada 
consisting of parts 1 to 3 was published in September 1927 
and the second volume to consist of parts 4 and 5 is in the 
press. 

The Half-Yearly Journal of the Departments of Arts and 
Sciences referred to in the previous year's Report was started 
and the first number of Volume T published during the current 
year. 

Sanction was also given during the year for the publication 
of a Volume of "Studies from the Psychological Laboratory, 
the University of Mysore" by Dr. M. V. Gopalaswami. 

Military Training. 

No provision is made under this head. 

Associations in the University. 

The University has established Unions which serve the 
purpose of well-equipped Clubs with Library, Reading Room, 
Games and Refreshment Rooms. Membership of the Union is 
compulsory for all students. These Unions are modelled on the 
famous Unions of Oxford and Cambridge. Addresses are given 
during the year by public men, and debates on the parliamentary 
model take place. Each of the constituent colleges has also 
associations interesting themselves in special branches of 
knowledge and lectures and debates are held regularly each 
year. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The average cost of residence per annum for a student 
living in one of the University Hostels amounts to Rs. 207 as 
follows : 



MVSORK UNIVERSITY 265 

Rs. 

Average hostel expenses for nine months 

at Rs. 23 per mensem . . . . . . 207 

Union fee, societies and athletics . . . . 6 

Tuition (Bachelor's Degree) . . . . 60 

Tuition (Engineering) . . . . . . 100 

Tuition (M.B.B.S.) .. .. .. 200 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The employees of the University are subject to the State 
Pension benefits. 

The University of Mysore is liberally and entirely supported 
by the Government of His Highness the Maharaja of Mysore. 
The State grant for the year 192627 was Rs. 8,75,000. 

Women's Education. 

The Maharani's College, Mysore, is solely intended for 
women candidates. In this College no fee is charged, education 
of women being free. Candidates are trained here up to the 
B.A. Degree and for higher training they are admitted to men's 
colleges. 

Students' Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

Mr. A. B. Mackintosh, M.A., acted as Secretary till Mr. Rollo, 
M.A., Principal, Maharaja's College, Mysore, returned from 
leave. 

The work of the Bureau consists mainly in collecting inform- 
ation about courses of study in England and answering enquiries. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

Kvery University student is medically examined twice once 
during the first term of the First Year course and the second time 
during the second term of the Final Year course, that is, before a 
student is ordinarily expected to leave the College. The In- 
spection is carried out by a Medical Officer who submits a report 
of the results of his inspection to the University. " Repeat " 
examinations may, in special cases, be undertaken in the intervals 
at the request of the College authorities. The results of the 
Medical Examinations are reported in individual forms and kept 
in the custody of the Medical Officer and the Principal. 

Admission to the University Courses of Study, Degrees and 
Examinations. 

The University offers the Bachelor's and the Master's Degrees 
in Arts, the Bachelor's Degree in Science, the B.COM. Degree in 



266 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Commerce, the B.E. Degree in Engineering, the M.B.B.S. Degree 
in Medicine and the Degree of Bachelor of Teaching in Education. 

Arrangements have been made from the 1st July 1927 for the 
starting of Intermediate Colleges in 4 centres, riz., Mysore, Banga- 
lore, Tumkur and Shimoga. Provision has been made for men for 
both Arts and Science at Mysore and Bangalore and only Arts at 
Tumkur and Shimoga, and for women, for Arts at the Maharani's 
College, Mysore, and for both Arts and Science at the Vani Vilas 
Institute, Bangalore. 

Accordingly, the Entrance classes in the Collegiate High 
Schools have now been recognized as Junior Intermediate classes 
and arrangements made for imparting instruction according to the 
new syllabuses, preliminary to starting these Intermediate Colleges 
separately from next year. These Colleges will replace the present 
Entrance classes in the Collegiate High Schools and the First 
YearB.A. classes in the Arts Colleges. 

ADMISSION TO THK COURSES OF STUDY IN THE UNIVERSITY. 

Admission to a course of study for a Bachelor's Degree is 
granted only to those who have passed the Entrance Examination 
of this University or the Intermediate Examination of any other 
recognized University. Candidates who have passed the Cam- 
bridge School Certificate (Senior Local) Examination are admitted 
to the First Year B.A. (or B.SC.) class for courses of study approved 
by the University Council. A student who has passed the In- 
termediate Examination of any other recognized University is 
admitted to the second year class for the B.A. or the B.SC. 
Degree under special conditions. A B.COM. of this University is 
admitted to the second year class for the B.A. Degree in History, 
Economics and Political Science. Mysoreans, who have passed 
the Bombay Preliminary Examination with Science and Mathe- 
matics and the Intermediate Examination with Mathematics, aie 
admitted to the College of Engineering. 

Courses of Study and Examinations. 

INTERMEDIATE IN ARTS AND INTERMEDIATE IN SCIENCE 
EXAMINATIONS. 

(#) Intermediate Examination in Arts. The course of study 
for the Intermediate Examination in Arts shall extend over a period 
of two years in the following subjects, and the examination shall 
be held according to the following scheme : 

1. English (Texts and Composition) . . 1 paper 

2. One of the following languages : 

Kannada, Urdu (Texts, Grammar 

and Composition) . . 2 papers 

3. An additional course of English 

Literature . . . . 1 paper 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 267 

* 4, 5 and 6. Three of the following: 

A selected language ; Ancient History 
(including Indian History) ; Modern 
History (including Indian History) ; 
Logic including Elementary Psycho- 
logy of reasoning processes ; Mathe- 
matics; Physics; Chemistry; Biology . . 2 papers each 

Provided that 

0?) either Logic including Elementary Psychology of reason- 
ing processes or Mathematics must be taken ; 

(jf) any one taking Physics must take Mathematics ; 

Or) not more than one of the last three subjects may be 
offered ; 

(d) the same language cannot be taken both under 2 and 4, 
5 and 6 ; 

(*) for a period of five years after the Intermediate Courses 
are instituted it shall be open to candidates to offer 
in place of Kannada or Urdu under 2 any one of the 
following languages with the previous permission of 
the University Council : 
Tamil, Telugu, Sanskrit, Persian, French, German. 

The selected language shall be selected from Old and Middle 
Kannada, Modern Kannada, Tamil, Telugu, Urdu, French, Ger- 
man, Sanskrit, Pali and Prakrit, Arabic or Persian (Old and 
Modern), Latin and Greek. 

The following is the scheme regarding the Corresponding 
Language or Languages for each Selected Language in the Inter- 
mediate in Arts list : 

Intermediate in Arts 

Corresponding 

Selected Language in the Language in 

LA. Scheme. the S.S.L.C. 

Scheme. 

Old and Middle Kannada, Modern Kannada.. Kannada 

Tamil . . . . . . . . Tamil 

Telugu . . . . . . . . Telugu 

Urdu .. .. .. .. Urdu 

French . . . . . . . . French 

German . . . . . . . . German 

Sanskrit, Pali,) ..Sanskrit 

Prakrit J 

Persian . . . . . . . . Persian 

Arabic . . . . . . . . Arabic 

Latin . . . . . . . . Latin 

Greek . . . . . . . . Greek 



268 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(/;) intermediate Examination in Science The course of study 
for the Intermediate Examination in Science shall extend over 
a period of two years in the following subjects, and the examina- 
tion shall be held according to the following scheme : 

1. English . . . . . . 2 papers 

2. Kannada or Urdu (Texts, Grammar 

and Composition) . . . . 1 paper 

8. Mathematics . . . . . . 1 paper 

4, 5 and 6. Three of the following subjects : 
Additional Mathematics, Physics ; Chemistry ; 
Biology , Botany ; Zoology ; Geology. (Bi- 
ology shall not be offered with Botany or 
Zoology.) .. .. .. 2 papers each 

Provided that for a period of five years after the Inter- 
mediate Courses are instituted it shall be open to can- 
didates to offer any one of the following languages in 
place of Kannada or Urdu under 2 with the previous 
permission of the University Council : 

Tamil, Telugu, Sanskrit, Persian, French, German. 
But 

1. Candidates who intend to proceed to a course of study 

in Medicine shall offer only one paper in English, 
one paper in Mathematics, and the following four 
subjects : 

Physics, Chemistry, Botany, and Zoology. 

2. Candidates who intend to proceed to the course of study 

for the B.E. Degree Examination shall offer English 
(1 paper), a Second Language (1 paper), and Mathe- 
matics, Physics, Chemistry and Geology (2 papers 
each). 

DEGREE EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

The following minima have been prescribed for a pass in the 
Intermediate in Arts and the Intermediate in Science Examina- 
tions : 

I. No candidate shall be declared to have passed the 
Intermediate Examination in Arts and the Intermediate Examina- 
tion in Science unless he obtains not less than 40 percent of the 
total number of marks in English, 35 per cent in the Second 
Language and 35 per cent in the whole group of Optional subjects, 
and also not less than 30 per cent in each of the subjects of the 
Optional Group and in the case of the Intermediate Examination 
in Science, not less than 35 per cent in Compulsory Mathematics. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 269 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Science (leading to Medicine) unless 
he obtains not less than 40 per cent in English, 35 per cent in 
Mathematics and 35 per cent in the written examinations in 
Physics, Chemistry, /oology and Botany, 35 per cent in the 
Practical and viva race examinations put together in each of these 
subjects, and 50 per cent of the aggregate number of marks in 
these last four subjects. 

No candidate shall be declared to have passed the Inter- 
mediate Examination in Science (leading to Engineering) unless 
he obtains not less than 40 per cent of the total number of marks 
in English, 35 per cent in the Second Language, 35 percent in 
each of the Optional subjects and 50 per cent of the aggregate 
in the Science subjects including Mathematics. 

IF. Such of the successful candidates as obtain 60 per cent 
or more of the total maximum number of marks shall be arranged 
in order of merit in the First Class, those who obtain 50 per cent 
or more, but less than 60 per cent, shall be arranged in order of 
merit in the Second Class, and the rest shall be arranged in 
alphabetical order in the Third Class. 

This Rule shall apply to the Intermediate Examination in 
Arts, Intermediate Examination in Science and Intermediate 
Examination in Science (leading to Medicine). 

The above Rule will be made applicable to the Intermediate 
Examination in Science (leading to Engineering). 

(ii) Bachelor of Arts{fi.A?)^ (Old Course). The course of study 
for this degree extends over three academical years and includes 
English, a Second Language and /////</ (a) in the first year, any three 
of the following : Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Zoology, 
Botany, Geology ; and in the second and third years, any two 
of the subjects studied in the first year ; or (/>) two of the follow- 
ing : History, Economics, Political Science and Statistics, 
Philosophy: three groups, Sanskrit: three groups, Sanskrit 
Languages : Prakrit or Pali, Persian : three groups, Arabic, 
Mathematics. A candidate is not allowed to combine Persian 
and Sanskrit groups. 

The examination is held in two parts : Part I consisting 
of (a) English Language and Literature, (jf) Second Language 
and Literature ; Part II consisting of optional subjects. The 
examination consists of four papers in English, two papers in 
the Second Language, three papers in Mathematics, two papers 
and a practical examination in each of the other subjects in 
(<a) and three papers in each of the subjects in (/>) 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate in 
each part and 35 per cent in each division of either part. Candi- 
dates who pass in both the parts at the same time and obtain 



270 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

60 per cent of the aggregate are placed in the First Class and 
those obtaining 50 per cent in the Second Class. 

Candidates who have failed in one or both the parts are 
exempted, under conditions, from appearing for a re-exami- 
nation in the division or divisions in which they have obtained 
60 per cent of marks. 

(ti) Master of Arts (M.A.). -Bachelors of Arts or Science 
of this or of a recognized University are admitted to the ex- 
amination for the M.A. Degree after they undergo a course of 
study for two academical years. A candidate may offer one 
of the following groups of subjects: (/) English Language and 
Literature, () History, Economics and Political Science, (/'**) 
Philosophy, (iv) Psychology, (?/) Sanskrit, (vf) Ancient Indian 
History and Culture, (mi) Kannada. 

Eight papers of three hours each are set at the examination. 
Candidates for the M.A. Degree in English Language and Litera- 
ture are also required to undergo an oral examination. 

The papers are arranged in groups and a candidate should 
obtain 30 per cent in each group, and 40 per cent in the aggre- 
gate for a pass. 60 per cent in the aggregate will entitle a candi- 
date to a First Class and 50 per cent to a Second Class. 

(r) M.A. Course in Mathematics. This course has been 
introduced in the University during 1927-28. The following are 
the courses of study and the scheme of examination therefor : 

The course shall be one of two years after passing the B.A. 
Degree Examination with Mathematics as one of the two B.A. 
Optional Subjects and shall comprise the following : 

(A) Compulsory (six papers). 

(i) Analytical Geometry of two and three dimensions: one 
paper of three hours' duration, Max. Marks 150. 

(ii) (Elementary) Higher Plane Curves and Modern Pure 
Geometry \ one paper of three hours' duration, Max. 
Marks 150. 

(iii) Advanced Calculus : one paper of three hours' dura- 
tion, Max. Marks 150. 

(iv) Infinite Series and Cauchy 's Theorem (Elementary) : 
one paper of three hours' duration, Max. Marks 150. 

(v) Differential Geometry : one paper of three hours' 
duration, Max. Marks 150. 

(vi) Differential Equations : one paper of three hours' 
duration, Max. Marks 150. 

(B) Optional (two papers). Any two of the special option- 
als: 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 271 

(1) Statistics, (2) Theory of Probability, (3) Mathematical 
Economics, (4) Mental, Social and Educational Mea- 
surements, (5) Dynamics, (6) Astronomy, (7) Higher 
Plane Curves, (8) Functions of a Complex Variable 
(Elementary), (9) Linear Differential Equations, (10) 
Elliptic Functions, (11) Attractions and Potentials. 
One paper of three hours* duration in each optional, Max. 
Marks 150. 

The minimum units of work shall be fixed at 600, distributed 
as under : 

(I) 60 lecture hours and ) f th subjects of each paper . 
(n) 15 tutorial hours j 

The following is the minima prescribed for a pass in the 
M.A. Examination in Mathematics : 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examina- 
tion for the Degree of Master of Arts in Mathematics if he obtains 
not less than 30 per cent of the total maximum number of marks 
in the Compulsory Group, not less than 30 per cent of the total 
maximum number of marks in the Optional Group, not less than 
40 per cent of the total maximum number of marks for the whole 
examination. 

Such of the successful candidates as obtain not less than 60 
per cent of the total maximum number of marks shall be arranged 
in order of merit in the First Class, those who obtain 50 per cent 
or more, but less than 60 per cent, shall be arranged in order of 
merit in the Second Class and the rest shall be arranged in 
alphabetical order in the Third Class. 

SCIENCE. 

(jo) Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.), (Old Course). The course of 
study extends over three academical years and includes English, a 
Second Language and in the first year, any three of the following: 
Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, /oology, Botany, Geology 
and in the second and third years two subjects, one principal 
and the other subsidiary, selected from the group studied in 
the first year. The course in the first year is the same both 
for the B.A. in Science and B.SC. Degrees, and in the second 
and third years, the main subject will be of an advanced 
character, the subsidiary subject being the same as for B.A. in 
Science. 

The examination is held in two parts, the first part being 
English and the second, Optionals. On the first occasion, can- 
didates must appear for both the parts. There will be two papers 
in English, four papers in theory and two papers in practical part 
of Physics and Chemistry, six papers in Mathematics, four theo- 
retical and three practical papers in Geology, Zoology and 



272 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Botany. The examination in subsidiary subjects is the same as 
for the B.A. Examinations. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate, 
35 per cent in English and in subsidiary subjects. A candidate 
who secures 60 per cent of the aggregate is placed in the First 
Class and a candidate obtaining 50 per cent in the Second Class. 

A Bachelor of Science with one principal subject is admitted 
to the B.Sr. examination in another principal subject if he 
stands a regular course of study for two years in that subject. 

(b) M.Sc. Course in Mathematics. This course has* been 
introduced in the University during 1927-28. The following are the 
detailed courses of study and the scheme of examination therefor : 

The M.SC. course in Mathematics shall be one of two years 
after passing the B.Sc. Degree Examination. 

The course shall comprise 
(A) Compulsory Subjects. 

(1) Functions of Real Variables. 
Four papers of three hours' (2) Differential Geometry. 

duration each. (3) Modern Analysis including 

Maximum Marks, 150 for Cauchy's Theorem. 

each paper. (4) Introduction to Mathematical 

Physics. 
( B) Optiona I Sub iects . 

(a) Pure Mathematics. One of the following at the option 
of the candidate : 

(1) Theory of Functions of a 

Complex Variable. 

(2) Protective Geometry. 

(3) Non-Euclidean Geometry. 

(4) Linear Differential Equations. 

(5) Elliptic Functions. 

(6) Theory of Numbers. 

(7) Theory of Probability. 

(8) Theory of Integral Equations. 
. One of the following at the 



Two papers of three hours' 

duration each. 
Maximum Marks, 150 for < 

each paper. 



(b) Applied Mathematics 
option of the candidate: 



Two papers of three hours' 

duration each. 
Maximum Marks, 150 for \ 

each paper. 



(1) Electro-magnetic Theory. 

(2) Relativity. 

(3) Radiation including Quantum 

Theory. 

(4) Dynamics. 

(5) Hydro-dynamics. 

(6) Kinetic Theory of Gases. 

(7) Theory of Elasticity. 

(8) Thermo-dynamics. 

(9) Astro-physics. 

(10) Theory of heat conduction. 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 278 

The minimum units of work shall be fixed at 600 for the 
whole course calculated at 12 hours a week for 50 weeks, distribu- 
ted as under : 

60 hcture hours and { or 75 hours for the subjects 
15 tutorial hours ) of eacli paper. 

The following is the minima for a pass in the M.SC. Degree 
Examination in Mathematics : 

A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination 
for the. Degree of Master of Science in Mathematics if he obtains not 
less than 30 per cent of the total maximum number of marks in 
the Compulsory Group, not less th.in 30 per cent in each of the 
two divisions of the Optional Group and not less than 40 per cent 
of the total maximum number of marks for the whole examination. 

Such of the successful candidates as obtain not less than 60 
per cent of the total maximum number of marks shall be arranged 
in order of merit in the First Class, those who obtain 50 per cent 
or more, but less than 60 per cent, shall be arranged in order of 
merit in the Second Class, and the rest shall be ai ranged in 
alphabetical order in the Third Class. 

PROFESSIONAL COURSKS OF STUDY AND DKGRKKS. 
COMMKKCK. 

Bachelor of Commerce (/f.CV;;//.). The duration of the course 
is three academical years. The course includes (<t) in the first 
year, English, a Second Language and General Economics, 
Accountancy, Geography and Elements of Statistics, (/;) in the 
second and third years, English, General Economics, Economic 
History, Mercantile and Industrial Law, Business Organi- 
zation and one of the following special subjects: Administration, 
Advanced Accounting and Auditing, Actuarial Science, Ad- 
vanced Banking, Advanced Economic Theory and History and 
Economics of Transport. 

The examination is held in two parts, each consisting of 
two groups and candidates appearing for the examination for 
the first time must take up both the parts. Part I includes 
English, Commercial Correspondence, Economics, Economic 
History and Business Organization, and Part II includes Mer- 
cantile and Industrial Law and the special subject. One paper 
will be set in each of these subjects. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate in 
either part, 35 per cent in each group of Part I, 35 per cent or 
more in gioup (a) and 40 per cent in group (b) of Part II. Candi- 
dates who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate are placed in the 
First Class and those obtaining 50 per cent in the Second Class. 
18 F 



274 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

ENGINEERING. 

Bachelor of Engineering (/?./.). The course extends over 
four academical years followed by a year of practical training. 
The first two years will be a common course to all the Branches 
of Engineering, at the end of which the Intermediate Examina- 
tion is held. The Final H.K. examination is held at the end of 
the fourth year. 

The Intermedia ft' /examination in Engineering, The course of 
study includes Pure Mathematics, Applied Mathematics (Course 
I), Physics and Chemistry, Geology and Mineralogy, Elements of 
Political Economy, Materials of Construction, Building Construc- 
tion (Course I), in addition to which a candidate is also 
prescribed practical work comprising Drawing, Surveying, Work- 
shop and Practice in Physical and Chemical Laboratory. 

The Examination is arranged in five groups as follows : 

Mathematics. Pure and Applied; Science; Engineering; 
Surveying and Drawing. 

There will be two papers in the subjects of the Mathematics 
group, one paper in Political Economy and one paper and a 
practical examination in each of the subjects of the Science 
group, one paper and two practical examinations in the subjects 
of the Engineering group, one paper and a practical examination 
in the subjects of the Surveying group and two papers in the 
subjects of the Drawing group. The minimum for a pass is 40 
per cent of the aggregate and 25 per cent in each of the first two 
groups and 33i per cent in each of the other groups. Candidates 
obtaining 60 per cent or more of the aggregate are placed in the 
Eirst Class. 

The Final or B<E. Examination in Engineering. A candidate 
for this examination has to take up one of the following branches: 
(1) Civil Engineering, (2) Mechanical Engineering, (3) Electri- 
cal Engineering. The courses of study in the different branches 
comprise the following subjects : 

(1) Civil Engineering : l^ieory. Pure Mathematics, Applied 
Mathematics, Applied Mechanics, Hydraulics, Building and other 
forms of Construction, Irrigation and Water-Supply, Sanitary and 
Municipal Engineering, Roads, Bridges and Railways, Steam and 
Internal Combustion Engines, Elementary Electrical Engineering 
and Engineering Economics; Practical work Surveying, Draw- 
ing and Estimating and practice in Workshop and Laboratory. 

(2) Mechanical Engineering : Theory. Integral and Differ- 
ential Calculus, Statics and Dynamics, Applied Mechanics and 
Graphic Statics, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery, Theory, 
Design and Construction of Machines* Heat Engines, Elementary 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 275 

Electrical Engineering, Estimating and Specifications, Engineer- 
ing Economics and Machine Drawing ; Practical work Machine 
Shop and Laboratory. 

(3) Electrical Engineering : Theory. Pure Mathematics, Ap- 
plied Mathematics, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery, 
Mechanical Engineering, Applied Mechanics and Graphic Statics, 
Electrical Engineering Course (l), Electrical Engineering Course 
(II), Electrical Engineering Course (ill) and Economics ; Practical 
work Drawing, Design and Estimating, Workshop Practice and 
Electrical Laboratory. 

At the examination, a candidate is required (1) in Civil 
Engineering, to submit a thesis on Workshop and Laboratory and 
take 12 papers; (2) in Mechanical Engineering, to undergo a 
practical examination in Workshop and Laboiatory and take 11 
papers; (8) in Electrical Engineering, to undergo oral and practi- 
cal examination in Workshop and Mechanical Laboratory and 
Electrical Laboratory and take 11 papers. 

The minimum for a pass is 50 per cent in each subject. 
Candidates who obtain 66 per cent of the aggregate are placed in 
the First Class and those obtaining 40 per cent or more but less 
than 50 per cent of the aggregate are granted certificates. 

Before the degree is confirmed, candidates are required to 
undergo one year's practical training by working as apprentices 
or employees in approved firms under the direction of the Princi- 
pal of the College. 

MEDICINE. 

Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Snrgcr\> (A/. B. B .$.). 
Graduates (B.A. or B.Sc.) of this University who have passed in 
one or more, and students who have passed the Fiist Year Certi- 
ficate Examination of this University taking at least two of the 
subjects Physics, Chemistry, Botany and Zoology, and those who 
possess similar qualifications of other approved Universities are 
admitted to the M.B.B.S. course extending over five years. 
Candidates are required to pass three examinations, 7>iz., I (Parts 
I and II), II, III or Final M.B.B.S. Degree Examinations held 
at the end of the first, second, third and fifth years respectively. 

First M.B.B.S. Examination (Parts I and //). Candidates 
for Part I of the First Examination must be at least 18 years of 
age and must have undergone an approved course of instruction 
for one year in Physics, inorganic Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, 
Anatomy and Physiology. They will be examined in all the 
subjects except the last two. Students who have passed in the 
Science group of the Degree Examinations in one or more of the 
above subjects are exempted from study and examination in such 
subjects. 



276 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

On each of the subjects of examination, there will be one 
paper, a practical examination and a rira race examination. The 
minimum for a pass is 50 per cent of the aggregate, 35 per cent 
in the written examination and 85 per cent in the practical and 
viva vflcc examinations put together, in each subject. Those who 
obtain 70 per cent of the aggregate are plated in the First Class. 

Candidates for Part 1 1 of the First M.B.B.S. Examination 
must have undergone (1) the course of dissections for 12 
months and dissected the whole human body at least once to the 
satisfaction of their teachers, (//) a complete course of Physio- 
logy, (/'/'/) a practical course in Histology foi three months, (/?) a 
course of practical Physiology for nine months, (?') an approved 
course of Organic Chemistry. They will be examined in Anato- 
my, Physiology and Organic Chemistry. Theie will be one 
paper, one practical examination and a rim voce examination in 
each of these subjects. The minimum for a pass is 50 per cent 
in the. wntten and 50 per cent in the practical and oial examina- 
tions put together in Anatomy and Physiology and 35 per cent 
in the written and 3"> per cent in the piactical and oral put to- 
gether in the subject of Organic Chemistry and 50 per cent in 
the total of that subject. The minimum for a First Class is 70 
per cent. 

The Second M.B.B.S. K\amiitation. Admission to the Second 
M.B.B.S. Examination is granted to any candidate who has (/) 
passed the First M.B.B.S. Examination in both parts and been 
engaged in the Medical Studies for one year, (//') undergone a 
course of lectures and demonstrations in Pathology and Bacterio 
logy, (V/V) undergone a course of practical Pathology for thiee 
months, (/7 1 ) undergone a course of lectures and demonstrations 
in Hygiene, (?') worked as Clinical Clerk in the Victoria Hospital 
in the Medical Wards for three months, in the Surgical Wards for 
three months and in the Out-Patient Department for three months, 
(77) acted as Cleik for the Post-Mortem examinations for three 
months, and (rvV) attended a course of Minor Surgery. Candi- 
dates will be examined in (/') Pathology and Bacteriology, (/'/) 
Hygiene, and (in) Materia Medica and Pharmacology. There 
will be one paper, a practical examination, and a rim vocc exami- 
nation in Pathology and Bacteriology and one paper and a viva 
race examination in Hygiene. The minimum is 50 per cent for a 
pass and 70 per cent for First Class. 

The Third or Final M.H.B.S. Exa minati on. Candidates for 
the III or Final M.B.B.S. Examination must have (a) passed the 
Second M.B.B.S. Examination and engaged in Medical Studies 
for two years, (J>) attended a complete course of^ lectures in Medi- 
cine including Therapeutics, Surgery, Forensic Medicine, Mid- 
wifery and Gynaecology and Ophthalmology, 0) worked as Clini- 
cal Clerks in the Victoria Hospital, in the Medical Wards for 5 



MYSORE UNIVKUSITV 277 

months, in the Suigical Wards foi T>A months and attended 
lectures and demonstrations in Clinical Medicine and Surgery, (//) 
attended the Out-Patient Department for three months, (e) work- 
ed as Clinical Clerk in the Minto Ophthalmic Hospital for ,\ 
period of three months and of having learnt refraction work and 
the use of Ophthalmoscope, (f) worked as Clinical Clerks in the 
Wards of Maternity Hospital for four months and attended live 
labour cases and conducted l, r > labour cases independently and 
attended, the ante-natal clinic for two months, (,?) attended ii 
course of lectures on Oto- Rhino-Laryngology for three months, 
(//) attended the course of lectures on AiKUsthetics and adminis- 
tered Anaesthesia in six cases, and (/) attended a course of lectures 
and demonstrations on Mental Diseases and Vaccination and 
attended a Fever Hospital for one month. 

Candidates will be examined in Medicine including Thera- 
peutics, Surgery, Midwifery, Ophthalmology, Forensic Medicine. 
There will be one paper, a Clinical Kxamination and a nra rwv 
FA ami nation in each of the subjects except Forensic Medicine on 
which there will be no Clinical Kxnminntion. The minimum for 
a pass is 50 per cent and 70 pei cent for distinction. Candidates 
who fuil in the examination but obtain (>U per cent in any subject 
will be exempted from appearing in that subject at a subsequent 
examination. 

/)ip/oma in Me J Line (/!./]/./'.). Candidates who aie above 
1(> years of age and who have passed the Mysore S.S.L.C. or 
other approved Kxamination are admitted to the L.M.I'. Course 
extending over four years. Then; will be four examinations, the 
Hist three held at the end of each jear and the last held twice a 
year. 

Candidates for the Fiist Kxamination are examined in the 
following subjects : Physics and Chemistry. Elementary 1'hysio- 
logy and Osteology. Theie will be one paper and a viva rJcc 
examination in each of the subjects. 

The course of study lor the Second Fxamination includes 
lectures in Human Anatomy, Physiology, M.iteria Medica and 
Pharmacology, a 12 months' course of disse< tmns and a ,*> months' 
course of Practical Pharmacy. Candidates will be examined in 
Anatomy, Physiology and Materia Medica. The examination in 
each subject will consist of one paper and a rira vih'c examina- 
tion. 

Candidates for the Third Kxamination must have (<i) under- 
gone a course of lectures and demonstrations in Pathology and 
Bacteriology, Hygiene, Forensic Medicine, </>) attended a course 
of lectures in Medicine, Surgery and Mental Diseases, (r) work- 
ed as Clinical Clerks in the Medical Wards of a recogni/ed Hos- 
pital for four months, in the Suigical Wards of a recognized 



278 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Hospital for four months and in the Post-Mortem room, (//) attend- 
ed the Out-l'atient Hospital practice of a recognized hospital 
for two months, (e) attended a course of clinical demonstrations 
of the Lunatic Asylum. The subjects of Examination are Patho- 
logy and Bacteriology, Hygiene, Forensic Medicine. There will 
be one paper and a viva vocc examination in each subject. 

For admission to the Fourth or Final L.M.P. Examination, 
a candidate must have (a) attended a further course of lectures 
in Medicine including Tropical Medicine, Surgery, Operative 
Surgery throat, nose and ear diseases, Midwifery and Diseases 
of Women and Children, and Ophthalmology, (/;) worked as 
Clinical Clerks in the Medical Wards for two months, in the 
Surgical Wards for two months, at the Ophthalmic Hospital for 
three months, and in the Maternity Hospital for three months, 
and conducted six labour cases and witnessed 10 laboui cases at 
least, (f) attended the ( hit-Patient Department for one month, a 
course of Demonstration in Vaccination, a cotuse of Clinical De- 
monstrations at the Epidemic Diseases Hospital. Candidates 
will be examined in Surgery, Medicine and Midwifery. There 
will be one paper and a viva voce examination in each subject. 

The minimum for a pass in any of the four examinations is 
40 per cent. (Candidates who obtain 70 per cent of marks are 
placed in the First Class. Exemption from le-appenring for the 
Final Examination in any subject is granted to those who have 
obtained at least (JO per cent in that subject. Candidates who 
fail in the Final Examination are required to produce evidence of 
further study in the subjects in which they wish to re-appear. 

TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Ttaching{R.T?). Any Bachelor of Arts or Science 
is admitted to the course of study for P>.T. extending over one 
academical year. The course consists of three parts: T. Educa- 
tional Theory and History. II. PMucational Measurements and 
Intelligence Tests, and III. Practice in teaching in schools 
recognized for the purpose for at least six months. 

The examination in Parts I and II consists of four papers, 
and comprises lessons on two selected subjects in Pail III. The 
minimum for a pass is 40 per cent of the aggregate and 30 per 
cent in each paper in Part I and 40 per cent in Parts II and III 
separately. Candidates obtaining 60 pei cent are placed in the 
First Class and those obtaining 50 per cent in the Second Class. 

Honorary Degree* of Doctor of Letters and Doctor of Science 
(D.Litt. and D.Scl). Where at a meeting of the University 
Council, not less than eight members recommend that an Hono- 
rary Degree be conferred on any person on the ground that he is, 
in their opinion, by reason of eminent position and attainments, 



MYSORE UNIVERSITY 279 

a fit and proper person to receive such a Degree, and where such 
recommendation is supported by not less than two-thirds of the 
members present at a meeting of the Senate and confirmed by the 
Chancellor, the Senate shall confer the Honorary Degree on such 
person. 

Table of Examination Fees. 

Names of Examinations. Amount 

of Fees 

Rs. 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 24 

B.A., B.SC., B.COM. (both parts) . . . . 36 

B.A., B.Sc:., B.COM. (one part). . .. .. 18 

M.A. . . . . . . . . 50 

B.E. (Intermediate) . . . . . . 20 

B.E. (KinaU .. .. .. ..36 

M.B.B.S., First Examination (Part 1) . . . . 20 

(Part II) .. .. 30 

,, Second Examination . . . . 40 

,, Final Examination . . . . . . 50 

L.M.P., First Examination . . . . 10 

,, Second pjcamination . . 10 

,, Third Examination . . . . 10 

,, Fourth or Final . . . . . . 15 

B.T. .. .. .. .. ..30 

B.COM. (in a special subject only) .. .. 18 

In the case of women candidates, the above scale of fees will 
be reduced by half. 

Students belonging to the Depressed Classes are exempted 
from payment of examination fees for a period of ten years from 
1922. 



Nagpur University. 



Introductory : Character of -the University. 

The fust attempt to establish a University for these .Prov- 
inces (Central Provinces and Beiai) was made in the year 15)14, 
when in the month of July, the Local (Government appointed 
44 The Central Provinces and Berar University Committee" to 
consider the question of establishment of an independent Uni- 
versity. It made its report in January 1915, embodying an 
elaborate scheme for a residential Univeisity with, howevei, 
power to affiliate external colleges. The great war was then on 
and in view of its absorbing demands on the administration, 
the consideration of the subject \\as put oft. On the publi- 
cation of the Sadler Commission's Report, a Committee, was 
appointed in 1919 to formulate a fiesh scheme after taking its 
recommendations into consideration. It soon submitted its 
report and action w.is taken upon it without loss of time. l''irst 
planned in 1914-15, examined by several committees of Edu- 
cationists, official and noii-olHci.il, the University Scheme at 
last emerged out of this prolonged gestation in the form of 
a concrete Hill. It w.is introduced in the Legislative Council 
in the August Session of 195W, and passed into law in March, 
1928. The University was brought into existence on the 4th 
August, 1923. 

Kxcept in the depaitment ot Law, the University is, at 
present, only an FAM mining body, though the \ct makes due 
provisions for its being made both Unitary and Affiliating. The 
Law College is directly maintained by the University. The 
affiliated institutions include 4 Arts Colleges, a College of 
Science, an Agricultut.il College and a Training College. 

Of the four Arts Colleges, three, 77-., Morris College, 
Nagpur; Robertson College, Jubbulpore ; and King Edward 
College, Amraoti, are maintained by the Local (Government. 
The fourth, Hislop College, Nagpur, is maintained by the 
United Free Church of Scotland. 

Morris and Hislop Colleges are affiliated up to the M.A. 
standard in Arts and the B.Sr. standard in Science. For the 
latter degree, the students of both the Colleges attend Physics 
and Chemistry classes in Victoria College of Science. .Besides, 
the Intermediate Science students of Morn's College also receive 
instruction in Science subjects in Victoria College of Science. 



N\<;ITR I'MNKksm 281 



Besides providing instruction in Ph>Mcs, Chemistry and 
Mathematics as stated aboxe, the Science Collect 1 pi oxides 
instruction in Physics and Chemistry to post-graduate students. 
Owing to the demand for admission to this institution, both 
in the undiT-giaduate and post-graduate departments, out- 
stripping the accommodation available, the need for it** ex- 
pansion has 1 use. M long felt. A ne\v Science College building 
has, accordingly, been decided upon and is under construction 
on a site adjoining the I'nixeisilx oflu r and Convocation Hall 
and opposite the Agricultural College. When complete it 
xvi 11 add largely to the activities of the Science College. A Hostel 
to accommodate its .students has already been constructed and 
it is in use. 

Robeitson College at Jnbbuipori leai lies up to the HA. 
and the I'.Sc. Standards. There is a commodious Hostel 
attached to it, xvheie most of the students live. There .11 e also 
quarters for members ot the staff within the exlcn.sixc college 
grounds. 

King Kdxxard College, Anuaoti, is the most icccnt of the 
Colleges. It oxves its origin to the desire of puhlic-spil ited 
citi/ens of Bciar to perpe.tu.ile the memoiy of His Majesty 
King Kdwaid VII by a special I Jura i Memorial in the form of 
a Collegiate institution to be called afu*i him. The (lovciiunent, 
hoxvever, later on de< ided to build the College out oi State 
funds and the subscriptions xxeie utilized to found scholarships 
for Heiar students. The College teaches up to the H.A. standard 
in Arts and Intermediate standard in Science. It has a fine 
Hostel and quarters for the staff. 

Spence Training College at Jubbulpore is a Training College 
for teachers ,ind has a large practising school attached to it 
It prepares students for the li.T. degree of tin- l-'niversity. 

The Agricultur.tl College at Nagpur was affiliated to the 
University in 15)25. The first examination in Intermediate 
AgnculUue was held in March, 1027. The College is both a 
teaching and a research institute and has very extensive experi- 
mental farms, botanical and hoiticultuial gaidens attached to 
it for practical training. Agriculture is the occupation of the 
vast majority of the people of the txvo provinces and the College 
xvill be helpful in disseminating sound knoxvledge of agriculture 
among them and theieby to add to their xvealth. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCKU.OK. 

His Kxccllency Sir Montagu Slier arc! Daxves Hutier, 
M.A., (Cantab.;, K. C.S.I., C.U., C.I.E., C.V.O., C.B.li., I.C.S. 



282 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Rai Bahadur Sir Kipin Krishna Rose, K.C.I.E.. M.A., B.L., K.G.M. 

TREASURER. 
Rao Bahadur Vinayak Moreshwar Kelkar, M.A. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. M.A. Moghe, M.A., M.Sc., F.Z.S. 

ASST. REGISTRAR. 
Mr. Umawar Misra, M.A., LL.lt. 

DEANS OF TIIK FACULTIES. 

Arts . . . . Rev. Dr. J. K. McFadyen, M.A,, D.D. 

(Glasgow.) 
Science .. ..Mr. R. II. Beckett, H.Sc. (Lond.) 

Law .. .. Mr. P. S. Kotval, H.A. (Oxon.), Bar-at- 

Law. 

Education . . . . Mr. K. A. Macnee, M.A. (Cantab.) 

Agriculture . . . . Mr. R. G. Allan, M.A., L.Ag. (Cantab.) 

PRINCIPAL OF TIIK LAW COLLEGE. 
Mr. Vivian Hose, B.A., LL.B. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law. 

HKADS OF DEPARTMENTS. 

f Included in fJi faculty of Arts.) 

English .. .. Rev. Dr. J. F. McFadyen, M.A., D.D. 

Philosophy . . . . Mr. VV. S. Rowlands, B.A. (Oxon.) 

History . . . . Mr. G. G. R. Hunter, M.A. (Oxon.) 

Political Science . . Mr. F. M. Cheshire, M.A. (Cantab.) 

Economics . . . . Mr. A. C. Sen Gupta, M.A. (Edin.) 

Sanskrit, Pali and Pandit R. P. Shastri. 

Prakrit 

Indian Vernaculars .. Mr. A. S. Sathe, M.A., U.L. 

Persian and Arabic . . Mr. M. A. Ghani, M.A., M.Litt. (Cantab.) 

Modern European and Mr. W. S. Rowlands, H.A. (Oxon.) 

Classical Languages 

f Included in the Faculty of Science.) 

Chemistry . . . . Mr. R. H. Beckett, H.Sc. (Lond.) 

Physics . . . . Mr. M. Owen, M.Sc. (Wales), F.Inst.P. 

Mathematics . . . . Mr. T. V. Mone, M.A. 

Botany and Zoology . . Mr. J. F. Dastur, M.Sc., D.I.C. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 283 

(Included in the Faculty of Law.) 
Law . . . . Rao Bahadur N. I). Wadegaonkar, M.A. 

{Included in the Faculty of Education?) 
Education .. .. Mr. K. A. Macnec, M.A. 

{Included in the Faculty of Agriculture^) 
Agriculture .. .. Mr. R. G. Allan, M.A., L.Ag. (Cantab.) 

Botany and Plant Mr. J. F. Dastur, M.Sc., I). I.e. 

Pathology 

Chemistry . . . . Mr. A. R. P. Aiyar, H.A., F.C.S. 

STAFF OF THK CONSTITUKNT COLLEGES. 

MORRIS COLLEGE. 

OfTg. Principal.. .. Mr. F. M. Cheshire, M.A. (Cantab.) 

Professor of History .. Mr. G. G. R. Hunter, M.A. (Oxon.) 

English .. Mr. F. M. Cheshire, M.A. (Cantab.; 

Economics.. Mr. A. C. Sen Gupta, M.A. (Edin.) 

Philosophy.. Mr. J. B. Raju, M.A., R.Sc. (Oxon.) 

(On deputation.) 

Persian . . Mr. M. A. Ghani, M.A., M.Litt.(Cantab.) 
Sanskrit .. Pandit Ram Pratap Shastri (Punjab). 
HISLOP COLLEGE. 

Principal and Professor Rev. T. W. Gardiner, M.A. (Cantab.) 
of History (On Leave). 

Professor of F^nglish Rev. Dr. J. F. McFadyen, M.A., D.D. 

and Economics 

Professor of English Mr. J. S. Hoyland, M.A. (Cantab.) 

and History 

History . Mr. B. N. Gadre, M.A. 
Philosophy . . Rev. Alex. Robertson, M.A. (Aberdeen.) 
Sanskrit . . Mr. S. G. Somalwar, M.A. 
,, Mathematics Mr. G. K. Grade, M.A. 

,, Zoology .. Mr. P. R. Bhattacharya, M.Sc. 

Botany . . Mr. B. R. Pandit, M.Sc. 

VICTORIA COLLEGE OF SCIENCE. 

Principal and Professor Mr. M. Owen, M.Sc. (Wales). F.Inst.P. 

of Physics 

Professor of Chemistry . . Mr. S. N. Godbole, M.Sc. 

Mathematics Mr. S. B. Belekar, M.A. 



284 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN- UNIVKKSITIKS 



Principal arid Professor 
of Philosophy 

Professor of History 

,, Kconomics . 

,, Sanskrit 

,, Chemistry . 

Physics 
,, Mathematics 

Persian 
,, Kn^lish 



ROHFRTSON COLLIE!'.. 

Mr. W.S. Rowlands, JJ.A. (Oxon.) 



Mr. Ji. C. Watchmaker, M.A. 
Mr. V. S. R. Naiclu, M.A. 
Mr. N. R. Ntiolckar, M.A. 
Mr. T. K. Buxy, M.A., F.r.s. 
Mr. M. I.. De, M.A. 
Mr. T. V. Mone, M.A. 
Mr. S. (I. Taqi, M.A. 

Dr. Sheo Prasad Varnia, M.A., Ph.D. 
(Loud.' 



KIM; KDWARD COLLK<;K. 



Principal and Professor 
of Knglisli and History 

Offg. Principal 

Professor of Economics . . 
,, Philosophy . . 

,, Sanskrit 

,, Mathematics 

Persian 

Asst. Professor of 
Chemistry 

Sl'KNCK 

Principal 
Piotessors 



Mr. F. P. Tostevin, M.A. (Oxon.) 
(On Deputation.) 

Mr. U.S. Staley, M.A. (Cantab.) 
Mr. M. H. Nanavati, M.A., LL.U. 
Mr. P. S. Ramanatham, M.A. 
Mr. H. K. Telling Shzistri, M.A. 
Mr. K. D. Panday, M.A., n.Sc. 

S. M. Agha Hyder Hasan, Ksq., M.A., 
L.T. 

Mr. I.. S. Surey, M.Sc:. 

TRAIN' INC; COLLFOK. 

. . Mr. K. A. iMacnee. M.A. 

., Mr. (>. O. Kanetkar, M.A. ; Mr. S. C. 
(ihusal, H.A., H.Sc., LJ..n. ; Mr. M. N. 
Mitra, H.A., L.T. d)ip. J:d.) ; Mr. Hari 
Ram, M.A. ; Mr. K. R. Duhe, H.A., 
L.T. (Physical Tiaining Instructor.) 

AGRICULTURAL COLLKGK. 



Principal 

1'rofessor of Chemistry 

Professor of Plant 
Pathology 



Mr. R. C.. Allan, M.A., L.Ag. (Cantab/) 
Mr. A. R. P. .\iyar, H.A., F.c.S. 
Mr. J. F. Dastur, ii.Sc., D.l.C. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 285 

Professor of Botany . , Mr, 1). N. Mahta, B.A. (Oxon.), F.I-.S. 
Lecturer in Entomology Mr. J. L. Khare, B.Sc., F.E.S. 

Lecturer in Animal Mr. S. K. Mishra, L.Ag. 

Husbandry and Dairying 
Lecturer in Mathematics Mr. K.S.S. Iyer, B.K. (Mysore) 

and Surveying 

Constitution of the University. 

The Court is the supreme governing body and has general 
power to revise the acts of the Executive and Academic Councils. 
It consists of all members of the Executive and Academic 
Councils, 5 members of the Legislative Council elected by the 
non-official members of that Council, the Director of Public 
Instruction, the Director of Industries, thirty members elected 
by the Registered Graduates of the University, Principals of 
Colleges, two teachers elected by the Teachers of each of the 
affiliated Colleges, ten peisons nominated by the Chancellor, 
two Head Masters of High Schools nominated by the Chancellor, 
one Inspector of Schools, and one Inspertress of Schools nomi- 
nated by the Chancellor. Besides these, every association or 
individual making a. donation of not less than Rs. 25,000 and 
every association or individual making an annual contribution 
of Rs. 5,000 to the funds of the University, for a purpose approv- 
ed by the Executive Council, are entitled to nominate one 
member to the Court. The Court makes all the statutes on 
the recommnedations of the Executive Council and elects the 
Vice-Chancellor and the Treasurer on similar recommendations. 

The Executive Council is the chief executive body and 
exercises contiol over the funds of the University, administers 
and applies them to purposes permissible under the Act. Sub- 
ject to certain limitations, it makes the ordinances and after 
report by a Special Examination Committee publishes the exa- 
mination results. The Executive Council consists of the Vice- 
Chancellor, the Treasurer, the Deans of the Faculties, four 
members elected by the Court, four members elected by the 
Academic Council of which three are to be Principals of 
Colleges and three members nominated by the Local Govern- 
ment. 

The Academic Council is the chief academic body. It 
constitutes Faculties, Departments of Study, prepares syllabuses 
and recommends oidinances embodying the conditions of admis- 
sion to examinations and degrees of the University. It also 
appoints a General -Examination Committee for recommending 
examiners for appointment by the Executive Council and for the 
control and guidance of examinations. It also constitutes a 
Special Examination Committee for supervising the results as 



286 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

tabulated and Subject Examination Committees for moderating 
question papers. 

At present, there are the following faculties : Arts, Science, 
Law, Education and Agriculture. 

The Faculties recommend to the Academic Council the 
syllabus for the subjects included in them lespectively. No 
ordinances relating to courses of study, standards of examination 
and other matters relevant to the Academic side of the University 
are made by the Executive Council unless the opinion of the 
faculty concerned has been obtained thereon. The Faculties also 
constitute Boards of Studies for subjects included within their 
scope. These prepare the courses of study. They also submit to 
the Faculties their opinion on other technical matters relating to 
the subject within their respective jurisdiction. 

Besides, there are Standing Committees. Some of them are 
statutory, e.g. t the Finance Committee, having generally the 
power to examine receipts and expenditure, to allocate funds, to 
sanction expenditure (not exceeding Rs. 3,000), General 
Examination Committee, Special Examination Committee and 
Subject Examination Committees. As the work of the University 
increased, certain other committees have been appointed by 
regulations. These are the Law College Committee, the Library 
Committee and the Students' Advisory Committee. 

The University has made an elaborate set of rules for the 
appointment of examiners, the conduct of examinations and the 
preparation of examination results. Stated briefly, the Boards of 
Studies recommend persons suitable to be appointed examiners in 
their respective subjects to the Faculties concerned. This list is 
considered by each Faculty and submitted to the Academic 
Council, the latter body passing it on to the General Examination 
Committee. The General Examination Committee draws up the 
final recommendations for the approval of the Executive Council 
with which the power of appointment finally rests. The statutes 
and regulations contemplate two kinds of examiners: Internal, 
who are teachers in the University or in the Associated Colleges, 
and External, who are not so connected. The External Exami- 
ners are appointed in November but the Internal Examiners are 
appointed by- the middle of February after the lectures for the 
examination classes have concluded. The Subject Examination 
Committees meet 8 or 10 days before the examination commences 
and the papers are then moderated. Every Examination Com- 
mittee makes as many copies of each paper as there are centres 
(one for M.A. and M.SC., two for B.A. and B.SC. and three for 
Intermediate), and then a copy is sent to the Superintendent of 
Examinations to be typed and duplicated or printed as is found 
convenient. This is done on the morning of the examination 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 287 

every day. At the Nagpur Centre, the Registrar is in charge of 
printing and duplicating question papers and at the other two 
centres the Principals. The University appoints two tabulators 
who work independently. The results as prepared by them are 
compared and the mistakes, if any, are eliminated. They are then 
placed before another officer, the checker, who subjects the 
results to a further scrutiny. These are then considered by the 
Special Examination Committee. The publication is ordered by 
the Executive Council after taking into consideration the 
recommendations of the Special Examination Committee. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different 
Faculties, 1926-27. 

Arts Undergraduates . . . . 770 

Post-graduates . . . . 64 

Science Under-graduates . . . . 422 

Post-graduates . . . . 15 

Law Previous and Final . . . . 173 

Education . . . . . . . . 23 

Agriculture Under-graduates . . . . 101 

Number of Successful Students in the Different Examinations 
in 1927. 

No. appeared. No. passed. 

M.A. Previous . . 36 28 

M.A. Final . . . . 18 15 

M.SC. Previous . . 11 8 

M.SC. Final . . 10 9 

B.SC. .. .. .. 53 27 

B.A. .. .. ..238 115 

L.T. .. .. ..22 22 

Previous LL.B. . . 182 90 

Final LL.B. .. .. 104 55 

Scholarships and Medals. 

(1) R. B. B. B. Gupta Gold Medal : awarded to the student 
who obtains the highest percentage of marks at the B.SC. exami- 
nation of the year. 

(2) Radha Bai Paonasker Scholarship and Medals : (/) 
Scholarship of the value of rupees twenty per month awarded to 
the student who secures the highest number of marks among the 
successful female candidates at the final examination held under 
the C. P. High School Education Act, 1922 ; (11) Gold Medal : 



288 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

awarded to the student who obtains the highest percentage of 
marks among tire successful female candidates of the year at the 
B.A. and B.Sr. examinations; (//'/') Silver Medal: awarded to 
the student who obtains the highest percentage of marks among 
the successful female candidates of the year at the Intermediate 
Examination in Arts and Science ; (/?) Silver Medal : awarded 
to the student who obtains the highest number of marks among 
the successful female candidates of the year at the combined 
final examination held under the C. P. High School Education 
Act, 1922, and the said Art as applied to Berar. 

(3) Kamakrishna (lovind Mote Scholaiship: awarded every 
alternate year to a Herar student who appears at the Intermediate 
Examination in Science of the University from the King Edward 
College, Amraoti, or when there is no Science comse taught in 
that College fiom any College in the Central Provinces and who 
stands first from among the successful Herar students from that 
College. 

(4) Waman Raglumath Joshi Pri/e : awarded annually for 
the best essay in the Marathi language on a political or scientific 
subject alternately, to be competed for by graduates of the 
University of not more than 4 years' standing. 

(5) K. B. II. M. Malak Medals: (/) One medal awarded 
every year to the Muslim student who obtains the highest 
percentage of marks at the B.A. and B.Sr. examinations of the 
year; (//') another medal awarded to the student who obtains the 
highest percentage of marks at the M.A. examination of the year. 

(0) D.iji Hari Waclegaonkar Medal : awarded every year to 
the student who obtains the highest number of marks at the M.A. 
examination of the year in Sanskrit and is placed either in the 
first or second division. 

(7) Jubbulpore Hoi ticultural Show Prize : awarded to the 
student who stands first in Biology out ot the successful students 
in the Intei mediate examination. 

(8) The Spenre Medal : awarded to the successful student 
of the Spence Training College who secures the highest number 
of marks in the L.T. examination in the theoretical and practical 
branches taken together and gets a first class in the practical 
examination. 

(9) Sushila Vishnupant Jakatdar Elocution Prize : awarded 
annually to the best speaker at an elocution competition in 
English. The competitors shall be members of a College enjoy- 
ing the privileges of this University or of the University College 
of Law. 

(10) Balvant Rao Mahajan Prize : awarded annually to the 
student who obtains the highest percentage of marks among the 
successful candidates for the M.Sr. examination. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 289 

(11) Motilal Gold Medal : awarded to the student who 
stands first in the M.Sc. examination in Chemistry. 

(12) Kishalaya Gold Medal : awarded to a student who 
stands first in the B.A. or B.SC. examination. 

(13) The Soudamini Silver Medal : awarded to the student 
who stands first in the Intermediate Examination. 

(14) Dewan Bahadur Ballab Das Scholarship : awarded to a 
successful student of the Robertson College at the B.Sc. exami- 
nation in the first or the second class and stands highest amongst 
those not receiving a scholarship from Government or other 
charitable institutions. 

(15) Rao Bahadur Bapu Rao Dada Kinkhede Lectureship : 
A Lecturer on a remunaration of Rs. 1,000 is appointed every 
alternate year to deliver a course of not less than three subjects. 

(16) Sarswati Bai Kolte Gold Medal : awarded to a student 
who stands first in Sanskrit among the successful candidates at 
the B.A. examination. 

(17) University Post-Graduate Research Scholarship: awarded 
to a student who has passed the M.A. in Mathematics or M.Sc. 
examination of this University for carrying on research work in an 
institution approved by the Scholarship Committee. 

(18) Korea Durbar Gold Medals : Or) awarded to the student 
who stands first in Hindi among the successful students at the 
M.A. examination ; (b) awarded to the student who stands first 
among the successful candidates at the B.A. examination. 

Library, Museums and Laboratories. 

Libraries. Each college maintains its own library, which is 
sufficient for its needs. The Building of the University Library 
is now ready. It adjoins the office and convocation hall. A sum 
of Rs. 22,665 has been allotted for the purchase of books during 
the year, which includes a Government grant of Rs. ]2,500 and 
a Korea Durbar donation of Rs. 5,000. Up till now Rs. 14,000 
have been spent and the whole amount will be spent by the end of 
the year. The Library at present contains 5,000 volumes. The 
University authorities have applied to the Government for another 
grant of Rs. 12,500 during the next financial year for the 
Library. In addition, there is a well-stocked Law Library for the 
Law College. It is up-to-date and has got a fairly complete set 
of law reports, Indian and English. 

Museums. Nil. 

Laboratories. The Laboratories of the affiliated institutions 
are fairly well fitted up for teaching science subjects up to the 
standards for which they are affiliated. The new laboratories of 
19 F 



290 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

the Science College are under construction and will be up-to-date 
in every respect. 

Provision for Research. 

There is at present no special provision made for research. 
Publication and Extension Work. 

There are no University Professors as yet. 

The University organizes eveiy year Extension lectures which 
are very popular and well attended. In 1925, Dr. R. K. Mukerji 
of the Lucknow University delivered a series of lectures at 
Nagpur, Jubbulpore and Amraoti on the "Agrarian Problem of 
India". During the academical year 1925, a series of lectures on 
different subjects were delivered by Sir P. C. Ray, Mr. N. C. Nag, 
Dr. D. R. Bhandarker, Dr. K.. N. Bahl, Rai Bahadur Hiralal, 
Captain F. \V. S. Jourdain, Mr. T. E. Harvey, and Dr. E. Muir. 
Last year, Prof. C. V. Raman gave a course of three lectures on 
" Molecular Physics''. Lectures were also delivered by Sir B. K. 
Bose, Vice-Chancellor and Rev. Dr. McNicoll. They helped to 
diffuse among the students a desire for wider knowledge than is 
to be found in their prescribed text -books. 

Military Training. 

The question of the organization of the University Training 
Corps for the Colleges in this Province was taken up in the year 
1918. The colleges were then affiliated to the Allahabad Univer- 
sity and the sanction of the Government of India was asked to the 
inclusion of a Nagpur Detachment to be formed in the Allahabad 
University Corps. The Government of India sanctioned this 
proposal and the Director of Public Instruction, C. P., communi- 
cated with Allahabad University authorities with regard to the 
constitution and administration of the Nagpur Detachment of the 
University Corps. Up to the middle of 1920, however, no further 
progress was made in the formation of the Detachment, certain 
matters being still under discussion between the Allahabad 
University and the Military authorities. In 1922, on receipt of a 
reference from the Government of India stating that the section of 
the University Training Corps of the Indian Territorial Force would 
be conducted on lines closely following those laid down by the 
University Corps of the Indian Defence Force (Indian Section), 
the Local Government addressed the Government of the United 
Provinces regarding the organization of the University Corps for 
the Colleges of this province as a part of the Allahabad Univer- 
sity Corps. In October, 1922, intimation was received from O.C. 
3rd Battalion, University Training Corps, I.T.F. Allahabad, that 
a University battalion was being formed in which students would 
be enrolled from certain colleges in the United Provinces only. 



NAGPUK UNIVERSITY 291 

When the Nagpur University was established in 1923, the 
question of forming a University Training Corps was again raised 
by the Local Government. The Executive Council of the Nagpur 
University appointed a Committee to consider the question of the 
formation of such a corps. The Executive Council on 26th July, 
1924, expressed its willingness to start a Training Corps and the 
Local Government was requested to obtain the sanction of the 
Government of India in the Army Department. The Government 
of India, however, were unable to sanction the establishment of a 
University Training Corps as the total strength of the Indian 
Territorial Force was limited to 20,000 and that this maximum 
figure has been reached. As a result of the report of the Auxiliary 
and Territorial Force Committee followed by the report of our 
local Physical and Military Training Committee, on which the 
University was represented, we expect at not too distant a date 
the formation of a University Corps. The students generally are 
keen about it. It is understood that since this, the Government 
of India have sanctioned two battalions for the Nagpur University 
Training Corps. 

Associations iii the University. 

The affiliated Colleges have their own debating and literary 
societies. Some of these are inter-collegiate, e.g., Nagpur Philo- 
sophical Society, Historical Society, Economic Society, etc. 
There is a University Union Society which is doing excellent 
work in providing recreation, a reading room to its members and 
in holding periodical debates on various subjects of public utility. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

It is difficult to make a general statement in the matter. 
The cost of Boarding varies with the Hostel. The arrangements 
in all the hostels are in charge of the students themselves. 
Every affiliated college has a hostel. Besides, in Nagpur there is 
a hostel managed by the Y.M.C.A. They are all full. A Hostel 
has just been completed for Science students in connection with 
the new Science College Building. It has met a keenly felt want. 

Budget: Provident Fund. 

The total income for the year 1926-27 was Rs. 1,42,454-14. 
As against this, there wa? an expenditure of Rs. 1,87,160-10-0. 

Every whole-time officer, teacher, or other servant of the 
University other than one whose services have been lent to the 
University by Government, permanently appointed to a substantive 
appointment carrying a salary of rupees thirty per mensem or 
upwards, has, as condition of his service, to become a depositor in 
the University Provident Fund. 



292 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Subscription to the fund is eight per cent on the salary of 
the depositor, deducted monthly from his salary. At the end of 
every month, the University makes, in the case of each subscriber, 
a contribution at the rate of 12 per cent on his salary and this is 
placed to the credit of the depositor. 

No subscriber is entitled to receive contribution to his 
provident fund from the funds of the University if his services 
have been dispensed with for misconduct. 

Compound interest reckoned half yearly at 5i per cent (54 
per cent from 1st July, 1926) is allowed on the amount standing to 
the credit of every depositor on the 30th June and 31st December, 
respectively, in each year. 

Women's Education. 

There is at present no College exclusively for women but 
women students attend the existing Arts Colleges. The Univer- 
sity authorities have made a statute under which the Executive 
Council grants permission to women who have not pursued a 
course of studies in the University or a College, to appear at 
the University examinations. 

In the results of the University Examinations held in March, 
1927, nine women candidates passed the Intermediate Exami- 
nation, three of whom were College students and one passed the 
B.A. examination. In the Previous M.A. examination, there were 
two successful women candidates. 

The following prizes, medals and scholarships are awarded 
exclusively to women : 

(i) The Radha Bai Paonasker Scholarship of the value of 
Rs. 20 per month to the student who secures the highest number 
of marks among the successful female candidates in the Final 
Examination held by the C.P. High School Education Board. 

(it) The Radha Bai Paonasker Gold Medal of the value of 
sixty rupees to the student who obtains the highest percentage of 
marks among the successful female candidates of the year at the 
B.A. and B.Sc. examinations. 

(iVi) The Radha Bai Paonasker Silver Medal of the value of 
thirty rupees to the student who obtains the highest percentage of 
marks among the successful female candidates of the year at the 

Intermediate Examination in Arts and Science. 



(ir) The Radha Bai Paonasker Silver Medal of the value of 
twenty rupees to the student who obtains the highest number of 
marks among the successful female candidates of the year at the 
combined final examination held under the C.P. High School 
Education Act, 1922, and the said Act as applied to Berar. 



MAGPUR UNIVERSITY 298 

Students' Information Bureau and Its Activities. 

The University took over the work of the Students* Informa- 
tion Bureau from the Students' Advisory Committee on the 1st 
April 1926. From that date up to 30th June, 1927, 41 candidates, 
in addition to those who were supplied svith the requisite informa- 
tion at interviews, sought the aid of the Bureau by correspondence. 
The Bureau has decided, as far as possible, to supply information 
regarding American and Foreign Universities as well as British 

Universities. 



Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

All the Colleges affiliated to the University have good playing 
fields attached to them and ample opportunities are given to the 
students to take part in out-door games. Besides, the University 
holds annually a Sports Tournament in which all the Colleges 
take part. The most popular games are Tennis, Hockey and 
Football. Those qualified to express an opinion in this matter 
have said that the games seen on these occasions are of a fairly 
high order. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

The University offers the degrees of B.A., M.A. and PH.D. 
in Arts, B.Sr., M.SC. and D.Sc. in Science, LL.B., LL.M. and 
LL.I). in Law, the B.T. Degree in Teaching and B.AG. in Agri- 
culture. 

Admission to the University. 

Admission to the University is confined to students who have 
passed the Final Examination held under the C.P. High School 
Education Act of 1922 or any other recognized equivalent 
examination. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES AND EXAMINATIONS 
IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends over 
two years subsequent to School Final or any other recognized 
equivalent examination and candidates are required to study and 
be examined in (1) English with composition in vernacular 
(three papers) and (2) any three of the following : Mathematics 
(3 papers), a Classical Language (2 papers), History (2 papers), 
Logic (2 papers), Economics (2 papers). French (2 papers). Women 
candidates are allowed to offer Marathi, Hindi or Urdu in place 
of a Classical Language. 

Candidates who obtain 30 per cent in each subject and 33 
per cent in the aggregate are qualified for a pass in Third Class, 
those obtaining 60 per cent or more being placed in the First 



94 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIKS 

Class and those obtaining less than 60 per cent and not less than 
45 per cent in the: Second Class. 

Bachelor of Arts. Candidates who have passed the Inter- 
mediate Examination of this or any other recognized equivalent 
examination of other Universities are eligible for admission to the 
course, which extends over two academical years. The subjects 
for study and examination are English (4 papers), and two of the 
following: 1. A Classical Language, 2. Vernacular (3 papers), 
3. French (3 papers), 4. Mathematics (3 papers), f>. History and 
Allied Geography (2 papers), f). Economics (2 papers), 7. Philoso- 
phy (2 papers). 

Candidates who obtain 33 per cent in each subject are 
entitled for a pass, those obtaining 60 per cent or more in the 
aggregate being placed in the First Division and those obtaining 
not less than 45 per cent in the aggregate in the Second Division. 

Master of Arts. The course extends over two academical 
years subsequent to graduation, and is open to students who 
have passed the IB. A. of this or any other recognized University. 
At the end of the First Year there is an examination called TlIK 
PREVIOUS EXAMINATION and candidates arc examined in the 
subjects they have taken for the course, TlIK FINAL EXAMINA- 
TION being held at the end of the second year in the same 
subject. A candidate may offer any one of the following 
subjects : A Language (English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, 
Marathi, Hindi or Urdu), Mental and Moral Science, History, 
Mathematics or Economics. 

There will be eight papers set for the English Branch, four 
papers of three hours each for the Sanskrit in the Previous and an 
equal number in the Final, Arabic four papers (in the Previous 
and Final parts), Persian four papers in the Final and three in 
the Previous, Mental and Moral Science four papers and an Essay 
(the essay to be taken at the FINAL EXAMINATION), History six 
papers (any three of which may be taken in the PREVIOUS 
EXAMINATION and the remaining three in the FINAL EXAMINA- 
TION), Economics four papers for the Previous Examination and 
a similar number of papers for the Final Examination where also 
there will be a viva vocc TKST. 

36 per cent of the aggregate number of marks qualifies a 
candidate for a pass, those obtaining 60 per cent or more being 
placed in the First Class and those obtaining not less than 48 
per cent in the Second Class. 

Doctor of Philosophy.- Candidates who have obtained the 
degree of Master of Arts of this University are eligible for this 
degree provided three years have elapsed since the Master's 
degree was taken. Every candidate must submit a thesis embody- 
ing the result of original investigations on a subject within the 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 295 

purview of the ordinance relating to the M.A. Examination and 
which is generally conducive to the advancement of knowledge. 

SCIKM'K. 

Intermediate Examination. The conditions of admission to 
the course are the same as for the Intermediate Examination in 
Arts and a candidate is required to study and be examined in the 
following: 1. English with composition in a vernacular (three 
papers\ 2. Chemistry (two papers and a practical examination), 
3. Mathematics (three papers,), or 4. Biology (two papers and a 
practical examination). 

A candidate who obtains 80 per cent of the marks in each 
subject or 33 per cent in the aggregate is eligible for a pass, those 
obtaining 60 per cent or more being placed in the First Class and 
those obtaining less than 60 per cent and not less than 45 per cent 
in the Second Class. 

Bachelor of Science. The course extends over two academical 
years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination in 
Science and is open to candidates who have passed the l.SC. 
Examination of this University or any other recognized equivalent 
examination of other Universities. The following are the subjects 
for study and examination : General English and one of the 
following groups, 77':., (I) Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, or 
(2) Chemistry, Botany and Zoology. 

33 per cent in General English, 30 per cent in each Science 
subject and 33 per cent in the aggregate shall qualify a candidate 
for a pass, those obtaining 60 per cent or more of the aggregate 
being placed in the First Class, and in the Second Class if they 
obtain less than 60 per cent and not less than 45 per cent. 

Master of Science. The course of study extends over two years 
subsequent to graduation in Science in this or any other 
recognized University. At the end of the first year there is a 
PREVIOUS EXAMINATION in the subject selected for study, the 
FINAL EXAMINATION being held at the end of the second year 
in the same subject. The following arc the subjects for study 
and any one of them might be selected : Physics, Chemistry, 
Zoology, Mathematics or Botany. 

There will be four papers both at the Previous and Final 
Examinations, three papers at the Previous Examination in 
Physics and Chemistry and three papers at the Final Examination 
in Physics and two in Chemistry, and a practical examination in 
both the Previous and Final parts of the examination. 

Doctor of Science. Candidates who have obtained the 
Master's Degree in Science of this University in Mathematics 
or Science are eligible for the degree provided three years have 
elapsed since the Master's Degree in Science was taken. Every 



298 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

candidate must submit a Thesis which is the result of research on 
a subject prescribed for the M.SC. Examination and which is 
conducive to the advancement of Science in general. 

COURSES OF STUDY, EXAMINATIONS AND DEGREES LEADING 
TO PROFESSIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Laws (Z./?.). The course extends over two 
academical years and is open only to graduates of this or any 
other recognized University. There are two examinations/ THE 
PREVIOUS and THE FINAL EXAMINATIONS, at the end of the 
first and second years respectively. The following are the subjects 
for study and examination : 

Previous Examination. 1. Jurisprudence, 2. Constitutional 
Law, 3. Roman Law, 4. Law of Contracts, 5. Law of Evidence, 
6. Criminal Law and Procedure, and 7. Law relating to Persons 
and Torts. 

Final Examination. 1. Hindu Law, 2. Muhammadan Law, 
3. The Law of Land Tenures, 4. Law relating to Property, 
5. Civil Procedure, 6. Principles of Equity, 7. Law relating to 
Prescription, Limitation and Easements. 

One paper will be set in each of the seven subjects both in 
the Previous and Final Examinations. Candidntes who obtain 
30 per cent of the marks in each subject and 50 per cent in the 
aggregate are qualified for a pass, those obtaining 60 per cent or 
more of the aggregate being placed in the First Class. 

Master of Laws (LL.M.). The course is open to Law 
Graduates of this University and extends over two academical 
years subsequent to graduation in Law. Candidates are required 
to study and be examined in the following subjects : 1. Juris- 
prudence and Principles of Legislation, 2. Principles of and 
History of Roman Law, 3. Principles of Equity, and 4 & 5. two 
of the following : Hindu Law, Muhammadan Law, Law of 
Contracts and Torts, Law of Transfer, Law of Wills and Succes- 
sion, Public and Private International Law, Constitutional Law, 
Law relating to Tenures. 

Five papers will be set at the examination, one in each of 
the five subjects selected. 50 per cent of the marks in each 
paper and 60 per cent in the aggregate qualifies a candidate to 
pass the examination. 

Doctor of Laws (LL.D.\ The examination is open to those 
who have obtained the Master's Degree in Law of this University 
Candidates should submit a Thesis composed on some branch of 
Law or on the History and Philosophy of Law and if so desired 
submit themselves for an oral examination with reference to the 
subject-matter of the thesis. 



NAGPUR UNIVERSITY 297 

TEACHING. 

ftachelor of Teaching (B.T.). The course extends over one 
academical year subsequent to graduation and is open to 
graduates of this or any other recognized University. The 
Examination is in two parts, first part consisting of Principles of 
Education, History of Education, Methods of Teaching general 
subjects, Methods of Teaching particular subjects, School 
Organization and Hygiene and the Second Part being mainly a 
practical test in Teaching. In addition to this, a candidate must 
have .completed satisfactorily the following courses : Physical 
Training, Pedagogical Drawing and English Phonetics. Five 
papers will be set in Part I, one on each of the subjects selected. 

Candidates who obtain 60 per cent or more in the first 
part and 64* per cent in the second part are placed in the First 
Class, those obtaining 40 per cent in the first part and 48 per 
cent in the second part being placed in the Second Class. 32 
per cent in each part or more shall entitle a candidate for a pass 
in the Third Class. 

Examination Fees. 

Intermediate Examination . . . . Rs. 25 

B.A. nnd B.Sc. . . . . . . ,,30 

M.A. (Previous) . . . . . . ,,20 

M.A. (Final) . . . . .. ,,30 

M.SC. (Previous) .. .. .. ,,20 

M.SC. (Final) .. .. .. ,,30 

D.SC. .. .. .. .. ,,200 

LL.B. (Previous) . . . . . . ,,20 

LL.B. (Final) . . . . . . ,,30 

LL.M. .. .. .. .. ,,100 

I, L.I). .. .. .. .. ,,200 

B.T. .. .. .. .. ,,30 



Osmania University. 



Introductory. 

The Osmania University which was established by a Charter 
in 1918 is the first attempt in India to impart University Edu- 
cation through the vernacular, English being a compulsory 
second language. For over half a century, higher education 
in the State was controlled by the Madras University, but the 
results were so discouraging that in 1917, Sir Akber Hydari (Nawab 
Hyder Nawaz Jung Bahadur), Secretary to His Exalted Highness' 
Government in the Educational Department, submitted a Memoran- 
dum to His Exalted Highness in which after surveying the exist- 
ing conditions and discussing the disadvantages of imparting 
knowledge through the medium of a foreign language, he recom- 
mended the inauguration of a University which should be both 
an examining and a teaching body and in addition to this should 
undertake to compile and translate books, using the Urdu language 
both for the impairing of knowledge and the training of the 
intellect. The standard of compulsory English is nearly the 
same as in other Universities, which enables the alumni of the 
Osmania University to keep in touch with the currents of thought 
in the English-speaking world and prevents them from being 
confined to the publications of the University. An important 
feature of the University is the Bureau of Translation with a 
large staff of qualified translators under the direction of a noted 
scholar and writer. The work attempted by the Bureau 
embraces the whole range of University studies including 
History, Philosophy, Economics, Mathematics, Physics, Chemis- 
try, Botany, Zoology, Law, Medicine and Engineering. All the 
books required for the Intermediate, B.A. and LL.B. Exami- 
nations have been translated and published. The Bureau is now 
actively engaged in the translation and publication of books re- 
quired for the Faculties of Medicine and Engineering, and for Post- 
Graduate Studies in Arts and Science. 

Character of the University. 

The University is of the Unitary type, and the Osmania 
University College is at present the only constituent Arts 
College of the University which also prepares students for Law 
and Theology. There are, however, three institutions at Hydera- 
bad, Aurangabad and Warangal which are allowed to prepare and 
present candidates for the Intermediate Examination of the 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 299 

University besides the Zenana College which has both Interme- 
diate and B.A. classes. Additional Intermediate Colleges will 
be established at other centres as the need occurs. A College of 
Medicine has been opened in July 1927 and an Engineering College 
will be opened shortly. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

PATRON. 

Pis Exalted Highness Lieutenant-General Sipah Salar, 
Asifjah, MuzatTar-ul-Mulk \Val Mamalik, Nizani-u!-Mulk, Nizam- 
ud-Daulah, Nawab Sir Mir Osman Ali Khan Bahadur, Fateh 
Jung, Faithful Ally of the British Government, G.C.S.I., (i.B.K., 
Nizam of Hyderabad, SuUan-ul-Ulum. 

CHANCELLOR. 

Maharaja Sir Kishen Pershad, Yamin-us-Saltanat, Bahadur, 

G.C.I. E. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Nawab Wali-ud-I)aulah Bahadur. 

REPRESENTATIVE ON THE INTER-UNIVERSITY HOARD. 
Sir Akber Ilydari (Nawab Hyder Nawaz Jung Bahadur), B.A., LL.D. 

THE COUNCIL (K\-Offido). 
The Chancellor. 
The Vice-Chancellor. 

The Finance Member, Executive Council [Sir Akber Hydari 
(Nawab Hyder Nawaz Jung Bahadur), B.A., LL.D.] 

The Member for Religious Affairs, Executive Council (Nawab 
Lutf-ud-Daulah Bahadur.) 

The Secretary, Educational Department [Nawab Zulqader 
Jung Bahadur, M.A. (Cantab.), Barrister-at-Law.] 

The Director of Public Instruction [Khan Fazal Muhammad 
Khan, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.).] 

The Principal, Osmania University College [Muhammad 
Abdur Rahman Khan, Esq., B.A., 13. Sc. (London).] 

The Principal, Osmania Medical College [Major Farhat Ali, 
B.A., M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.).l 

APPOINTED BY GOVERNMENT. 

Nawab Nizamat Jung Bahadur, C.I.E., O.B.E., M.A., LL.B. 
(Cantab.), Member, Executive Council. 

Nawab Mirza Yar Jung Bahadur, B.A., LL.B., Chief Justice. 



300 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Nawab Mehdi Yar Jung Bahadur, M.A. (Oxon.), Secretary, 

Political Department. 
Nawab Zia Yar Jung Bahadur. 

THE SYNDICATE. 

Sir Akber Hydari (Nawab Hyder Nawaz Jung Bahadur), B.A., 
LL.D. {Clutirniafi). 

Nawab Fakhr Yar Jung Bahadur, B.A. 

Nawab Zulqader Jung Bahadur, M.A. (Cantab.), Barr.is.ter- 

at-Law. 
The Director of Public Instruction [Khan Fazal Muhammad 

Khan, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.).] 

The Principal, Osmania University College [Md. Abdur 
Rahman Khan, Esq., B.A., R.Sc. (London).] 

Muhammad Enayatullah, Esq., B.A. 

Syed Muhammad Azam, Esq., M.A. (CantabJ, B.SC. 

REGISTRAR. 

H. A. Ansari, Esq., B.A. 
OSMANIA UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. 

Mr. Md. Abdur Rahman Khan, B.A., B.Sc., A.R.C.Sc. (London), 

Principal. 

Chemistry . . . . Dr. Muzaffaruddin Qureshi, M.Sc., 

Ph.D. (Berlin), Dr. Syed Husain, 
M.Sc. (Dacca), Ph.D. (Lond.), Pro- 
fessors; two Assistant Professors and 
a Demonstrator. 

Economics . . . . Mr. Muhammad Elias Burney, M.A., 

LL.B., Professor-in-Charge, and an 
Asst. Professor. 

English . . . . Mr. E. E. Speight, B.A. (London), 

Mr. Hosain Ali Khan, B.A. (Oxon.), 
Mr. Syed Abdul Latif, B.A., Ph.D. 
(Lond.), Professors and two Asst. 
Professors. 

History . . . . Mr. Haroon Khan Sherwani, M.A. 

(Oxon.), Mr. Ali Yar Khan, B.A. 

(Oxon.), Professors and five Asst. 
Professors. 

Languages : Ancient Vacant (Urdu) Prof. ; Dr. Abdul Haq, 
and Modern B.Litt., D.Phil. (Oxon.), (Arabic) Prof.; 

Dr. Md. Nizamuddin, Ph.D. (Cantab.), 
( Persian) Prof, and Eleven Assistant 
Professors. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 301 

Mathematics . . . . Mr. Qazi Md. Husain, M.A., LL.B. 

(Cantab.), and Mr. Kishan Chand, 
M.A. (Cantab.), Profs, and two Asst. 
Professors. 

Philosophy . . . . Dr. Khalifa Abdul Hakim, M.A., LL.B., 

Ph.D. (Heidelberg), Professor and 
three Asst. Professors. 

Physics .. .. Mr. Md. Abdur Rahman Khan, K.Sc., 

(Lond.) and Mr. Wahidur Rahman, 
B.Sc., Professors; two Asst. Professors 
and two Demonstrators. 

Theology . . . . Maulvi Abdul Qadir Sahib, Professor, 

and seven Asst. Professors, 

Law . . . . Mr. Hosain AH Mirza, Barrister-at- 

Law, Dip.Econ. (London), Prof., 
an Asst. Professor and three part- 
time Lecturers. 

MEDICAL COLLEGE. 
Major Farhat Ali, B.A., M.B., ch.B. (Kdin), Principal. 

Dr. S. W. Hardiker, M.D., M.R.C.S. (Edin.), Professor 
of Physiology; Dr. Brij Mohan Lai, B.A., M.B., B.S., 
Professor of Anatomy, besides Demonstrators and part-time 
Lecturers. 

ZENANA COLLEGE. 
Miss Amina Pope, M.A. (London), Principal. 

PRINCIPALS OF INTERMEDIATE COLLEGES. 

City Intermediate College, Mr. S. M. Azam, M.A., B.Sc. (Cantab.) 
Hyderabad. 

Intermediate College, Mr. Abdul Haq, B.A. 

Aurangabad. 

Intermediate College, Mr. Sayed Zahur Ali, B.A., R.T. 

Warangal. 

BUREAU OF TRANSLATION. 
Mr. Muhammad Enayatullah, B.A., Curator. 
Major Farhat Ali, B.A., M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.), Asst. Curator. 
15 Translators. 
2 Censors (Literary and Religious). 

NIZAMIAH OBSERVATORY. 
Mr. T. P. Bhaskaran, M.A., F.R.A.S., Director. 



302 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Constitution of the University. 

The constitution differs in some respects from that of the 
older Indian Universities. The Council is the highest govern- 
ing body of the University and practically performs most of 
the functions of the Government in British Indian Universities. 
The Senate has the entire charge of the oiganization of instruc- 
tion in the University and the constituent colleges, the curri- 
cula of the examinations, etc., and consists of not less than 40 
and not more than 60 members. The Syndicate is the business 
Committee of the Senate and consists of not less than five aifd not 
more than seven members of the Senate. The P"aculties which 
consist mainly of the Professorial Staff are the Academical 
Committees of the Senate entrusted with the framing of the 
curricula and arranging for examinations and other matters. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

Arts (including Science) . . . . . . 496 

Theology . . . . . . 27 

Law .. . . .. ..78 

Medicine . . . . . . 27 

Number of Successful Students in the Different 
Examinations, 1928. 

Matriculation (Arts) . . . . . . 172 

Do. (Theology) . . . . 7 

Intermediate (Arts) . . . . 99 

Do. (Theology) . . . . 5 

B.A, (Arts) .. .. ..62 

Do. (Theology) . . . . 8 

M.A. (Arts) .. .. .. 4 

Do. (Theology) . . . . 1 

LL.B. (Previous) .. .. 26 

Do. (Final) . . . . 33 

Scholarships and Medals. 

Fifty per cent, of the students are admitted free. The 
following scholarships are awarded in the University: 

ARTS FACULTY. 

Intermediate Classes . . One Scholarship of Rs. 20 per men- 
sem and nine of Rs. 15 per mensem. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 303 

B.A. Classes . . . . One Scholarship of Rs. 25 per men- 

sem, two of Rs. 20 and nineteen 
Scholarships of Rs. 18 per mensem. 

M.A. Classes . . . . Two Scholarships of Rs. 40 per men- 

sem and eight Scholarships of Rs. 
30 per mensem. 

FACULTY OF THEOLOGY. 

Intermediate Classes . . One of Rs. 20 and two of Rs. lo. 
U.A. Classes . . . . One of Rs. 25 and two of Rs. 18. 

M.A. Classes . . . . One of Rs. 40. 

In addition to the above, there are the following bursaries: 

In the Facalty of Arts: 20 in the Intermediate Classes, 12 
in the B.A. Classes, and 5 in the M.A. Class. In the Faculty 
of Theology : 7 in the Intermediate Classes and 3 in the B.A. 
Classes. Their value varies from Rs. 6 per mensem to Rs. 20. 

Library, Museum, Laboratories, etc. 

The Univeisity Library, which contains 12,747 English and 
9,061 Oriental books, is being constantly augmented. There is 
a small Library attached to the Translation Bureau, containing 
3,613 books. The Staff of the University has also access to 
the Government Asiafia Library which is very rich in Arabic 
and Persian MSS., besides containing a large and valuable col- 
lection of English books ; and also to the valuable collection 
of State archives known as the Daft.ir-i-l)iwani and I)aftar-i- 
Mal in the Finance Office. 

There is no Museum attached to the Univeisity, but His 
Exalted Highness' Government are gradually building up a 
Museum, which, when completed, will be available for Uni- 
versity purposes. 

The University College has well-equipped Physical, Chemi- 
cal and Biological Laboratories. 

NIZAMIAH OBSERVATORY. 

The Observatory which was established in 1908 by a Firman 
of His Exalted Highness the late Nizarn, was transferred to the 
control of the Osmania University in 1919. The principal 
equipment consists of two equatorial telescopes, an 8-inch photo- 
graphic and a 15-inch visual refractor (both presented by the 
late Nawab Zafar Jung Bahadur)-together with a Milne-Shaw 
Seismograph, a small transit instrument and Chronograph, and 
some other miscellaneous apparatus. The Observatory is one of 
the institutions participating in the great international under- 
taking of the " Carte-de-ciel " and has completed the measuring 



304 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

of the photographs in the section allotted to it, viz., Decl. 17- to 
23. The 15-inch telescope erected about five years ago, is used 
for visual observations, specially for observing systematically 
variable stars with faint minima. A good working library has 
been formed, consisting chiefly of astronomical books and 
periodicals and standard publications of observatories received 
by way of exchange. The principal publications of the 
Nizamiah Observatory are six volumes of the Hyderabad 
Astrographic Catalogue and a number of short papers in the 
leading Astronomical Journals. The readings of the Seismograms 
are forwarded to Oxford for inclusion in the International 
Seismological Summary. 

Provision for Research. 

The University has not yet made any definite provision 
for research. In the Department of History a beginning has 
however been made by insisting that each candidate for the 
M.A. Degree should submit a thesis based on original research. 

Military Training. 

The University is trying to formulate a scheme in consult- 
ation with the Military Department. His Exalted Highness' 
Government are however about to open a Militaiy College with 
three experienced British Military Officers as instructors. 

Associations in the University. 

The following are the Associations attached to the Uni- 
versity : 

1. Osmania University Association. 

2. Students* Union. 

3. Historical Association. 

4. Scientific Association. 

5. Literary Association. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Residence is not compulsory, but all students whose parents 
and guardians are not in the station are expected to live in the 
five College Hostels, one of which is reserved for Post-Graduate 
and another for Hindu students. The cost of living is about 
Rs. 180 per annum. Students have only to pay for their 
messing, rent and all other incidental charges being borne by 
Government. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 305 

Budget. 

1337 Fasli (Oct. 1927 to Oct. 1928). 

O. S. Rs. 

Registrar's Office . . . . 82,442 

Osmania University College . . 5,40,023 

Translation Bureau . . ' . . 2,47,926 

University Press .. .. 1,21,879 

City Intermediate College .. 36,180 

Aurangabad Intermediate College . . 23,388 

Osmania Medical College . . 88,482 

Zenana College . . . . 15,640 

Nizamiiih Observatory . . . . 37,175 
Savings .. .. .. 2,26,695 



Total .. 14,19,830 

(Note. British Rs. 100 are equal to O. S. Rs. 116-10-8.) 

There is no Provident Fund as nil the posts are pensionable 
from General Revenues. All servants of the University are 
entitled after 25 years* continuous and approved service to full 
pension which is one-half of the average monthly salary for the 
last three years of service. 

Publication and Extension Work. 

A large number of books, mainly well-known English 
standard works, have been translated and published on subjects 
of study in the University. 

The University does not engage directly in extension work ; 
but its publications have opened a new vista of knowledge for 
the Urdu-speaking public. A sum of Rs. 5,000 has been 
provided in the Budget for lectures by distinguished European 
and other scholars. 

The Dairat-uNMaarif. 

The Dairat-ul-Maarif was founded by the late Nawab Imadul 
Mulk Bahadur (Syed Husain Bilgrami, C.S.I.) and the late Mulla 
Abdul Qayyum Sahib in 1295 Fasli for the publication of rare 
books in Arabic. It commenced its work in 1299 Fasli with a 
grant of Rs. 500 per mensem from His Exalted Highness* 
Government. Subsequently in 1329 Fasli an endowment of one 
lakh of rupees was made over to the Institution and in 1331 Fasli 
His Exalted Highness was graciously pleased to sanction an 
additional grant of Rs. 4 lakhs and this total endowment of Rs. 5 
lakhs brings an annual income of Rs. 30,000. 

20 F 



306 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Institution was placed under the control of the Uni- 
versity on the sad death of Nawab Imadul Mulk Bahadur 
on the 2nd Thir 1335 Fasli (24th Zikadah 1344 Hijri). 
Dr. Nawab Hyder Nawaz Jung Bahadur, Finance Member, 
Executive Council, is now the Chairman of the Executive 
Committee with whom the management rests and the Director of 
Public Instruction is the Secretary. This Committee is helped 
by a Literary Committee which assists it in selecting books 
for publication, etc. ; the staff consists of a Superintendent, an 
Assistant Superintendent and six Arabic Scholars who edit the 
Texts and correct proofs. They are helped in their work 
by the noted European Orientalist Mr. Krenkow, who secures for 
the Institution copies of rare books in the British Museum and 
other European Libraries, besides correcting Texts, reading 
proofs, etc. The total number of Arabic books published by this 
Institution is 63, but some of them are in four to twelve volumes. 
Its publications are in great demand not only in India but in 
Egypt, Arabia, Afghanistan and Europe. 

Women's Education* 

Women are admitted as private students to the Intermediate 
and B.A. Examinations and to the M.A. Examination in Arabic 
and Persian and Urdu. The University maintains a Zenana 
College which has 5 students in the two Intermediate Classes and 
5 in the B.A. Classes. 

Students' Information Bureau. 

The University has no Students' Information Bureau, its 
functions devolving on the Director of Public Instruction and the 
Committee for European Scholarships. The Adviser for Hyder- 
abad students in England is Mr. E. A. Seaton, M.A., whose head- 
quarters are at Oxford. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, etc. 

A fully qualified Medical Officer of the Civil Surgeon grade 
is in medical charge of the Hostels. The Principal is supreme 
in matters of discipline and has power to rusticate or otherwise 
punish the students. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

The University offers in the Faculties of Arts and Theology, 
the Degrees of B.A. and M.A., in the Faculty of Law, 
the Degree of LL. B. and in the Faculty of Medicine the Degree of 
M.B.B.S. and the Diploma of L.M. & S. Science was included in the 
Faculty of Arts but a separate Faculty of Scien.ce has now been 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 307 

nstituted, and M.SC. Classes in Physics and Chemistry have been 
:ently opened. 

Special provision is made for the following classes of persons 

admission to the Intermediate and B.A. Examinations of the 
liversity as private candidates : 

1. Inspecting Officers of the State Educational Department 
d whole-time teachers, employed in Educational Institutions, 
three years' standing. 

5>. Assistants serving in a University College. 

3. Whole-time Librarians serving in the Library of a 
nstituent college or any other approved Library. 

4. Women. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

The Intermediate stage of education is part of the course 

the degree, and only those who have passed the Matriculation 
amination of the University or an equivalent recognized 
animation are admitted to the course. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES. 

ARTS. 

The Matriculation Examination. The course extends over 
o years. Private candidates are also admitted ; but they arc 
luired to pass a test examination, held at a Governmenl High 
hool, before appearing at the University Examination. The 
ejects for study and examination are divided into the following 
3 groups and the candidates have the option of taking any 
e of these groups : 

GROUP "A". 

1. English (two papers). 

2. Urdu (two papers). 

3. Elementory Mathematics (two papers), 

4. History and Geography (two papers). 

5. Muslim Theology or, for non-Hanafis and non-Muslims, 

Morals (one paper). 

6. One of the following: 

1. History of England (one paper), or 2. One of the 
following Languages (Two papers in each) : 

Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit, Marathi, Telugu, Kanarese, 
Tamil, French, German, Greek arjcj Latin. 



'808 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

: > GROUP "B". 

1. English (two papers). 

. 2. Urdu (two papers), 

8, Higher Mathematics (two papers). 

4. History of India and Geography (two papers). 

5. Muslim Theology, or for non-Hanafis and non-Muslims, 
Morals (one paper). 

6. Science (one paper), 

For a pass, not less than 30 per cent, of marks are to be 
obtained in each subject. 

For the purposes of the Compartment System the examination 
is divided into the following groups : 

1. English. 

2. Theology or Morals. 

3. Other Subjects. 

A candidate passing in a group is exempted from reappearing 
in that group at a subsequent examination. For passing in a group 
it is necessary that the candidate should obtain 30 per cent, of the 
marks in the subject of the group or in each of the subjects 
composing the group when the group consists of more than one 
subject. 

The 1 ntfnnediatc Kxamination. The course extends over two 
years after Matriculation. The subjects for study and examination 
are : (1) English (three papers), (2) Muslim Theology or, for 
non-Hanafis and non-Muslims, Morals (one paper), (3) Three 
subjects from either of the following groups (two papers in 
each) : 

GROUP "A". 

Note. Only the following combination of subjects shall be 
allowed : 

A. Logic, Psychology and a Classical Language or Socio- 

logy. 

B. 0;) A Classical Language, a Modern Language and one 

of the following : 
English History. 
Indian History. 
Islamic History. 
Economics. 
Sociology. 
IV. B. Persian to be treated as a Classical Language. 

() Arabic, Persian, and either Islamic History or Indian 
History. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 309. 

C. (a) English History. 

(b) One of the following : 

Islamic History. 
Indian History. 
European History. 
Ancient History. 
Sociology. 

(c) A Classical Language (Arabic, Persian, or Sanskrit) 

or Economics. 

N.J3. (1) Modern Languages Urdu, Marathi, Telugu, 

Kanarese, Tamil, French and German. 
(2) Classical Languages Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit, 
Latin and Greek. 

GROUP ki B ". 

(1) Physics, (2) Chemistry, (8) Biology, (4) Mathematics. 
In the case of subjects (1, 2 and 8) of this Group, there is a 
practical examination in addition to the written examination. 

For a pass, not less than 30 per cent, must be obtained in 
each subject and 33 per cent, in the aggregate. Those who 
obtain 60 per cent, in the aggregate are placed in the First Class, 
and those who get 45 per cent, or more in the Second Class. 

For the purposes of the Compartment System the examina- 
tion is divided into the following two groups : 

1. English. 

2. Optional Subjects. 

A candidate passing in any one of these groups is exempted 
from appearing in that group at a subsequent examination, 
provided that he has secured not less than 35 per cent, of the 
marks in the aggregate and that in the group in which he fails 
he makes an aggregate of not less than 25 per cent. 

Bachelor of At ts (I3.A.\ The course of study extends over 
two years after the Intermediate Examination of this University 
or an examination accepted as equivalent thereto. The subjects 
for study and examination are: (1) English (four papers), (2) 
Muslim Theology or, for non-Hanatis and non-Muslims, Morals 
(one paper), (3) One of the following subjects : 

11 A." 

One of the following Classical Languages-. Arabic, Persian, 
Sanskrit, Latin and Greek, and 

One of the following Modern Languages. Persian (unless 
already taken) with Elementary Arabic, Urdu with Hindi Bhasha, 



310: HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Telugu, Marathi, Kanarese, Tamil, French and German (thrc 
papers in each language). 

44 H. " 

A Science subject. Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics < 
Natural Science (six papers in each subject). In Physics an 
Chemistry, there are four papers on the Theoretical portion an 
two Practical papers. In Physics, the fourth paper is c 
subsidiary Mathematics, and in Chemistry, the fourth paper 
on subsidiary Physics. 

Note. A separate Faculty of Science has now been established an 
Science subjects will be removed from the Arts curriculum with ef fe 1 
from 1930. 

"C." 

History : 

Paper 1. Political Science (Theoretical and Comparative). 

Paper 2. Economics (Theoretical and Applied). 

Paper 3. English Constitutional History. 

Paper 4. One of the following periods of Indian History : 

(1) Karly upto 712. 

(2) Karly 712 to 1206. 

(3) Mediaeval 1206 to 1526. 

(4) Medieval 1526 to 1764. 

(5) Modern 1764 up to the present day. 
Paper 5. General, containing : 

(1) History of the Dercan, covering the period c 

Indian History taken by the candidate. 

(2) Elements of the Cultural History of India wit 

reference to the period of Indian Histor 
taken by the candidate. 

(3) The Government of the British Empire wit 

special reference to the working constitution 
of England and India. 

Paper 6. One of the following special periods: 
(1) Islamic History : 

(a) The Prophet and 1st four Khalifs. 
() The Ommayyads. 
(f) The Abbasides. 

(d) The Spain 711 to 1492. 

(e) The Fatimide Khalifat. 
(/) The Seljukis. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 311 

f2) Ancient Europe : 
GO Greece upto 479 B.C. 
GO Greece, the struggle for Supremacy 479-360 

B.C. 

G*) Greece, the Macedonian Empire under Phillip 
II and Alexander the Great, 360-327 B.C. 

G/) Greece, the end of Greek Freedom, 327-146 

B.C. 

Gr) Rome up the Gracchi, 133 B.C. 
(/") Rome, the Gracchi to Actium, 133-31 B.C. 

(g) Rome, Augustus to Diocletian, 31 B.C. to 287 
A.C. 

(ti) Rome, Diocletian to the Fall of Rome, 287- 
476 A.C. 

(3) Mediaeval Europe : 

GI) Fall of Rome to the Fall of the Visigoths 
(476-711). 

(/>) Fall of the Visigoths to the Second Crusade 
(711-1192). 

G*) The End of the Second Crusade to the Fall 
of Constantinople (1192-1453.) 

(4) Modern Europe : 

G/) Fall of Constantinople to the Death of Louis 
XIV (1453-1715.) 

(//) Accession of Louis XV to the abdication of 
Napoleon 1715-1815. 

GO Europe, 1815 onwards. 

" I). " 

Philosophy six papers. 
General Philosophy 

1st paper . . Nature, Schools and Problems of 

Philosophy. 

2nd paper . . A brief sketch of the History of 

Philosophy together with a special 
study of an original work of any of 
the following Philosophers : Descar- 
tes, Berkley, or David Hume. 

Oriental Philosophy 

3rd paper . . Hindu Philosophy. 

4th paper . . Outlines of Islamic Philosophy, Ka- 

lam and Sufism. 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Psychology 

5th paper . , Elements of Psychology with allied 

Physiology. 
Kthics 

6th paper . . A brief study of Theoretical and 

Practical Ethics. 

Fora pass, 33 per cent, of marks are required in each subject. 
In subjects in which a practical test is compulsory, the required 
percentage is 30 per cent, in the theoretical pait of the ^exam- 
ination and 36 per cent, in the practical test. 

Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent, or more are 
placed in the First Division and those obtaining 45 per cent, 
or more in the Second Division. Candidates securing an aggre- 
gate of 40 per cent, but failing either in English or the selected 
subject, provided the marks gained by them do not fall short of 
20 per cent., will be allowed to appear only in the subject in 
which they fail. 

M astir of Aits (iM.A.\ The course extends over two years 
subsequent to graduation and is open to graduates of this or of 
a recognized University. A candidate may offer one of the 
following groups and be examined therein : (l) Arabic (8 
papers), (2) Urdu and Persian (8 papers), (3) History the 
examination consists ot 5 papers and an oral teht in addition to 
which a candidate is required to submit a thesis of not less 
than 10,000 words on an approved topic and undergo a viva voce 
examination to test his possession of a working knowledge of a 
language helpful to the study of the sources of the subject of his 
thesis, (4) Mathematics (9 papers). 

A candidate must obtain 40 per cent of the marks in the 
aggregate for a pass. No minimum marks are requiied in each 
paper but if in any paper a candidate obtains less than 20 per 
cent, those marks are not included in his aggregate. A First 
Class is obtained by scoring 65 per cent, and a Second Class by 
scoring 50 per cent, of the aggregate marks. 

Master of Science (.!/..&.) The course extends over two 
years and is open to graduates in Science. A candidate may 
offer either Physics or Chemistry. There will be two Exami nations, 
the Previous and the Final. In the Previous M.Sc. Examination 
in Chemistry there will be papers on the following: 

(1) General and Inorganic Chemistry. 

(2) Organic Chemistry. 

(3) Physical Chemistry. 

(4) Practical including Mineral Analysis. 

(5) Organic Analysis and Organic Preparations. 

(6) Physico-Chemical Measurements. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 313 

In the Final M.Sc. Examination in Chemistry there will be 
two papers on a selected subject, 775., Physical, Inorganic or 
Organic Chemistry besides a thesis based on original research. 

In the Previous M.Sc. Examination in Physics there will be 
the following papers : 

(1) General Physics and Sound. 

(2) Optics (Geometrical and Physical). 

(3) Heat including Thermodynamics. 

(4i Practical Examination in Heat, Sound and Properties of 
Matter. 

(0) Practical Examination in Light. 

In the Final M.Sc. Examination in Physics there will be a 
thesis based on original work in addition to the following 
papers : 

(1) Electricity and Magnetism. 

(2) A special subject, <'..*'., Electron Theory or the Quantum 

Theory, etc. 

(3) Practical Examination in Electricity and Magnetism. 

TIIKOLOCIV. 

The Matriculation Examination. The course extends over 
two years as in the Arts Faculty. Private candidates are also 
admitted on the same conditions as in the Arts Faculty. The 
subjects for study and examination are: 

(1) English (two papers), (2) History and Geography 
(two papers), (3) Fllementary Mathematics (two papers), (4) 
Arabic (two papers), (5) Aqaid-wa-Mantiq (Dogmatics and 
Logic) (one paper), (6) Fiqah-wa-Hadis (Muslim Law and 
Traditions) (one paper). 

The pass percentage is the same as for the Matriculation in 
Arts. Papers in 1, 2, 3 and 4 are the same as in the Faculty 
of Arts. 

For the purposes of the Compartment System, the examina- 
tion is divided into the following groups : 

1. English. 

2. History, Geography and Mathematics. 

3. Arabic, Aqaid-wa-Mantiq and Fiqah-wa-Hadis. 

The conditions of passing under this system are the same 
as for the Matriculation Examination in Arts. 

The Intermediate Examination. The subjects for study and 
examination are : (1) English (three papers as in the Arts 
Faculty), (2) Arabic (two papers as in the Arts Faculty), 



314 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(3) Fiqah-wa-Usul-i-Fiqah (Muslim Law) (two papers), (4) Tafsir, 
Hadis-wa-UsuI-i-Hadis (Koranic Exegesis and Traditions) 
(two papers), (5) Aqaid, including Mabadiyat-i-Hikmath (Dogma- 
tics) (one paper). 

The marks for a pass and classification of successful candi- 
dates are the same as for the Intermediate Examination in Arts. 

For the purpose of the Compartment System, the examination 
is divided into three groups : 

1. English. 

2. Arabic. 

3. Theological subjects. 
(Fiqah-wa-Usul-i-Fiqah, Tafsir, Hadis-wa-Usul-i- 

Hadis, and Aqaid.) 

A candidate who fails in any one of these groups and passes 
in the other two, shall be allowed to appear at a subsequent 
examination only in the group in which he failed, provided that 
the marks obtained by him in that group in the previous examina- 
tion do not fall short of 25 per cent. For passing in group (3) 
under this system he shall obtain 30 per cent, in each of the 
subjects of that group. 

Bachelor of Arfs (Ji.A.\ The course of study extends over 
two years subsequent to passing the Intermediate Examination, 
The subjects for study and examination are : (1) English (four 
papers as in the Faculty of Arts), (2) Arabic (three papers as 
in the Faculty of Arts), (3) Fiqah and Usul-i-Fiqah (Muslim Law) 
(two papers), (4) Any one of the following : 

(a) Tafsir (Koranic Exegesis). 

() Hadis-wa-Usul-i-Hadis (Traditions). 

(c) Kalam and Usul-i-Din (Dialectics.) 

(two papers in each.) 

To obtain a pass, 33 per cent, of the marks are required in 
each subject and classes are arranged on the same basis as at the 
B.A. Examination in the Arts Faculty. 

Master of Arts (Af.A.). The course of study extends over 
two years subsequent to passing the B.A. Examination. The 
subjects for study and examination are: 

One of the following: (1) Fiqah-wa- Usul-i-Fiqah (Muslim 
Law), (2) Kalam-wa-Aqaid (Dialectics), (3) Tafsir (Koranic 
Exegesis), and (4) Hadis, including Sirat (Traditions). There 
are eight papers in each subject. 

The marks for a pass and classification of successful candi- 
dates are the same as for the M.A. Examination in Arts. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 315 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Laws (Z.//.). The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to graduation. During the first year, 
a candidate is required to study the following subjects and be 
examined in them at the end of the year: 

1. Criminal Law and Procedure. 

2. Torts and Easements. 
*3. Evidence. 

4. Contracts. 

5. Elementary Jurisprudence and Roman Law. 

There are five papers set at the examination, one for each 
of the above mentioned subjects. 

33j per cent, of the marks must be obtained for a pass in 
each paper. Those who obtain 50 per cent, or more are placed 
in the First Class and the others in the Second Class. 

After passing the above examination, a candidate for the 
Degree is required to study during the second year the follow- 
ing subjects and be examined therein : 

1. Hindu Law. 

2.. Muhammadan Law (including Usul-i-Fiqah). 

3. Civil Procedure and Law relating to Civil Courts in 

His Exalted Highness the Nizam's Government, 
Limitation (excluding schedules). 

4. Specific Relief, Trusts and Land Tenures including 

Atiyat (Grants of Land). 
5.' Jurisprudence (remaining portion). 

There are five papers set at the examination, one for each 
subject. 

The minimum for a pass and the classification of successful 
candidates are the same as for the Previous Examination. 

MEDICINK. 

The Degree of M.B.B.S. The course of study extends 
over five years. Students having passed the Intermediate Exami- 
nation with Physics, Chemistry (Organic and Inorganic), Botany 
and Zoology are eligible for admission to the course. They are 
required to pass four professional examinations and to pass each 
examination 40% of marks are to be obtained separately in the 
written and oral tests in each subject and 50 % in the aggregate. 
Successful candidates obtaining not less than two-thirds of the 
aggregate number of marks are placed in the First Division and 
the rest in the Second. 



316 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Each of the first three professional examinations shall consist 
of two subjects and candidates shall be required to pass in both 
at the same time ; whereas the 4th or Final Professional Exami- 
nation shall consist of 2 groups of 2 subjects each, and candi- 
dates shall be required to pass at least in both subjects of any 
one group at the same time. 

First Professional Examination. 

The first professional examination shall be held in the 
following subjects after a course of study extending ovgr two 
academic years : 

(a) Anatomy. 
(/>) Physiology. 

Second Professional Examination. 

The second professional examination shall be held in the 
following subjects after a course of study, extending over one 
academic year after passing the 1st professional examination : 

(a) Materia Medica (including Therapeutics). 

(b) Hygiene. 

Third Professional Examination. 

The third professional examination shall be held in the 
following subjects after a course of study extending over one 
year after passing the 2nd professional examination : 

(a) Pathology (including Bacteriology). 
() Medical Jurisprudence. 

Fourth or Final Professional Examination. 

The fourth or final professional examination shall be held in 
the following subjects after a course of study extending over one 
year after passing the 3rd professional examination : 

Group (1) Medicine and Clinical Medicine, Midwifery, 

Gynaecology and Diseases of Infancy. 
Group (2) Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Ophthalmology. 

The Diploma of L. AI. < S. The couise extends over four 
years. Students who have passed the Matriculation Examination 
will be admitted to the course after a year's preliminary study of 
Physics, Chemistry (Organic and Inorganic), Biology and Zoology. 
They are required to pass three professional examinations and to 
pass each examination 33% of marks are to be obtained separa- 
tely in the written and oral in each subject and 40% in the 
aggregate. Successful candidates obtaining not less than two- 
thirds of the aggregate number of marks are placed in the First 
Class and the rest in the Second. 



OSMANIA UNIVERSITY 317 

Candidates who pass in any of the two subjects of the 1st 
and 2nd professional examination, or in any one complete gtoup 
of the final professional examination, shall be allowed to appear 
at a subsequent examination only in the lemaining subject in the 
case of the 1st or 2nd professional examination, and only in the 
remaining group in the case of the final examination. 

First Ptofessional Examination. 

The first professional examination shall be held in the 
follo\vung subjects after a course of study extending over two 
academic years : 

(i) Anatomy, 
(ii) Physiology, 
(iii) Materia Medica. 

Second Professional Examination. 

The second professional examination shall be held in the 
following subjects after a course of study extending over one 
year after passing the 1st professional examination : 

(it) Pathology (including bacteriology). 
(/>,) Medical Jurisprudence, 
(r) Hygiene. 

Tluni or Final Professional Examination. 

The third or final professional examination shall be held in 
the following subjects after a course of study extending over one 
year after passing the second professional examination : 

Group (1) Medicine and Clinical Medicine, Midwifery, 
Gynaecology and Diseases of Infancy. 

Group (2) Surgery and Clinical Surgery, Ophthalmology. 

Examination Fees. 

Rs. 
Matriculation Examination : (Arts and Theology). 

(a) Students of recognized High Schools . . 10 

(b) Private Students . . . . . . 15 

(c) Those who have passed the Maulvi or 

Munshi Examination of His Exalted 

Highness the Nixam's Government . . 5 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 20 

B.A. Degree Examination . . . . 30 

M.A. Degree Examination . . . . 60 



318 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

FACULTY OF LAW. Rs. 

LL.B. (Previous) .. .. .. 30 

LL.B. (Final) . . . . . . 30 

FACULTY OF MEDICINE. 

M.B.B.S. 

First three Professional Examinations . . Each 15 

Fourth Professional Examination . . 30 

L.M. & S. 

First two Professional Examinations . . Each 20 

Third Professional Examination . . 30 



Patna University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The Patna University was established by the Act of 1917. 
The irttention of this legislation is to create ultimately a central 
teaching University at Patna, and for this purpose a site has 
now been definitely fixed on which it is proposed that the new 
University and its buildings and laboratories be located. The 
scheme of the proposed University is under consideration by the 
Government, and a decision is expected in the near future. 

At present, as provided by the Act, the University is federal 
in character, including as it does (1) Colleges of the University, 
which are meant to be the nucleus of the central teaching 
University, and (2) External Colleges, which include the other 
Colleges in the Province of Bihar and Orissa, which formerly 
were affiliated to other Universities. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

CHANCKLLOR. 

His Excellency Sir Hugh Landsdown Stephenson, 
K.C.S.I., K.C.I.E., I.C.S., Governor of Bihar and Orissa. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
Sir Syed Sultan Ahmed, Bar-at-Law. 

REGISTRAR. 
Mr. Maheswar Prasad, B.A. (Alld.) 

DEANS. 

Arts . . Mr. H. Lambert. 

Science .. .. Dr. K. S. Caldwell. 

Law . . The Hon'ble the Chief Justice Sir 

Dawson Miller, Kt., K.C, 
Education . . . . Mr. J. H. Thickett. 

Engineering . . . . Mr. J. Tullis. 

UNIVERSITY READERS. 

1924-25 .. .. Dr.' Siva Ram, M.A., Ph.D.; Dr. C. V. 

Raman, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. ; Mr. N. K. 
Bhagwat, M.A. ; Dr. Radha Kamal 
Mukharji, M.A., Ph.D. 



320 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



1925-26 



1926-27 



1927-28 



Dr. S. C. Sarkar, M.A., D.Phil.; Mr. 
S. Radhakrishnan, M.A. (Cal.); Dr. 
N. R. Dhar, D.Sc., F.I.C., F.C.S. ; 
Dr. John Mathai, D.Litt., D.Sc. 

Dr. Megh Nad Saha, D.Sc.; Mr. G. S. 
Sardesai, B.A. ; Dr. A. P. Banarji 
Sastri, M.A., D.Phil. ; Mr. Gyan Chand, 
M.A. ; Dr. H. K. Sen, D.Sc. (Lond.) 

Dr. E. W. H. Cruickshank, D.Sc. (Lond.), 
M.D. (Aberd.), M.R.C.P. (Lond.) 



Principal 
Professors of English 



Instructional Staff. 

PATNA COLLEGE. 
. E. A. Home, Esq., M.A. (St. Andrews) 

. Messrs. J. S. Armour, M.A. (Glasgow) ; 
I). Auchterlonie, M.A. (Aberdeen), and 
Niranjan Niyogi, M.A. (Cal.) 

Professors of Philosophy. Charu Chandra Sinha, Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.), and Jamuna Prasad, Esq., B.A. 
(Cantab.), M.A. 

Professors of History .. Dr. S. C. Sarkar, D.Phil. (Oxon.) ; 

Messrs. Jogendra Nath Samaddar, B.A. 
(Cal.), Nayar Laiq Ahmad, B.A. 
(Oxon.), and Muhammad Qasim, M.A. 

(Cal.) 

Professors of Economics Messrs. H. R. Batheja, M.A. (Oxon.); 
and Political Science C. J. Hamilton, M.A. (Cantab.), and 

Radhakrishna Jha, M.A. (Cal.) 

Messrs. Ramavatar Sarma, M.A. (Cal.), 
Sahityacharyya; A. P. Banarji Sastri, 
M.A. (Cal.), Ph.D. (Oxon.), and 
Devadatta Tripathi, Kavyatirtha. 

Dr. Azimuddin Ahmad, Ph.D. (Leipzig), 
and Md. Ismail, Esq., M.A. (Alig.), 
Maulvi Hafiz Shamsuddin Ahmad, 
M.A., B.L. (Pat,)t Amirul Hassan, Esq. 

Nirmalmoy Ghosh, M.A. (Cal.) 
Abdul Mannan, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 



Professors of Sanskrit 



Professors of Arabic 
and Persian 



Lecturer in Logic 

Lecturer in Persian 
and Urdu 

Lecturer in Sanskrit 
and Hindi 

Professor of Geography. 



Akshaybat Misra, Esq ; Dharmra j 
Ojha, Esq. 

S. C. Majumdar, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 321 

SCIENCE COLLEGE, PATNA. 

Principal . . . . Dr. K. S. Caldwell, B.Sc., M.A. (Wales), 

Ph.D. (Leipzig) 

Professors of Mathe- Messrs. W. W. T. Moore, M.A. (Dub- 

matics lin) ; Rai Sahib Ashutosh Chattarji, 

M.A. (Cal.); Pramatha Nath Das 
Gupta, M.Sc. (Cal.) 

Professors of Physics . . Messrs. Ashutosh Mukharji, M.A. (Cal.) ; 

Kamta Prasad, M.Sc. (Cal.), B.A. 
(Cantab.) ; Kumar Nath Banarji, M.Sc. 
(Cal.) ; Kesho Dayal, M.Sc. (Cal.) 
and I). K. Bhattacharji, M.Sc. (Cal.) 

Professors of Chemistry Abdus Samad Khan, Esq., B.Sc. (Cal.), 

M.Sc. (Victoria); Dr. Ramesh Chandra 
Ray, D.Sc. (London), M.Sc. (Cal.) ; 
Chandra tthusan Roy, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 

Demonstrators in Che- Panna Lai, Esq., M.Sc. (Alld.); S. K. 
mistry Guha, Esq., M.Sc. (Cal.) 

Demonstrators in Physics Mohit Mohan Sen Gupta, Esq., M.Sc. 

(Cal.) ; Suryya Kumar Mitra, M.Sc. 
(Cal.) 

Lecturer in English . * Narayan Mohan De, Esq., M.A, (Cal.) 
Lecturer in Mathematics Bansidhar Ghosh, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 

RAVENSHAW COLLEGE, CUTTACK. 

Principal and Professor P. O. Whitlock, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.) 
of English 

Professors of Botany . . Messrs. P. K. Parija, M.A. (Cantab.) 

and D. B. Mukherji, M.A. (Cal.) 

Professors of Physics .. S. C. Tripathi, Esq., B.A. (Cantab.) 

and Narayan Misra, Esq., M.Sc. (Cal.) 

Professors of Chemistry .. Dr. B. K. Singh, Sc.D. (Dublin), M.A. 

(Cantab.), F.I.C., and Mr. Atul 
Chandra Ganguli, B.A. (Cal.) 

Professors of Mathematics Messrs. Saradakanta Ganguli, M.A. 

(Cal.) ; Hare Krishna Das, M.A. (Cal.), 
and P. N. De, M.A. (Lond.), M.Sc. 
(Cal.) 

Professor of Economics Suresh Chandra Bardhan, Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.) 

Professors of English . . Messrs. Baradakanta Chattarji, M.A. 

(Cal.) ; Gopal Ch. Ganguli, M.A. 
(Cal.) ; Krutibas Samantarai, M.A. 
(Cal.) ; J. C. Ghosh, B.Litt. (Oxon,) 



322 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Professors of Philosophy Messrs. Mohini Mohan Senapati, M.A. 

(Cal.), and Bipin Vihari Ray, M.A. 
(Cal.) 



Messrs. Kasinath Das, M.A. (Cal.), 
and Artaballabh Mahanti, M.A. (Cal.) 



Professors of Sanskrit 
and Oriya 

Professor of Persian and Mr. A. M. Muhammad Latif (Cal. 



Urdu 
Professors of History 

Lecturers in Law 



Madrasa). 

Messrs. Nisikanta Sanyal, M.A. (Cal)., 
and Ninnal Chandra Banarji, M.A. 
(Cal.) 

Mr. Chintamani Acharyya, M.A., 13. L., 
(Cal.), and six Demonstrators and 
three Lecturers. 



TEJ NARAYAN JUBILEE COLLEGE, BHAGALPUR. 

Suileswar Sen, Esq., M.A., H.L. (Cal.) 



Principal and Professor 
of English 

Professor of English 
Professor of Philosophy 
Professor of Physics 

Professor of Chemistry , 
Professor of History 

Professor of Political 
Economy 

Professor of Mathematics Girija Bhushan Mitra, Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.), and a Lecturer. 



Krishna Behari Gupta, Esq., M.A. 
(Cal,), and three Lecturers. 

Birchandra Sinha, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), 
and two Lecturers. 

Surendra Nath Banarji, Esq., M.A. 
(Cal.), two Lecturers and a Demon- 
strator. 

Haralal Das Gupta, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), 
two Lecturers and a Demonstrator. 

Nilmony Acharya, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), 
and another Lecturer. 

Tarak Nath Basil, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 



Professor of Sanskrit 
Professor of Persian 



Mr. Kumud Chandra Chakravarti, 
M.A. (Cal.), and one Lecturer. 

Mr. Abdul Majid (Lucknow and Delhi 
Diplomas), and one Lecturer. 

One Librarian and two Laboratory 
Assistants, 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 823 

BIHAR NATIONAL COLLEGE, BANKIPUR. 

Principal and Professor D. N. Sen, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 
of Philosophy 

Prof, of Philosophy and G. P. Hazari, Esq., M.A. (Bom.), and 
Logic two Lecturers. 

Professors of English Messrs. Moinul Huq, M.A. (Cal.), 

Literature Chittatosh Mitra, M.A. (Cal.), and 

. three Lecturers. 

Professor of Mathematics Lalit Kumar Ghosh, Esq., M.A., H.L. 

(Cal.), and one Lecturer. 

Professor of History . . Hem Ch. Rai Chaudhuri, Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.), and three Lecturers. 

Professor of Sanskrit .. Mr. S. N. Bhattacharya, M.A. (Cal.), 

and a Lecturer. 

Lecturer in Hindi .. Mr. Devakumar Sharma (Acharya 

Exmn. in Vyakarana, Benares). 

Professor of Persian .. Abu Syed, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), and a 

Lecturer. 

Professor of Chemistry . . Mr. B. K. Chaudhuri, M.Sc. (Cal.), and 

two Lecturers. 

Professor of Physics .. Mr. S. N. Roy, M.Sc. (Cal.), and one 

Lecturer and four Laboratory Assist- 
ants and a Librarian. 

GREKR BHUMIHAR BRAHMAN COLLEGE, MUZAFFARPUR. 

Principal . . . . W. V. Duke, Esq., B.A. (R.U.I.J, M.A. 

(T.C.D.) 

Professors of English . . Bireswar Chattarji, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), 

Bindeshwari Prasad, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), 
and one Lecturer. 

Professor of Mathe- Kshetrapal Das, Esq., M.Sc. (Alld.), 
matics and a Lecturer. 

Professors of History . . R. P. Khosla, Esq., M.A. (Punjab), 

B.A. (Oxon.), and Shibnath Basu, 
Esq., M.A. (Cal.), and a Lecturer, 

Lecturer in Economics . . Bhupati Bhushan Mukharji, Esq., 

M.A., B.L. (Cal.) 

Professor of Sanskrit . . Surendra Nath Majumdar Sastri, Esq., 

M.A. (Cal.), and two Lecturers. 

Professor of Arabic and Rai Sahib Awadh Bihari Prasad 
Persian Sinha, F.A. (Cal.), and a Lecturer. 



324 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Professor of Philosophy 
Professor of Physics 
Professor of Chemistry . 



Jiban Krishna Sarkar, Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.), and a Lecturer in Logic. 
Ramesh Chandra Sen, 'Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.), and two Demonstrators. 
Rajani Kanta Basu, Esq., M.A. (Cal.), 

and two Demonstrators. 
A Physical Training Instructor. 



ST. COLUMBA'S (DUBLIN UNIVERSITY MISSION) COLLEGE, 
HAZARIBAGH. 



Principal 

Professors of English 



Professors of Philosophy 

Professor of Sanskrit 
Professor of Chemistry . . 
Professor of Economics . , 
Professor of History 
Professor of Physics 
Professors of Mathe- 
matics 
Professor of Persian 



The Rev. F. H. W. Kerr, B.A.(T.C.D.) 
Messrs. P. K. Nundy (Cambridge Prel. 

Exam.), and A. F. Markham, B.A. 

(Hons.) (Oxon.) and the Principal, 

Rev. G. C. P. Stevenson. 
Principal and K.S. Ghosh, Esq., M.A. 

(Cal.) 

P. P. Sinha, Esq., M.A. (Pat.) 
H. C. Mukharji, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 
S. K. Bose, Esq., M.A. (Dacca) 
J. N. Maitra, Esq., M.A., B.L. (Cal.) 
S. C. Bhattacharya, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 
Messrs. R. Mukharji, M.Sc. (Cal.), 

and C.C. Rai Chaudhuri, B.A. (Cal.) 
Md. Muslim, Esq., M.A., M.O.I.. 

(Punjab) 
Two Demonstrators and four Lecturers 

in Vernaculars. 



DIAMOND JUBILEE COLLEGE, MONGIIYR. 
Principal and Professor K. P. Mitra, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 



of History 
Professor of English 
Lecturer in Logic 
Lecturer in Mathematics 

Lecturer in Sanskrit 
Lecturer in Persian 



Satya Ranjan Ray, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 
Priya Govind Dutt, Esq., M.A. (Cal.) 
Gokul Chandra Sadhukhan, Esq., 

M.A. (Cal.) 

Balmakund Misra, Esq. 
Syed Muhammad Anwar Hussain, Esq. 



RAVENSHAW GIRLS' HIGH SCHOOL, CUTTACK. 
Offg. Lady Principal 

Professor , . 



Miss Nirmala Bala Nayak, B.A., B.T. 
(Cal.) 
Miss BhaUilata Chanda, M,A, (CalJ 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 325 

Lecturer . r .. Pandit Gopinath Mahapatra, Kavya- 

tirtba. 

Lecturer . . . . Miss Suphala Ray, B.A. 

NALANDA COLLEGE, BIHAR. 

Principal and Lecturer S. Subrahmaniam, Esq., H.A., B.Sc. 
in Mathematics (Lond.) 

Lecturer in English .. Kshetralal Saha, M.A. (Cal.) 

Lecturer in Logic . . Pt. Dinanath Razdan, M.A. (Punjab 

and Cal.), B.T. (Cal.) 

Lecturers in History . . Messrs. Nirinalendu Das Gupta, M.A. 

(Cal.), and P. L. Vidyanand Mahay, 
M.A. (Punjab) 

Lecturer in Sanskrit Pt. Adityanath Upadhyaya, Vidya- 

and Hindi bhushan. 

PATNA TRAINING COLLEGE. 
Principal . . . . J. 11. Thickctt, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.) 

Professors .. .. YV. W. Henderson, Esq., M.A. (Glas- 

gow) ; S. T. U.Ahmad, Esq., B.A., L.T. 
(Cal.) ; J. N. Ghosh, Esq., M.Sc. (Cal.), 
B.T. (Punjab). 

CUTTACK TRAINING COLLEGE. 
Principal .. . . F. B. Whitmore, Esq., M.A. (Oxon.) 

Professor . . . . B. N. Mukharji, Esq., M.A,, K.L. (Cal.), 

M.A. Edn. (Leeds) 

Occasional Teacher . . Dr. Sanatan Pujari (Lecturer in 

Hygiene). 

GOVERNMENT LAW COLLEGE, BANKIPUR. 

Principal .. . . S. S. Alam, Esq., M. A. , LL.B. (Cantab.), 

Bar-at-Law. 

Vice-Principal .. S. M. Shareef, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.), 

Bar-at-Law. 

Professors .. Shiveshwar Dayal, Esq., M.A., B.L. 

(Cal.); Syed Yousuf Hosain, Esq., B.A. 
(Oxon.), Bar-at-Law; Syed Hosain, 
Esq., B.A., B.L.; Bhuvaneshwar Prasad 
Sinha, Esq., B.A., B.L. ; B. P. Jamnal 
Esq., B.A. (Cantab.), Bar-at-Law; Nawar 
Kishore Prasad II, Esq., B.A., 15. L. 
(Cal.); S. A. Manzar, Esq., B.A. (Oxon.), 
Bar-at-Law, and B. K. Sinha, Esq., 
B.A., B.L. (Cal.) 



326 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



BIHAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING. 

Principal and Professor Mr. J. Tullis, B.Sc. (Glasgow) 
of Civil Engineering 



Professor of Civil 
Engineering 



Mr. B. S. Sanjana, B.Sc. (Glasgow), 
L.C.E. (Bom.), M.R.San.I. 

Asst. Professors two ; Lecturers five ; 
one Expert Draughtsman ; one Work- 
shop Superintendent ; one Foreman 
Instructor; and one Assistant Fore- 
man. 

PRINCE OF WALES MEDICAL COLLEGE. 

Principal, Warden and Lt.-Col. H. R. Dutton, I.M.S., M.R.C.P. 
Professor of Medicine (Lond.), M.R.c.S. (Eng.) f D.T.M. & II. 

(Camb.) 



Asst. to Professor of 
Medicine 

Professor of Surgery 

Asst. to Professor of 
Surgery 

Professor of Obstetric 
Medicine 

Asst. to Professor of 
Obstetric Medicine 

Professor of Pathology 
Professor of Physiology 



Rai Bahadur Dr. S. K. Barat, M.A. 
(Cal.) 

Major R. R. M. Porter, I.M.S. 

Khan Bahadur Dr. Syed Hussan, F.K.F.P. 
& S. (Glasgow), D.P.H. (Ire.) 

Civil Surgeon, Patna. 
Dr. A. N. Sarkar. 

Major A. N. Bose. 

Dr. E. W. H. Cruickshank, D.Sc. (Lond.), 
M.I). (Aberdeen) 

Professor of Pharmaco- Dr. T. N. Banerji, M.B. (Cal.), M.K.C.P. 
logy (Lond. and Eng.), D.T.M. & H. (Lond.) 

Professor of Anatomy . . Dr. H. Hyder Ali Khan, F.R.C.S. 

(Edin.), M.R.C.S. (Eng.) 

Professor of Biology* . . Mr. S. S. Chaudhury, M.A., B.Sc. (Alld.) 

M.sc. (Lucknow) 

Four Lecturers, four Senior Demonstra- 
tors, and five Junior Demonstrators. 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities and the officers of the University are : (/) 
The Chancellor, () The Vice-Chancellor, (/*/) The Registrar, (IP) 
The Senate which consists of 93 members (18 Ex-officio and 75 
ordinary) and has the entire management and superintendence over 
the affairs, courses and property of the University, (v) The Syndi. 
cate which consists of 18 persons and is the Executive Body of 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 327 

the University, and (vt) The Faculties of which there are at 
present six ; Arts, Science, Law, Education, Engineering and 
Medicine. 

Number of Students in the University under the Different Faculties. 

Faculty of Arts .. .. .. .. 2,976 

Science . , . . . . 874 

Medicine .. .. . . 186 

,, Engineering . . . . . . 97 

Education . . . . . . 67 

Law .. .. ,. .. 617 

Number of Successful Candidates in the Different Examinations 
for the year 1927. 

Matriculation . . . . . . . . 1,712 

Intermediate in Arts . . . . . . 440 

Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . 331 

Bachelor of Science . . . . . . . . 31 

Intermediate in Science . . . . . . 156 

Master of Arts . . . . . . . . 35 

Master of Science . . . . . . . . 4 

L.T. .. .. .. .. .. 4 

Dip. Ed. ' . . . . . . . . . . 46 

B.ED. .. .. .. .. .. 6 

Prel. Law . . . . . . 228 

Final Law . . . . . . . . 192 

S.L.C. .. .. .. .. .. 46 

I.C.E. .. .. .. .. .. 13 

First M.B.B.S. . . . . . . . . 6 

Second M.B.B.S. . . . . . . . . 59 

(Parts I and II) 

Final M.B.B.S. . . . . . .- . . 36 

(Parts I and II) 

Scholarships and Medals. 

State Scholarships of the value of ^300 a year, tenable for 
three years, payable from Provincial Revenues for study abroad, 
are from time to time awarded by the Government of Bihar and 
Orissa to persons who are natives of, or domiciled in, the 
Province. 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

There are several University Readerships to which appoint- 
ments are made annually by the Chancellor on the recommenda- 
tions of the Syndicate and the Senate. Of these the following 
deserve special mention : (/) The Banaili Readership in Indian 
Economics : The appointment of a lecturer in Indian Economics 
is made annually and he is paid Rs. 600 for a course of original, 
popular lectures, (ii) The Sukh Raj Ray Readership in Natural 
Science: The lecturer should deliver at least 6 original, popular 
lectures, and he will be paid Rs. 600. (/*/) Ramdin Readership 
in Hindi : The lecturer should deliver in Patna a course of 
original lectures not fewer than eight in number. The Honofarium 
of the Reader shall be Rs. 600. There are also a number of 
University Medals : A gold medal and a prize of books of the 
value of Rs. 200 for the candidate standing first in the First 
Class in each subject of the M.A. & M.Sc. Examinations, Gait 
English Medal, Shrimati Radhika Sinha Medal, the Gidhaur 
Gold Medal, Bakhshi Ramyad Sinha Medal, Madhava Gold 
Medal and Prize awarded to students who pass prescribed 
examinations and obtain the highest number of marks in a 
particular subject. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, Etc. 

The University Library contains 7,819 volumes. There is an 
annual grant of Rs. 3,000. 

The Trustees of the Bayley Memorial Library Fund trans- 
ferred a sum of Rs. 96,049-9-0 (50,000 Government Grant plus 
Rs. 46,049-9-0 realized subscriptions) to the University Library on 
certain conditions which were accepted by the Syndicate. This 
sum has been kept in Fixed Deposits and is earning interest. A 
site has now been approved on which it is proposed to locate the 
University Library. The above fund will be utilized for enrich- 
ing the Library when it is transferred to the new site. 

Provision for Research. 

The Regulations, with a view to encourage research in 
Vernacular Literature and Languages and foster their growth, 
authorize the Syndicate to provide grants, prizes or scholarships 
for (a) critical editions of early vernacular texts, (b) Historical 
investigation of the origin of vernacular literatures and their early 
development, and (c) Philological investigations of Indian Ver- 
naculars and their dialects. 

No action has so far been taken with the exception of the 
appointment of Readers. 

Associations in the University. 

1. Patna University Athletic Club. 

2. Patna University Training Corps. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 329 

Publication and Extension of Work. 

The Lectures of the University Readers are published by the 
University at its own cost. The following lectures have so far 
been published : (1) Indian Fiscal Problem, (2) The Place of 
Partial Differential Equations in Mathematical Physics, (3) History 
of Magadha, (4) Moghul Administration, (5) Nadir Shah in India, 
(6) The Glories of Magadha. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

The University, as at present constituted, does not control 
the residence of students directly. Students who do not reside 
with their parents or other legal guardians are required to reside 
in collegiate hostels or in lodgings approved by the College. The 
University, however, supervises the residence of students through 
a Student Residence Committee appointed annually by the Senate. 
The functions of this Committee are advisory. 

Budget and Provident Fund. 

The receipts for the year 1926 were Rs. 2,71,395 while the 
expenditure was Rs. 1,99,034. 

There is a Provident Fund since 1918 to which only the 
whole-time servants of the University can contribute. The rate 
of subscription is 9$ per cent per mensem on the salary of the 
depositor and an equal amount is contributed by the University 
and placed to the credit of the depositor. 

Women's Education. 

Female candidates are admitted to the LA. and H.A. Exa- 
minations without studying in an affiliated College. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, Etc. 

The University, as at present constituted, does not control 
the residence, health, or discipline of the students directly. The 
power of control in these matters is vested in the Principals of 
Colleges through the Governing Bodies of the Colleges. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

Admission to the courses of study in the University is open 
to those who have passed the Matriculation of the University or 
any other examination recognized as equivalent thereto. 

The University offers the Degrees of B.A. (Pass and Honours), 
M.A., and PH.D. in Arts ; B.Sc. (Pass and Honours), M.SC., and 
D.SC. in Science ; the Professional degrees conferred are : 
B.L., M,L M and LL.D. in Law ; Bachelor and Master of Education 



830 HANDBOOK 6F INDIAN 

in Teaching ; B.C.E. in Civil Engineering, and M.B.B.S., Master 
of Surgery and Doctor of Medicine in Medicine. 

Diplomas are also awarded in Teaching and Music. 

COURSES OF STUDY. 
ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course of study extends 
over two years subsequent to the admission to the University, and 
a candidate is required to study and be examined in the following 
subjects : 

(1) English (three papers). 

(2) Composition in Vernacular Language (one paper). 

(3), (4) and (5) Three of the following subjects of which two 
at least must be taken from Group A : 

GROUP A. 

1.' A selected Language, 2. History, 3. Logic, and 4. 
Mathematics. 

GROUP B. 

1. Physics, 2. Chemistry, 3. Elementary Physics and Chemis- 
try, 4. Geography, 5. Physiology, 6. Botany, 7. Zoology, 
8. Geology and Mineralogy, and 9. Education. 

The minimum for a pass is thirty-six per cent in English and 
in the Vernacular, and thirty per cent in the remaining subjects 
and thirty-four per cent in the aggregate. A candidate who 
obtains not less than sixty percent is placed in the First Class 
and in the Second Class if he obtains not less than fifty 
per cent. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass and Honours), The course extends 
over two years subsequent to the Intermediate Examination/ 
A candidate for the Degree is required to study and be examined 
in 1. English (three papers), 2. Composition in a Vernacular 
(one paper), 3 and 4. Two subjects (three papers each) to be 
selected from the following, one at least being taken from 
Group A : 

GROUP A. 

1. A Language, 2. History, 3. Economics, 4. Political 
Science, 5. Philosophy or Experimental Psychology, and 6. 
Mathematics. 

GROUP B. 

1. Physiology, 2. Botany, 3. Zoology, 4. Physics, and 
5. Chemistry. 

A candidate for Honours is required to offer three more 
papers in one of the subjects other than Vernacular Composition. 



JPATNA IJNIVERSltY 31 

The minimum for a pass is thirty-three and one-third per cent 
in each subject and thirty-six per cent in the aggregate. 50 per 
cent in the aggregate entitles to a distinction in the Pass course. 

To qualify for Honours in the subject selected a candidate 
must obtain forty per cent in that subject. Sixty per cent' in the 
subject entitles a candidate to secure a First Class. 

Master of Arts. A candidate for this degree should have 
studied for two years subsequent to graduation under a Univer- . 
sity Professor or in a College recognized tor the purpose. 
One 6f the following subjects may be selected for study and 
examination : 

1. English, 2. A Classical Language, 3. Vernacular, 4. 

Comparative Physiology, 5. Mental and Moral Philosophy, 

6. History, 7. Ethnology, 8. Archaeology, 9. Economics and 

Political Science, 10. Mathematics, and 11. Experimental 
Psychology. 

There are eight papers of four hours each at the examination, 
and the minimum for a pass is thirty-six per cent in the aggregate. 
But marks less than twenty-five per cent in any paper are not 
included in the aggregate. Candidates obtaining sixty per cent 
of the total are placed in the First Class, and in the Second Class 
if they obtain fifty per cent. 

Doctor of Philosophy (P/i.I).). A Master of Arts who has 
obtained a first or a second class may apply for the degree after 
three years from the time of his taking Master's Degree. He is re- 
quired to submit a thesis embodying the result of his research and 
is further required to submit himself to a written examination at 
which two papers of three hours each are set, one upon the subject of 
his thesis and the other upon the subject ot the candidate's study ; 
and also to an oral or practical test with reference to his thesis. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over two 
years subsequent to the Matriculation Examination. A candidate 
is required to study and be examined in the following subjects : 
1. English (three papers), 2. Composition in a Vernacular (one 
paper), 3. Chemistry (two papers and a practical examination), 
4. Mathematics or Physics (two papers in each and a practical 
examination in Physics), 5. One of the following ^two papers in 
each and a practical examination except in Mathematics : 
(/) Botany, (ft) Geology and Mineralogy, (iVi) Zoology, (hi) Phy- 
siology, (v) General Biology, (vi) Mathematics and (vii) Physics 
(if not already selected). The minimum for a pass and classifica- 
tion of successful candidates are the same as in Arts, except that 
each successful candidate must pass in the practical examination, 
the percentage for a pass being 40. 



332 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Bachelor of Science (Pass and Honours). The course extends 
over two years subsequent to the Intermediate Examination. A 
candidate is required to study and be examined in three of the 
following subjects : 

1. Mathematics, 2. Physics, 3. Chemistry, 4. Botany, 5. 
Geology and Mineralogy, 6. Zoology, and 7. Physiology. 

There are two papers and a practical examination in each 
of these subjects except Mathematics in which there will be only 
three papers. 

Honours may be obtained by taking in addition to the pass 
papers in two of the subjects, four theoretical papers and two prac- 
tical examinations in one of the Science subjects or six papers in 
Mathematics. The minimum for a pass and honours is the same 
as for the B.A. Pass and Honours respectively, except that each 
successful candidate must pass in the practical examination, the 
percentage for a pass being 40. 

Master of Science. This Degree maybe taken after two years 
of study subsequent to graduation in Science. A candidate is 
required to offer one of the following subjects: 

1. Mathematics, 2. Chemistry, 3. Physics, 4. Botany, 5. 
Physiology, 6. Geology and Mineralogy, 7. Zoology and Com- 
parative Anatomy. 

Eight papers of four hours each are set in Mathematics, and 
four papers of four hours each, in each of the other subjects with 
a practical examination. 

A candidate who has obtained Honours in B.SC. is allowed 
to present a piece of research work in lieu of two papers and 
submit himself to oral and practical examination on the subject 
of his research. The minimum for a pass is the same as for the 
M.A. Examination. 

Doctor of Science. The rules and regulations are the same as 
for the Doctorate in Philosophy. 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 

LAW. 

Bachelor of Law. The course of study is open to graduates 
and extends over two years. 

The subjects for study are as follows : 

Hirst ot Preliminary Examination. (1) Jurisprudence, Con- 
stitutional Law and Ancient Law one paper. (2) Roman Law 
one paper. (3) Hindu Law one paper. (4) Muhammadan Law 
and Law relating to Persons one paper. (5) Law of Crimes and 
Criminal Procedure one paper. 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 333 

Final Examination. (1) Law relating to Property one 
paper. (2) Principles of Equity including the Law of Trusts one 
paper. (3) Law of Evidences, Civil Procedure and Limitation 
one paper. (4) (a) Law of Transfer and (b) English Law of Real 
Property and Succession one paper. (5) Law of Contracts and 
Torts one paper. 

To pass the Preliminary Examination, a candidate must 
obtain 33 per cent in each paper and 50 per cent of the aggre- 
gate. , Candidates obtaining 668 per cent are placed in the 
First Class. 

In order to pass the. Final Examination a candidate must 
obtain 33 per cent in each paper, and 50 per cent in the aggre- 
gate. To obtain a First Class the candidate must obtain 66 per 
cent of the marks of the Preliminary and Final Examinations put 
together. 

Master of Law. Candidates for this must be graduates who 
have held the Degree of Bachelor of Law. The subjects for 
study are : 1. Hindu Law or Muhammadan Law, 2. Jurisprudence 
and Principles of Legislation, 3. Principles and History of 
Roman Law, 4. Private International Law, 5. and 6. any two of 
the following subjects, namely : (/) Principles of Equity, (it) The 
Law relating to the Transfer of Immovable Property and the Law 
of Prescription, (lit) The Law relating to Wills, (/>') The Law of 
Contracts and Torts, (?') Principles and History of the Law of 
Real and Personal Property, (vf) Principles and History of the 
Law of Evidence, (vii) History of English Law. Six papers each 
of three hours' duration shall be set to each candidate, one on 
each of the six subjects. There is also a viva race examination. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 50 percent in each 
paper and those who obtain 66$ of the aggregate are ranked in 
the First Class. 

Degree of Doctor of Law. One year after passing the 
examination of M.L. a candidate may present a thesis containing 
his research. If the thesis is approved, the candidate is 
required to submit to a written examination, consisting of two 
papers, one upon the special subject mentioned by the candidate 
and the other on the subject of the thesis. There is also an oral 
examination. Upon the recommendation of the Syndicate, the 
Degree is conferred. 

EDUCATION. 

Diploma in Education Examination. The course of study 
extends over one year after passing the Bachelor's Degree 
Examination in Arts or Science, besides a course of practical 
training in a school, The subjects and the scheme of examination 
are as follows; 1/History of Educational Practice, 2, Principles 



334 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

of Education, 3. Methods of Teaching, 4. Hygiene of the School 
Child, and 5. Practical Training, 

In each Theoretical subject, there is one paper. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain thirty-six per cent 
of the marks in each of the above subjects and 40 percent in the 
practical examination. Candidates obtaining sixty per cent of 
the marks shall be declared to have attained distinction. 

Bachelor of Education. The course of study extends over 
one year and is open to any registered candidate who has passed 
the Diploma in Education Examination at least one year 
previously, having passed a degree examination in the special 
subject offered. The candidate has to undergo a course of 
practical training in a school and further study and be examined 
in: 

1. Principles of Education, 2. History of Education, 3. 
Methods of Teaching a special subject, and 4. Practical Training. 
In subject No. (1) there will be two papers and in each of the 
subjects 2 and 3 one paper. 

In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 36 per cent in 
subjects 1, 2, 3 and 40 per cent in the practical examination. 
Candidates getting sixty per cent of marks are declared to have 
attained distinction. 

Ma&er of Education Examination. The examination is open 
to candidates two years after passing the Bachelor of Education 
Examination. 

The subject selected for the Thesis requires the previous 
approval of the Faculty of Education. 

Candidates may also be required to submit to a written and 
a viva voce .examination on the subject of the Thesis. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

Intermediate Examination in Civil Engineering. The exam- 
ination is open to registered under-graduates of the University 
two years after passing the Intermediate Examination in Science 
or other equivalent examination. The course of study stands 
over two years. In order to qualify for this examination the 
candidates must obtain 60 per cent of marks awarded for Field 
Work (Surveying) and other practical work in workshops during 
two sessions preceding the examination. 

The subjects for study and examination are as follows : 
Group 1 Mathematics . . Two papers of 3 hours each. 

II Applied Mechanics One paper of 3 hours. 
Mechanical Engi- 
neering , ,., One paper of 3 hours* 



PATNA UNIVERSITY 

Group III Graphic Statics . . One paper of 4 hours. 
Sketching and 
Machine Drawing One paper of 4 hours. 

IV Building . . One paper of 4 hours. 

Surveying . . One paper of 4 hours. 

,, V Estimating . . One paper of 4 hours. 

Each paper carries 100 marks. Minimum for a pass 33 per 
cent in each group, and 40 per cent in the aggregate; GO per 
cent to get First Division and 50 per cent to get Second Division. 

Bachelor of Civil Engineering Examination. The examination 
may be taken two years after passing the Intermediate Examin- 
ation in Civil Engineering and after a further regular course of 
study extending over two years. 

In order to qualify for this examination a candidate must 
obtain 60 per cent of marks awarded for Field Work (Surveying) 
for his particular Engineering project and for other practical work 
in workshops, etc. The subjects for study and examination arc 
as follows : 

Group I (/') Strength of Materials. 

(/*) Theory of Structures. 
(/') Structural Design. 
Group II (/) Irrigation Hydraulics. 

(if) Sanitary Engineering and Water Works. 
Group III (/) Roads and Railways. 

(11) Estimating. 
Group IV (i) Elementary Mechanical Engineering. 

(it) Elementary Electrical Engineering. 

There is one paper in each of the subjects under each group. 
Each paper is of 4 hours and carries 100 marks. 

The minimum marks for a pass are 50 per cent in each group 
and 50 per cent in the aggregate; 630 marks in the aggregate 
entitle a candidate to First Class, and 500 marks to Second Class. 

Before a successful candidate is admitted to the Degree of 
Bachelor of Civil Engineering he has to produce evidence of a 
further practical training for one year to the satisfaction of the 
University. 



The Punjab University. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The University was established in 1882, being the .fourth 
in India. The Indian Universities' Act of 1904 made certain 
changes as in the case of the other Universities and the terri- 
torial limits of the University were defined as including the Punjab, 
North-West Frontier Province, British Baluchistan and Kashmir. 

The University was for a long time an examining body of 
candidates sent up tor its examinations from the affiliated 
Colleges. But since 1919, several measures have been taken 
to introduce teaching under the control and direct operation 
of the University. At present, not only is the Honours teaching 
in every subject directly under the control of the University, but 
colleges the Oriental, Law and the Hailey College of Commerce 
are administered by the University. Some attempt has been 
made at co-ordination of the teaching in the colleges at Lahore. 

The following are the several institutions affiliated for the 
different examinations of the University ; but a special feature 
is the recognition of Intermediate Colleges with a four-year 
course, two of which lead up to the Matriculation Examination 
and the other two to the Intermediate Examination. 

List of Affiliated Colleges. 

1. The Oriental College, Lahore. 

2. Law College, Lahore. 

3. Government College, Lahore. 

4. Forman Christian College, Lahore. 

5. Uayanand Anglo-Vedic College, Lahore. 

6. Dyal Singh College, Lahore. 

7. The Islamia College, Lahore. 

8. The Sanatana Dharma College, Lahore. 

9. Kinnaird College for Women, Lahore. 

10. Central Training College, Lahore. 

11. King Edward Medical College, Lahore. 

12. Lady Hardinge Medical College, New Delhi. 

13. B. 1). Peace Memorial College, Amballa. 

14. The Mohindra College, Patiala. 

15. Ludhiana College, Ludhiana. 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 837 

16. Dayanand Anglo- Vedic College, Jullundur City. 

17. Randhir College, Kapurthala. 

18. The Khalsa College, Amritsar. 

19. The Punjab Agricultural College, Lyallpur. 

20. Murray College, Sialkot City. 

21. Prince of Wales College, Jammu. 

22. Gordon College, Rawalpindi. 

23. Dayanand Anglo-Vedic College, Rawalpindi. 

24. Islamia College, Peshawar. 

25. Edward's College, Peshawar. 

26. Multan College, Multan. 

27. Sri Pratap College, Srinagar, Kashmir. 

28. Sadiq-Egerton College, Bahawalpur. 

29. Lahore College for Women, Lahore. 

30. The Vedic Bhratri College, Dera Ismail Khan. 

31. Ramsukh Das College, Ferozepore City. 

32. Guru Nanak Khalsa College, Gujranwala. 

33. Hindu Sahha College, Amritsar. 

34. Government Intermediate College, Lyallpur. 

35. Government Intermediate College, Gujrat. 

36. Government Intermediate College, Campbellpur. 

37. Lawrence College, Ghora Gali. 

38. Government Intermediate College, Jhang. 

39. Government Intermediate College, Dharmasala. 

40. Malcrkotla College, Malerkotla. 

41. Khalsa Intermediate College, Lyallpur. 

42. Dayanand Mathradas College, Moga. 

43. Dayanand Anglo-Vedic Intermediate College, Hoshiarpur. 

44. Government Intermediate College, Hoshiarpur. 

45. Government Intermediate College, Rohtak. 

46. Hailey College of Commerce, Lahore. 

47. Government Intermediate College, Pasrur. 

Constitution of the University. 

The authorities of the University are : the Senate and the 
Syndicate (which correspond to the Court and the Executive 
Council of the newer Universities) and the Faculties. 

There is also an Academic Council whose duties are : (1) to deal 
with University teaching and to make proposals for the initiation 
of fresh developments ; (2) to prescribe, subject to the approval 
of the Senate, and upon the recommendations of the Boards of 

22 



338 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Studies and the Faculties, the Courses of Reading, the Syllabuses 
and the outlines of tests in each paper for all the examinations in 
the Arts and Science Faculties other than the Bachelor of Teaching 
and the M. S.L.C.; (3) to approve or reject any subject proposed 
for a thesis for the Doctorate Degree in the Oriental, Arts and 
Science Faculties ; (4) to recognize the examinations of recognized 
Universities as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of 
the University of the Punjab, excepting the M. & S.L.C. Ex- 
amination ; (5) to recommend to the Syndicate the creation of 
University teaching posts ; (6) to advise upon all proposals put 
before the Syndicate for the creation or abolition of University 
teaching posts; (7) to advise the Syndicate on proposals of new 
expenditure on University teaching; (8) to recommend to the 
Syndicate the making of grants to a department or Colleges 
contributing to University teaching; (9) to frame general rules for 
admission to classes under University teaching ; (10) to frame 
general rules dealing with the principles and methods of examina- 
tion and for the appointment of examiners but not to take part in 
the selection or appointment of the same ; (11) to make proposals 
for distribution of new grants by the Government to the Univer- 
sity and to the Colleges for the development of higher teaching; 
(12) to have general control in the management of the University 
Library ; (13) to propose rules for the award of Studentships, 
Scholarships, etc., and to award them in accordance with such 
rules ; and (14) to promote research within the University. 
Not only are its recommendations accepted by the Syndi- 
cate, but the Syndicate has frequently on its own initiative 
invited and accepted its opinion on academic matters not 
strictly within its constitutional purview. The policy of giving 
the teacher in purely academic matters an increasingly deter- 
mining voice is being both consolidated and extended. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

PATRON. 



His Excellency the Right Hon'ble Edward Frederic Lindley 
Wood, Baron Irwin of Kirby Underdale, P.C., G. C.S.I., O.C.I. K. 

CHANCELLOR. 

The Hon'ble Sir Geoffrey Fitzhervey deMontmorency, 
M.A., K C.I.E., K.C.V.O., C.H.K., I.C.S. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

A. C. Woolner, Esq., M.A., C.I.E., F.A.S.B. 
DEANS. 

Dr. Sir Muhammad Iqbal, Kt., M.A., Ph.D., M.L.C., Bar-at- 
Law (Oriental Learning). 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 339 

Lt.-Col. H. L. O. Garrett, M.A., I.E.S. (Arts). 

The Hon'ble Sir Shadi Lai, Kt., M.A., R.B., B.C.L., 
Bar-at-Law, Chief Justice (Law). 

S. R. Kashyap, Esq., R.S., B.A., M.Sc. (Science). 

Lt-.Col. H. H. Broome, I. M.S. (Medicine). 

The Hon'ble Mr. Justice Tekchand, M.A., LL.B. (Commerce). 

I). Milne, Esq., H.Sc. (Agricullurt). 

REGISTRAR. 

P. N. Dutt, Esq., B.A., R.B. 

JOINT-REGISTRAR. 
Ishwar Das, Esq., M.A., LL.B. 

DKAN OF UNIVERSITY INSTRUCTION. 

A. C. Woolner, Esq., M.A., C.I.E., F.A.S.B. 
UNIVERSITY PROFESSORS, READERS AND LECTURERS. 

Arabic .. .. M. Mohd. Shafi, B.A. (Cantab.), M.A. 

(p.); Dr. Muhammad Iqbal, M.A., 
Ph.D. (P.) and three Lecturers. 

Persian . . ..Dr. Muhammad Iqbal, M.A. , Ph.D. (p.) 

and five Lecturers. 

Sanskrit .. . . A. C. Woolner, Esq., M.A. (Oxon.), 

F.A.S.B., C.I.E. (p.), Principal ; Dr. 
Lakshman Sarup, M.A., D.Phil. 
(Oxon.) (P.) and four Lecturers. 

Botany . . . . Rai Sahib Shiv Ram Kashyap, B.A. 

(Cantab.), M.Sc., I.E.S. (p.); Dr. H. 
Chaudhuri, D.Sc. (R.) and one Lec- 
turer. 

Zoology .. . . G. Matthai, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.), 

F.Z.S., F.L.S., F.K.S.E., I.E.S. (p.); 
Anand Kumar, Esq., M.A. (Cantab.) 
(R.) and one Lecturer. 

Chemistry . . . . Dr. S. S. Bhatnagar, D.Sc., F.Inst.P., 

(P.) ; Dr. H. B. Dunnicliff, M.A., 
D.Sc., F.I.C., I.E.S. (P.); Dr. J. N. Ray, 
M.Sc., Ph.D. (R.) and a Lecturer. 

Economics .. . . W. H. Myles, Esq., M.A. (Edin.) (p.), 

and the following take part in co- 
operative teaching : two M.A/s, one 
M.A., I.E.S., and an M.A., D.D., Ph.D, 



340 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Mathematics .. . . C. V. H. Rao, Esq., B. A. (Cantab. 

M.A. (P.) (on leave) ; Pandit Hem Ra 
M.A. (Reader), and eight Lecturers. 

Astronomy . . . . P. Samuels Lall, Esq., M.A., B.Sc 

F.R.A.S. (R.). 

The Following are the Different Affiliated Colleges and Their 
Respective Principals. 



Government 
Lahore 



College, 



Oriental College, Lahore 
Law College, Lahore 

Forman Christian 
College, Lahore 

Dayanand Anglo-Vedic 

College, Lahore 
Dyal Singh College, 

Lahore 

The Islamia College, 
Lahore 

The Sanatana Dharma 
College, Lahore 

Kinnaird College for 
Women, Lahore 



Lieut. -Col. H. L. O. Garrett, M./ 
(Cantab.) F.R.Hist.S., I.E.S., Pfofess< 
of History. 

A. C. VVoolner, Esq., M.A., F.A.s.u 
C.I.K., Professor of Sanskrit. 

Chuni Lai Anand, Esq., M.A,, LL.B 
Bar-at-Law. 

Rev. J)r. E. D. Lucas, M.A., D.D 
Ph.D. (Columbia), Prof, of Economic 

Lai a Sain Dass, M.A. (Cal.), \\.i 
(Cantab.), Professor of Chemistry. 
D. N. Bhalla, Esq., M.A. (Pb.), BJ 

(Cantab.), Professor of Economics an 
English. 
Major Alexander Wilson, H.A. (Oxon/ 

D.S.O., M.C., Legion of Honour. 

L. Raghubar Dayal Shastri, M.A 
M.O.L. (Punjab), Prof, of Sanskrit. 

Miss W. H. Porter, M.A. (Worste 
U.S.A.), Lecturer in English. 



Central Training College, J. E. Parkinson, Esq., M.A. (Cantab. 



Lahore 

King Edward Medical 
College, Lahore 

Lady Hardinge Medical 
College, New Delhi 



B. D. Peace Memorial 
College, Amballa 

The Mohindra College, 
.Patiala 

Ludhiana College, 
Ludhiana 



l.K.s. 

Lieut. -Col. H. H. Broome, M.B., Ch.l 
(Kdin.). F.K.C.S. (Eng.), L.R.C.J 
(Lond.), I. M.S., Professor of Surger; 

Miss G. J. Campbell, M.I)., ch.B 
(Glasgow), W.M.S., Professor < 
Gynaecology and Midwifery. 

S, C, Bhattacharya, Esq., M.A. (All. 

B. N. Khosla, Esq., M.A. (Pb.), BJ 
(lions.)(Cantab.), Prof, of Economic 

A. C. C. Hervey, Esq., M.A. (Cantab. 
I.E.S., Lecturer in English an 
History. 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 



341 



Dayanand Anglo-Vedic 
College/Jullundur City 

Randhir College, 
Kapurthala 

The Khalsa College, 
Amritsar 

The Punjab Agricultural 
College, Lyallpur 

Murray* College, Sialkot 
City 

Prince of Wales College, 
Jammu 

Gordon College, 
Rawalpindi 

Dayanand Anglo-Vedic 
College, Rawalpindi 

Islamia College, 
Peshawar 

Edward's College, 
Peshawar 

Multan College, Multan., 

Sri Pra'tab College, 
Srinagar 

The Lahore College for 
Women, Lahore 

Sadiq-Egerton College, 
Bahawalpur 

The Vedic Bhratri 
College, Dera Ismail 
Khan 

Ramsukh Das College, 
Ferozepore City 

Guru Nanak Khalsa 
College, Gujranwala 

Hindu Sabha College, 
Amritsar 



Pt. Mehr Chand, B.A. (Punjab), Prof, of 
Theology. 

Sardar Sundar Dass, B.A.(Cantab.).M.A. 
(Pb.), Bar-at-Law, Prof, of English. 

Sardar Bahadur Bhai Bishan Singh, 
B.A.. I.E.S. (Retired). 

Mr. T. A. Miller Brownlie, C.K M 
M.I.W.E., M.I.M. & C.K. 

Rev. John Garrett, M.A. (Glasgow), 
Professor of English. 

L. Sewa Ram Suri, Esq., M.Sc,, Pro- 
fessor of Physics. 

Rev. E. L. Porter, M.A., D.D. (West- 
minster, U.S.A.), Professor of 
English. 

L. Ram Ditta Mai, U.A., Professor of 
History and Persian. 

Henry Martin, Esq., M.A. (Oxon.), 
O.B.K., Professor of English and 
Economics. 

Rev. C. A. Bender, M.A. (Dunclm), 
Professor of English. 

M. Muhd. Ibrahim, M.A. (Allahabad), 
P.E.S., Lecturer in Mathematics. 

Lawrence MacDermott, Esq., B.A. 
(Hons.)(National University, Ireland). 
Professor of English. 

Miss G. Harrison, H.A. (Hons.), 
(London). London Diploma in 
Pedagogy. 

M. A. Zahidie, Esq., B.A., Professor 
of English. 

L. WishanDasKalra, M.A., B.T. (Pb,), 
Lecturer in English and History, 
(Offx?) Principal. 

P. K. Chakraverty, Esq., M.A, (Cal.), 
Professor of English. 

Bawa Harkishan Singh, M.A. (Punjab), 
Professor of English. 

K. L. Bhatia, Esq., M.A., B.Sc. 
(Punjab), M.R.A.S. (London), Pro- 
fessor of English Literature. 



342 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Government Intermediate 
College, Lyallpur 

Government Intermediate 
College, Gujrat 

Government Intermediate 
College, Campbellpur 

Malerkotla College, 
Malerkotla State 

The Lawrence College, 
Ghora Gali 

Government Intermediate 
College, Jhang 

Government Intermediate 
College, Dharmasala 

Khalsa Intermediate 
College, Lyallpur 

Dayanand Anglo-Vedic 
College, Hoshiarpur 

Dayanand Mathradas 
College, Moga 

Government Intermediate 
College, Hoshiarpur 

Government Intermediate 
College, Rohtak 

Hailey College of Com- 
merce, Lahore 



Government Intermediate 
College, Pasrur 



S. Tara Singh, M.A., P.E.S. 

Sri Kishan Kapur, Esq., M.A., B.Sc., 
Professor of Mathematics. 

Syed Mohsin Mirza, M.A., B.T. 
(Punjab). 

M. R. Qureshi, Esq., M.A., B.T. 
(Punjab), Lecturer in Philosophy. 

The Rev. W. T. Wright, M.A.' (Dur- 
ham), C.I.E., Lecturer in English. 
Abdul Hamid Khan, Esq., M.A., P.E.S. 

Bhai Bishan Das Puri, M.A., P.E.S. 

S.B. Sen Gupta, Esq., M.A. (English, 
History and Economics), B.L. (Cal.), 
Professor of English. 

L. Ram Das, Esq., B.A., B.T. (Punjab). 

L. Shiv Dyal, Esq., M.A. (Punjab), 
Professor of English. 

B. L. Bhatia, Esq., M.Sc. (Punjab), 
F.Z.S., F.R.M.S. (London), K.H.M., 
Lecturer in Biology. 

Mirza Muhammad Said, Esq., M.A. 
(Punjab), I.E.S. 

J. W. Thomas, Esq., B.Com., B.Sc. 
(Hons.) (London), Professor of Eco- 
nomic History, Banking and Cur- 
rency. 

S. Prem Singh, M.Sc., P.E.S., Lecturer 
in Science. 



Number of Students in the University under the different Faculties. 

During 1927, there were 28,283 students. 

Number of Successful Candidates in the different 
Examinations, 1927. 



Oriental Faculty 



B.O.L. nil. M.O.L. nil. Oriental 
Languages : Sanskrit 459, Arabic 71, 
Persian 149, Hindi 154, Gurmukhi 
49, Urdu 47, Pushto 2. 



tUNjAB IJNIVEUSITV 



343 



Arts Faculty . . 



Science Faculty 



Law Faculty 



Medical Faculty 



Agricultural Faculty 
Other Examinations ' 



M. & S.L.C. 9,220, Intermediate 
1,083, Supplementary (1925-26) 144, 
B.A. 864, B.A. (Hons.) 109, B.A. 
Supplementary (1925-263-15, Honours 
School 4, M.A. 65, B.T. 71, 
D.LITT. nil. 

Intermediate 343, Int. Supplementary 
51, Medical Students' group 225, 
Medical Students' (Supplementary) 
group 47, B.SC. 94, B.SC. Supple- 
mentary (1925-26) 26, B.Sc.(Hons.) 
(old type) 12, Honours School in 
Botany 28, Zoology 5, M.SC. 19, 
D.SC. nil. 

First Examination in Law 206, First 
Examination in Law (Supplementary) 
21, LL.B.-178, LL.B. (Supplemen- 
tary) 24, Special Test in Law 3. 

First M.B. B.S. 69, First M.B. B.S. 
(Supplementary) 16, Second M.B. 
B.S. 60, Second M.B. B.S. (Supple- 
mentary) 15, Final M.B. B.S. 44 
(April Session) 50, (October), M.D. 
nil. 

First Examination- 30, B.Sc. Ag. 
(Final) 30. 

S.L.C. 358, Diploma in Commerce, 
nil. 



Scholarships and Medals. 

Medals are awarded on the results of the University examina- 
tions for proficiency in the different subjects and scholarships are 
awarded for proficiency in the different subjects and in order of 
merit, and there are several scholarships awarded by reason of 
poverty and on the basis of communal distinction. 

Library, Museums, Laboratories, etc. 

The total number of volumes excluding manuscripts in the 
Library on September 30th, 1928, was 63,319. A sum of Rs. 31,101 
was spent on the purchase of books during the year. About 
Rs. 4,857 were spent on periodicals. The University has 
constructed recently a Chemical Laboratory and there is also a 
University Astronomical Observatory. 



344 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITY 

Provision for Research. 

There are eight Studentships for research whose capital value 
is more than a lakh and a half Rupees and these are awarded to 
students who have distinguished themselves in the Master's 
Examination, for the purpose of investigation and research. A 
good deal of critical and research work is done by the University 
and College teachers and among the more important papers of the 
year 1927 may be mentioned : 

SANSKRIT. 

AmbikaParinaya, by Tirumalamba, Prof. Lakshman Sarup, M.A., 
a newly discovered prose D.Phil. 
romance a paper read before the 
All-India Oriental Conference, 
Allahabad, November 1926 

A Critical Edition of the Text of Prof. Lakshman Sarup, M.A., 
the Nirukta, completed with a D.rhil. 
Volume of Indices and Appen- 
dices. 

Madhya Koumudi Tika "Prajna Pandit Nrisingh Dev Shastri. 
Chitya Prasadini" 

Hindi Vyakaran . . . . Pandit Ram Chandra Kushal. 

Commentary on the Rig Veda . . Pandit Bhagwat Datta (88 

pages printed so far). D. A. 
V. College, Research De- 
partment. 

Fifth Fasciculus of the North-West D. A. V. College, Research 
Recension of the Valmiki Department. 

Ramayana 

ARABIC. 

A Critical Edition of the May- Prof. Muhammad Shafi, M.A. 
khana of Abdul-Nabi Khan 

A Summary of the Contents of the Prof. Muhammad Shafi, M.A. 
Maykhana 

PERSIAN. 

Abridged Edition of the " Tarikh- Prof. Muhammad Iqbal,M.A., 
i-Wassaf " (Vol. I published) Ph.D. 

Article on M Sikhism " the Ency- Prof. Muhammad Iqbal, M.A., 
clopaedia of Islam (published) Ph.D. 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 



345 



PUNJABI. 



Brief History of Punjabi Litera- 
ture for Prof. Glasenapp's " His- 
tory of Indian Liteiature" from 
the very beginning to the 
present day 

11 Punjabi aur Hindi ka Bhasha 
Vigyan " 



Dr. Benarsi 
Ph.D. 



Das, Esq., M.A., 



Duni Chandra, Esq., M.A., 
Government Intermediate 
College, Lyallpur. 



ECONOMICS. 



Some Aspects of Batai Cultivation 
in the Lyallpur District of the 
Punjab 

Eighty Years of Punjab Food 
Prices, 1841-1920 



H. R. Stewart, Esq., I.A.S., 

The Board of Economic 

Inquiry, Punjab. 
Prof. Brij Narain, M.A., The 

Board of Economic Inquiry \ 

Punjab. 



CHEMISTRY. 



Effect of Polarised Radiations an 
the Interaction between Water 
and Sodium and Mercury 
Amalgams 

The Action of Light on Concen- 
trated Aqueous Solution of 
Ammonium Thiocyanate 

A History of Chemistry in the 
Punjab 

The System Ammonium Sulphate- 
Sulphuric Acid-Ethyl Alcohol 



S. S. Bhatnagar, Esq., D.Sc. 
F.Inst.l'., (Science, Septem- 
ber, 1927.) 

S. S. Bhatnagar, Esq., D.Sc., 
F.Inst.P. 

Messrs. H. B. Dunnicliff and 
Rama Krishna Bahl. 

Messrs. H. B. Dunnicliff, 
A. L. Aggarwal and R. C. 
Hoon. (jour. Physical Che- 
mistry, 1927). 



BOTANY. 



Life History of Thuja Occidentalis 



Cyathodium Cavernarum Kunzo 
from Burma 



A Short Study on the Configura- 
tion and the Formation of the 
Sexual Organs in Marchantia 
palmata in relation to certain 
external conditions 



M. R. Handa, Esq., M.Sc. 
(Journal of the Burma Re- 
search Society, Vol. XVI, 
Part III, pp. 214-219.) 

Lalit Parshad, Esq., M.Sc., 
(journal of the Burma Re- 
search Society, Vol. XVI, 
Part III, pp. 227-229.) 

(Journal of the Indian Botani- 
cal Society.) 



346 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Mosses collected in Gilgit, etc. Rev. J. Garrett and Mr. 

William Lillie, Murray 
College, Sialkot. 

(Record of the Botanical Survey 
of India, Vol. IX, No. 5.) 

ZOOLOGY. 

On the Present Position of the Dr. Vishwa Nath, M.Sc., Ph.D. 
Mitochondria and the Golgi (Biological Reviews , Cam- 
Apparatus bridge, November, 1926 ) 

The Genesis of certain Inverte- Dr. Vishwa Nath, M.Sc., 
brates, with Special Reference Ph.D., (Quart. Journ. Nicr. 
to Lumbricus &/., Vol. 70, 1926.) 

Paper on the Growth of the Muscle- Dr. D. R. Bhatia, M.Sc., Ph.D., 
cells of the Developing Fish Lecturer, Ludhiana College, 
Salmo fario Ludhiana. 

PHYSICS. 

Absorption Co-efficient of Colloidal L. Hari Ram Sarna, M.A., 
Silver for X-Rays Government Intermediate 

College, Hoshiarpur 
(Jointly with Prof. S. S. 
Bhatnagar, D.Sc., F.Inst. 
P.) 
HISTORY. 

The Grand Trunk Road K. M. Sarkar, Esq., M.A. 

A Brief History of the Old Police Prof. Garrett. 
Battalion in the Punjab 

" Three Travellers to India " . . Abdullah Yusuf Ali, Esq., 

C.B.E., M.A., LL.M. 
MEDICINE. 

Investigation of the Properties of Dr. Khem Singh Grewal, 
Common Punjab Drugs M.B.B.S., and Dr. Prem 

Nath Suri. 

AGRICULTURE. 

A memoire of the Imperial Department of Agriculture was 
published on Red Pumpkin Beetle, by M. Afzal Husain, Esq., 
M.Sc. (Pb.), M.A. (Cantab.), I.A.S., Entomologist to Government, 
Punjab, and Syed Abdulla Shah, Esq., L.Ag. 

Diaphorina citri (Citrus Paylla in M. Afzal Husain, Esq., M.Sc. 
the Punjab) (Pb.), M.A. (Cantab.), 

I.A.S., and L. Dina Nath, 
B.Sc. (Agri.) 



PUNJAB UNIVEUSITY 347 

Publication and Extension Work. 

The seventh annual contribution of Rs. 5,000 by the Univer- 
sity was transferred to the Oriental Publications Fund which was 
established in 1920 with the object of publishing critical and 
original works in Oriental languages. A number of important 
works have been published under the auspices of the University, 
e.g.) A Critical Edition of the Mahaveera Charitam, edited by the 
late Pandit Todarmal ; and Yaska''s Niruktam by Dr. Lakshman 

Sarup. 



There is a University Publicity Union which, among other 
activities, arranges for popular Lantern Lectures. 

Military Training. 

There is a University Training Corps, the strength of which 
on 1st January, 1928, was 21 Officers and 598 other ranks. The 
Corps is divided into detachments according to the Colleges in 
Lahore. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

Under the regulations, every under-graduate student at a 
Lahore College is required to live in a College or in a Hostel 
recognized by the University or with his guardian. There are 
thirteen recognized hostels in addition to the Hostels affiliated to 
colleges. There is a Students' Residence Committee which 
supervises the residential life of the students of the University. 

Budget : Provident Fund. 

The Revenue and Expenditure for the year ending 31st 
March, 1927, deducting investments matured and advances 
refunded, were Rs. 11.12 lakhs and Rs. 7.40 lakhs respectively. 
During the year 1926-27, a Government Grant of Rs. 2.38 
lakhs was received. 

Women's Education. 

There are three Colleges Kinnaird College for Women, 
Lahore, Lahore College for Women, Lahore, and Lady Hardinge 
Medical College, New Delhi, exclusively for women. The Kinnaird 
College is affiliated as far as the B.A. Degree in English, Mathe- 
matics, History, Philosophy, Economics, Sanskrit and Persian. 
Lahore College for Women is also affiliated upto the B.A. 
standard in English, Mathematics, History, Philosophy and 
Chemistry. Lady Hardinge Medical College is affiliated to the 
Punjab University for the Intermediate Science Examination and 
the M.B. B.S. Degree Examination. Lady students seeking 
for higher degrees other than those mentioned above are per- 
mitted to join the men's colleges. 



348 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Students' Information Bureau and its Activities. 

Secretary : Professor Madan Gopal Singh, M.A., B.A. (Oxon.) 

There is a Foreign Information Bureau instituted for the 
purpose of advising students who are desirous of prosecuting 
their studies abroad. The number of students who correspond- 
ed during the year ending March 31st, 1027, for information and 
advice was 886. There is also a Library attached to the Bureau, 
and it has been much improved and extended of late. 

The work of the Bureau has considerably increased and 
students and their parents in increasing numbers have person- 
ally sought the assistance of the Bureau not only in regard to 
the courses of study and training abroad, but also regarding 
personal and private matters about which they felt they needed 
guidance. The work of the Bureau is not limited to purely 
secretarial lines, but it includes constant touch with the student 
community. 

Provision for Safeguarding Health, Medical Inspection, 
Discipline, Etc. 

Most of the colleges arrange for the annual medical inspec- 
tion of the students on their rolls. 

The University has appointed visitors to inspect lodgings 
intended for students in Lahore and encourages recognition of 
private hostels by financial assistance on giving limited control 
to the University over these lodgings. 

The University has recently appointed a Director of Physical 
Culture who co-ordinates instruction in Physical Culture among 
the various Colleges affiliated to the University, He also acts as 
Secretary to the Punjab University Sports Tournament Committee. 
The object is to create among the University students a taste for 
Physical Training. 

There is a Sports Tournament Committee which arranges 
Annual Tournaments between the various Colleges affiliated to 
the University. The Winning Teams are awarded cups, shields 
and prizes. It is financed by the University. 

Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

The University offers the degrees of B.A. (Pass and 
Honours), M.A., D.LlTT. and B.T. in Arts; B.Sc. (Pass and 
Honours), M.SC. and D.SC. in Science ; LL.B., LL.M., 
and LL.D. in Law; M.B.B.S., M.S. and M.D. in Medicine; 
B.SC. and M.SC. in Agriculture ; B.O.L., M.O.L. and D.O.L. in 
Oriental Learning and the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce in 
Commerce. There is also provision for the award by the University 
of Diplomas in Literary titles in Oriental Languages. 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 349 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 

Admission to the University is open to students who have 
passed the Matriculation Examination of this University or an 
examination recognized as equivalent to it. 

ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over two 
academical years subsequent to passing the Matriculation 
Examination or any other examination recognized for the pur- 
pose, & candidate being required to study and be examined in four 
of the following subjects: I.English (two papers and an oral 
examination), 2. A Classical Language (Sanskrit, Arabic, Hebrew, 
Greek, Latin or Persian, or in the case of female candidates 
French, German or one of the Indian Vernaculars recognized by 
the University, or in the case of Europeans or Indian students in 
the Lawrence College, Ghora Gali, Urdu or Hindi or Punjabi 
2 papers), and two of the following: Mathematics (two papers), 
Physics (two papers and a practical examination), Chemistry (two 
papers and a practical examination), Philosophy (two papers), 
History (two papers), Geography (two papers), Economics (two 
papers), Biology (Botany and Zoology) (two papers and a practical 
examination) ; Chemistry can be taken only by a candidate who 
has taken Physics as his elective subject. 

In addition to the above subjects a candidate may take an 
additional paper (carrying 50 marks) in an Indian Vernacular 
recognized by the University, or in French or German if the same 
has not already been taken as a fixed subject, while any candidate, 
who is a member of the University Training Corps and has attend- 
ed 66 per cent of the parades held, may take Military Science 
(practical test only) as an additional optional subject carrying 50 
marks in place of the Indian Vernacular, or French or German. 

Marks allotted to each subject except the additional paper in 
the Indian Vernacular or in French or in German and in Military 
Science are 150. 

33 per cent in each of the .subjects is the minimum for a 
pass, those obtaining 65 per cent or more of the aggregate number 
of marks shall be placed in the First Division, and those obtaining 
not less than 50 per cent in the Second Division, with effect 
from the examination to be held in 1929. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass and Honours). The course of study 
extends over two years after the Intermediate Examination in 
Arts or Science Faculty of the Punjab University or other equivalent 
examination of any other recognized University and the subjects 
for study and examination are: English (three papers) and two 
of the following subjects: (1) A Classical Language (Sanskrit, 
Arabic, Hebrew, Greek or Latin or Persian or French) (two papers), 



350 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(2) Mathematics, Course A (two papers), (3) Mathematics, Course 
B (two papers), (4) History (two papers), (5) Political Economy (two 
papers), (6) Philosophy (two papers), (7) Physics, Chemistry, 
Geology, Botany or Zoology (two papers and a practical examina- 
tion), and (8) Astronomy with Optics and Spkerical Trigonometry 
(two papers and a practical examination). 

In addition to the above 3 subjects a candidate has the 
option of taking an additional paper (carrying 50 marks) in an 
Indian Vernacular recognized by the University while any candi- 
date, who is a member of the University Training Corps and has 
attended 66 per cent of the parades held, has the option of taking 
Military Science (one paper and a practical test) carrying 50 marks 
in place of the Indian Vernacular. 

No candidate can take Physics or Chemistry who has not 
taken Physics and Chemistry with Mathematics in the Inter- 
mediate Arts and no one can take (8) unless with (2), (8) or (7). 

Marks allotted to each subject except to the additional paper 
in the Indian Vernacular and the Military Science are 150. 

In the case of students sitting for the Honours Examination 
3 Honours papers of the total value of 200 marks shall be set in 
addition to the Pass papers in each of the subjects approved for 
Honours. A candidate can take Honours in any one subject of the 
subjects taken up by him for the Pass Course, namely English, 
History, Mathematics (A & B Courses), Economics, Philosophy, 
Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Physics and Geology. Unless a candidate 
obtains 50 per cent in the Pass papers in the subject in which he 
seeks Honours, his Honours papers shall not be examined. To 
obtain Honours, a candidate must obtain at least 45 per cent in 
the Honours papers taken together. 40 per cent in P^nglish, in one 
other subject and in the aggregate of Pass papers, and 33 per 
cent in the third subject qualifies a student for an ordinary Pass. 
40 per cent is the minimum number of marks required to pass in 
Additional paper in an Indian Vernacular and in Military Science. 
Those obtaining 65 per cent or more of the aggregate number of 
marks in the Pass papers shall be placed in the First Class and 
those obtaining not less than 50 per cent in the Second Class, with 
effect from the examination to be held in 1929. 

The marks gained in the Honours papers shall not be added 
to the total gained in the Pass examination. 

Master of Arts. The Degree can be obtained by graduates 
in Arts or Science of this or other recognized Universities and 
the following are the subjects for study and examination of which 
only one may be selected by a candidate : 1. A Language 
(English, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian, Hebrew, Greek or Latin). 2. 
History. 3. Political Economy. 4. Mathematics. 5. Mental 
and Moral Philosophy. 6, Psychology, Six papers of three 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 351 

hours each are set in each of the subjects, each paper carrying 100 
marks. In order to pass, a candidate must obtain 33 per cent of 
the marks in each paper except the Essay paper in English in 
which 45 per cent are to be obtained and 45 percent in the aggre- 
gate. Candidates that secure 65 per cent or more in the aggregate 
are placed in the First Division and those obtaining 55 per cent 
are placed in the Second Division. 

Doctor of Literature (D.Litt.). The Degree is open to one 
who has obtained the Master's Degree of the Punjab University 
in the subject other than Mathematics with which his thesis is 
connected and has pursued an advanced course of study for two 
years bearing upon the subject selected by him for the degree. 
Every candidate must submit a thesis on the subject previously 
accepted by the Academic Council showing an evidence of original 
work. Further, if desired by the examiners, he must submit 
himself for an oral or written examination on the subject of his 
thesis and cognate subjects. 

SCIENCE. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over two 
academical years subsequent to the Matriculation Examination of 
this or other recognized Board or University. The following are 
the subjects for study and examination: 1. English (two papers 
and an oral examination), 2. Physics, 3. Chemistry or Mathematics 
and one of the following : (a) Chemistry or Mathematics (if not 
already selected), (b) Biology, (c) Physiology, (d) Geology, (e) 
Agriculture. There will be two papers in each subject and a 
practical examination in the case of a Science subject. 

The following subjects comprise the Medical Students' 
Group: 1. English, 2. Physics, 3. Chemistry and 4. Biology. 

In addition to the above subjects a candidate may take an 
additional paper (carrying 50 marks) in an Indian Vernacular 
recognized by the University or in French or in German while any 
candidate, who is a member of the University Training Corps and 
has attended 66 per cent of the parades held, may take Military 
Science (practical test only) as an additional subject carrying 50 
marks in place of the Indian Vernacular or French or German. 

Marks allotted to each subject except the additional paper 
in the Indian Vernacular or in French or in German and in 
Military Science are 150. 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent in each subject and 
25 per cent in the practical examination. Candidates obtaining 
65 per cent or more of the aggregate number of marks shall be 
placed in the First Division and those obtaining not less than 50 
per cent in the Second Division, with effect from the examination 
to be held in 1929. 



352 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Bachelor of Science (Pass and Honours). The course extends 
over two academical years subsequent to Intermediate Examin- 
ation in Arts or Science of this or other equivalent examina- 
tion of any other recognized University and a candidate 
is required to study and be examined in the following subjects : 
1. English (two papers) and one of the following Groups : I. Physics 
and Chemistry. 2, Botany and Zoology. 3. Geology and Physics. 
4. Zoology arid Physiology. 5. Geology and Chemistry. 6. Chemistry 
and Technical Chemistry. 7. Physics and Astronomy. 8. Zoology 
and Chemistry. 9. Physiology and Chemistry. 10. Botany and 
Chemistry. 11. Botany and Physics. 12. Zoology and Physics. 
Two papers are set in each group and there is also a practical 
examination. Candidates must choose only the group of subjects 
they have chosen for the Intermediate Examination. Provided 
that they cannot take up group (1) or Astronomy unless they have 
also taken up Mathematics in the Intermediate Examination. 

In addition to the above subjects any candidate, who is a 
member of the University Training Corps and has attended 66 per 
cent of the parades held, has the option of taking Military Science 
(a written paper and a practical test). 150 marks are allotted to 
each subject except the Military Science which carries 50 marks. 

In order to pass a candidate must obtain 33 per cent in 
English and 40 per cent in each Science subject (both written and 
practical) and in the aggregate. 40 per cent is the minimum for 
passing in Military Science. Those obtaining 65 per cent or more 
of the aggregate number of marks shall be placed in the First 
Division and those obtaining not less than 50 per cent in the 
Second Division, with effect from the examination to be held in 
1929. 

Honours. From 1929, Honours shall be allowed only in 
Physics or Geology and there shall be two Honours papers each 
carrying 60 marks, a practical examination carrying 60 marks, and, 
in the case of Physics a Dissertation, and, in the case of Geology 
an account of field-work, each carrying 20 marks. To obtain 
Honours, a candidate should obtain at least 45 per cent in the 
Honours papers taken together and 50 per cent in the Pass papers 
in the subject in which he seeks Honours. 

Marks obtained in the Honours papers are not added to the 
total gained in the Pass examination. 

Master of Science. The course is open to graduates in Science 
or Agriculture or Arts (with Physics or Chemistry as one of their 
subjects in the B.A.) of this University or other recognized Uni- 
versities, and one of the following subjects should be selected 
for study and examination: 1. Physics, 2. Geology or 3. 
Physiology. There will be five papers of three hours each 
in every subject and a practical test. In order to pass, a 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 353 

candidate must obtain 33 per cent in each paper and in the 
practical and 45 per cent in the aggregate. 700 marks in total 
are allotted to each subject. 65 per cent or more of the aggre- 
gate qualifies one for a First Class and 55 per cent for a Second 
Class. 

Docior of Science. Any Master of Science or Master of Arts 
in Mathematics of the Punjab University is eligible to present 
himself for the degree, provided he has spent not less than two 
years after obtaining the Master's Degree in the pursuit of an 
advanced course of study bearing upon the subject selected by 
him for the degree. An approved thesis is to be submitted show- 
ing his ability in original research on a subject previously 
accepted by the Academic Council. He must further submit 
himself for an oral or written examination on the subject of his 
thesis and cognate subjects if the examiners so desire. 

ORIENTAL. 

Intermediate Examination. The course extends over two 
academical years subsequent to passing the M. & S.L.C. Exami- 
nation of the Punjab University with a Classical Language as 
one of the subjects. A candidate is required to study and be 
examined in the following: 1. Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian, 2. 
English, 3. History, 4. An Indian Vernacular (Urdu or Hindi or 
Punjabi). There will be four papers of three hours each in 
Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian of the total value of 300 marks. 
In English, History and Indian Vernacular, there are two papers 
of three hours each, in addition to which there is an oral exami- 
nation in English (total vilue of marks in each subject being 100). 

Questions set by the examiners shall be in English, but the 
answers written by the candidates may be in English or any 
Vernacular of India recognized by the University in the case of 
all subjects except English in which the medium shall be English. 

The minimum number of marks for a pass is 33 per cent 
in each subject. Those obtaining 65 per cent or more of the 
aggregate number of marks shall be placed in the First Class, 
those obtaining not less than 50 per cent in the Second Class, 
with effect from the examination to be held in 1929. 

Bachelor of Oriental Learning (B.O.L.). The course extends 
over two academical years subsequent to passing the Intermediate 
Examination in the Oriental Faculty of the University of the 
Punjab or the B.A. Examination of the Punjab or any other 
recognized University, the following being the subjects for study 
and examination : 1. Sanskrit, Arabic or Persian (300 marks), 
2. English or History (100 marks) and 3. An Indian Vernacular 
(Urdu, Hindi or Punjabi) (100 marks). In Sanskrit, Arabic or 
Persian, there will be four papers of three hours each. Two 
23 F 



354 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

papers are set in each of the other subjects, except in English in 
which 8 papers are set besides an oral examination. 

Questions set by the examiners shall be in English, but the 
answers written by the candidates may be in P^nglish or any 
Vernacular of India recognized by the University in the case of 
all subjects except English in which the medium shall be English. 

The minimum number of marks fora pass is 40 percent in the 
fixed subject, in one other subject and in the aggregate and 33 
per cent in the third subject. 

From 1929, 65 per cent of the aggregate or more will qualify 
a candidate for the First Division and not less than 50 per cent 
for the Second Division. 

Master of Oriental Learning (M.O.L.\ The course of study 
extends over one academical year subsequent to graduation in 
Oriental Learning in the Punjab University and is also open 
to students who have taken the Degree of M.A. of this or 
of any other recognized University. The following are the 
subjects for study and examination (one only to be taken by 
a candidate): 1. Sanskrit, 2. Arabic or 3. Persian. Six 
papers of three hours each are set in each language. 

All answers are written in the Vernacular selected by the 
candidate as medium of examination in his application. 

The minimum for a pass in this examination is 50 per cent 
in the aggregate and 33 per cent in each paper (except the paper 
on Composition for which 50 per cent is required). Candidates 
who obtain 70 per cent or more of the aggregate number of marks 
will be placed in the First Class, and those gaining 60 per cent 
in the Second Class. 

Doctor of Oriental Learning (D. O.L.). The Degree is open 
to candidates who have obtained the M.O.L. Degree of this 
University and are of two years' standing, having been engaged 
during this period in an advanced course of study bearing upon 
the subject selected by them for the degree. A candidate is 
required to submit a thesis on a subject previously accepted by 
the Academic Council, showing evidence of original work. If 
desired by the examiners a candidate must further submit himself 
for an oral or written examination on the subject of his thesis 
and cognate subjects. 

Diplomas and Literary Titles in Oriental Learning. Three 
examinations for Proficiency, High Proficiency and Honours 
respectively are held by the University in the following subjects: 
1. Arabic Language and Literature. 2. Sanskrit Language 
and Literature. 3. Persian Language and Literature. The 
course extends over one year in each case, which must be spent 
in an affiliated institution of the University unless permission to 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY. 355 

appear as a private candidate under the prescribed rules is 
obtained from the University. The Shastri examination is open 
only to those who have passed the Viskarada examination or M. A. 
Sanskrit of the Punjab University or any other recognized equi- 
valent examinations of other Universities. Six papers of three 
hours each, each paper carrying 100 marks, are set for each 
examination. 

Candidates for Visharada and Shastri examinations are 
allowed the option of taking 2 additional papers in Hindi and those 
for Maulvi Alim, Maulvi Fazil, Munshi Alim and Munshi Fazil 
the option of taking 2 additional papers in Urdu, each paper 
carrying 50 marks. 

The minimum marks required to pass are 25 in each 
paper and 33 percent in the aggregate in the case of Proficiency, 
30 in each paper and 40 per cent in the aggregate in the case of 
the High Proficiency and 33 in each paper and 45 percent in the 
aggregate in the case of Honours Examination. 

Candidates who gain sixty-five per cent or more of the aggre- 
gate marks in the Proficiency, High Proficiency and the Honours 
Examinations are placed in the First Division ; those who gain 
50 per cent or more in the Proficiency and High Proficiency or 
55 per cent or more in the Honours Examination are placed in 
the Second Division and the other succeeding candidates in the 
Third Division. 

Diplomas conferring the Oriental Literary Titles of Maulvi 
Fazil, Shastri, or Munshi Fazil are granted to persons who have 
passed the examination for Honours in Arabic, Sanskrit or Persian 
respectively. 

Diplomas conferring the Oriental Literary Titles of Maulvi 
Alim, Visharada or Munshi Alim are granted to persons who have 
passed the examination for High Proficiency in Arabic, Sanskrit 
or Persian respectively. 

EXAMINATION IN VERNACULAR LANGUAGES. 

Three examinations (Proficiency, High Proficiency and 
Honours) are held in each of the following Vernacular languages : 1. 
Urdu Language and Literature, 2. The Hindi Language and 
Literature, 3. The Punjabi Language and Literature, 4. The 
Pushto Language and Literature. The course extends over one 
year in each case which must be spent in an affiliated institution 
of the University unless permission to appear as a private 
candidate 9 under the prescribed rules, is obtained from the 
University. 

Six papers of three hours each are set in each examination 
except in the Pushto Language in which four papers are set in each 
examination. Each paper carries 100 marks. 



356 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The minimum number of marks required to pass the Pro- 
ficiency and the High Proficiency is 40 per cent in each 
paper, and to pass the Honours Examination a candidate must 
obtain 50 per cent in each paper. 

COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES LEADING TO PROFESSIONS. 

LAW. 

First Examination in Law. The course extends over one 
year and is open to graduates in Science or Arts of this or of 
any other recognized University. A candidate is required to 
study and be examined in the following: 1. Jurisprudence 
and Principles of Roman Law, 2. Constitutional Law (of Eng- 
land and India), 3. Hindu and Muhammadan Law, 4. Law of 
Contract and Torts, 5. The Law of Limitation and Easements, 
and 6. Criminal Law. There will be one paper of 3 hours in each 
subject. 

For the Examination to be held in 1930 and after the subjects 
shall be as follows : 

1. Jurisprudence and Principles of Roman Law. 
2.* Constitutional Law of England and India. 

3. Hindu and Muhammadan Law and Punjab Customary 

Law. 

4. Law of Contract and Torts. 

5. Indian Limitation Act (Sections only) and Civil Procedure 

Code (Sections only). 

6. Criminal Law (I. P. Code and Cr. P. Code). 

A candidate who obtains 40 per cent in each paper and 50 per 
cent in the aggregate is deemed to have passed the examination. 

Bachelor of Laws ( LL.ft.). The course extends over one 
year subsequent to passing the First Examination in Law. 
The following are the subjects for study and examination : 1. 
Principles of Equity with special reference to Mortgages, Trusts 
and Specific Relief, 2. Revenue, Tenancy, Pre-emption and 
Customary Law of the Punjab, 3. International Law (Public and 
Private), 4. Civil Procedure Code and Punjab Courts Act, 5. Law 
of P>idence and Legal Practitioners' Act, and 6. Minors, Succession 
Certificate, Registration, Court Fees and Stamp Acts. Six papers 
of three hours each will be set, i.e., one paper in each subject. 

For the examination to be held in 1931 and after the subjects 
shall be as follows : 

1. Principles of Equity with special reference to Mortgages, 
Trusts and Specific Relief. 

2. Revenue (omitting rules), Tenancy, Punjab Alienation 
of Land Act and Pre-emption. 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 357 

3. Indian Contract Act and the Negotiable Instruments Act. 

4. Civil Procedure Code (including the drafting of Plaints, 
Memorandum of Appeal, etc.), Punjab Courts Act, and 
Indian Limitation Act (Schedules only). 

5. Law of Evidence and Legal Practitioners' Act. 

6. Minors, Registration, Court Fees and Indian Easements 
Acts. 

A candidate who obtains foity per cent of the maximum 
numbe'r of marks allotted to each subject and fifty per cent in 
the aggregate is qualified for a pass in the Second Class, those 
obtaining sixty per cent in the aggregate being placed in the 
First Division. 

The LL.M. Kxaminatwu. The examination is open 
to any person who has taken the LL.li, Degree of this University 
and has passed at least two academical years subsequent to 
graduation in Law. The following are the subjects for study 
and examination: 1. Jurisprudence, 2. Constitutional Law and 
Constitutional History, 3. International Law, 4. Principles of 
Equity and Roman Law, 5. Hindu and Muhammadan Law, 6. 
General Principles of Criminal Law, Evidence and Procedure, 
and 7. Law of Property and Land Tenures in British India. Seven 
papers of three hours each will be set in this examination. 

A candidate who obtains one-half of the maximum number 
of marks aHotted to each paper and 66 per cent in the aggregate 
is deemed to have passed the examination. 

Doctor of Laws (LL.D.). Any person who has passed the 
Honours in Law Examination of this University may be admit- 
ted to the Degree without examination provided that the -members 
of the Board of Studies of the Law Faculty testify, to the satisfac- 
tion of the Syndicate, that since passing the Examination in Law 
(Honours), he has practised the profession of Law with repute for 
three years and that he is, by reason of his eminent legal attain- 
ments and his high character, a fit and proper person to receive 
the Degree of Doctor of Laws, and has produced an original 
thesis approved by the members of the Board on a subject 
connected with Law. 

MEDICINE. 

Bachelor of Medicine and BacJielor of Surgery. The course 
extends over five academical years subsequent to the Intermediate 
Examination in Science (with the Medical Students' Group of 
subjects) of this University, or any other recognized examinations 
of other Universities. There will be three Professional Exam- 
inations for the Degree called the First, Second and Final 
Examinations for the Degree of M.B.B.S. 



358 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

First Professional Examination. The course extends over 
two academical years after the Intermediate Examination in 
Science with Medical Students' Group or any other recognized 
equivalent examination, the following being the subjects for 
study and examination : Anatomy, Physiology and Materia 
Medica. In each subject there will be one written paper of 
three hours' duration and an oral and practical examination, each 
subject carrying 300 marks. 

The minimum for a pass is fifty per cent in each subject 
both in the written, oral and practical parts of the examination, 
eighty per cent of the marks in any subject entitling one fora pass 
with Honours in that subject. 

Second Professional Examination. The course extends 
over one year preceding the examination and is open to candi- 
dates who have passed the First Professional Examination, the 
following comprising the subjects for study and examination : 
Pathology including Parasitology (300 marks), 2. Forensic 
Medicine and Toxicology (150 marks), and 3. Hygiene (150 marks). 
There will be one paper of three hours' duration in each subject 
and an oral and practical examination. 

Fifty per cent in each subject both in the written, practical 
and oral examinations will qualify a candidate for a pass, eighty 
per cent in any subject entitling him for a pass with Honours in 
that subject. 

The Final Professional ILxaminalion. The course of study 
extends over two academical years subsequent to passing the 
Second Professional Examination, the following comprising the 
subjects for study and examination: Part A 1. Medicine and 
Diseases of Children, 2. Midwifery and Diseases of Women. 
Part J3 i-1. Surgery and Operative Surgery, 2. Diseases of the Eye, 
Ear, Nose and Throat. In each subject there is one paper of 
three hours' duration and an oral, clinical and practical examin- 
ation. 

The examination is held twice a year in the months of April 
and October. A candidate may present himself for whole examina- 
tion at one time or may take the examination in two parts A and 
B, provided that the whole examination must be completed within 
the period of 19 months. 

50 per cent of the aggregate marks assigned to each subject 
and to the Clinical Examination and 40 per cent of the aggregate 
assigned to the written and oral examinations are required to pass 
this examination. 

80 per cent in any subject qualifies a candidate for Honours in 
that subject provided that no candidate who does not pass in all 
subjects of the examination at one time shall be declared to have 
passed with Honours in any subject. 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITV 359 

Special Final M.fi.fi.S. Examination. A Special Examina- 
tion for the Degree of M.B.B.S. is arranged for candidates 
who desire to sit for the same and who are Licentiates in 
Medicine and Surgery of the University of the Punjab and 
produce certificates (1) of having, subsequently to the systematic 
course of lectures on Midwifery, attended for three months the 
practice of a recognized Maternity Hospital or Ward during one 
month of which they have performed the duties of intern students, 
and (2) of having attended twenty cases of labour under adequate* 
supervision. 

Eveiy candidate is required to study and be examined in the 
following: 1. Pathology including Parasitology (written, practi- 
cal and oral), 2. Diseases of the Kye, Ear and Throat (written, 
clinical and oral), 3. Medicine (clinical) and 4. Surgery (clinical). 

The minimum for a pass is 33 per cent in each subject 
and 50 per cent in the aggregate, those obtaining 80 per cent in 
any subject being declared to have passed with Honours in that 
subject. 

Master of Surgery (M.S.). The examination is open to 
candidates who, subsequent to passing the M.B.B.S. Examination 
of this University, have completed : (a) 4 years' continuous 
surgical practice, or (b) 3 years 5 post-graduate attendance at a 
hospital recognized by the University for the purpose, or (c) 2 
years' post-graduate attendance at a hospital recognized by the 
University for the purpose, provided the Final M.B.B.S. has been 
passed* 1 with Honours" in Surgery, or(d) 4 years' continuous 
medical practice subsequent to passing the L.M.S. Examination. 
The examination will be in any one of the three following 
branches : 

Branch I. General Surgery including Gynaecology, Surgical 
Pathology, Surgical Anatomy, a Clinical examination, Opera- 
tions on the Dead Body and an Oral examination. 

'Branch II. General Surgery, Ophthalmology, Anatomy and 
Physiology of the Eye including Physiological Optics, Pathology 
of the Eye, a Clinical examination and an Oral examination. 

Branch III. Ophthalmology, Laryngology, Otology and 
Rhinology, Anatomy and Physiology of the Ear, Nose and 
Throat, Pathology of the Ear, Nose and Throat, a Clinical 
examination and an Oral examination. 

Further a candidate may forward one month before the 
commencement of the examination a thesis embodying the result 
of his own independent research and having definite relation to 
General Surgery and Gynaecology (Branch I), Ophthalmology 
(Branch 11) or Laryngology, Otology and Rhinology (Branch III) 
indicating in what particular respects the thesis appears to him. 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

to advance surgical knowledge or practice. If the thesis is 
judged of sufficient excellence by the examiners the candidate 
may be exempted from a part or from the whole of the written 
examination but in all cases he shall be submitted to the clinical, 
practical and oral examinations. 

Doctor of Medicine (/I/. A).).- The examination is open to 
those who have passed the M.B.B.S. Examination of the Uni- 
versity of the Punjab and have, subsequent to graduation, 
completed four years' continuous service as medical practitioner 
or three years' post-graduate attendance at a hospital recognized 
by the University for the purpose, or two years' post-graduate 
attendance at a hospital recogni/cd by the University for the 
purpose, provided the candidate has passed the M.B.B.S. with 
Honours in Medicine. The following are the subjects for study 
and examination : Medicine (including Mental Diseases), 
Pathology and the examination will consist of written, oral, 
clinical and practical tests. 

AGRICULTURE. 

Bachelor of Science {Agriculture) : First Examination. The 
course extends over two academical years subsequent to Matricu- 
lation or any other recognized equivalent examination and a 
candidate is required to study and be examined in the following 
subjects : 1. Agriculture, 2. Physics and Chemistry, 3. Botany and 
Elementary Zoology and Entomology, 4. Mathematics with Land 
Surveying, and 5. English. In subjects 1, 2 and 3, there will be 
two papers and a practical examination in each. In subject No. 
4, there will be only two papers, while in subject No. 5, there 
will be two papers and an oral examination. 

The minimum for a pass is forty per cent in the aggregate 
and in Agriculture and 33 per cent in the remaining subjects. 
65 per cent or more of the aggregate qualifies one for a First 
Class, those obtaining not less than 50 per cent are placed in the 
Second Class. 

Final Examination. The course extends over two academical 
years and is open to candidates who have passed the First 
Examination in Agriculture or B.Sc. of this University taking 
Chemistry and Botany. The following are the subjects for study 
and examination : 1. English (2 papers and an oral examina- 
tion), 2. any two of the following to be taken as principal 
subjects : Agriculture and Economics (3 papers and practical in 
Agriculture), Chemistry and Agricultural Chemistry (2 papers 
and practical), Botany and Applied Botany (2 papers and practi- 
cal) arid one subsidiary subject (one paper and practical) which 
shall be one other subject in the above list and which has 
not been offered as a principal subject. The examination in the 



PUNJAB UNIVERSITY 361 

subsidiary subject may be taken one year after the candidate has 
passed the First Examination in Agriculture. 

The minimum number of marks required for a pass in this 
examination is 40 per cent in each subject both in the written 
and in the practical examination and 45 per cent in the aggregate. 
Candidates that obtain 750 marks or more in the aggregate, i.e., 
1,000, are placed in the First Division, those obtaining not less 
than 600 marks in the Second Division. 

Matte t of Science (Agricttltnte). The examination is open 
to those who have passed not less than 2 years previously 
the B.Sr. in Agriculture or the general B.SC. Examination 
with Honours in Chemistry, Botany or Zoology or the M.SC. 
Examination with the necessary 'qualifications of the Punjab 
University. 

A candidate is required to present a thesis being the result 
of an original research in some science applied to Agriculture, 
and which has been conducted under the direction of a Professor 
approved by the Board of Studies in Agriculture and further to 
undergo a written, oral and practical examination on the special 
branch of the subject chosen for research. The following are the 
subjects peimitted for the Degree: 1. Agriculture, 2. Chemistry, 
3. Botany, and 4. Zoology and Entomology. 

The minimum for a pass is forty-five per cent, the total 
number of marks being 100. Those that obtain 65 per cent or 
more of the aggregate are placed in the First Division and those 
obtaining not less than 55 per cent in the Second Division. 

TEACHING. 

Bachelor of Teaching. The course extends over one acade- 
mic year subsequent to graduation in this or any other recognized 
University in any Faculty other than Oriental. Tho. examina- 
tion is open also to any graduate of the University of the Punjab 
or of Delhi who has undergone the course of training in the 
S. A. V. Class and after passing the S. A. V. Examination has 
worked as a teacher for not less than 18 months and is serving 
as a teacher in a school either in the Punjab or in the Province 
of Delhi. The following are the subjects for study and exami- 
nation : 1. The Psychological Basis of Education (100 marks). 
2. School Organization and Management (100 marks). 3. Methods 
of Teaching (general) (100 marks). 4. Methods of Teaching 
selected subjects (100 marks). 5. Practical skill in teaching 
(200 marks). 6. History of Education (100 marks). 

The minimum for a pass is forty per cent of the marks in 
the practice of Teaching and thirty-three per cent in each other 
subject and forty per cent in the aggregate. A candidate who 



362 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

gains 462 marks is placed in the First Division and those 
obtaining not less than 371 marks being placed in the Second 
Division, the aggregate number of marks being 700. 

COMMERCE. 

First Examination in Commerce. The course extends over 
one year preceding the examination and is open to candidates 
who have passed the Intermediate Examination in Arts or 
Science of this University. 

The following are the subjects for study and examination : 
1. English (two papers), 2. Elements of Economics and Statistics 
(two papers), 3. Elements of Accountancy (one paper), 4. Geogra- 
phy (if not taken in the Intermediate) or Modern Economic 
Developments (England, Germany, U. S. A. and Japan) if 
Geography is taken in the Intermediate (one paper). 

100 marks are allotted to each paper. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent in each subject. A 
candidate who obtains 65 per cent of the aggregate marks or more 
is placed in the First Class, those obtaining not less than 50 
per cent in the Second Class. 

Bathelor of Commerce. The course extends over two acade- 
mical years and is open to students who have passed the 
First Examination in Commerce of this University. 

The following are the subjects for study and exami- 
nation : 

1. Commercial Law and Accountancy. 2. Organization of 
Industry and Commerce, Currency and Banking. 3. Modern 
Economic Development. 4. One of the following : (a) Advanced 
Accountancy and Auditing, (b) Advanced Banking, Currency 
and Finance, (c) Economics of Inland Transport and Traffic 
Finance. 'In addition to the above an additional optional paper 
in Shorthand (50 marks) ; the minimum speed for pass in this 
being 80 words per minute. 

The minimum for a pass is 40 per cent in each subject. 
65 per cent or more of the aggregate in the Pass papers quali- 
fies one for the F*irst Division and not less than 50 per cent for 
the Second Division. 

Examination Fees. 

Matriculation and School Leaving Certificate Examination. 

Rupees three per subject taken and an additional fee 
of Rs. 2 in the case of students taking up one or moie 
Science subjects, including private candidates. 



PUNJAB UNIVKUSITY 363 

Rs. 

Private Candidates . . . . 25 

Intermediate Examination (Oriental Faculty) . . 10 

B.O.L. .. .. .. . . ..15 

M.O.L. . . .. .. .. ..40 

D.O.L. .. .. .. .. ..200 

Diplomas and Literary Titles in Oriental Languages. 

Proficiency Examination . . . . 7 

High Proficiency . . . . . . 10 

Honours Examination . . . 15 

Examinations in Vernacular Languages. 

Proficiency Examination , . . . . . 7 

High Proficiency . . . . . . 10 

Honours Examination . . . . 15 

Faculty of Arts. 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 25 

Private Candidates . . . . 30 

[An additional fee of Rs. 3 is charged in the 
case of candidates (including private) 
taking up a Science subject.] 

B.A. .. .. .. .. ..35 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 40 

[An additional fee of Rs. 5 is charged in the 

case of candidates (including private) who 
take up a Science subject.] 

M.A. . . . . . . . . . . 60 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 65 

D. LlTT. .. .. .. .. ..200 

B.T. .. .. .. .. ..30 

Faculty of Science. 

F.SC. .. .. .. .. ..30 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 35 

B.SC. .. .. ..45 

Private Candidates . . . . . . . . 50 

M.SC. .. .. .. . . ..75 

Private Candidates . . . . . . . . 80 

D.SC. .. .. .. .. ..200 

Faculty of Law. 

F.E.L. .. .. ..40 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 45 



364 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Rs. 

LL.B. .. .. .. . . ..60 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 65 

LL.M. Examination . . . , . . 100 

Doctor of Laws . . . . . . . . 200 

Faculty of Medicine. 

I M.B.B.S. . . . . . . . . 50 

II M.B.B.S. .. .. .. ..50 

Final M.B.B.S. (if the whole examination is 

taken at one time) . . . . 60 

Final M.B.B.S. (if taken in parts) for each part. 40 

Special M.B.B.S. .. .. .. ..50 

M.D. . . . . . . . . . . 200 

M.S. .. .. .. .. ..200 

Agriculture. 

I. B.Sc. (Agri.) .. .. .. ..30 

Final B.Sc. (Agri.) .. .. .. ..45 

M.SC. (Agri.) .. .. .. ..75 

Private Candidates . . . . . . 80 

Commerce. 

First Examination in Commerce . . 30 

Bachelor of Commerce . . . . 35 



University of Rangoon. 



Introductory: Character of the University. 

The University of Rangoon was incorporated in December 
1920 'by the University of Rangoon Act 1920 (modified by an 
amending Act of 1924) as a Teaching and Residential University 
when Government College, Rangoon, and Juclson College, 
Rangqpn, which had been affiliated to the University of Calcutta, 
were incorporated as Constituent Colleges of the University. 

It was intended that the University should be unitary in 
character ; the two colleges named above were left free by the 
Act to amalgamate within five years of the passing of the Act. 
As this amalgamation has not been brought about the University 
falls short of the unitary ideal but still preserves a residential 
unitary character which will become more marked when the 
scheme of University and College buildings, Halls and other 
ancillary buildings is completed on the University Estate (400 
acres). 

An Intermediate College has been opened at Mandalay by 
Government and is managed by the University. Special 
temporary Regulations have been made to enable students from 
Mandalay to appear for the Intermediate Examinations of the 
University. 

The University has made it clear that in managing the 
Intermediate College, Mandalay, it is not committing itself to a 
policy of affiliation a policy condemned by all sound opinion 
and in conflict with the text and spirit of the University Act. 

The University appoints certain members of the teaching staff 
of the Constituent Colleges to the office of Professor of the 
University. These officers are paid honoraria by the University 
at the rate of Rs. 300 per mensem. Their duties as professors 
are prescribed in the Regulations of the University. They are 
in charge of the teaching and organization of the departments 
with which they are concerned. Other teachers in the Constituent 
Colleges are designated lecturers, assistant lecturers, tutors and 
demonstrators. 

The University Authorities are : 
The Chancellor, 
The Vice-Chancellor, 
The Council, 
The Senate. 



366 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Council consists of 67 members and exercises its 
functions by means of an Executive Committee of 10 members. 
The Council is the supreme authority of the University and has 
power to reject any Act or Resolution of the Senate (the acade- 
mic authority) in excess of the powers of the latter authority. 

The Senate consists of : - 

The Chancellor, 

The Director of Public Instruction, Burma, 

The Principals of Constituent Colleges, 

The Professors, 

Three members of the Council, 

and not less than 10 Lecturers in Constituent 

Colleges. 

Its executive duties are discharged by the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Senate. 

Officers and Staff of the University. 

VISITOR. 

The Governor-General of India. 

CHANCELLOR. 
His Excellency Sir Charles Alexander Innes, K.C.S.I., C.I.E., I.C.S. 

PRO-CHANCELLOR.' 
The Hon'ble U Ba Yin, M.B., Ch.B. (Edin.) 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 
The Hon'ble Sir Benjamin H. Heald, Kt., M.A., V.D., I c.S. 

REGISTRAR. 
A. Campbell, M.A., M.C., I.E.S. 

PROFESSORS. 

English . . . . W. G. Fraser, M.A., I.E.S. (on leave). 

G. H. Luce, M.A., I.E.S. (Offg'.) 

Oriental Studies . . U Pe Maung Tin, M.A., B.Litt., I.E.S. 

History . . . . I). G. E. Hall, M.A.. F.R.Hist.S., I.E.S. 

Economics .. . . H. S. Jevons, M.A., B.Sc., F.S.S., I.E.S. 

Philosophy , . . . W. St. John, B.D., Ph .D. (Ofo.) 

Mathematics .. .. L. G. Owen, M.A., I.E.S. 

Physics . . . . N. C. Krishna Aiyar, M.A., I.E.S. 

Chemistry f , . . I). H. Peacock, M.A., D.Sc., F.I.C,, 

F,C.S., I.E.S, 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 



367 



Biology . . . . F. J. Meggitt, M.Sc., Ph.D., F./.S., I.E.S. 

Geology and Geography (Vacant.) 



Medicine 
Surgery 

Pathology 
Anatomy 

Physiology 

Midwifery and 
Gynaecology 

Forensic Medicine 
Education 

Civil Engineering 
Forestry 



Law 



Lt.-Col. R. Kelsall, D.S.O., M.D., I.M.S. 

Lt.-Col. H. H. Scott, O.B.E., F.R.C.S.E., 
I.M.S. 

Major R. V. Morrison, M.D., I.M.S. 

Lt.-Col. L. A. H. Lack, M.B., Ch.B., 
I.M.S. (on leave) ; N. Ahmed, 
F.R.F.P. & S., L.M., M.B.B.S. (O/fg.) 

Major George R. Me Robert, M.D., 
M.R.C.P., D.T.M. & H., I.M.S. 

Lt.-Col. S. T. Crump, I.M.S. (on leave}-, 
Major M. L. Treston, F.R.C.S., I.M.S. 
(Offg.) 

Lt.-Col. T. F. Owens, I.M.S. 

G. F. Clark, M.A., Ph.D., I.E.S. (on 
leave) \ Miss M. E. Scott, M.B.E., M.A., 
B.Ed., I.E.S. (Offg.) 

W. N. Elgood, B.Sc., M.C., I.E.S. (on 
leave) ; A. J. Gould, B.Sc., I.E.S. (Offg) 

R. LJnwin, B.Sc., I.F.S. (on leave*) ; R. A. 

Cochrane, M.A., B.Sc., I.F.S. (O/fg.) 


A. Eggar, M.A., Bar-at-Law. 



Principal 



Anatomy 



Biology 



Constituent Colleges and their Staff. 

(1) University College). Constituent Colleges. 
(2, judson College ) * 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. 

.. I). J. Sloss, M.A.(Liv-), C.B.E., I.E.S. 
(on leave) ; L. G. Owen, M.A., I.E.S. 
Wffg.) 

. . Professor : Lt.-Col. L. A. H. Lack, M.B., 
Ch.B. (Edin.). I.M.S. ( on leave) ; Pro- 
fessor N. Ahmed, F.R.F.P. & S., L.M., 
M.B.B.S., (Otfg.)', 1 Senior and 1 Junior 
Demonstrators. 

.. Professor: F. J. Meggitt, M.Sc., Ph.D. 
(Birm.), F.Z.S., I.E.S. 

One Lecturer and 3 Assistant Demon- 
strators. 



S68 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Chemistry , . .. Professor : D. H. Peacock, M.A. (Can- 

tab.^, D.Sc.(Lond.;, F.I.C., F.C.S., I.E.S. 

Lecturer: L. J.Goldsworthy, M.A., 13. Sc. 
(Oxon.), I.K.S. 

Asst. Lecturers : Dr. R. Venkateswaran, 
M.A. (Madras); U Ba, M.A. (Cal.), 
A.T.M., F.C.S.; U Po Tha, M.Sc. (Ran), 
and 8 Demonstrators and Assistant 
Demonstrators. 



Economics 



Education 



Civil Engineei ing 



English 



Forestry 



Forensic Medicine 



Professo* : H. Stanley Jevons, M.A. 
(Cantab.), B.Sc. (Lond.), F.S.S., I.K.x 

Asst. Lecturer : K. IF. Solomon, M.A. 
(Cantab.); B. M. Khanna, M.A. (All.) 
and 1 Tutor. 

Professor : G. F. Clark, M.A. (Glas.), 
Ph.D. (Jena), I.K.S. (on leave) ; Miss 
M. K. Scott, M.A., H.Ed. (Edin.), 
M.B.K., I.K.S. (Offg.) 

Lcctuier : U Tha Hla, B.Ed. 

Lecturer in Drawing : Mrs. Martin Jones. 

Lecturer in First Aid: Col. Meadows. 

Professor: W. N. Elgood, l^.Sc. (St. 
Andrews), M.C., F.R.C.I., I.E.S. (on 
leave) ; A. J. Gould, H.Sc., I.K.S. (Oft'g.) 
Lecturer : B. Set, B.Eng. (Cal.) 
Asst. Lecturer: M. S. Narayanan, B.E. 

Professor : W. G. Fraser, M.A. (Aber.), 
I.K.S. (on leave) ; G. H. Luce, B.A. 
(Cantab.), (Offg) 

Lecturers: A. C. Mackenzie, M.A., 
T.E.S.; B. R. Pearn, M.A.; Miss M. Kings- 
ley, M.A., B.T. (Cal.), B.A. (Oxon.) 

Asst. Lecturers: L. Htin Si, M.A. 
(Cal.); P. G. Gopalkrishna Aiyar, M.A. 
(Madras); S. Jembunathen, M.A. and 
8 Tutors. 

Professor; R. Unwin, B.Sc. (Lond.), 
I F.S. (on leave)-, R. A. Cochrane, 
M.A., B.Sc., I.F.S. (Offg.) 

Lecturer : E. C. Simmons, I.F.S. 

Professor : Lt.-Col. T. F, Owens, I.M.S, 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 



369 



Geography and Geology Professor : (Vacant). 

Lecturer : S. P. Chatterjee, M.Sc., and 2 
Asst. Demonstrators. 

Special Lecturer : F. G. French. 

History .. .. Professor: D. G. E. Hall, M.A. (Lond.), 

F.R.Hist.S., I.E.S. 

Lecturer : A. Brookes, M.A. (Cantab.), 
I.E.S. (on leave). 

Asst. Lecturer: W. S. Desai, M.A. 
(Bombay), B.A. (Cantab.), and 8 
Tutors. 

Law . . . . Professor : A, Eggar, M.A. (Cantab.), 

Barrister-at-Law. 

Lecturers: J. C. Bilimoria, B.A. (Bom- 
bay), Barrister-at-Law ; U E. Maung, 
M.A., LL.B. (Cantab.), Barrister-at-Law. 

Mathematics.. .. Professor: L. G. Owen, M.A. (Oxon.), 

I.E.S. 

Lecturers : P. K. Pillai ; E. G. Lewis, B.Sc. 

Asst. Lecturers: K. P. Haider, M.A., 
M.Sc. (Cal.); U Ka, M.A. (Ran.); U Po 
Thon, M.Sc. (Ran.) and 6 Tutors. 



Medical Studies 
Medicine 



.. Dean of Medical Studies: Lt.-Col. T. F. 

Owens, I. M.S. 

.. Professor : Lt.-Col. R. Kelsall, D.S.O., 
M.D. (Lond.), I.M.S., and 1 Assistant. 

Midwifery and Gynaecology Professor : Lt.-Col. S. T. Crump, I.M.S., 

(on leave); Major M.L. Treston, F.R.C.S., 
I.M.S. (Offg^ 

. . Professor: U Pe Maung Tin, M.A.(CaL), 
B.Litt. (Oxon.), I.E.S. 

Asst. Lecturer in Pali: A. Cassim, B,A. 
(Cal.) 

Asst. Lecturer in Burmese: U Lu Pe Win, 
B.A. 

Asst. Lecturer in Persian: M. G. Akbar, 
M.A. (Cal.) and 4 Tutors. 



Oriental Studies 



Materia Medica and 
Pharmacology 



Professor: (Vacant.) 

Lecturer : J. W. Jones, M.D., I.M.S., and 
2 Assistants. 



24 



370. 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



Pathology 
Physics 



Ophthalmology 

Hygiene and Public 
Health 

Physiology . . 



Philosophy 

Research Lectureship 
Surgery 



Principal 
Biology 



Burmese and Pali 
Literature 



. . Professor : Major R. V. Morrison, M.D., 
I.M.S., and 2 Assistants to Professor 
and 2 Demonstrators. 

. . Professor: N. C.Krishna Aiyar, M.A., 

(Madras), I.E.S. 

. Lecturers: J. A. C. Teegan, M.Sc. 
Asst. Lecturers: R. M. Basu, 13.Sc. 
(Lond.); K. R. R.Iyer; K. C. Mazum- 
dar ; 7 Demonstrators and Assistant 
Demonstrators. 

.. Lecturer: Lt.-Col. R. D. Saigol, I. M.S., 
and 1 Assistant. 

Lecturer: Major G. G. Jolly, C.I.E., 
I. M.S. (on leave) ; Major A. C. L. O'Shee 
Bilderbeck, I.M.S. (Off'g.) 

.. Professor: Major G. R. McRobert, M.D., 
M.R.C.P., D.T.M. & II. I.M.S. ; 
1 Assistant and 1 Demonstrator. 

.. Professor: W. St. John, B.D , Ph.D. 

(Offg.) 
Lecturer: Dindayal Banerjee, M.A. 

.. L. F. Taylor, B.A. (Cantab.), I.E.S. 

., Professor: Lt.-Col. H. B. Scott, O.B.E., 
F.R.C.S.E., I.M.S., and 1 Assistant. 

JUDSON COLLEGE. 

. . W. St. John, B.D., Ph.D. (Chicago). 

.. G. E. Gates, M.A. (Harvard); Miss 
Flora Elaenor Northup, B.A. (Mt. 
Holyoke), M.Sc. (Washington). 

U Tun Pe, M.A. (Cal.), B.I,. (Rangoon), 
M.R.A.S. ; R. P. Chaudhury, M.A. (Cal.) 
(Pali) ; and 2 Tutors. 



Chemistry and Physics. 



English Literature 



Miss Marian Shivers, M.A. (Columbia) 
(on leave) ; C. C. Scherling, M.A. (Cal.), 
B.A. (Camb.); Dwight Olney Smith, 
B.A. (Redlands), B.Sc. (California 
Tec.) ; B. K. Basak, M.Sc. (Cal.) ; S. C. 
Guha, M.A. (Cal.) ; N. C. Majumdar, 
M.Sc. (Cal.) ; 1 Tutor and 1 Demon- 
strator. 

R. N. Crawford, M.A. (Chic.), B.D. 
(Rochester) ; S. H. Rickard, B.A.(Buck- 
nell) ; Miss H, K, Hunt, M.A., Ph.D, 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 



371 



History 



Mathematics 



Mental and Moral 
Science and Logic 



Economics 
INTERMEDIATE Coi; 

Principal 

Burmese and Pali 

Chemistry 

English and History 

Mathematics . . 

Physics 

Logic 

Number 



(Denison), B.Sc. (Simmons), Dean 
of Women ; Miss G. M. Riggs, Ph.B. ; 
E. Wiatt, B.A. (Denison) ; J. Kangyi, 
M.A. (Chicago), and 2 Instructors. 
. . A. Aspinall, M.A., Ph.D. ; O. G. Tillman, 
Ph.D. (Southern Bapt. Seminary) (on 
leave) ; Edward Thomas, B.A. 

. . W. B. Campbell, M.A. ; D. O. Smith, 
B.A. (Redland), B.Sc. (California Tec.) ; 
M. Ghatak, M.A. (Cal.) ; and 1 Tutor. 
W. St. John, B.D., Ph.D. ; G. S. Jury, 
M.A. (Yale); Thra San Ba, B.A. (Cal.), 
B.D. (Newton Centre) (on leave] ; U 
Hla Bu, M.A. (Cal.) 

. . J. R. Andrus, M.A. (Calif.) 

T/EGE, MANDALAV, MANAGED BY THE 
UNIVERSITY. 

. . A. D. Marshall, M.A. (Oxon.), (Lecturer 

in History and in English) . 

. . U Hla Aung, B.A. (Rang.) 
. . B. K. Pal, M.Sc. (Rang.) 
. . A. D. Marshall, M.A. (Oxon.) 
. . U Hla Phaw Oo, M.A. (Ran.) 
. . H. S. Sokhey, B.Sc. (Cal.) 
. . N. C. Das, M.A., B.L. 

of Students in each Faculty. 

. Full-time Students. 



Faculty or School 


Graduate 
Students 


Preparing 
for a 
1st Degree 


Diploma 
Students 


Total 


G 
0) 


Women 





Women 


8 


Women 


g 


Women 


Arts and Science 
Medicine 
Law 
Engineering 
Forestry 
Education 


5 
3 

75 
27 
2 


2 
2 


1,111 
46 

*38 
3 


136 
2 


20 

*i 

8 
To 


4 
tal .. 


1,116 
69 
75 
65 
6 
8 


138 
2 
2 

4 
146 


1,339 



372 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

2. Full-time Students residing in Halls. 
Men. Women. 

746 94 

8. Pre- Matriculation Students. 
Men. Women. 

Nil. Nil. 

Number of Successful Students in Different Examinations of 1927. 

Men Women 

Intermediate . . . . . . 167 26 

B.A. .. .. .. ..54 6 

B.SC. .. .. .. ..23 

M.A. .. .. .. ..4 2 

M.SC. .. .. .. .. 3 

1st Examination in Law .. ..16 1 

B.L. .. . .. ..18 1 

1st L.M.S. (Modified) Examination .. 7 

1st L. M.S. Examination .. .. 4 

2nd L.M.S. Examination . . . . 2 

1st M.B. & B.S. Examination . . 12 

2nd M.B. & B.S. Examination 13 2 

3rd M.B. & B.S. Examination . . 12 

1st Examination in Engineering . . 17 

1st Examination in B.SC. Forestry . . 8 

1st Examination in Diploma in Forestry 1 

Diploma in Education . . . . 5 2 

Scholarships and Medals. 

Collegiate Scholarships are awarded by bodies other than the 
University. 

STATE SCHOLARSHIPS TO STUDY IN THE UNITED 
KINGDOM. 

5 Scholarships for Education. 

1 , Mechanical Engineering. 

I ,, Sanitary Engineering. 

1 ,, ,, Midwifery. 

I ,, History. 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 873 

UNIVERSITY PRIZES. 

1. The U Po Hnit Gold Medal is awarded to the student who 
stands highest in Honours English in the B.A. Examination of 
the University. 

2. The Ha jet Esoof Bhymeah Gold Medal is awarded to 
the student who stands highest in the B.SC. Examination of the 
University. 

3. 7*he Dally Jamshedji Chinai Silver Medal is awarded 
to the.male candidate who stands first in Pali in the B.A. Degree 
Examination of the University. 

4. The Mrs. Piroja Jamshedji Chinai Silver Medal is 
awarded to the female candidate who stands iirst in English 
in the B.A. Degree Examination of the University. 

5. The Ho Wah Kain Gold Medal is awarded to the student 
who stands highest in Mathematics in the Intermediate Ex- 
amination of the University. 

6. The S. Ramanatha Rcddiar Prize (Go\d Medal and Hooks) 
is awarded to the student who stands highest in the Honours 
Examination in Physics for the Degree of B.SC. 

7. The U Shwe Llay Prize (Gold Medal and Books) is 
awarded to the student who stands highest in the Honours 
Examination in Chemistry for the Degree of B.SC. 

8. The Moay Twe Main (Mrs. Ho Wah Kain) Gold Medal 
is awarded to the student who stands highest in Mathematics 
in Honours Examination for the Degree of B.A. or B.SC. 

9. The Meyer Gold Medal is awarded to the student who 
stands highest in Mathematics in the Honours Examination 
for the Degree of B.A. or B.SC. 

10. The Chinese Merited Association Gold Medal is awarded 
to the student who stands highest in the Honours Examination 
in Economics for the Degree of B.A. 

11. The U Bah Oh Gold Medal is awarded to the best all- 
round student in the Examination for the Degree of B.SC. in 
Forestry. 

Libraries, Museums and Laboratories. 

The University College Library contains 18,000 vols. 

The Judson College Library contains 7,500 vols. 

The Intermediate College Library contains 1,000 vols. 

Museums in connection with various departments in Consti- 
tuent Colleges are in course of formation : 

Chemical, Physical, Biological, Engineering, Geological, 
Psychological, Anatomical and Physiological. 



874 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Provision for Research, 1928-29. 

Research Lectureship Indo-Chinese Linguistics. 
Research Scholarship Burmese. 

Budget provides Rs. 21,000 for research projects which 
have been sanctioned by the University Authorities as follows: 

Rs. A. P. 

(a) Board of Studies in Law in collabo- 
ration with Board of Oriental Studies 2,500 
(*) Board of Studies in History . . 2,300 
Gr) Medicine .. 750 
O/) Chemistry .. 3,500 
(*) Biological Science 2,700 
00 Geology .. 2,150 
(g) Board of Studies in English in col- 
laboration with Board of Studies 
in History .. .. .. 2,565 

(//) Board of Studies in Economics .. 800 



TOTAL Rs. .. 17,265 

Publication. 

Professor R. Unwin's " Manual of Forest Protection ". 
Military Training. 

6th Burma Battalion of the University Training Corps I.T.F. 
including a company of sappers and miners. All students follow- 
ing Forestry and Engineering courses are required to be members 
of the " Sapper " Company. Permanent Staff of the Battalion : 
One British Officer, two Warrant Officers, three Staff Sergeant 
Instructors. 

Officers of 6th Burma Bn. University Training Corps (J.T.F.) 
Officer Commanding . . Major A. Campbell, M.C. (A.F.I.) 

Adjutant . . . . Captain J. J. Westmoreland, the 

Rajputana Rifles. 

Sapper and Miner Company. 

Company Commanders . . Major W. N. Elgood, M.C., R.E. (R.) 

of O. attached; Lt. A. J. Gould, 
R.E. (T.) attached. 

"A" Company. 

Company Commanders .. Lieut. L. Htin Si; Lt.J. C. Bilimoria ; 

2nd Lt. Ba Than ; 2nd Lt. K. P. 
Haldar. 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 

" B" Company. 

Company Commander . . Lt. Po Chu. 

" C" 1 Company. 

Company Commander . . Lieut. C. C. Scherling (A.F.I.), General 

List. 

Associations in the University. 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. 

1. Buddhist Association. 

2. Literary and Debating Society. 

3. Law Students' Debating Society. 

4. Biological Society. 

5. Engineering Association. 

6. Economics Association. 

7. University College Students' Union. 

8. Philosophical Circle. 

9. Chemical Society. ' 

10. Historical Association. 

11. Muslim Association. 

12. Hindu Association. 

13. Burmese Music, Art and Literature Society. 

14. Boating and Swimming Club. 

15. Athletic Association. 

16. Geographical Association. 

JTJDSON COLLEGE. 

1. Burmese Students' Association. 

2. The Karen Students' Association. 

3. The Indian Undergraduates' Association. 

4. The Anglo-Indian Social Club. 

Residence and Cost of Living. 

In addition to the hostel accommodation attached to the 
constituent Colleges, 3 hostels have been built on the University 
Estate to accommodate 356 students. In all 755 students are 
accommodated in hostels. The messing and lodging fees in the 
Judson College hostels are approximately Rs. 160 per annum ; 
in addition a hostel fee of Rs. 10 per year is levied. European 
diet for women students is charged at Rs. 25 per month. 

In University College hostels the messing and lodging fees 
are approximately Rs. 250 per annum. 



876 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Budget and Provident Fund. 

BUDGET. Rs. A. i 

Government Contribution (out of which 
Rs. 60,000 is on account of Intermediate 
College, Mandalay, and Rs. 20,000 is 
on account of pay and allowances of full- 
time Registrar, and Rs. 17,400 is on 
account of adjustment of Registrar's pay 
and allowances with Government) . . 1,97,400 

Fees .. .. .. .. 32,755. 

Income from other sources . . . . 57,575 1 

Expenditure (including Rs. 60,000 on 
account of Intermediate College, Man- 
dalay) .. .. .. .. 3,28,117 4 

PROVIDENT FUND. 

The University and University College have institute 
Provident Funds for officers who are not members of the I.E.I: 
or I3.E.S. Pensions and Provident Fund benefits are provide 
for the latter under the Fundamental Rules of the Governmer 
of India. 

Women's Education. 

No restrictions. 

Students' Information Bureau. 

The appointment of the Registrar of University as Ilonorai 
Secretary of the Burma Society as recommended by the Lytto 
Committee has established the machinery whereby the functior 
of a University Bureau are discharged. 

All students living in hostels are required, unless exempte 
by medical certificate, to take daily some form of physic; 
exercise. Qualified Medical Officers look after the health < 
students in hostels. 

Admission, Courses of Study, Examinations and Degrees. 

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY. 
By Matriculation or equivalent examination. 
DEGREES, DIPLOMAS AND LICENSES OFFERED BY THE 

UNIVERSITY. 

Degrees. B.A. (Pass and Honours) 
M.A. (Pass and Honours) 
B.SC. (Pass and Honours) 
B.SC. (Forestry) 
B.SC. (Engineering) 
M.SC. (Pass and Honours) 
B.L. 
M.B.B.S. 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 377 

Diplomas. Teaching and Forestry. 
License. Medicine and Surgery. 

ARTS. 

Intermediate Examination in Arts. Courses extend over 
two years after Matriculation ; a candidate of more than average 
ability may be permitted to appear for the examination at the end 
of one year. The subjects for study and examination are : 

(1) English (four papers), (2) Burmese or Alternative English 
(one paper), (3), (4), and (5) any three of the following (two 
papers each) : 

History. Geography. 

Sanskrit. Economics. 

Pali. Chemistry. 

Persian. Physics. 

Latin. Biology. 

A Modern European Language. Geology. 

Mathematics. Fine Art. 

Logic. Local Government 

& Public Health. 

In Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Geology, there is a 
Practical Examination. 

The Standing Committee of the Senate, by instruction, 
defines the combinations of subjects which may be offered at 
the Intermediate Examination. 

Bachelor of Arts (Pass). Courses of study extend over two 
years after the Intermediate Examination. The subjects for 
study and examination are : 

(a) English Composition (two papers); (b)> (c\ and (//) three 
of the following: 

(1) English Language and Literature (3 papers), (2) Burmese 
Language and Literature (3 papers), (3) Pali and Elementary 
Sanskrit (3 papers), (4) Persian (3 papers), (5) Latin (3 papers), 
(6) A Modern European Language (3 papers), (7) History of 
the Indian Empire (3 papers), (8) History of Modern Europe 
(from 1714-1920) (3 papers), (9) Far Eastern History (3 papers), 
(10) Economics (3 papers), (11) Philosophy (4 papers), (12) Pure 
Mathematics (3 papers), (13) Applied Mathematics (3 papers), 
(14) Chemistry (3 papers), (15) Physics (3 papers), (16) Zoology 
(3 papers), (17) Botany, (18) Geology, and (19) Geography 
(3 papers). 

In addition to the written examination a practical ex- 
amination is required in each of the subjects, Chemistry, Phy- 
sics, Zoology, Botany and Geology. The combinations of optional 



878 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

subjects which may be offered by a student are defined by the 
Standing Committee of the Senate. 

Successful candidates are not ranked in classes; those 
who show special proficiency in a subject are declared to have 
passed with distinction in that subject. 

Bachelor of Arts (Honours). Courses extend over three years 
after the Intermediate Examination: 

(/) Students desiring to proceed to a B.A. Degree with 
Honours shall, during the First Year after passing the Intermediate 
Examination, take the following course : 

(a) English Composition as prescribed for B.A. Pass 
candidates ; or translation from a Modern European Language as a 
supplemental subject to their Honours Course. 

(0) Two of the subjects named in Regulation 2 A (/>) of this 
chapter other than that taken under section (c) of this Regulation 
provided that students desiring to proceed to an Honours Course 
in English Language and Literature shall take one of the subjects 
named in Regulation 2A ((>) of this chapter other than that taken 
under section (c) of this Regulation and English Social History. 

The courses in these subjects shall be those for the First Year 
of the B.A. Pass Course. 

(c) One of the following subjects as the subject in which 
the candidate desires to proceed to an Honours Degree. The 
course in this subject in the First Year shall include all the 
matter studied in the First Year of the Pass B.A. Course in that 
subject : 

1. English Language and Literature. 

2. Pali. 

3. Burmese Language and Literature and Comparative 

Philology. 

4. A Modern European Language. 

5. History (Modern History ; Indian History or Far 

Eastern History). 

6. Economics. 

7. Philosophy. 

8. Mathematics. 

9. Geography. 

(*'*') During the Second Year, students shall take the subjects 
chosen under sections (a) and (c) above. 

The examination in the supplemental subject shall be taken 
at the end of the Second Year of the course provided that, with 
special permission, the examination in the supplemental subject 
chosen may be taken at the end of the First Year. 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 379 

(Hi) During the Third Year, students shall take the subject 
chosen under section (c) above, and the supplemental subject 
if the examination in that subject has not already been passed. 

Master of Arts (Pass). Courses extend over one year 
after graduation. The subjects for study and examination are 
any two of those prescribed for the B.A. (Honours) Degree but 
they must be selected from the three subjects, other than 
English Composition offered by the student for his B.A. Degree. 

Master of Arts (Honours). The Honours course is in con- 
tinuation of the Honours course for the B.A. Degree and extends 
over one year. The subjects for study and examination are : 
(1) English Language and Literature (4 papers) ; (2) Pali, 
Sanskrit and Indo-European Philology (4 papers and a thesis) ; 
(3) Oriental Philosophy (4 papers) ; (4) History (5 papers or a 
thesis and 1 paper) ; (5) Economics (4 papers or a thesis and 2 
papers); (6) Philosophy (5 papers) ; (7) Pure Mathematics 
(8 papers or 7 papers and a thesis) ; (8) Applied Mathematics 
(8 papers or 7 papers and a thesis) ; (9) Pure and Applied 
Mathematics (8 papers or 7 papers and a thesis) ; (10) Geography. 

SCIENCE. 
Intermediate Examination. See information above. 

Bachelor of Science (Pass). Courses of study extend over 
two years after the Intermediate Examination. The subjects 
for study and examination are : (a) English Composition (2 
papers), and (a, c, d) three of the following : (l) Pure Mathe- 
matics (3 papers) ; (2) Applied Mathematics (3 papers) ; (3) 
Chemistry (3 papers) ; (4) Physics (3 papers) ; (5) Zoology ; 
(6) Botany; (7) Physiology ; (8) Human Anatomy; (9) Geology 
(4 papers) ; (10) Geography (3 papers). (Except in Mathe- 
matics there is a practical examination in each subject.) 

Bachelor of Science (Honours). Courses extend over three 
years after the Intermediate Examination : 

G) Students desiring to proceed to a B.SC. Degree with 
Honours shall, during the First Year after passing the Intermediate 
Examination, take the following course : 

(a) English Composition as prescribed for the B.A. Pass 
candidates or translation from a Modern European Language as 
a supplemental subject to their Honours Course ; 

(b) Two of the subjects named in Regulation 3A (b) of this 
chapter other than the subject taken under section (c) of this Regu- 
lation. 

The courses in these subjects shall be those for the First Year 
of the B.SC. Pass Course. '- > 



380 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(c) One of the following subjects as the subject in which the 
candidate desires to proceed to an Honours Degree. The course 
in this subject in the First Year shall include all the matter studied 
in the First Year of the Pass 13. SC. Course: 

1. Mathematics. 

2. Chemistry. 

3. Physics. 

4. Zoology . 

5. Botany. 

6. Geology. 

(*'*') During the Second Year students shall take the subjects 
chosen under sections (tf) and (i) and one of the subjects chosen 
under section (ti) as a subsidiary subject. The examination in the 
supplemental and subsidiary subjects shall be taken at the end of 
the Second Year of the course provided that, with special per- 
mission, the examinations in the supplemental and subsidiary 
subjects may be taken at the end of the First Year. 

(111) During the Third Year, students shall take the subjects 
chosen under section (/>) above, and in addition the supplemental 
and subsidiary subjects if the examinations in these subjects have 
not already been passed. 

Master of Science (Pass.) The examination is taken after 
one year's further study after the B.SC. Degree and comprises 
any two subjects of the course for Honours leading to the 13. SC. 
Degree but the subjects must be selected from among the three 
other than English Composition offered by the candidate for 
the B.SC. Degree. The examinations in Pure and Applied 
Mathematics are the same as for the M.A. (Pass) Degree and 
in Physics and Chemistry the courses of study and subjects are 
the same as for the B.SC. (Honours) Examination, but are more 
searching. 

Master of Science (Honours). The examination is taken 
after one year of further study after passing the B.SC. (Honours) 
Degree. The subject for study and examination should be select- 
ed from the list given above for the Degree of B.SC. (Pass) but 
a candidate is required to offer one branch of his selected sub- 
ject as a special subject and to study it in greater detail than 
is done in the other branches ; a paper or papers embodying 
original research may, if of sufficient merit, excuse a part or 
the whole examination. The scheme of examinations is as 
follows : In Pure and Applied Mathematics the same as for 
the M.A. (Honours) Examination, Physics (3 compulsory 
papers and two special papers and a practical examination), 
Chemistry (4 papers and a thesis or 5 papers). 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 381 

PROFESSIONAL COURSES OF STUDY AND EXAMINATIONS. 

LAW. 

First Examination in Law. The course of study extends 
over one year after graduation for whole-time students, Ij 
years -for part-time students. The subjects for study and ex- 
amination are : A(l) History of Law, A(2) Constitutional Law, 
A(3) Personal Laws, A(4) Contract and Tort. 

Degree of Bachelor of Law. The course of study extends 
over cfne year for whole-time students, and 1 years for part- 
time students, of further study after the First Examination 
in Law. The subjects for study and examination are : B(l) 
Criminal Law and Procedure, Evidence, B(2) Property Law, 
B(3) Partners and Companies, 13(4) Insolvency and Legal Repre- 
sentatives, 13(5) Arbitration; Legal Practitioners; and Civil 
Procedure. 

Note. The above Regulation came into force from 1st 
January 1928. 

MEDICINE. 

Degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery. A candidate 
after passing the Intermediate Examination must undergo a 
period of training extending over six years. There are three 
examinations, the first at the end of the first year, the second at 
the end of the third year, the third at the end of the fourth year 
and the final examination at the end of the sixth year. 

The subjects for study and examination for the first year 
are : (1) Inorganic Chemistry, (2) Physics, (3) Botany, and (4) 
Zoology (two papers in each subject and also a practical exami- 
nation). 

The subjects for study and scheme of examination for the 
second examination are as follows : (1) Anatomy, (2) Physiology 
including Histology and Chemical Physiology, (3) Chemistry 
(Physical and Organic). 

The courses leading to the Third M.B.B.S. are : (1) In- 
patient Ward Clerkship, (2) Materia Medica, (3) Pharmacology 
according to the standards required by the General Medical 
Council of Great Britain, (4) Pathology, Special and General, 
including Medical Zoology and Bacteriology, (5) Morbid Anatomy 
including attendance at all Post-mortem examinations for 3 
months, (6) Morbid Histology, (7) Elementary Bacteriology 
and Medical Zoology. 

The courses leading to Part I of the Final M.B.B.S. 
Examination are: (1) Forensic Medicine (including Medico- 
Legal Post-mortem Examinations), (2) Hygiene and Vacci- 
nation (including Practical Hygiene). 



882 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The courses leading to Part II of the Final M.B.B.S. 
Examination are : (1) Systematic Medicine. (2) Systematic 
Surgery. (3) Systematic Midwifery. (4) Applied Anatomy 
and Physiology. (5) Out-patient Clerkship for 4 months. (6) 
Special Department Two months Eye, Nose and Throat ; 
Two months Venereal and Skin. (7) General Hospital . work, 
including Anaesthetics, Radiology, Post-mortem work. (8) 
Special Medical Lectures in Tropical Diseases, Diseases of 
Children, Tuberculosis. (9) Special Surgical Lectures in Venereal 
Diseases, Orthopaedics, Children's Diseases. (10) Special .Thera- 
peutics Lectures in : Dietetics, Mechanical, Electrical, Vaccines 
and Sera, Lectures on Throat, Nose and Ear and Ophthalmology. 
(11) Maternity Hospital, 3 months. The instruction to fulfil 
the Regulations of the General Medical Council and to include 
lectures in : Child Welfare, Pre-natal Care, Causes of excessive 
infantile mortality. (12) Hospital Work : to include instruction 
in : Operative. Surgery, Mental Diseases with attendance at 
Asylum, Fevers with attendance at the Contagious Diseases 
Hospital, Dental Surgery. (13) Laboratory Clinical Pathology, 
30 attendances at the Hospital Laboratory. 

License in Medicine and Surgery. The course extends over 
6 years. A candidate passing the Intermediate Examination 
with Chemistry, Physics and Biology is excused the 1st 
examination. 

There are 4 examinations, the first at the end of the 1st 
year, the second at the end of the third year, the third at the 
end of'the fourth year and the final examination at the end of 
the sixth year. 

The subjects of study for the 1st Examination are : (1) 
English, (2) Physics, (3) Biology, (4) Chemistry (inorganic). 

The subjects of study for the 2nd, 3rd and Final Part I 
and Part II Examinations for the License in Medicine and 
Surgery are the same as for the 2nd, 3rd and Final M.B.B.S. 
Examinations. The examinations are, however, of a lower 
standard and separate papers are set and separate practical 
and oral examinations held. Subjects of Final Part I may be 
examined at the end of the fifth year. 

ENGINEERING. 

Degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering. A candidate 
is required to study for n period of four years after passing the 
Intermediate Examination except in special cases when the 
course may be reduced to three years. 

First Examination in Engineering. The course extends 
over two years and is open to candidates who have passed the 
Intermediate Examination of this University in Mathematics, 
Physics and Chemistry. The following courses of study of two 



RANGOON UNIVERSITY 383, 

years' duration lead to the examination : (1) Mathematics, 
including Algebra, Plane Trigonometry, Co-ordinate Geometry, 
Statics, Dynamics and Hydrostatics, Differential and Integral 
Calculus and Differential Equations, (2) and (3) Engineering 
ancj Descriptive Engineering, (4) Drawing, and (5) Practical 
Examination in the Workshop. 

final Examination in Engineering. The course extends 
over two academical years and is open to students who have 
passed the First Examination in Engineering, The courses of 
study of two years' duration leading to the Final Examination 
are: (1) Mathematics, including Plane Analytical Geometry 
of three dimensions, Pure Geometry including Elementary 
Projective Geometry, Differential and Integral Calculus and 
Differential Equation (as for the B.A. and B.SC. Mathematics 
Honours Course), (2) Statics, Dynamics and Hydrostatics (as 
for the B.A. and B.SC. Mathematics Honours Course), (3) 
Theory of Machines, etc., (4) Drawing Machine Design, Engine 
details, etc., (5) Electrical Engineering, and (6) Workshop 
Practice advanced testing of materials, etc. 

FORESTRY. 

Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry , The course of 
study extends over 3 years after passing the Intermediate 
Examination except in special cases in which the course may be 
reduced to 2 years. The subjects for study and examination 
are: (1) Sylviculture, (2) Forest Utilization, (3) Working Plans 
and Forest Management, (4) Drawing, Surveying and Estimat- 
ing, (5) Forest Engineering, (6) Botany, (7) Geology, (8) Forest 
Law, (9) English, (10) Mathematics (10 papers, one paper in 
each subject). There is an oral examination and marks are 
awarded for practical work in the Forests. 

Diploma in Forestry. 'Y\\e course extends over 2 years 
and is the same as the Degree Course with the omission of 
English and Mathematics. 

TEACHING. 

Diploma in Teaching. The courses of study extend over 
one year, after graduation, at the end of which there is an 
examination in the following subjects : (1) Psychology of 
Education (1 paper) ; (2) School Organization and Management 
and Discipline (1 paper); (3) Theory of Education and General 
Method (1 paper); (4) School Hygiene and First Aid (1 paper) ; 
(5) The Teaching of English (1 paper); (6) The Teaching of any 
one of the subjects to be selected from the following : Geogra- 
phy, History, Mathematics, Science and Languages (an addi- 
tional paper in English may be taken by candidates with special 
qualifications in the subject) ; (7) Drawing and Black Board 
Work (1 paper). 



384 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Diploma is granted on completion by candidate of 
one year's satisfactory teaching in a recognized school. The 

candidate's work must be reported on by an Inspector of 
Schools or Headmaster approved by the University. 

Examination Fees. Rs. 

Special Examination for Matriculation . . 20 
Special Test in English under Note (3) of Regu- 
lation 2 of Chapter IV . . . . 5 

Intermediate Examination . . . . 30 

B.A. Degree Examination . . . . . . 30 

B.A. Degree Honours Examination . . 40 

Subsidiary Subject only . . . . 10 

Main Subject only . . . . . . 30 

M.A. Degree Examination . . . . . . 40 

B.SC. Degree Examination . . . . . . 30 

English Composition only . . . . 10 

B.SC. Degree (Honours Examination) . . . . 40 

English Composition only . . . . 10 

Subsidiary Subject only . . . . 10 

Main Subject only . . . . . . 20 

M.SC. Degree Examination . . . . 40 

F.L. Examination . . . . 40 

B.L. Examination . . . . . . 40 

I M.B.B.S. Examination .. .. ..30 

II M.B.B.S, Examination . . . . . . 40 

III M.B.B.S. Examination .. . . ..40 

Final M.B.B.S. . . . . . . 50 

1st L.M. & S. .. .. ..20 

2nd L.M. & S. .. .. .. ..30 

3rd L.M. & S. . . . . . . . . 30 

Final L.M. & S. .. .. .. ..40 

Modified L.M. & S. Examination for L.M. P. 
certificate-holders : 

Part I of the Examination . . . . . . 30 

Part II .. .. ..40 

B.SC. (Engineering) First Examination . . 40 

B.SC. (Engineering) Final Examination .. ..50 

Preliminary Forestry Examination . . . . 20 

Diploma in Forestry .. .. .. ..40 

B.SC. (Forestry) .. .. .. ..40 

Diploma in Teaching . . . , . . . . 40 



APPENDIX. 
I. 

Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. 

The Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, owes its inception 
to the generosity of Mr. Henry Phipps, an American philanthropist 
who, in 1903, placed at the disposal of Lord Curzon, the then 
Viceroy and Governor-General of India, a donation of ,20,000 
(which he afterwards raised to ,30,000) to be devoted to some 
object of public utility in India, preferably in the direction of 
scientific research. Part of this donation was devoted to the con- 
struction of a Pasteur Institute at Coonoor in South India, and it 
was decided that the balance should be utilized in erecting a 
laboratory for agricultural research which would form a centre of 
economic science dealing with the development of agriculture on 
which the people of India mainly depend. This conception was 
subsequently enlarged, and a college and research institute, to 
which a farm of 640 acres is attached for purposes of experimental 
cultivation and demonstration, was established at Pusa under the 
control of the Central Government. 

The Institute is fully equipped with laboratories, a museum, 
herbaria, and an up-to-date scientific library. The activities of 
the Institute are mainly directed towards research, experiment and 
education. 

As regards research, the Institute deals, as a rule, with 
problems of general or all-India importance, or with problems 
which cannot be studied properly or conveniently by provincial 
departments. On the educational side, it serves the purpose of a 
higher teaching institution, providing post-graduate courses for 
selected graduates of provincial agricultural colleges and dis- 
tinguished science graduates of Indian Universities. With a view 
to the ultimate Indianization of the department and to obviate 
the necessity of students going to foreign countries for still higher 
agricultural teaching, specialized courses were started in November 
1923 with the object of training students in methods of research 
and fitting them for appointment to the superior posts in the service. 
Since its inception, nearly 400 students have taken advantage of 
the training given at the Institute. 

The Institute publishes in the form of Scientific Memoirs and 
Bulletins the results of research work carried out by members of 
the staff and by research workers in the provinces. It also 
publishes a bi-monthly Agricultural Journal of India which con- 
tains articles on different phases of Indian agriculture and a 
25 f 



386 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

quarterly Journal of the Bureau of Animal Husbandry and Dairying 
in India which deals with questions relating to cattle-breeding, 
dairying, and animal nutrition. 

The Institute performs another very important function in so 
far as it supplies information and advice on agricultural topics to 
all who care to ask for it. 

The Institute is under the administrative control of the 
Agricultural Adviser to the Government of India and Director, 
Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa, and its staff is divided into 
six sections which deal with agricultural, botanical, chemical, 
mycological, entomological and bacteriological problems. Pusa is 
the headquarters, too, of the Sugar Bureau which was established 
in 1919, to collect and disseminate information relating to the 
Indian Sugar industry. 

Staff. 

I). CLOUSTON, O.I.E., M.A., D.SC., Director, Agricultural 
Research Institute, Pusa, and Agricultural Adviser to the 
Government of India. 

W. H. HARRISON, D.Sc., Imperial Agricultural Chemist 

and Joint Director. 

G. S. HENDERSON, N.D.A., N.D.D., Imperial Agriculturist. 
W. McRAE, M.A., D.Sc., Imperial Mycologist. 

T. HAiNiiuir.GK FLETCHER, R.N., F.L.S., F.E.S., F.Z.S., 
Imperial Entomologist. 

F. J. F. SHAW, D.Sc., A.R.C.S., F.L.S., Imperial Economic 
Botanist. 

J. H. WALTON, M.A., M.Sc., Imperial Agricultural Bacteriolo- 
gist. 

J. SEN, M.A., Ph.D., F.C.S., Plant Biological Chemist. 

P. V. ISAAC, H.A., D.I.C., M.Sc., Second Entomologist 
(Dipterist). 

A. N. PURI, M.Sc., Ph.D., A. I.e., Physical Chemist. 
Rxptmtiturt. Rs. 7,08,638 (during 1927-28). 



II. 
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona. 

1. History: The idea of an Oriental Institute offering 
facilities to research workers and at the same time commemorating 
the work and name of the late Sir R. G. Bhandarkar originated 
towards the middle of 1915. The scheme was received enthu- 
siastically, and with public support, Government sympathy, and 



APPKNDIX II 387 

chiefly the noble aid rendered by the Tatas and the Jain com- 
munity, the scheme soon materialized, and the Institute was 
formally inaugurated by H. E. Lord Willingdon on the 6th of 
July 1917. The Institute began its literary work in October 1918, 
when the Government of Bombay were pleased to transfer to the 
Institute the MSS. Library formerly at the Deccan College 
(together with the maintenance grant of Rs. 3,000), as also to 
hand over to the Institute the management of the Bombay 
Sanskrit and Prakrit Series, together with a grant of Rs. 12,000 
set aside for that purpose. The Main Hall of the Building, 
named 4t The J. N. Tata Research Hall " was occupied in 1918, 
and the two side halls named '* The Khetsi Khiasi MSS. Hall," 
and the " Ratan Tata Iranian and Semitic Hall " were occupied 
in 1922. The total expense on the whole building has been Rs. 
1,25,000. 

2. Work: (/) The Manuscript Depaitment contains some 
20,000 Sanskrit MSS., which are lent to all bona-fnle scholars 
under certain conditions. The MSS. were collected for Govern- 
ment by Biihler, Kielhorn, Bhanclarkar, and others since 1868, 
and they form one of the largest and most valuable collections of 
Sanskrit MSS., which is being properly catalogued and looked 
after. 

(/'/) The Iranian and Semitic J)efar/mctif was created in 
1920 for the collection and preseivation of A vesta, Pehlavi, 
Persian and Arabic MSS. A number of old and rare MSS. have 
been already collected, and a library of printed books pertaining 
to these subjects is also being built up. 

(J/Y) The Publication Department, besides conducting the 
work of the Bombay Sinsknt and Prakrit Series, has staited 
a new series called the Government Oriental Series, which includes 
texts as well as independent original works. In recognition of 
the handsome help rendered by the Jain community, the Institute 
is devoting special attention to the publication of Jain literature, 
and has recently completed arrangements for preparing a 
Catalogue Catalogorum of all Jain MSS. A complete list of the 
publications can be had on application. 

(/>) 27ie Sales Department carries on the sale of all the 
publications of the Institute as also of the old stock of the 
Bombay Sanskrit and Prakrit Series transferred by Government 
in 1922. There are thus over sixty different books now available 
for sale. The members of the Institute get a special discount on 
their purchases. 

(v) The Journal Department looks to the conduct of the 
Annals of the Institute which was started in 1919, and is now 
published quarterly. Members obtain the Annals free of co$t, 
TO others the annual subscription is Rs. 10. 



388 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

(vi) The Library Department : The private collection of 
the late Sir R. G. Bhandarkar was transferred to the Institute in 
1925, and consists of about 3,000 old and rare volumes on 
Indology. Books from this library cannot be lent out, but are 
available to members at the Institute for purposes of study and 
reference. The Institute also purchases and receives as presents 
several books each year as also a number of learned periodicals. 
Books are issued to members under certain conditions. For the 
use of members a Reading-room of select Oriental journals of 
India and Europe is being built up and brought up-to-date* 

(?;//) The Research Department : The Institute has recently 
opened a centre for post-graduate research work, where lectures 
are being arranged for the benefit of M.A. students for a nominal 
fee. P'urtlier important development in the matter of training 
students for research is contemplated. 

(viu) The Mahabharata Department is engaged in bringing 
out the projected Critical Edition of the Grent Epic of India. 

3. The Institute has opened a centre for Post-graduate 
teaching and research work, where lectures are being arranged for 
the benefit of M.A. students. The fees are at present fixed at 
Rs. 20 per term. 

4. There is one free studentship in connection with these 
classes founded by the Chief of Ichalkaranji. 

5. The following persons are delivering lectures during the 
term engaging the students for about 12 hours per week : 

Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M.A., Ph.D. " Comparative Philology ". 
Dr. V. G. Paranjpe, M.A., D.Litt. . . " Pratisakhya ". 
Prof. R. D. Karmakar, M.A. . . " Vedanta ". 

Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, M.A., Ph.D. . . " Rigveda " and 

Ancient Indian History Culture ''. 
Prof. V. K. Rajwade, M.A. . . " Nirukta ". 

Prof. M. G. Shastri, M.A. . . 4t Vallabha Vedanta ". 

Principal J. R. Gharpure, K.A., LL.IJ. 4t Dharmasastra ". 



III. 

Boie Research Institute! Calcutta. 

The Bose Research Institute at Calcutta was founded and 
built by Sir J. C. Bose as a place where he and his successors 
might carry out researches on the intricate phenomenon of life 
and its diverse manifestations. It was publicly inaugurated on 
November 30, 1917, and has been in active operation ever since. 
It has a large auditorium capable of accommodating 1,500 



APPENDIX Hi 

persons, the acoustics of the Hall being very perfect. The 
function of the Bose Institute differs from that of college 
teaching. Only by long and arduous personal training are the 
scholars made competent to undertake original investigation. 
From among those who have taken degrees in science, post-gradu- 
ate scholars are carefully selected for receiving special training. 
They are admitted on condition that 'they devote themselves 
wholly to the prosecution of research, not for the satisfaction of 
personal ambition, but in the words of the founder, ** in order to 
realize an inner call to devote one's whole life to win knowledge 
for its'own sake and see Truth face to face. " 

It is the intention of the founder that facilities of the 
Institute, as far as its limited accommodation would permit, would 
be available to workers of all countries. The spirit of Indian 
national culture demanded that personal gain should not stand 
in the way of the utilization of knowledge for the benefit of 
mankind. The advancement of knowledge in the Institute would 
be associated with the widest possible civic and public diffusion 
of it, and this without limitation to both men and women alike. 

Recent investigations carried out at the Institute establish 
the important generalization of the fundamental unity of plant 
and animal life. Investigations on the physiological mechanism 
of simple vegetable life have led to the better understanding of 
the more complex mechanism of animal life. The conducting 
nervous tissue in the stem and leaf was located by the Electric 
Probe. The physiological nature of the conduction is established 
by the observation that, both in the plant and the animal nerve, 
conduction is affected by changes of temperature, by blocking 
and stimulating agents which could not have any such effect 
upon it were* it merely mechanical. In this simple * nervous 
system ' there is no central organ as brain ; only nerves of 
which some have been shown to be sensory, others to be motor. 
The " Circulatory system J> consists entirely of propulsive 
tissue distributed throughout the plants representing a contractile 
arterial system. 

This advance has been rendered possible, by the invention 
and construction at the Institute of numerous automatic recorders 
of high sensitivity and precision. A department of highly 
trained instrument-makers have been specially organized for the 
purpo.se. 

The Government of India has recognized the claims of the 
Institute to special consideration. Accordingly a subsidy for 
securing the permanence of the work under conditions which will 
ensure adhesion to the ideals of the founder has been guaranteed. 
In this matter the Government voices the Indian opinion which 
is gratified to see so great an undertaking brought about by 
Indian initiative carried out under purely Indian administration. 



390 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The following is a list of original works that have already 
been published : 

Response in the Living and Non-Living. 

Plant Response. 

Comparative Electro-Physiology. 

Researches on Irritability of Plants. 

Transactions of the Bose Institute : Life Movements in 

Plants, Vol. I; Vol. II ; Vols. Ill & IV. 
Ascent of Sap. 
Physiology of Photosynthesis. 
Plant Autograph. 
Nervous Mechanism in Plants. 
Collected Physical Papers of Sir J. C. Bosc, F.R.S. 

(Publishers : Longmans Green & Co.) 

FOUNDER-DIRECTOR : 

Sir JagadisChunder Bose, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S. , C.I.K., C.S.I. 

The Staff consists of the following : 

Prof. Nagendra C. Nag, M.A., F.I.C., Assistant Director. 
Mr. Abani Nath Mitter, Manager. 

Dr. Guru Prasanna Das, L.M.S., Instructor in Physiology. 
Mr. Surendra Chandra Das, M.A., Instructor in Physics. 
Dr. Khirod C. Mazumdar, Ph.D. (Harvard), Research 

Associate. 
Dr. Jyoti P. Sircar, B.Sc., M.B., ch.B. (Kdin.), in charge of 

investigations in Practical Medicine. 

There are, in addition, about a dozen research scholars and 
workers who receive special scholarships. 



IV. 
Forest Research Institute and College, Dehra Dun. 

Forest education first started in India in 1878 when a school 
was founded at Dehra Dun for the training of Forest Rangers. 
In 1884 the School came directly under the Government of India, 
and Rangers were trained for all provinces. In 1912 a separate 
course for the Provincial Forest Service was started ; this course 
came to an end on the 31st March 1928. From 1st November 
1926 the training of Indian probationers for the Indian Forest 
Service was commenced. The course of instruction for the 
Indian Forest Service students is similar to that of the Forest 
School at Oxford University. The Staff consists of the Professor 
of Forestry, who is also Vice-President of the Forest Research 



APPENDIX IV 391 

Institute, lecturers in forest management, forest engineering and 
surveying, and heads of branches of the Forest Research Insti- 
tute who are responsible for the education of their respective 
subjects. Thus the Forest Botanist, Entomologist and Chemist 
occupy positions equivalent to that of a professor at a university. 
The Forest Economist and his experts in timber testing, wood 
preservation, seasoning, wood-working, and pulp and paper, 
deliver lectures, and demonstrate the practical part of their work 
in the well-equipped laboratories and workshops of the Forest 
Research Institute, which is believed to be the largest institution 
of its'kind in the world. 

The buildings where Forest Research Institute was housed 
from 1913 to 1926 have been converted into an Indian Forest 
Service Residential College fully equipped with laboratories. 
The principal tutorial staff of this College is housed within the 
College grounds. The area occupied by the College is 
approximately 48 acres. 

The fee per head per annum charged to the students of the 
Indian Forest Service class is Rs. 2,400. 

The Rangers College which is quite separate comprises a 
College building with quarters for students and cover an area of 
35.77 acres. The fee for this course is Rs. 1,500 per head per 
annum. The course of instruction is not so advanced as that 
laid down for the Indian Forest Service classes. There are at 
present at the College 18 Indian Forest Service students and 
43 Ranger students. Out of the 43 Ranger students 24 come 
from Indian States. 

All enquiries should be addressed to the President, Forest 
Research Institute and College, Dehra Dun, United Provinces. 

PRESIDENT : 

A. Rodger, Esq., O.B.E. 

VICE-PRESIDENT : 
C. G. Trevor, Esq. 



V. 
Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science. 

PRESIDENT. 

Sir Rajendra Nath Mookerjee, K.C.I.E., K.C.V.O. 

VICE-PRESIDENTS. 
Prof. Ganesh Prasad, M.A., D.Sc. 
Rai Chuni Lai Bose Bahadur, C.I.E., I.S.O. 
Prof. Birbal Sahni, D.Sc, 



392 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

HONV. SECRETARY. 
Prof. C. V. Raman, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 

ASST. SECRETARIES. 
Ashutosh Dey, Esq. J. C. Pal, Esq. 

The Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science was 
founded in 1876 by the late Dr. Mahendra Lai Sircar witfi the 
object of providing facilities for Scientific Research in India. It 
is equipped with a Laboratory built at the expense of the late 
Maharaja of Vizianagaram, a Library, an Astronomical Observatory 
and a fine lecture hall. Considerable improvements "in the 
Laboratory have been made of recent years and it is now 
admirably adapted for researches in various branches of Physics, 
Chemistry and Mineralogy. 

The Honorary Secretary, Prof. C. V. Raman, F.R.S. , directs 
the research work carried on in the Laboratory and conducts 
the 'Indian Journal of Physics* on behalf of the Association. At 
present, four parts of the Journal are issued in each year making 
up an annual volume of about 500 pages. The Association has 
a fairly well-equipped Library in which a large number of current 
journals are received by exchange and by purchase. 

The Laboratory is open to qualified workers from all parts 
of India, and special facilities are given for research work in 
X-rays, Magnetism, Spectroscopy and their application in various 
branches of Physical, Chemical and Mineralogical investigation. 
The activities of the Association are carried on with the aid of 
the income from a small endowment, private donations, and an 
annual grant from the Government of India. A limited number 
of research associateships and scholarships are awarded to highly 
qualified workeis from any part of India who have shown their 
capacity for original research. Other research workers are 
admitted and allowed to work in the Laboratory, necessary 
instruments and materials being supplied to them free of charge. 

The Association is open all the year round except for 
three weeks during the Puja holidays. It is thus well suited 
for teachers who wish to undertake research during the summer 
recess. No residential facilities are at present available. 

The Year 1927. 

Number of Research Workers 36. Of the.se two were re- 
search associates and four were research scholars paid by the 
Association, and the others were honorary workers. Total 
expenditure Rs. 51,000. 

Communications to be addressed to : 

PROF. C. V. RAMAN, M.A., D.SC., F.R.S., 

Honorary Secretary* Indian Association for the Cultivation 
of Science* 210, Bow Bazar Street* Calcutta. 



APPENDIX VI 



898 



VI. 
Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore. 

VISITOR. 
H. E. The Viceroy of India. 

DIRECTOR. 
Dr. M. O. Forster, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.I.C., F.R.S. 

TEACHING STAFF. 



General Chemistry 



Organic Chemistry 



Bio-Chemistry 



Electrical Technology 



Mechanical Engineering 
French and German 



Professor: Dr. H. E. Watson, D.Sc. 

(London), A. I.e. 
Lecturer : Mr. S. K. Kulkarni Jatkar, 

M.Sc. (Bombay). 
Assistants: Mr. K. R. Krishnaswami, 

B. A. (Madras); Dr.M.C. Tummankatti; 

Dr. M. A. Govinda Ran. 

Assistant Professor: Dr. P. C. Guha. 
Lecturer: Dr. G. C. Chakravarti, 

B.A., D.Sc. (Calcutta). 
Assistants : Mr. P. Ramaswami Ayyar, 

M.A. (Madras); Mr. B. Sanjiva Rao, 

M.A. (Madras). 

Professor: Dr. R. V. Norris, D.Sc. 

(Mane.), F.I.C. 
Lecturer : Mr. V. Subrahmanyan, B.A. 

(Madras). 
Assistants : Mr. C. V. Ramaswami 

Ayyar, L.Ag. ; Mr. V. N. Patwardhan, 

M.Sc. (Bombay) ; Mr. B. N. Sastri, 

B.Sc. (Mysore). 

Professor : Mr. J. K. Catterson-Smith, 
M.Eng. (Liverpool), M.I.E.E. 

Assistant Professor: Mr. T. J. 
Mirchandani, M.Sc. (Bombay). 

Assistant Professor of Electrical Com- 
munication Engineering: Mr. S. R. 
Kantebet, B.A. (Bombay). 

Assistant : Mr. G. Yoganandam. 

Assistant Professor: Mr. J. H. C. 
Kann, B.Sc. (London). 

Lecturer : Mr. K. Amrita Row, M.A. 
(Madras), L.T. 



894 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

The Indian Institute of Science owes its origin to the 
munificence and imagination of the late Mr. J. N. Tata, whose 
plan for establishing a Research Institute was brought to fruition 
after his death by the far-sighted generosity of his two sons, 
Sir Dorabji Tata and the late Sir Ratanji Tata. In giving 
effect to their father's wishes, these benefactors were supported 
by the Government of India and the Government of H, H. the 
Maharaja of Mysore. 

The Institute began work in July 1911, and its laboratories 
provide facilities for post-graduate work in four main branches 
of science, namely, General Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, 
Bio-Chemistry and Electrical Technology. The departments 
are very well equipped, and there is an admirable library which 
embraces the current journals relating to those branches and 
comprising upwards of 13,000 volumes. Training in French 
and German is given by the Librarian. The students reside 
in a Hostel, with which is associated a Gymkhana Club presented 
by Sir 1). J. Tata. There are no tuition fees, but a rental of 
Rs. 10 per month is charged for room, lighting, service, etc., 
the students defraying their own messing charges which average 
about Rs. 30 per month. The Council awards a limited number 
of scholarships (Rs. 70 per month) on the recommendation of 
the Senate based on the merits of the students after several 
months' training at the Institute. 

The academic year is divided into three terms and begins 
in July. Students usually remain at the Institute during three 
years. The Associateship is awarded on the recommendation 
of the Senate after five terms devoted entirely to research. 
Certificates are granted to students who satisfactorily complete 
approved courses of study. The scientific work of the Institute 
is recorded in the Journal of the Indian Institute of Science ', of 
which about 15 parts are issued annually. 

Postal Address. Indian Institute of Science, Hebbal, 
Bangalore. Telegrams. *' Science", Bangalore. 

The Year 1926-27. Number of students and other workers, 
106 ; of these 50 held Institute scholarships and others were 
maintained by the Governments of Madras, Bombay, Bengal, 
Central Provinces, Bihar and Orissa and Mysore. Twenty-five 
students passed out to appointments, three proceeded to England 
with State scholarships and one gained a scholarship under the 
Indian Central Cotton Committee. 

Total Expenditure. -Rs. 4,89,582. 



APPENDIX VII 395 

VII. 
Indian Institute of Philosophy, Amalner, East Khandesh. 

The Indian Institute of Philosophy is a purely research 
Institute. Its chief object is to encourage persons who have 
already studied Western Philosophy to get a first-hand acquaint- 
ance with Indian thought in general and with Sankaracharya's 
Advaitic Philosophy in particular. 

The Institute has quite an up-to-date library of philosophical 
books. It contains most of the latest writings of Western 
thinkers of eminence as well as a good number of classical books 
in Indian Philosophy. New publications are sent for as soon as 
they are brought out, and every attempt is made to enable 
workers to get access to the best Indian and Western philosophi- 
cal thought. There are practically no manuscripts. The object 
of the Institute is to encourage philosophical research and not 
any kind of oriental or historical study. Many of the Philosophi- 
cal Journals of Europe and America published in English are 
also sent for. 

The research is conducted by fellows selected from those 
who have passed M.A. in Philosophy of some recognized Indian 
University and know Sanskrit. The fellows are at first 
appointed for one academic year only, the retention of their 
fellowship being dependent on the quality of their work. The 
fellows as a rule start with Rs. 100 only per mensem. Quarters 
are given free. There are only six such fellowships available. 

The Staff at present includes (1) one superintendent-in-charge 
who is an M.A. of the Bombay University, and has passed the 
examination of Cambridge University entitling him to the 
Degree of M.Litt. (Master of Letters), (2) one professor who is 
double M.A. of the Calcutta University having passed that 
examination both in Philosophy and in Sanskrit ; he has also 
made a good study of other branches of Indian thought in the 
original, (3) one Pandit who is quite well-versed in Nyaya and 
Vedanta. 

Metaphysics, Logic, Indian Philosophy, Ethics and Philoso- 
phy of Religion are all studied at the Institute and facilities for 
doing research in them provided. These facilities include provi- 
sion of books and advice of the staff. 



396 HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

VIII. 

Shreemati Nathibai Damodher Thackersey Indian 
Women's University, Poona. 

The University was founded by Prof. I). K. Karve in 1916 
with the following aims and objects : 

(a) To make provision for the higher education of women 
through modern Indian Languages as media of examination and 
instruction by starting, aiding, and affiliating institutions tor such 
education. 

(jb) To formulate and lay down courses of study specially 
suited to the needs and requirements of women. 

(c) To institute and confer Degrees and Diplomas, etc., as 
may be prescribed by the regulations. 

The conduct and governance of the University is vested in a 
Senate of 84 fellows elected by the Electorates of Patrons, Graduates 
and Educated ladies and the General Electorate and the Electorate 
of Associations conducting institutions affiliated to the University. 
The Senate every year elects seven Syndics who, together with the 
elected Chancellor, Vice-Chancel lor and Registrar and the 
Principals of Colleges, form the Syndicate which functions as the 
Executive Body of the University. 

The University is conducting one College at Poona and has 
another College at Ahmedabad affiliated to it. The total number 
of students in the two Colleges is 35 to 40. There are two High 
Schools conducted by the University and there are nine schools 
working along the lines of the University. The total number 
of students studying in these schools is 1,200. 

The University has so far sent out 50 Graduates in Arts and 
of these nearly half are working in the cause of female education 
by starting schools in different district towns. 

The University is not recognized by Government and 
does not receive any help from the Provincial Government and the 
Government of India. Some of its schodls, however, receive 
Grant-in-Aid from the Department of Public Instruction, Bombay. 

Budget of the University. 

INCOME. Rs. 

Annual Grant from the Trustees of the late Sir 

Vithaldas D. Thackersey, Kt. . . . . 52,500 

From other sources such as interest on the Permanent 

Fund, Annual Subscriptions, etc. . . . . 18,000 

TOTAL . . 70,500 



APPENDIX VIII 397 

EXPENDITURE. Rs. 

On University College . . . . . . 17,000 

On University High Schools . . . . . . 19,000 

Grants to Affiliated Institutions . . . . 22,000 

Office expenses, examination charges and travelling 

allowances, etc. . . . . . . . . 12,500 



TOTAL . . 70,500 
Admission, Courses of Studies tad Degrees. 

Admission to the University by Entrance Examination or 
Matriculation of any Indian University recognized for that pur- 
pose. 

Degrees : Graduate in Arts (G.A.) 
Proficient in Arts (P.A.) 

Certificates: (l) The Entrance Examination Certificate, (2) 
The Secondary School Certificate, (3) Certificate for the Primary 
Training College Examinations. 

Arts. 

ENTRANCE EXAMINATION. 

Compulsory Subjects: 1. Vernacular, 2. English, 3. History, 
4. Domestic Economy and Hygiene. 

Voluntaries : Any two of the following : 1. Classical 
Language, 2. Modern European Language, 3. Algebra and 
Geometry, 4. Physical Sciences, 5. Hindi, 6. Geography, 7. 
Drawing, 8. Music, 9. Sewing, 10. Education (Theory and 
Practice). 

F.Y.A,, S.Y.A. AND G.A. 

Compulsory Subjects : 1. Modern Indian Language, 2. 
English, 3. History and Indian Administration, British Consti- 
tution and Sociology, 4. Biology, Physiology and Hygiene and 
Psychology. 

Voluntary Subjects : Any one of the following : 1. Classical 
Language, 2. Additional English, 3. Additional Modern Indian 
Language, 4. Modern European Language, 5. Physical Sciences, 
6. Natural Sciences, 7. History and Economics, 8. Ethics and 
Philosophy, 9. Comparative Religion, 10. Mathematics, 11. 
Pedagogics, 12. Music, 13. Drawing and Painting. 

PA. : Any one of the above thirteen Voluntary Subjects 
in which the candidate has to answer six papers. Alternately a 
thesis which can be accepted in lieu of the whole or part of the 
Examination may be submitted. 

Papers in all subjects except English are to be answered in 
the Vernacular, 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 

Chancellors. 

1916 Sir Ramakrishna Gopal Bhandarkar, M.A., Ph.D. 

1920 Sir M. B. Chaubal, Kt., B.A., LL.B. 

1926 The Hon'ble Sir C. V. Mehta, M.A., LL.B. (in office at 

present). 

Vice-Chancellors. 

1916 Dr. R. P. Paranjpye, M.A., D.Sc. 

1921 Professor D. K. Karve, B.A. 
1921 Sir L. A. Shah, M.A., LL.B., Kt. 
1926 Dr. R. P. Paranjpye, M.A., D.Sc. 

1926 Mr. Balak Ram, M.A., I.C.S. (in office at present). 

Registrars. 

1916 Professor D. K. Karve, B.A. 

1917 Professor H. R. Diwekar, M.A. 

1924 Professor N. M. Athavale, M.A. (in office at present). 

Endowments. 

There are five prizes and five scolarships awarded from the 
interest on the Endowment Fund. Also a few temporary en- 
dowed scholarships and three scholarships from the University 
Funds are awarded every year. 

University Property. 

Permanent Fund .. .. .. Rs. 70,000 

Endowment Fund . . . . . . 20,000 

Balance Fund . . . . . . 35,000 



TOTAL .. 1,25,000 
In addition to the above the University owns the following : 

1. 24 Acres of Land at Yerandawana . . Rs. 36,000 

2. Main Building of the S. N. D. T. College 1,25,000 

3. Hostel Building . . . . 75,000 

4. Minor Buildings, etc. near the College . . 25,000 

5. Price of Land for the S. N. D. T. Kanya- 

shala .. .. .. 27,000 

6. The Vithal Raghoba Land BuiWing . . 60,000 

TOTAL .. 3,48,000 



APPENDIX IX 399 

IX. 
Thomason Civil Engineering College, Roorkee. 

The main point that influenced the establishment of the 
Thomason Civil Engineering College was the necessity for some 
systematic training for Civil Engineers in India as it was apparent 
that there existed a large demand for skilled men in every branch 
of Civil Engineering, and it was necessary to provide a constant 
supply of well-trained and experienced Engineers for the Public 
Works* Department. The Thomason Civil Engineering College 
owes its origin to The Hon'ble Mr. J. Thomason, Lieutenant- 
Governor of the North-Western Provinces. It opened on the 19th 
October 1847, under the guidance of the first Principal, Lieutenant 
R. Maclagan of the Engineers. The departments are well equipped 
with laboratories, lecture theatres, and model rooms. There is a 
very good library, one of the largest in the country, comprising 
about 29,600 volumes. The students reside in Hostels, and each 
student has a furnished room with bath room, the rent of the room 
being Rs. 580, and that of the furniture Rs. 280 per 
mensem. All European students are required to join the Engineer 
Class Mess, while the Indian students make their own arrange- 
ments for messing. The current monthly expenses for nine months 
only of each year are about Rs. 175 for European students, and 
Rs. 120 120 for Indian students. Each student of the Civil 
Engineer Class, irrespective of his domicile, pays a tuition fee of 
Rs. 24 per mensem during the session. Government awards 
sixteen scholarships of Rs. 50 a month, of which six are awarded 
to first year students, five to second year students and five to 
third year students, who are residents of the United Provinces. 
Candidates for admission to the Civil Engineer Class, through the 
Entrance Examination, must be natives of India, of Provinces 
other than the Bengal, Madras and Bombay Presidencies. The 
Civil Engineer Class course is of three years' duration, each year 
being divided into two teims, and the session begins on the 16th 
October. Ceitificates as Assistant Engineers are awarded to those 
students who pass the final examination at the end of the three 
years' course, but no guaranteed appointments in the Public Works 
Department are now offered by Government. Thirty students are 
admitted yearly to the Civil Engineer Class. Total yearly ex- 
penditure is Rs. 4,43,000. 

PRINCIPAL. 

Lieut.-Col. K. \V. C. Sandes, D.S.O., M.C., R.E., M.I.K. (Ind.) 
DEPARTMENTS. STAFF. 

Civil Engineering .. Mr. Salig Ram, B.A., I.S.E. ; Mr. G. 

Lacey, B,Sc. t A,M.I,C.E., I,S,E. ; Mr f 



400 



HANDBOOK OF INDIAN UNIVERSITIES 



DEPARTMENTS. 



Pure and Applied 
Mathematics 



Surveying and Drawing 



Applied Science 



Mechanical and Electri- 
cal Engineering 



Photo-Mechanical 
Press 



Personal Assistant to 
Principal 

Head Master, Overseer 
Class 



STAFF. 

Raja Ram, B.Sc., A.M.I.C.E., F.I.S.E., 
M.I.Mun. and Cy.E., Professors. 

Mr. B. D. Puri, M.A. (Cantab.), Professor. 

Mr. Parmananda Chakravarti, M.Sc., 
M.A. ; Mr. Prabodh Chandra Sen Gupta, 
B.Sc., Lecturers. 

Mr. C. J. Veale, F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S., Pro- 
fessor. 

Mr. F. J. Smith ; Mr. H. T. Cumming, 
A.M.I.E. (Ind.), Lecturers. 

Dr. P. P. Phillips, Ph.D., F.I.C., Professor; 

Mr. Anand Sarup, M.Sc., A.M.A.I.E.E. ; 
Mr. Krishna Lai Bhattacharya, M.Sc., 
Lecturers. 

Major A. M. McLean, M.C., A.M.I.M.E., 
Assistant Professor. 

Mr. J. E. Crawford ; Mr. Munna Lai 
Misra, A.M.I.E. (Ind.) ; Mr. Dhanpal 
Chandra, Lecturers assisted by four 
Foreman Instructors. 

Mr. Dial Das Mehta, Superintendent. 

Mr. W. J. Peychers, Assistant. 
Mr. Munna Lai Gupta, Instructor. 
Mr. J. Barnett. 

Mr. J. S. Gurney, F.S.I., M.R.S.I. 



INDEX 



Admission to University 


Exam in at ion a, 


Arts Courses of Study, Examinations 


Courses of Study, etc 




and Degrees in. contd. 




PAGES. 


PAGES. 


Agra . 


. . 5, 6 


Lucknow . . . 221-223 


Aligarh 


21-24 


Madras .. . 242-245 


Allahabad 


. . 33 


Mysore . . . 266-271 


Andhra 


45, 46 


Nagpur . . . 293-295 


Benares 


63-65 


Osmania .. . 307-314 


Bombay 


.. 95 


Patna .. . 330-331 


Calcutta- 


150, 151 


Punjab . . . 349, 350, 351 


Dacca 


.. 182 


Rangoon . . . 377, 378, 379 


Delhi .. 


.. 199 . 




Lucknow 


.. 220 


Association* in the Universitj'. 


Madras 


.. 242 




Mysore 


265, 266 


Aligarh . . . . 20 


Nagpur 


.. 293 


Allahabad .. ..31 


Osmania 


.. 306 


Benares . . 62 


Patna 


329, 330 


Bombay . . . . 93 


Punjab 


348, 349 


Calcutta .. ..147 


Rangoon 


370, 377 


Dacca . . .181 






Delhi .. ..198 


Affiliated Colleges. 




Lucknow .. 218,219 






Mysore . . . . 264 


Agra .. 


.. 2-4 


Nagpur . . . . 291 


Andhra 


40, 41 


Osmania . . . . 304 


Bombay 


76-90 


Patna .. .. 328 


Calcutta 


117-144 


Rangoon . . . . 375 


Madras 


234-237 




Nagpur 


280, 281 


Bachelor of Ayr ie alt it re-Courses of Study, 


Patna 


320-326 


etc. 


Punjab ..336,337 


, 340, 341, 342 








Bombay . . . . 100, 101 


Agriculture Courses of S 


tudy, Degrees 


Madras .. .. 246,247 


and Examinations. 




Punjab . . . . 360, 361 


Bombay 


100, 101 


B.A. (Bachelor of Arts) Courses of 


Madras* 


246, 247 


Study, etc. 


Punjab 


360, 361 








Agra . . . . 5-7 


Arts Courses of Study, 


Examinations 


Aligarh (Pass) . . 22 


and Degrees in . 




Allahabad .. ..33 






Andhra . . 48, 49 


Agra 


.. 5-7 


Benares (Pass) . . 65 


Aligarh 


' .. 21 


Bombay .. ..96 


Allahabad 


33, 34 


Calcutta . . 152, 153 


Andhra 


46-48 


Dacca .. ..183 


Benares 


64,65 


Delhi . . 200, 201 


Bombay 


95-97 


Lucknow .. ..221 


Calcutta 


151-155 


Madras .. ..244 


Dacca . 


182-184 


Mysore . . 269, 270 


Delhi 


199-202 


Nagpur .. ..294 


26 




F 



402 



B.A. (Bachelor of A rts ) Courses of 
Study, etc. contd. 

PAGKS. 



lnr of Law* Courses of Study, etc. 
PAGES. 



Oemania .. ..309-311,312 


Agra (LL.B.) . . . . . . 5, 8 


Patna . . . . 330, 331 


Aligarh (LL.JB.) .. ..23 


Punjab . . . . 349, 350 


Allahabad (LL.iO . . 36, 37 


Rangoon . . . . 377, 378 


Benares (LL.B.) . . . . 71 




Bombay (LL.B.) . . . . 103 


B.A. (Honours)- -Courses of Study. 


Calcutta (B.L.) .. .. 158 




Dacca (B.L.) .. .. 187, 188 


Aligarh .. .. ..22 


Delhi (LL.B.) .. .. ..203 


Allahabad . . . . 33, 34 


Lucknow (LL.B.) . . . . 227 


Benares . . . . . . 05 


Madras (B.L.) .. r 247,248 


Bombay . . . . 96 


Nagpur (LL.B.) . . . . 290 


Calcutta .. .. lf>2, 153 


Osmania (LL.B.) . . ..315 


Dacca . . . . . . 1 83 


Patna .. .. ..332 


Lucknow . . . . 221, 222 


Punjab (LL.B.) .. 350,357 


Madras .. .. 244,24/5 


Rangoon . . . . . . 381 


Patna .. .. 330,331 




Punjab . . . . 349, 350 


Bichelor of Medicine and Bachelor of 


Rangoon . . . . 378, 379 


Nurgery Courses of Study, etc. 


B. Com. ( Bachelor of Com merne) ( ,'oursos 


See under "M.B.,B.S." 


of Study, etc. 


B.O.L. (Bachelor of Oriental Learning). 


Agra . . . . . . 0, 8 


Punjab .. .. 353,354 


Allahabad .. .. ..30 




Bombay .. .. ..99 


Bachelor of fianitary Science Courses of 


Calcutta .. .. 150, 157 


Study, etc. 


Dacca . . . . . . 187 




Lucknow . . . . 228, 229 


Madras .. .. 252,253 


Mysore . . . . 273, 274 






H.Rc. (Bachelor of Science) Courses of 


7?. COM. (Entmrif* Ejrwinntion}-r f 'mnHOH 


Study, etc 


of Study. 


A(?ra . . . . . . 5, 7 


Lucknow .. .. ..228 
Punjab .. .. ..302 


Aligarh (Pass) .. ..22 
Allahabad (Piw) . 34,35 
Benares . . . . . 67 


B.Ed. {Bachelor of Education) Courses 
of Study, etc. 


Bombay . . . 97, 98 
Calcutta . . . 155, 150 
Darca(Pass) .. . ..184 


Andhra . . . . . . 49 


Delhi . . . 202, 203 


Patna . . . . . . 334- 


Lucknow (Pass) . :. 223 




Madras ., . 245,240 


B.E. (Bachelor of Engineering) Courses 
of Study, etc. 


Mysore .. . 271,272 
Nagpur . . . . . 295 
Osmania .. . 309-311, 312 


Benares . - . . 08-70 


Patna .. . ..332 


Bombay .. .. 101-102 
Calcutta . . . . 159, 100 


Punjab .. . .,352 
Rangoon (Pass) . . . 379 


Madras .. .. 249,250 
Mysore .. .. 274,275 


B.Nc. (Horn.} Courses of Study, etc. 


Patnn .. .. .. 335 


Aligarh .. .. ..22 


Rangoon . , . . . . 382 


Allahabad .. .. ..35 




Benares . . . . . . 08 


B.Hy. (Bachrlor of Ilyqitnt) Courses of 


Calcutta . . . . 155, 150 


Study, eta. 


Dacca .. .. 184,185 




Lucknow .. .. 223,224 


Bombay 100 


Madras 346 



403 



B.Sc. (Hons.y~ Courses of Study, etc. 
contd. 

PAGES. 



Bureau Students' Information and its 
Activities. contd. 



Patna 


.. 332 




PAGES. 


Punjab 


.. 352 


Osmania 


.. 306 


Rangoon 


379, 380 


Punjab 


.. 348 






Rangoon 


.. 376 


B.Sc. Courses of Study. 










Candidate* Number of Successful, in the 


Benares (Engineering, Metallurgy, 


Examinations. 




Mining) 


08-70 










Agra 


.. 11 


B.Sc. in Forestry. 




Aligarh 


.. 16 






Allahabad 


.. 28 


Rangoon 


.. 383 


Andhra 


.. 41 






llcnareH 


. . 60 


B.T. (Bachelor of Teaching C< 


UFHCS C)f 


Bombay 


91, 92 


Study, etc. 




Calcutta 


145, 146 


Aligarh 
Bombay 
Calcutta 
Dacca 
Mysore 
Nagpur (B.T.) 
Punjab 


.. 23 

99, 100 
157, 158 
186, 187 
.. 278 
.. 297 
361, 362 


1 )acra 
Delhi 
Lucknow 
Madras 
Mysore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 
Patna 


172. 173 
.. 195 
208, 209 
238, 239 
.. 261 
.. 287 
.. 302 
.. 327 


R,J__/ 




Punjab 


342, 343 


Jjiulytl. 




Rangoon 


.. 372 


Affra . . 


.. 11 






ngLOl . . . . 

Aligarh 


.. 20 


Character of the University. 




Allahabad 


.. 32 






Andhra 


.. 44 


Agra 


1 


Benares 
Bombay 
Calcutta 


.. 63 
.. 93 
.. 147 


Aligarh 
Allahabad 
Andhra 


.. 13 
.. 25 
.. 39 


Dacca . . 


.. 181 


Benares 


.. 54 


Delhi 


.. 198 


Bombay 


74, 75 


Lucknow 


.. 219 


Calcutta i .. 


109, 110 


Madras 


.. 241 


Dacca 


.. 167 


Mysore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 


.. 265 
.. 291 
.. 305 


Delhi 
Lucknow 
Madras 


190, 191 
.. 205 
.. 231 


Patna 


. . 329 


Mysore 


.. 255 


Punjab 
Rangoon 


.. 347 
.. 376 


Nagpur 
Osmania 
Patna 


280, 281 
298, 299 
.. 319 


Bureau Students' Information and its 
Activities. 


Punjab 
Rangoon 


.. 336 
365, 366 


Aligarh 


.. 20 


Commerce Courses of Study, 


Degrees 


Allahabad 


.. 32 


and Examinations in. 




Benares 


.. 63 






Bombay 


.. 94 


Agra 


..6,8 


Calcutta 


148, 149 


Allahabad 


.. 36 


Dacca 


.. 182 


Bombay 


99, 100 


Delhi 


.. 199 


Calcutta 


156, 157 


Lucknow 


219, 220 


Dacca 


.. 187 


Madras 


.. 242 


Lucknow 


228, 229 


Mysore 


.. 265 


Mysore 


.. 273 


Nagpur , . , 


.. 293 


Punjab 


.. 362 



404 



Constituent College*. 




Degrees Granted conld . 






PAGES. 




PAGES. 


Allahabad . . 


.. 27 


Bombay 


.. 95 


lienares 


56, 59 


Calcutta 


.. 151 


Delhi 


.. 192 


Dacca 


.. 182 


Lucknow 


.. 205 


Delhi 


.. 199 


Madras 


231-234 


Lucknow 


.. 220 


Mysore 


.. 260 


Madras 


.. 242 


Nagpur . . 280, 


281,283, 285 


Mysore 


265, 266 


Rangoon 365, 307, 308 


f WTO, 370, 371 


Nagpur 


.. 293 






OB mania 


.. 300 


Cnnxtitnlion of VniwrttiHfj*. 




Patna 


329, 330 






Punjab 


'.. 348 


Agra 


.. 2 


Rangoon 


.. 370 


Aligarh 


. . 15 






Allahabad 


27,28 


Degrees in Oriental Learning. 




Andhra 


. . 39 






Benares 


. . 55 


Andhra 


.. 52 


Bombay 


.. 90 


Benares 


66,67 


Calcutta 


144, 145 


Madras 


253, 254 


Dacca 


171, 172 


Punjab 


353-356 


IMhi 


194, 195 






Lucknow 


.. 208 


Degree of Dharmacnarya. 




Madras 


.. 237 


Benares 


.. 67 


Mysore 


. . 260 






Nagpur 
Osmania 


285-287 
.. 302 


Degree of DUarmaxhastri. 




Patna 


320, 327 


Benares 


.. 67 


Punjab 
Rangoon 


337, 338 
.. 365 


Degree of Madhyanm Parikshfi. 








Benares 


66, 67 


Cost o/ Liring. 












Degree of Sftastracharya. 




Agra 


.. 10 


Benares 


. . 66 


Aligarli 


.. 20 






Allahabad . . 
Benars 


31, 32 
62,63 


Degree of Shastri. 




Bombay 


.. 93 


Benares 


.. 66 


Calcutta 


% ..147 






Dacca 


.. 181 


Degree of Smriti Rntna. 




Delhi 


.. 198 


J3enares 


.. 67 


Lucknow 


.. 219 






Mysore 


264, 265 


Degree of Srniritisagar. 




Nagpur 
Osmania 


.. 291 
.. 304 


Benares 


.. 67 


Patna 
Punjab 


.. 329 
.. 347 


Diploma* Courses of Study, etc. 


Rangoon 


.. 375 


In Arabic. 




Dairat-ul-Maarif Courses 


of Study. 


Lucknow 


.. 223 


Osmania 


305, 306 


In Commerce. 








Punjab 


348, 362 


Degrees Granted.. 












In Economics. 




Agra 
Aligarh 


.. 5 
.. 21 


Madras 


,. 253 


Allahabad 
Andhra 


.. 33 
.. 45 


In Education. 




Benares 


.. 64 


Patna 


333,334 



405 



biptomaa Courses of Study, etc. contd. 

PAGKS. 



D.Hy. (Doctor of Hygiene) Courses of 
Study, etc. 



In Forestry. 


PAGES. 


Rangoon . . . . 377, 383 


Bombay 107 


In L.M.S. 


Doctor of Law. 


Osmania . . . . 31 G, 317 






Allahabad .. .. 37,38 


In Medicine (L.M.P.) 


Benares . . ..71 


Mysore . . . . 277, 378 


Calcutta . . . . . . 1 59 
Dacca . . . . 1 8S 




Delhi . . . . . . 20 1 


In Midwifery. 


Lucknow . . . . 228 


Madras .. .. .. 258 


Madras (D.L.) .. .. 249 




Nagpur (LL.D.) . . . . 296 


In Ophthalmology. 


Patna .. .. 333 


Bombay . . . . 107, 108 


Punjab (LL.D.) . . . . 357 


In Oriental Learning. 


D.LiU. (Doctor of Letters) Courses of 


Punjab .. .. 354,355 


Study, etc. 


In Persian. 


In Economics. 


Lucknow . . . . . . 223 


Allahabad .. .. ..37 




Lucknow . . . . 222, 223 


In Public Health. 


Mysore .. .. 278,279 


Calcutta . . . . 164, 165 


Punjab .. .. ..Sfll 


Lucknow .. .. 226,227 






Doctor of Medicine, Courses of Study, etc. 


In Spoken English. 


See under " M.D. " 


Calcutta .. .. .- 155 




In Teaching. 


n.O.L. (Doctor of Oriental Learning). 


Lucknow . . - 229 


Punjab .. .. ..354 


Rangoon . . . . 371, 383, 384 




Discipline Pro vision for. 


Doctor of Philosophy Courses of Study. 
Sec under "Ph.D." 


See under " Health ". 




Doctorates. 


D. *SV. (Doctor of Science) Courses of 
Study, etc. 


Allahabad .. .. 37,38 
Benares . . . 66, 71 
Calcutta .. 155,156,159,160 
Dacca .. 18*, 186,188 


Allahabad . . 37 
Benares . 68 
Calcutta . . .156 


Delhi . 204 


Dacca . . .180 


Lucknow 220, 222, 223, 224, 226, 228 
Madras . . 242, 245, 246, 249, 251 
Mysore .. .. 278,279 
Nagpur .. .. 294,296 
Patna .. 33J, 333 


Lucknow . . .224 
Madras . . .. 246 
Mysore . . 278,279 
Nagpur . . 295,296 
Patna . . ..232 


Punjab 351, 353, 354, 357, 360, 378 


Punjab . . .. 253 


D. Engineerirtg (Doctor of Engineering) 


Education Courses of Study. 


Courses of Study, etc. 


Andhra .. .. 49,50 


Calcutta 100 


Patna .. .. 333,334 



406 



JSndoioments. 



Fir.it. Examination in Law. 





PAOES. 




PAGES. 


Andhra 


.. 42 


Punjab 


.. 356 


Lucknow 


.. 210 


Rangoon 


..381 


Engineering, (Purees of Study, etc. 


Forestry. Courses of 


Study. 


Benares .. . . 64, 
"Bombay .. 95, 101 


68, 09, 70 
102, 103 


Rangoon 


377, 383 


Calcutta . . . . 151 
Madras 


, 159, HJO 
249, 250 


Health Provision for. 


Mysore 
Patna 
Rangoon 


274,275 

334, 335 

382, 383 


Aligarh 
Allahabad 
Benares 


*2U, 21 
.. 32 
.. 63 


Extension Work. 




Bombay 


.. 94 






Calcutta 


149, 150 


See under " Publication ". 




Dacca 


.. 182 


Madras 


.. 241 


Delhi 
Lucknow 


.. 199 
.. 220 






Madras 


.. 242 


Faculties 




Mysore 


.. 25 


See 'Students 1 Number of. 




Osmania 


.. 306 






Patna 


.. 329 


Punjab 


242, 243 


Punjab 


.. 348 


Fees Table of Examination. 




History. See under 


" Introductory ". 


Agra 


. . 12 






Allahabad 


.. 38 


Intermediate in Arts Courses of Study, 


Andhra 


52, 53 


etc. 




Benares 


72, 73 






Bom bay 


.. 108 


Aligarh 


..21 


Calcutta 


165, 166 


Andhra 


45-47 


Dacca 


.. 189 


Benares 


64, 65 


Delhi 


.. 204 


Bombay 


. . 98 


Lucknow 


229, 230 


Calcutta 


151,152 


Mysore 


.. 279 


Delhi 


199,200 


Nagpur 


.. 297 


Madras 


242, 244 


Osmania 


317, 318 


Mysore 


266, 267 


Punjab 


362, 364 


Nagpur 


293, 294 


Rangoon 


.. 384 


Osmania 


308, 309, 313, 314 






Patna 


..330 


Fellowships. 




Punjab 


..349 






Rangoon 


..377 


Aligarh 


.. 18 






Andhra 


.. 44 


Intermediate in Agriculture Courses of 


Delhi 


.. 196 


Study, etc. 




Lucknow 


.. 211 







Final Examination in Engineering. 

Rangoon . . . . 383 

First fljwmination, in Commerce. 

Punjab .. .. ..362 



Bombay 



100 



Intermediate in Commerce Courses of 
Study, etc. 

Bombay 99 

Intermediate in Engineering Courses of 
Study, etc. 



First Examination in Engineering. 
Rangoon 



383 



Calcutta 

Mysore 

Patna 



.. 159 

.. 274 

334, 33d 



407 



Intermediate in Oriental Learning. 



Laboratories contd. 



PA( 


3ES. 


Nagpur 




Punjab 


353 


Osmania 








Patna 


. . 


Intermediate in Scieiwe, Courses of 




Punjab 




Study, etc. 




Rangoon 




Aligarh. See under " Arts ". 




Law Courses of Study, 


etc 


Andhra. Sec under " Arts ". 




Agra 
Aligarh 






Benares. See. under " Arts ". 




Allahabad 
Benares 




Bombay 
Calcutta 
Delhi 
Madras 
Mysore 
Nagpur 
Patna 
Punjab 
Rangoon . . . . -H7, 


97 
155 
202 
245 
208 
295 
331 
351 
379 


Bombay 
Dacca 
Delhi 
Luck no \v 
Madras 
Nay pur 
( )smaniii 
Patna 
1*110 jab 
Rangoon 





Intermediate in Theology. Courses 
Study. 


of 


Library. 




Osntania .. .. 313, 


314 


Aligarh 
Allahabad . . 








Andhra 




Introductory. 




Benares 








Bombay 




Agra 




Calcutta 




Alittarh 


13 


Dacca 




Allahabad .. 


25 


Delhi 




Andhra 


39 


Luekiiow 




Benares 


54 


Madras 


f 


Bombay . . 74 
Calcutta .. . 109, 
Dacca 


, 75 
110 
167 


Mysore, 
Nagpur 
Osmania 





Delhi .. 190, 


191 


Patna 


> 


Lucknow 
Madras 
Mysore .. . -. 


205 
231 
255 


Punjab 
Rangoon 




Nagpur . . . -680, 
Osmania 


281 

298 


LL.M. (Master of Laws) 





Patna 


319 


Aligarh 




Punjab 


33(5 


Allahabad . . 




Rangoon .. . 365, 


366 


Benares 








Bombay 


. . 


Laboratories. 




Calcutta 


, . 






Dacca 




Aligarh 


19 


Lucknow 




Allahabad 


30 


Madras (M.L.) 




Benares 


61 


Nagpur (LL.M.) 




Bombay 


90 


Patna 




Calcutta 


146 


Punjab (LL.M.) 




Dacca 


174 






Delhi 


197 


Loans Granted. 




Lucknow 


209 






Mysore 


262 


Aligarh 





PAGES. 

289, 290 

303, 304 

.. 328 

.. 343 

.. 373 



,. 23 
36 -3S 

.. 71 
103, 104 
187, 188 
203, 204 
227, 228 
247-240 

.. 290 

.. 315 
332, 333 
3f)<j, 3. r >7 

.. 381 



.. 19 
. . 30 
.. 44 
.. 61 
., 92 
.. 140 
173, 174 
.. 19(5 
.. 209 
.. 240 
.. 262 
.. 289 
.. 303 
.. 328 
.. 343 
.. 373 



.. 23 

.. 37 

.. 71 

.. 104 

158, 159 

203, 204 

227, 228 

248, 249 

.. 296 

.. 333 

.. 357 



.. 19 



408 



L.T. (Licentiate in Teaching) Courses 
of Study, etc. 

PAUES. 



M.R., B.8. (Bachelor of Medicine and 
Bachelor of Surgery) Courses of 
Study, etc. 



Benares (L.T.) 


.. 72 


PAGES. 


Calcutta 


. . 157 




Dacca 


. . 186 


Andhra 50-52 


Madras 


.. 247 


Bombay 104, 105 






Calcutta 160-163 


Licentiate in Medicine and 


Surgery. 


Lucknow 225, 226 
Madras 250, 251 


Rangoon 


377, 382 


Mvwore 276-277 
Punjab 357, 358, 359 


Mar fa -Scale of. 




Rangoon '381, 3S2 


Agra 
Aligarh 
Allahabad . . 3 


.. 7-0 
.. 24 
, 35, 30, 37 


M.Com. (Master of Commerce) Course? 
of Study, etc. 


Andhra 


40, 48, 49, 50 




Benares 


05, 08 


Bombay . . . . . . 99 


Bombay 
Calcutta 


103, 105 
152, 102, 104 


MJ). (Doctor of Medicine) Courses of 


Dacca 


183, 188 


Study. 


Delhi 


200 -201 




Lucknow 221-221,220 


227, 228, 229 


Bombay . . . . . . 107 


Madras 


243, 248, 254 


Lucknow .. .. ..226 


Mysore 


208-278 


Madras .. .. 251,252 


Nappur 


293-297 


Punjab .. .. ..360 


Osmania 308, 309, 312 
Patna 


311,315,310 
330-335 


Master of Education Courses of Study. 


Punjab 
Rangoon 


349-301 


Andhra . . . . . . 50 
Patna .. .. ..334 


Master of Agriculture Coui-scs of Study, 
etc. 


Master of Engineering Courses of Study, 






etc. 


Bombay 
Punjab 


.. 101 
.. 301 


Bombay . . . . . . 103 


M.A. (Master of A /-to) Courses of Study. 


M.O.L. (Master of Oriental Learning). 


Agra 


.. 5, 7 


Punjab .. .. ..354 


Aligarh 
Allahabad 


.. 22 
.. 34 


Master of Surgery Courses of Study. 


Benares 


05, 06 




Bombay 
Calcutta 


96,97 
153, 154 


Bombay ., .. ..107 
Lucknow . . . . . . 226 


Dacca 


183, 184 


Madras .. .. .,251 


Delhi 


201, 202 


Punjab .. .. 359,360 


Lucknow 


.. 222 




Madras 


.. 245 


Master of Teaching Courses of Study. 


Mysore 


270, 271 




Nagpur 


.. 294 


Dacca .. .. ..187 


Osmania 


312-314 




Vatna 


.. 331 


Matriculation Examination. 


Punjab 


350, 351 




Rangoon (Art* and Hons.) . . 379 


Osmania . . . . 307, 308, 313 


M.A. in Theology ourses of Study. 


Matriculation in Theology. 


Osmania 


.. 314 


Oemania .. .. ..313 



409 



Medals Auxtrded. 



M.Sc. (Master of Science) Courses of 





PAGES. 


Study. eontd. 




Agra 


10, 11 




PAOKS. 


Aligarh 


.. 19 


Calcutta 


.. 156 


Allahabad 


.. 30 


Dacca 


185, 186 


Andhra 


42-44 


Lucknow 


.. 224 


Benares 


.. 60 


Madras 


. . 246 


Bombay 


.. 92 


Mysore 


272, 273 


Calcutta 


.. 146 


Oymania 


312,313 


Dacca 


.. 173 


Patna 


.. 332 


Delhi 


.. 196 


Punjab 


352, 353 


Lucknow 


210,211 


Rangoon (Pass and Hons.) 


.. 380 


Madras 


.. 239 






Mysore 


.. 261 


Museums. 




Nagpur 


287-289 






Osmania 


.. 302 


Aligarh 


. 19 


Patna 


327, 328 


Allahabud 


. 30 


Punjab 


.. 343 


Andhra 


. 44 


Rangoon 


372, 373 


Bom bay 


. 92 






C 1 alcutta 


. 146 


Medical Insjwdion. 




Dacva 


. 174 


See under ' Health '. 




Delhi 
Lucknow 


. 196 
. 209 


Medicine Courses of Study. 




Madras 


. 240 






Mysore 


. 262 


Andhra 


.~>0, 51 


Nagpur 


. 289 


Bombay 


104, 108 


Osmania 


. 303 


Calcutta 


160-165 


Patna 


. 328 


Lucknow 


225-227 


Punjab 


. 343 


Madras 


250-252 


Rangoon 


. 373 


Mysore 


275-278 






Osmania 


315-317 


Officers. 




Punjab 


357-360 






Rangoon 


381, 382 


Agra 


.. I 






Aligarh 


13, 14 


Military Training. 




- Allahabad . 


25,26 


Agra 
Aligarh 
Allahabad . . 
Benares 
Bombay 
Calcutta 
Dacca (M.T.C.) 
Delhi 
Lucknow 
Madras 
Mysore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 
Punjab 


.. 10 
19,20 
.. 31 
.. 62 
.. 93 
.. 147 
.. 180 
197, 198 
.. 21S 
.. 241 
.. 264 
290, 291 
.. 304 
.. 347 


Andhra 
Benares 
Bombay 
Calcutta 
Dacca 
Delhi 
Lucknow 
Madras 
MyHore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 
Patna 
Punjab 
Rangoon 


.. 39 
.. 55 
75,76 
.. 110 
.. 168 
192, 193 
205, 206 
231, 232 
.. 255 
281,282 
299, 300 
319,320 
338, 339 
.. 366 


Rangoon 


374, 375 


Oriental Learning Courses of Study, etc. 


M.Sc. (Master of Science) Courses of 


Punjab 


353-355 


Study. 








Agra 
Aligarh 


5 7, 8 
. 22 


Oriental Titles Examinution--Go\itt of 
Study, etc. 


Allahabad 


. 35 


Andhra 


.. 52 


Benares 


. 68 


Benares 


66,07 


Bombay 


. 98 


Punjab 


353-355 



410 



Provident Fund, contd. 





PAG KM. 




PAGES. 


Lucknow 


212-218 


Patna 


.. 329 






Punjab 


.. 347 


Ph.D. (Doctor of Philosophy) Courses 


Rangoon 


.. 376 


of Study, etc. 












Publication Work. 




Calcutta 


.. 155 






Dacca 


.. 184 


Aligarh 


. 19 


Lucknow 


222, 223 


Allahabad 


. 31 


Madras 


.. 245 


Andhra 


. 44 


Nagpur 


. . *J9t 


Benares 


.. 61 


Patna 


., 331 


Bom bay 


. 93 


Punjab 


330-342 


Calcutta 


. 147 






Dacca 


179, 180 


Pre-Medicine Examination Courses of 


Delhi 


.. 197 


Study. 




Lucknow 


211,212 






Madras 


240, 241 


Lucknow 


225 


Mysore 


263, 264 






Nagpur 


.. 290 


Pre-Reyistration Kxaminalion -Courses of 


Osinania 


:M)5, 300 


Study. 




Patna 


.. 329 






Punjab 


.. 347 


Andhru 


. . 50 


Rangoon 


.. 374 


Professional Examinations Cumuos of 
Study and Degrees, etc. 


Jte-adntisvion to University 


Kxuininatwmt. 






Agra 


.. 9 


Agra 


8 


Allahabad 


.. 38 


Allahabad 


3, 37 






Andhra 


40-52 


fipxwt rch Pro v isi< >n f o r . 




Benares 


68-72 






Bombay 
Calcutta 


99-108 
156-165 


Aligarh 
Allahabad 


18, 19 
28, 30, 31 


Dacca 


186-188 


Benares 


. . 61 


Delhi 
Lucknow 


203, 204 
225-229 


Bombay 
Calcutta 


92, 93 
.. 146 


Madras 


246-253 


Dacca 


174, 178 


Mysore 


273-279 


Delhi 


.. 197 


Nagpur 


296, 297 


Lucknow 


211, 212 


Osmania 


315-317 


Madras 


.. 240 


Patna 
Punjab 
Rangoon 


332-335 
356-362 
381-384 


Mysore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 


.. 262 
.. 290 
.. 304 






Patna 


.. 328 


Provident, Fund. 




Punjab 


344, 345, S46 






Rangoon 


'.. 374 


Agra 


.. 11 






* Allahabad .. 


.. 32 


Residence. 




Andhra 


.. 44 






Benares 


.. 63 


See " Cost of Living " 




Bombay 


.. 94 






Calcutta 


147, 148 


Scholarships Awarded. 




Dacca 


.. 181 






Delhi 
Lucknow 


.. 198 
.. 219 


Agra 
Aligarh 


.. 10 
16-19 


Madras 


.. 241 


Allahabad 


28-30 


Mysore 


.. 265 


Andhra 


.. 42 


Nagpur 


291, 293 


Benares 


.. 60 


Oemania 


.. 305 


Bombay 


.. 92 



411 



Scholarships Awarded. cottid. 



Students, Number of, in the 





PAGES. 


Universities contd. 




Calcutta 


.. 146 




PAUKS. 


Dacca 


.. 173 


Allahabad 


.. 28 


Delhi 


195,196 


Andhra 


.. 41 


Lucknow 


209, 210 


Benares 


.. 60 


Madras 


.. 239 


Bombay 


90, 91 


Mysore 


261,262 


Calcutta 


.. J4fi 


Nagpur 


287, 288 


Dacca 


.. 172 


Osmania 


302, 303 


Delhi 


.. 195 


Patna 


327, 328 


Lucknow 


.. 208 


Punjab 


.. 343 


Madras 


237-238 


Rangoon 


372, 373 


Mysore 


.. 260 






Nagpur 


.. 287 


Science. Courses of 


Study. 


Osman ; a 


.. 302 






Patna 


.. 327 


Agra 


. . 5, 7 






Aligarh 
Allahabad 


. . 22 

34, 38 


Subject* and Pupem. 




Andhra 


46-48 






Benares 


64-69 


Agra 


. . (i- S 


Bombay 
Calcutta 


97, 98 
155,156 


Allahabad 
Aligarh 


21-24 
33-38 


Dacca 


184-186 


Andhm 


46-52 


Delhi 


202, 203 


Bemirep 


65-72 


Lucknow 


223, 224 


Bom bay 


95-108 


Madras 


245-247 


Calcutta 


151-165 


Mysore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 
Patna 


271-273 
295. 296 
308,310,312,313 
331,332 


Dacca 
Delhi 
Lucknow 
Madras 


183-188 
199-204 
221-229 
242-254 


Punjab 
Rangoon 


.. 351,352,353 
379, 380 


Mynoro 
Nagpur 
Osmania 


266-279 
293-297 
306-317 


Sparta (Inter-Collegt). 




Patna 
Punjab 


330-335 
349-3(52 


Bombay 


.. 94 


Rangoon 


377-383 


Staff. 








Aligarh 


14, 15 


Teacher* Admission to K \aminatioiiH. 


Allahabad 


26, 27 






Benares 
Bombay 
Calcutta 
Dacca 


55-60 
. . 76 
110-117 
168-171 


Agra 
Calcutta 
Dacca 
Osmania 


.. 151 
.. 182 
.. 307 


Demi % 


193,194 






Lucknow 
Madras 


206-208 
232, 233 


Teaching Courses ot Study. 




Mysore 
Nagpur 
Osmania 
Patna 
Punjab 
Rangoon 


256-260 
. 282-285 
300, 301 
320-326 
339-342 
366-371 


Aligarh 
Benares 
Bombay . . . . 95, 
Calcutta .. ..151, 
Dacca 
Lucknow 


21,23 
64, 72 
99, 100 
157, 158 
182, 186 
220, 229 


Students, Number of, 

ftitiAft 


in the Univer- 


Madras 
Mysore 


242, 247 
.. 277 


tuvico* 

Agra 
Aligarh 


. . 10 
. . 15 


Nagpur 
Punjab 
Rangoon . . . . 377, 


.. 297 
361, 362 
383, 384 



412 



Theology. 

Aligarh 
Benares 
Osinania 



Universities. 

Agra 

Aligarh 

Allahabad 

Andbra 

Benares* 

Bombay 

Calcutta 

Dacca 

Delhi 



Madras 

Mysore 

Nagpur 

Osniania 

Patna 

Punjab 





Universities contd . 




PAGES. 




PACES. 


.. 23 


Rangoon 


365-384 


tttt, 67 






313, 314 


Women, Education of. 






Agra 


.. 9 




Aligarh 


. . 20 




Benares 


. . 63 


..1-12 


Bombay 


..94 


13-24 


Calcutta 


..148 


25-38 


'.Dacca 


.. 181, 182 


39-53 


Delhi 


198,199 


54-73 


Lucknow 


..219 


74-108 


Madras 


..241 


100-1 Oft 


Mysore 


.. 265 


167-189 


Nagpur 


..292 


190-204 


Osmania 


..306 


205-230 


Patna 


..329 


231-254 


Punjab 


.. 347 


255-279 


Rangoon 


..376 


280-297 






298-318 


Vernacular Language, 


Examination in. 


319-335 






336-364 


Punjab 


.. 355 



INDEX TO APPENDICES. 



PAOES 
Budget. 

Shreemati Nathibai Damo- 
dher Thackoraey Indian 
Women's University, Poona 390, 397 

Character.* 

Shrcemati Nathibai Damo- 
dher Thackeney Indian 
Women's University, Poona 396 

Course* of Study and Degrees, etc. 

Shreernati Nathibai Damo- 
dher Thackersey Indian 
Women's University, Poona 397 

Fees. 

Bhandarkar Oriental Re- 
search Institute, Poona . . 388 

Forest Research Institute 
and. College, Dehnx Dun . . 390-391 

history. 

Agricultural Research Insti- 
tute, Pusa .. .. 385-386 

Bhandarkar Oriental Re- 
search Institute, Poona . . 386-388 

Bose Research Institute, 
Calcutta .. .. 388-390 

Forest Research Institute 
and College, Dehra Dun . . 390-391 

Indian Association for the/ 
Cultivation of Science . . 391-392 

Indian Institute of Science, 

Bangalore .. .. 393-394 

Indian Institute of Philoso- 
phy, Amalner, East Khan- 
desh .. .. .. 395 

Siiqeemati Nathibai Damo- 
dhef* Thackeney Indian 
Women's University, Poona 390-398 

Thomason Civil Engineering 
College, Roorkee . . 399-400 



PAGES. 
Object*. 

Agricultural Research Inpti- 
tute, Pusa . . . . 385-3KO 

Shrcemati Nathibai Damo- 
dher Thackersey Indian 
Women's University, Poona 

Thoinason Civil Engineering 
College, Roorkee 



390 



399 



Work. 



Agricultural Research Insti- 
tute, Puna .. .. 385-380 

Indian Association for the 
Cultivation of Science . . 392 

Indian Institute of Philoso- 
phy, Amalner, East Khan- 
desh .. .. .. 395 

Shi PC mali Nathibai Damo- 
tlher Thackersey Indian 
Women's University, Poona 396-398 



380 
388 
390 
391 
393 



395 



398 



Agricultural Research Insti- 

tute, Pusa . . . . 

Bhandarkar Oriental Re- 

search Institute, Poona . . 
Bose Research Institute, 

Calcutta .. .. 

Forest Research Institute 

and College, Dehra Dun.. 
Indian Institute of Science, 

Bangalore . . . . 

Indian Institute of Philoso- 

phy, Amalner, East Khan- 

desh ...... 

Shreemati Nathibai Damo- 

dher Thackereey Indian 

Women's University, Poona 
Thomason Civil Engineering 

College, Roorkee .. 399-400 



744-28 PRINTED AT THE BANGALORE PRESS, MYSORE ROAD, BANGALORE CITY 



*+++++++++++++++++++++++ 



TARAPOREVALA 

for BOOKS 



NEW 
OLD 
ALL 



THE BOOK-HOUSE of INDIA 



Hold the largest stock of books on all 
subjects. 

Receive weekly the latest books from 
Europe, America and all parts of India. 

Stock Old and Rare Books on India A 
Speciality. 

Procure to order any Old and Rare Works. 

Register Patrons' Wants for periodical 
supplies of Literary and Technical 
Publications. 

Undertake the Printing and Publication of 
Works of Indian Interest. 

Forward their Monthly Book Bulletin and 
Subject Catalogues FREE. 

TARAPOREVALA'S IS A LIVE SERVICE 
CHEAP; PROMPT; EFFECTIVE: 

We have built our unique Reputation upon 
half a century's experience of the BOOK 
TRADE, and Book-Men may rely on 
receiving every assistance and atten- 
tion from us, no matter how large or 
small their orders. 

D. B. TARAPOREVALA SONS & Co. 

BOOK-SELLERS, PUBLISHERS 
NEWS AGENTS, STATIONERS 

"K1TAB MAHAL:" HORNBY ROAD, BOMBAY 






THE INDIAN PRESS SHAKESPEARE 

An Indian Edition of the Plays of Shakespeare, 
edited each with a full Introduction, copious Notes and 
numerous Appendices, and claiming to excel all existing 
editions both in matter and in form. 
CLEARLY PRINTED. NEATLY BOUND. MODERATELY PRICED. 

5T//0 following Plays are ready : 

Ri. A. P. 

1. HAMLET. By Professor Amaranatha Jha, M.A., 

Allahabad University ... ... ... ...300 

De Luxe edition ... ... ... ... 4 

2. JULIUS CAESAR. By Rai Bahadur A. C. Mukherji, 

M.A., I.E.S.. Secretary, Board of High School and 
Intermediate Education, United Provinces ; 
formerly Professor of English Literature, Muir 
Central College, Allahabad ... ... ... 1 12 

De Luxe .. v ... ... ... ... 2 8 

; 3. AS YOU LIKE IT. By the same ... ... ... 1 12 

De Luxe ... ... ... ... ... 2 8 

4. MACBETH. By the same ... ... ... ... 1 12 

De Luxe ... ... ... ... ... 2 8 

Other Plays in Preparation. 

HISTORY AND POLITICS. 

1. HISTORY OF MEDIAEVAL INDIA. By Dr. Ishwari 

Prasad, M.A., LL.B., D.Litt. From 647 A.D. to the 
Mughal Conquest with a Foreword by Dr. 
Rushbrook Williams, M.A., D.Litt., O.B.E., 
Universally recognized as the standard History of 
the period. Beautifully illustrated and bound. 
Revised & enlarged edition. ... ... ... 700 

2. THEORY OF GOVERNMENT IN ANCIENT INDIA. (Post- 

Vedic) By Dr. Beni Prasad, M.A., Ph.D., D.Sc., 
with a Foreword by Dr. A. B. Keith, D.Litt., D.C.L. 
This was a thesis approved for the Degree of Ph.D. 
(Econ.) in the University of London ... ... 8 8 

3. THE STATE IN ANCIENT INDIA. By the same author. 

This was a thesis approved for the Degree of D.Sc. 

(Econ.) in the University of London ... ... 10 

4. AN INTRODUCTION TO CIVICS AND POLITICS. By 

S. V. Puntambekar, M.A. (Oxon.), Barrister-at- 
Law, Professor of History and Politics, Head of 
the History Deptt., Benares Hindu University. A 
Plain and Interesting exposition of an important 
subject ... ...... ... ... 3 ]' 

INDIAN PRESS, Ltd., ALLAHABAD 



Facilities for Oriental Studies and 
Research at Indian Universities 

ISSUED BY THE INTER-UNIVERSITY BOARD, INDIA 
Price Re. 1 only 

Excluding Postage and V. P. Charges. 
Available at : 

Messrs. D. B. Taraporevala 

Sons & Co., Bombay 

Messrs. Ramakrishna & Sons, Lahore 
Messrs. W. Newman & Co., Calcutta 
The Book Company, Ltd., Calcutta 
Messrs. G. A. Natesan & Co., Madras 
Messrs. Higginbothams, Ltd., Madras 
The Bangalore Press Book Depot, 

Bangalore City 
Indian Press, Ltd., Allahabad 
Indian Book Shop, Benares 

or from this Office. 



CAWNPORE, ") P. SESHADRI, 

14TH SEP., 1928 j Swntatr, hitr4Mm*ilr 



*~H